424B3
Table of Contents

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-192614

 

 

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Exchange Offer for

$2,120,062,551 Senior Notes due 2021

 

 

We are offering (the “exchange offer”) to exchange up to $1,826,114,748 aggregate principal amount of our new Senior Notes due 2021 (which we refer to, together with the PIK notes (as defined below), as the “exchange notes”), which will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for up to $1,826,114,748 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding Senior Notes due 2021 (the “outstanding notes”). We issued $1,200,991,648 aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes on June 21, 2013, $2,668,871 aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes as paid-in-kind interest on August 1, 2013, $621,895,629 aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes on December 16, 2013 and $558,600 aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes on December 24, 2013. We refer to the exchange notes and the outstanding notes collectively as the “notes.” We are also registering an additional $293,947,803 of exchange notes (“PIK notes”) that we will issue as paid-in-kind interest on outstanding exchange notes.

Material Terms of the Exchange Offer

 

  The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January 31, 2014, unless extended.

 

  We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration or termination of the exchange offer. You may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

  The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the outstanding notes will not apply to the exchange notes.
  The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but you should see the discussion under the caption “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more information.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

  We issued the outstanding notes in transactions not requiring registration under the Securities Act and, as a result, their transfer is restricted. We are making the exchange offer to satisfy your registration rights as a holder of outstanding notes.
 

We are not asking you for a proxy and you are not requested to send us a proxy.


Table of Contents

For a discussion of certain factors that you should consider before participating in the exchange offer, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offer, nor have any of these organizations determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 to register with the SEC the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer. This prospectus is part of that registration statement.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the expiration date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS DECEMBER 31, 2013.


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or additional information, you should not rely on it. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since then. We are not making an offer to sell the exchange notes offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     ii   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     iii   

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     v   

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

     v   

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     17   

EXCHANGE OFFER

     32   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     39   

CAPITALIZATION

     40   

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     41   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     44   

BUSINESS

     98   

MANAGEMENT

     118   

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

     124   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     136   

RELATIONSHIP OF COMPENSATION POLICIES AND PROGRAMS TO RISK MANAGEMENT

     167   

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     167   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     171   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     175   

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

     180   

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

     193   

BOOK ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

     259   

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     261   

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     262   

CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO U.S. RETIREMENT PLANS AND ARRANGEMENTS

     263   

LEGAL MATTERS

     265   

EXPERTS

     265   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     266   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   
 

 

i


Table of Contents

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The financial statements and related footnotes included in this prospectus are those of Clear Channel Capital I, LLC (“Clear Channel Capital”), the direct parent of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (“Clear Channel” or the “Company”), which is a guarantor of the notes. The financial statements included in this prospectus contain certain footnote disclosures regarding the financial information of Clear Channel and Clear Channel’s domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries that guarantee certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding indebtedness. Clear Channel Capital does not have any operations of its own, and, as a result, the financial statements of Clear Channel Capital reflect the financial condition and results of Clear Channel. All other data and information in this prospectus are that of Clear Channel and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated.

Clear Channel Capital and Clear Channel are indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“CCMH” or “CC Media”), which was formed in May 2007 by private equity funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC (“Bain Capital”) and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL,” and together with Bain Capital, the “Sponsors”) for the purpose of acquiring the business of Clear Channel. On November 16, 2006, Clear Channel entered into a merger agreement with BT Triple Crown Merger Co. Inc., an entity formed by private equity funds sponsored by the Sponsors (“Merger Sub”), to effect the acquisition of Clear Channel by CCMH (the “Merger Agreement”). Clear Channel held a special meeting of its shareholders on July 24, 2008, at which time the proposed merger of Merger Sub into Clear Channel (the “Merger”) was approved, and the Merger was completed on July 30, 2008.

CCMH accounted for its acquisition of Clear Channel as a purchase business combination in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations, codified in ASC 805-10, and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions, codified in ASC 805-10.

Clear Channel Capital’s consolidated statements of operations information presented in the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” section in this prospectus are presented for two periods: post-Merger and pre-Merger. The Merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 31, 2008 and the financial reporting periods are presented as follows.

 

    Each of the periods beginning on and after July 31, 2008 reflects our post-Merger period. Subsequent to the acquisition, Clear Channel became an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of CCMH, and Clear Channel Capital’s business became that of Clear Channel and its subsidiaries.

 

    The period from January 1 through July 30, 2008 reflects our pre-Merger period.

As a result of the Merger and the associated purchase accounting, the consolidated financial statements of the post-Merger periods are not comparable to periods preceding the Merger. We have also presented in this prospectus our results from 2008 on a basis that combines the pre-Merger and post-Merger periods for 2008. We believe that the presentation of 2008 on a combined basis is more meaningful as it allows the results of operations to be compared to the full year period in 2009. This combined financial information is for informational purposes only, is not being presented on a pro forma basis and should not be considered indicative of actual results that would have been achieved had the Merger not been completed during 2008 or been completed at the beginning of 2008. In particular, it does not reflect the full year effect of depreciation and amortization expense associated with valuations of property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets that were adjusted in the Merger, interest expense related to debt issued in conjunction with the Merger, issuance costs with respect to this indebtedness, the fair value adjustment to Clear Channel’s existing indebtedness or the related tax effects of these items. The combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements of Clear Channel Capital and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements.” These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, our forward-looking statements. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates” and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would” and “could” are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Readers should not rely solely on the forward-looking statements and should consider all uncertainties and risks throughout this prospectus, including those set forth under “Risk Factors.” The statements are representative only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements. We face risks that are inherent in the businesses and the market places in which we operate. While management believes these forward-looking statements are accurate and reasonable, uncertainties, risks and factors, including those described below and under “Risk Factors,” could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements.

Factors that may cause the actual outcome and results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements include, but are not necessarily limited to:

 

    the impact of our substantial indebtedness, including the effect of our leverage on our financial position and earnings;

 

    our ability to generate sufficient cash from operations or other liquidity-generating transactions and our need to allocate significant amounts of our cash to make payments on our indebtedness, which in turn could reduce our financial flexibility and ability to fund other activities;

 

    risks associated with weak or uncertain global economic conditions and their impact on the capital markets;

 

    other general economic and political conditions in the United States and in other countries in which we currently do business, including those resulting from recessions, political events and acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts;

 

    industry conditions, including competition;

 

    the level of expenditures on advertising;

 

    legislative or regulatory requirements;

 

    fluctuations in operating costs;

 

    technological changes and innovations;

 

    changes in labor conditions, including on-air talent, program hosts and management;

 

    capital expenditure requirements;

 

    risks of doing business in foreign countries;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates and currency values;

 

    the outcome of pending and future litigation;

 

    taxes and tax disputes;

 

    changes in interest rates;

 

iii


Table of Contents
    shifts in population and other demographics;

 

    access to capital markets and borrowed indebtedness;

 

    our ability to implement our business strategies;

 

    the risk that we may not be able to integrate the operations of acquired businesses successfully;

 

    the risk that our cost savings initiatives may not be entirely successful or that any cost savings achieved from those initiatives may not persist; and

 

    the other factors described in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations and also could cause actual results to differ materially from those included, contemplated or implied by the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus, and the reader should not consider the above list of factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties.

 

iv


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Market and industry data throughout this prospectus was obtained from a combination of our own internal company surveys, the good faith estimates of management, various trade associations and publications, Arbitron Inc. (“Arbitron”) and Nielsen Media Research, Inc. (“Nielsen”) rankings, comScore, Inc., the Veronis Suhler Stevenson Industry Forecast, SNL Kagan, the Radio Advertising Bureau, Media Dynamics, Ando Media, Omniture, BIA Financial Network Inc., eMarketer, the Outdoor Advertising Association of America and Universal McCann. While we believe our internal surveys, third-party information, estimates of management and data from trade associations are reliable, we have not verified this data with any independent sources. Accordingly, we do not make any representations as to the accuracy or completeness of that data.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus includes trademarks, such as “Clear Channel,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of Clear Channel. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights, of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

 

v


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights key information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether or not to participate in the exchange offer. You should read this entire prospectus, including the information set forth under “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and related notes, before making any investment decision.

Unless otherwise indicated or required by the context, as used in this prospectus, the terms the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries that are consolidated under GAAP, and the term “Clear Channel” refers to Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., the issuer of the notes, is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, one of the guarantors of the notes. All references in this prospectus to “Clear Channel Capital” refer to Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a diversified media and entertainment company with leading market positions in each of our operating segments: Media and Entertainment (“CCME”), Americas Outdoor Advertising and International Outdoor Advertising.

 

    CCME. Our CCME operations include radio broadcasting, online and mobile services and products, program syndication, entertainment, traffic distribution and music research services. As of September 30, 2013, we owned 840 domestic radio stations servicing more than 150 U.S. markets, including 45 of the top 50 markets and 86 of the top 100 markets. CCME includes radio stations for which we are the licensee and one station for which we provide programming and sell air time under a local marketing agreement (“LMA”). We are also the beneficiary of Aloha Station Trust, LLC, which owns and operates 20 radio stations which we were required to divest in order to comply with FCC media ownership rules, and which are being marketed for sale. Our portfolio of stations offers a broad assortment of programming formats, including adult contemporary, country, contemporary hit radio, rock, news/talk, sports, urban, oldies and others. In addition to our local radio programming, we operate Premiere Networks (“Premiere”), a national radio network that produces, distributes or represents approximately 90 syndicated radio programs and serves more than 5,000 radio station affiliates. We also deliver real-time traffic information via navigation systems, radio and television broadcast media and wireless and Internet-based services through our traffic business, Total Traffic Network. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our CCME segment represented approximately 49% and 50%, respectively, of our revenue and 69% and 70%, respectively, of our operating income without the effect of corporate and other reconciling items.

 

    Americas Outdoor Advertising. We are the largest outdoor advertising company in North America (based on revenue), which includes the United States and Canada. Approximately 96% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment was derived from the United States. We own or operate approximately 106,000 display structures in our Americas segment with operations in 49 of the 50 largest markets in the United States, including all of the 20 largest markets. Our Americas outdoor assets consist of traditional and digital billboards, street furniture and transit displays, airport displays, mall displays, and wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under lease management agreements. Our Americas outdoor advertising business is focused on metropolitan areas with dense populations. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment represented approximately 20% and 21%, respectively, of our revenue and 21% and 24%, respectively, of our operating income without the effect of corporate and other reconciling items.

 

   

International Outdoor Advertising. Our International Outdoor Advertising business segment includes our operations in Asia, Australia, Europe and Latin America, with approximately 32% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 in this segment derived from France and the United Kingdom. As of September 30, 2013, we owned or operated approximately 569,000 displays across 28 countries. Our International outdoor assets consist of street furniture and transit displays, billboards, mall displays, Smartbike programs, wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under

 

 

1


Table of Contents
 

lease agreements. Our International business is focused on metropolitan areas with dense populations. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our International Outdoor Advertising segment represented approximately 27% and 26%, respectively, of our revenue and 5% and 4%, respectively, of our operating income without the effect of corporate and other reconciling items.

 

    Other. Our other (“Other”) category includes our 100%-owned full-service media representation firm, Katz Media Group, Inc. (“Katz Media”), as well as other general support services and initiatives, which are ancillary to our other businesses. Katz Media, a leading media representation firm in the U.S. for radio and television stations, sells national spot advertising time for clients in the radio and television industries throughout the United States. As of September 30, 2013, Katz Media represented more than 4,000 radio stations, approximately one-fifth of which were owned by us. Katz Media also represents approximately 550 television and digital multicast stations. Katz Media generates revenue primarily through contractual commissions realized from the sale of national spot and online advertising. National spot advertising is commercial airtime sold to advertisers on behalf of radio and television stations. Katz Media represents its media clients pursuant to media representation contracts, which typically have terms of up to ten years in length. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our Other category represented approximately 4% and 3%, respectively, of our revenue and 5% and 2%, respectively, of our operating income without the effect of corporate and other reconciling items.

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we generated consolidated revenues of $6,247 million and $4,549 million, respectively, operating income of $1,070 million and $668 million, respectively, and consolidated net loss of $411 million and $281 million, respectively.

Our Strengths

Leading Positions in the U.S. Media and Entertainment and Global Outdoor Market. We are a leading global media and entertainment company.

 

    We own the number one or number two ranked radio station clusters in eight of the top 10 and in 20 of the top 25 markets in the United States as of October 2013. With a total weekly listening base of almost 123 million individuals based on Arbitron figures for the Spring 2013 ratings period, our portfolio of 840 stations generated twice the revenue as our next largest radio broadcasting competitor in 2012.

 

    In the United States outdoor market, we believe we hold the number one market share in seven of the top 10 markets and are either number one or number two in 16 of the top 20 markets. Internationally, we believe we hold one of the leading positions in France, the United Kingdom, Australia, Finland, Ireland, Switzerland, Sweden, Belgium and Norway. In addition, we hold positions in several countries where we have experienced strong growth, including Latin America, China, Singapore and Turkey.

Global Scale in Media and Entertainment and Outdoor Advertising. As of September 30, 2013, we owned 840 domestic radio stations servicing approximately 150 U.S. markets, including 45 of the top 50 markets and 86 of the top 100 markets. We also operated more than 675,000 outdoor advertising displays worldwide in metropolitan and densely populated locations, providing advertisers with both a global and a local reach. We believe that our scale provides us with the flexibility and resources to introduce new products and solutions in a cost effective manner.

 

    Our scale has enabled cost-effective investment in new technologies, such as digital billboards and streaming technology, which we believe will continue to support future growth. Digital billboards, for example, enable us to transition from selling space on a display to a single advertiser to selling time on that display to multiple advertisers, creating new revenue opportunities from both new and existing clients.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
    Our large distribution platform in our CCME segment allows us to attract top talent and more effectively utilize programming, sharing the best and most compelling talent and programming across many stations throughout the United States.

 

    We have more than 5,600 sales people in local markets across the globe. Our scale has facilitated cost-effective investment in systems that allow us to maximize yield management and systems that improve the ability of our local salespeople to increase revenue. Additionally, our scale has allowed us to implement initiatives that we believe differentiate us from the rest of the media industry and position us to outperform our competitors across our markets.

Diversification Across Business Lines, Geographies, Markets and Format. Approximately half of our revenue is generated by our CCME segment, with the remaining half generated by our Americas Outdoor Advertising and International Outdoor Advertising segments, as well as other support services and initiatives. We offer advertisers a diverse platform of media assets across geographies, outdoor products and programming formats. Due to our multiple business units, we are not dependent upon any single source of revenue.

Strong Collection of Unique Assets. Through acquisitions and organic growth, we have aggregated a unique portfolio of assets. We believe the combination of our assets cannot be replicated.

 

    Ownership and operation of radio broadcast stations is governed by the Federal Communications Commission’s (“FCC”) licensing process, which limits the number of radio licenses available in any market. Any party seeking to acquire or transfer radio licenses must go through a detailed review process with the FCC. Over several decades, we have aggregated multiple licenses in local market clusters across the United States. A cluster of multiple radio stations in a market allows us to provide listeners with more diverse programming and advertisers with a more efficient means to reach those listeners. In addition, we are able to increase our efficiency by operating in clusters, which allows us to eliminate duplicative operating expenses and realize economies of scale.

 

    The domestic outdoor industry is regulated by the federal government as well as state and municipal governments. Statutes and regulations govern the construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, height, size, spacing and placement and permitting of outdoor advertising structures. Due to these regulations, it has become increasingly difficult to develop new outdoor advertising locations. Further, for many of our existing billboards, a competitor or landlord could not obtain a permit for replacement under existing laws and regulations due to their non-conforming status.

Attractive Businesses with High Margins and Low Capital Expenditure Requirements. Our global scale has enabled us to make productive and cost effective investments across our portfolio. As a result of our strong margins and low capital expenditure requirements, we have been able to convert a significant portion of our operating income into cash flow that can be utilized for debt service.

 

    We have strong operating margins, driven by our significant scale and leading market share in both radio broadcasting and outdoor advertising. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2013, our consolidated operating margin was 17% and 15%, respectively, with strong operating margins in our CCME (31% and 29%, respectively) and Americas Outdoor Advertising (22% and 23%, respectively) segments.

 

    In addition, both our media and entertainment and our outdoor businesses are low capital intensity businesses. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2013, our total capital expenditures were 6% and 4%, respectively, of total revenue.

Highly Effective Advertising Medium. We believe both our media and entertainment and our outdoor advertising businesses offer compelling value propositions to advertisers and valuable access to consumers when they are out of the home and therefore closer to purchase decisions. We also believe both industries are well positioned to benefit from the fragmentation of audiences of other media as they are able to reach mass audiences on a local market basis.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    Radio broadcasting and outdoor media offer compelling value propositions to advertisers by providing cost effective media advertising outlets.

 

    Our media and entertainment and our outdoor businesses reach potential consumers outside of the home, a valuable position as it is closer to the purchase decision. Today, consumers spend a significant portion of their day out-of-home, while out-of-home media (radio and outdoor) currently garner a disproportionately smaller share of media spending than in-home media. We believe this discrepancy represents an opportunity for growth.

 

    Additionally, radio programming reaches 92% of all consumers in the United States in a given week, with the average consumer listening for approximately two hours per day. On a weekly basis, this represents approximately 243 million unique listeners.

 

    According to Arbitron, consumers in the United States listen to a significant amount of radio per day. In 2013, broadcast radio captured 124 minutes of user consumption per day as compared to the Internet at 144 minutes and newspapers at 18 minutes.

 

    According to Arbitron, in 2009, 98% of U.S. residents traveled in a car each month, with an average of 224 miles traveled per week. The captive in-car audience is protected from media fragmentation and is subject to increasing out-of-home advertiser exposure as time and distance of commutes increase.

Significant Operating Leverage with Flexibility to Manage Cost Base As Necessary. We benefit from significant operating leverage, which leads to operating margin increases in a growth environment. Conversely, we have demonstrated our flexibility to effectively manage our cost base in a low growth or recessionary environment.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading global media and entertainment company specializing in radio, digital, out-of-home, mobile and on-demand entertainment and information services for national audiences and local communities and providing premiere opportunities for advertisers. We plan to achieve this objective by capitalizing on our competitive strengths and pursuing the following strategies.

CCME

Our CCME strategy centers on delivering entertaining and informative content across multiple platforms, including broadcast, mobile and digital. We strive to serve our listeners by providing the content they desire on the platform they prefer, while supporting advertisers, strategic partners, music labels and artists with a diverse platform of creative marketing opportunities designed to effectively reach and engage target audiences. Our CCME strategy also focuses on continuing to improve the operations of our stations by providing valuable programming and promotions, as well as sharing best practices across our stations in marketing, distribution, sales and cost management.

Promote Local and National Advertising. We intend to grow our CCME businesses by continuing to develop effective programming, creating new solutions for our advertisers and agencies, fostering key relationships with advertisers and improving our national sales team. We intend to leverage our diverse collection of assets combined with our programming and creative strengths and our consumer relationships, to create special events such as one-of-a-kind local and national promotions for our listeners, and develop new, innovative technologies and products with which we can promote our advertisers. We seek to maximize revenue by closely managing our advertising opportunities and pricing to compete effectively in local markets. We operate price and yield information systems, which provide detailed inventory information. These systems enable our station managers and sales directors to adjust commercial inventory and pricing based on local market demand, as well as to manage and monitor different commercial durations (60 second, 30 second, 15 second and five second) in order to provide more effective advertising for our customers at what we believe are optimal prices given market conditions.

Continue to Enhance the Listener Experience. We intend to continue enhancing the listener experience by offering a wide variety of compelling content and methods of delivery. We will continue to provide the content our listeners desire on their preferred platforms. Our investments have created a collection of leading on-air talent.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

For example, Premiere offers more than 90 syndicated radio programs and services for more than 5,000 radio station affiliates across the United States, including popular programs such as Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hannity, Glenn Beck, Ryan Seacrest, Steve Harvey, Elvis Duran and Delilah. Our distribution capabilities allow us to attract top talent and more effectively utilize programming, sharing our best and most compelling content across many stations.

Deliver Content via Multiple Distribution Technologies. We continue to expand the choices for our listeners. We deliver music, news, talk, sports, traffic and other content using an array of distribution technologies, including broadcast radio and HD radio channels, satellite radio, iHeartRadio.com and our stations’ websites, our iHeartRadio mobile application on smart phones and tablets as well as in-vehicle entertainment and navigation systems. Some examples of our recent initiatives are as follows:

 

    Streaming. We provide streaming content via the Internet, mobile and other digital platforms. We rank among the top streaming networks in the U.S. with regards to Average Active Sessions (“AAS”), Session Starts (“SS”) and Average Time Spent Listening (“ATSL”). AAS and SS measure the level of activity while ATSL measures the ability to keep the audience engaged.

 

    Websites and Mobile Applications. We have developed mobile and Internet applications such as the iHeartRadio smart phone application and website. These mobile and Internet applications allow listeners to use their smart phones or other digital devices to interact directly with stations, find titles/artists, request songs and create custom stations while providing an additional method for advertisers to reach consumers. To date, our iHeartRadio mobile application has been downloaded more than 276 million times. iHeartRadio provides a unique digital music experience by offering access to more than 1,800 live broadcast and digital-only radio stations, plus user-created custom stations with broad social media integration and our on demand content from our premium talk partnerships and user generated talk shows. Through our digital platforms, we estimate that we had more than 68 million unique digital visitors for the month of October 2013. In addition, through October 2013, iHeartRadio streamed, on average, 142 million total listening hours monthly via our website and mobile application.

Outdoor

We seek to capitalize on our Americas outdoor network and diversified product mix to maximize revenue. In addition, by sharing best practices among our business segments, we believe we can quickly and effectively replicate our successes in our other markets. Our outdoor strategy focuses on leveraging our diversified product mix and long-standing presence in many of our existing markets, which provides us with the ability to launch new products and test new initiatives in a reliable and cost-effective manner.

Promote Overall Outdoor Media Spending. Given the attractive industry fundamentals of outdoor media and our depth and breadth of relationships with both local and national advertisers, we believe we can drive outdoor advertising’s share of total media spending by using our dedicated national sales team to highlight the value of outdoor advertising relative to other media. Outdoor advertising only represented 4% of total dollars spent on advertising in the United States in 2012. We have made and continue to make significant investments in research tools that enable our clients to better understand how our displays can successfully reach their target audiences and promote their advertising campaigns. Also, we are working closely with clients, advertising agencies and other diversified media companies to develop more sophisticated systems that will provide improved audience metrics for outdoor advertising. For example, we have implemented the TAB Out of Home Ratings audience measurement system which: (1) separately reports audiences for billboards, posters, junior posters, transit shelters and phone kiosks, (2) reports for geographically sensitive reach and frequency, (3) provides granular detail, reporting individual out of home units in over 200 designated market areas, (4) provides detailed demographic data comparable to other media, and (5) provides true commercial ratings based on people who see the advertising.

Continue to Deploy Digital Displays. Digital outdoor advertising provides significant advantages over traditional outdoor media. Our electronic displays are linked through centralized computer systems to instantaneously and simultaneously change advertising copy on a large number of displays, allowing us to sell more advertising opportunities to advertisers. The ability to change copy by time of day and quickly change messaging based on advertisers’ needs creates additional flexibility for our customers. Although digital displays require more capital to construct compared to traditional bulletins, the advantages of digital allow us to penetrate new accounts

 

 

5


Table of Contents

and categories of advertisers, as well as serve a broader set of needs for existing advertisers. Digital displays allow for high-frequency, 24-hour advertising changes in high-traffic locations and allow us to offer our clients optimal flexibility, distribution, circulation and visibility. We expect this trend to continue as we increase our quantity of digital inventory. As of September 30, 2013, we had deployed over 1,000 digital billboards in 38 markets in the United States and more than 6,700 digital displays in 11 countries across Europe, Asia and Latin America.

Capitalize on Product and Geographic Opportunities. We are also focused on growing our business internationally by working closely with our advertising customers and agencies in meeting their needs, and through new product offerings, optimization of our current display portfolio and selective investments targeting promising growth markets. We have continued to innovate and introduce new products in international markets based on local demands. Our core business is our street furniture business and that is where we plan to focus much of our investment. We plan to continue to evaluate municipal contracts that may come up for bid and will make prudent investments where we believe we can receive attractive returns. We will also continue to invest in markets such as China and Latin America where we believe there is high growth potential.

Recent Developments

On December 24, 2013, we consummated a private offer to exchange our outstanding senior cash pay notes due 2016 and senior toggle notes due 2016 for newly issued senior notes due 2021 (the “December 2013 LBO Note Exchange”). In connection with the December 2013 LBO Note Exchange, we (x) issued an aggregate of $389,179,800 of outstanding notes and approximately $10.9 million of cash in exchange for $353,824,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior cash pay notes due 2016 and (y) issued an aggregate of $233,274,429 of outstanding notes and approximately $6.7 million of cash in exchange for $212,067,672 aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior toggle notes due 2016. The private offer to exchange was made only to eligible holders, and the outstanding notes were offered only in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act. Immediately following the December 2013 LBO Note Exchange, approximately $94.3 million aggregate principal amount of senior cash pay notes due 2016 and approximately $127.9 million aggregate principal amount of senior toggle notes due 2016 remained outstanding. The outstanding notes issued in the December 2013 LBO Note Exchange constitute a portion of the outstanding notes in this exchange offer.

On December 18, 2013, we amended our senior secured credit facility to extend $1.3 billion aggregate principal amount of our outstanding Term Loan B and Term Loan C due 2016 through the creation of a new $1.3 billion Term Loan E due July 30, 2019 (the “December 2013 Term Loan Extension”).

Immediately following the December 2013 Term Loan Extension, our senior secured credit facility consisted of an approximately $1.9 billion Term Loan B which matures on January 30, 2016, an approximately $36.5 million Term Loan C which matures on January 30, 2016, a $5.0 billion Term Loan D which matures on January 30, 2019 and a $1.3 billion Term Loan E which matures on July 30, 2019. The new Term Loan E has the same security and guarantee package as our outstanding Term Loans B, C and D, and borrowings under the new Term Loan E bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, adjusted LIBOR plus 7.50% or a base rate plus 6.50%.

The December 2013 LBO Note Exchange and the December 2013 Term Loan Extension are collectively referred to herein as the “December 2013 Refinancing.”

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following chart summarizes our corporate structure and principal indebtedness as of September 30, 2013 on an as adjusted basis giving effect to the December 2013 Refinancing.

 

LOGO

 

 

7


Table of Contents

 

(1) Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities and receivables based credit facility are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Clear Channel Capital and by Clear Channel’s material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. Clear Channel’s foreign subsidiaries and Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCOH”) and its subsidiaries have not guaranteed any of Clear Channel’s obligations under the senior secured credit facilities or receivables based credit facility. As of September 30, 2013 on an as adjusted basis giving effect to the December 2013 Refinancing, Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities would have consisted of a $1,891.0 million term loan B facility which matures in January 2016, a $36.5 million term loan C—asset sale facility which matures in January 2016, a $5,000.0 million term loan D facility that matures in January 2019 and a $1,300.0 million term loan E facility that matures in July 2019. Clear Channel’s receivables based credit facility provides for revolving capital commitments of $535.0 million, subject to a borrowing base. As of September 30, 2013, Clear Channel had $247.0 million of borrowings outstanding under its receivables based credit facility.

 

(2) Clear Channel’s 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021, 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 and 11.25% priority guarantee notes due 2021 are each guaranteed on a senior basis by Clear Channel Capital and by Clear Channel’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities. Clear Channel’s foreign subsidiaries and CCOH and its subsidiaries have not guaranteed any of Clear Channel’s obligations under the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021, 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 or 11.25% priority guarantee notes due 2021. At September 30, 2013, Clear Channel had $1,711.1 million aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021, net of discounts of $38.9 million, $1,999.8 million aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 and $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.25% priority guarantee notes due 2021 outstanding.

 

(3) Clear Channel’s senior cash pay notes due 2016 and senior toggle notes due 2016 are guaranteed on a senior basis by Clear Channel Capital and by Clear Channel’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities, except to the extent that those guarantees by Clear Channel’s subsidiaries are subordinated to each such guarantor’s guarantee of the senior credit facilities and the priority guarantee notes.

 

(4) As of September 30, 2013, Clear Channel had $1,136.9 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes (the “legacy notes”) outstanding, net of discounts of $299.6 million. Clear Channel’s legacy notes bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 4.9% to 7.25%, have maturities through 2027 and contain provisions, including limitations on certain liens and sale and leaseback transactions, customary for investment grade debt securities. The legacy notes are not guaranteed by Clear Channel Capital or any of Clear Channel’s subsidiaries.

 

(5) As part of the day-to-day cash management services we provide to CCOH, we maintain accounts that represent amounts payable to or due from CCOH, and the net amount is recorded as “Due from/to Clear Channel Communications” on CCOH’s consolidated balance sheet. In accordance with the terms of the Stipulation of Settlement, dated July 8, 2013, among CCOH, a special litigation committee consisting of certain independent directors of CCOH, Clear Channel and the other parties thereto, on November 8, 2013, CCOH demanded repayment of, and Clear Channel repaid, $200 million outstanding under the balance due from Clear Channel.

 

(6) Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s (“CCWH”) Series A senior notes due 2022 and Series B senior notes due 2022 are guaranteed by CCOH, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (“CCOI”) and certain subsidiaries of CCOH. As of September 30, 2013, CCWH had outstanding $728.9 million aggregate principal amount of Series A senior notes due 2022, net of discounts of $6.9 million, and $1,989.3 million of Series B senior notes due 2022.

 

(7) CCWH Series A senior subordinated notes due 2020 and Series B senior subordinated notes due 2020 are guaranteed by CCOH, CCOI and certain subsidiaries of CCOH.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Equity Sponsors

Bain Capital, LLC

Bain Capital is a global private investment firm that manages several pools of capital including private equity, venture capital, public equity, credit products and absolute return with approximately $70 billion in assets under management. Bain Capital has a team of over 400 professionals dedicated to investing and to supporting its portfolio companies. Since its inception in 1984, Bain Capital has made private equity, growth, and venture capital investments in approximately 400 companies around the world. The firm has offices in Boston, New York, Chicago, Palo Alto, London, Munich, Tokyo, Shanghai, Melbourne, Hong Kong and Mumbai.

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

THL is a leading private equity firm based in Boston, Massachusetts. The firm focuses on identifying and obtaining substantial ownership positions in growth-oriented companies, headquartered primarily in North America, where it implements operational and strategic improvements to accelerate sustainable revenue and profit growth. As one of the oldest and most experienced private equity firms, THL has raised approximately $20 billion of equity capital and invested in more than 100 businesses with an aggregate purchase price of more than $150 billion. THL strives to build great companies of lasting value and to generate superior investment returns.

Corporate Information

Clear Channel is a Texas corporation. Clear Channel was incorporated in 1974 and its principal executive offices are located at 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, Texas 78209 (telephone: 210-822-2828). Our website is http://www.clearchannel.com. The information on our website is not deemed to be part of this prospectus, and you should not rely on it in connection with your decision whether to participate in the exchange offer.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Exchange Offer

On June 21, 2013, we issued $1,200,991,648 aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2021 in an exchange offer. In connection therewith, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC., as dealer managers (the “Dealer Managers”) and for the benefit of the holders of such notes, in which we agreed, among other things, to file the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

On December 16, 2013, we issued $621,895,629 aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2021 and on December 24, 2013, we issued $558,600 aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2021, in the December 2013 Refinancing. On December 16, 2013, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Dealer Managers, as dealer managers and for the benefit of the holders of the notes issued on December 16, 2013, in which we agreed, among other things, to include the outstanding notes issued on December 16, 2013 (and the outstanding notes issued on December 24, 2013, if certain conditions are met, which conditions have subsequently been met) in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The following is a summary of the exchange offer. For more information, please see “Exchange Offer.”

 

The Initial Offering of Outstanding Notes    On June 21, 2013, we issued (i) $347,971,000 aggregate principal of outstanding notes in exchange for $348,122,000 aggregate principal amount of our 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 and (ii) $853,020,648 aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes (together with approximately $64.2 million of cash) in exchange for $917,226,511 aggregate principal amount of our 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016, in a private offer to exchange available only to eligible holders of such notes. The outstanding notes were offered only in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act.
   On (1) December 16, 2013, we issued (i) $388,621,200 aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes (together with approximately $10.9 million of cash) in exchange for $353,292,000 aggregate principal amount of our 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 and (ii) $233,274,429 aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes (together with approximately $6.7 million of cash) in exchange for $212,067,672 aggregate principal amount of our 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016, and (2) December 24, 2013, we issued $558,600 aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes (together with approximately $17,371 of cash) in exchange for $532,000 aggregate principal amount of our 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016, in each case in a private offer to exchange available only to eligible holders of such notes. The outstanding notes were offered only in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act.
Registration Rights Agreements    Simultaneously with the issuance of the outstanding notes, we entered into registration rights agreements with the Dealer Managers, pursuant to which we have agreed, among other things, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the outstanding notes for an issue of SEC-registered notes with terms identical to the outstanding notes. The exchange offer for the outstanding notes is intended to satisfy your rights under the respective registration rights agreement. After the exchange offer for the outstanding notes is completed, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your outstanding notes.
The Exchange Offer    We are offering to exchange the exchange notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for your outstanding notes, which were issued in the private offerings. In order to be exchanged, outstanding notes must be properly tendered and accepted. All outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. We will issue the exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
Resales    Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to unrelated parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act provided that:
        the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of your business;
        you are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes issued to you in the exchange offer; and
        you are not an affiliate of ours.
   If any of these conditions are not satisfied and you transfer any exchange notes issued to you in the exchange offer without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration of your exchange notes from these requirements, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We will not assume, nor will we indemnify you against, any such liability.
   Each broker-dealer that is issued exchange notes in the exchange offer for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of the exchange notes issued to it in the exchange offer.
Expiration Date    The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January 31, 2014 unless we decide to extend it.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer    The exchange offer is not subject to any condition, other than that the exchange offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners    If you are the beneficial owner of book-entry interests and your name does not appear on a security position listing of DTC as the holder of the book-entry interests or if you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender the book-entry interest or outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the person in whose name your book-entry interests or outstanding notes are registered promptly and instruct that person to tender on your behalf.
Withdrawal Rights    You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes from the exchange offer at any time prior to the expiration date.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences    We believe that the exchange of outstanding notes should not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes.
Use of Proceeds; Fees and Expenses    We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all of our expenses incident to the exchange offer.
Exchange Agent    Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes

The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act. As a result, the exchange notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain the registration rights and liquidated damage provisions contained in the outstanding notes.

 

Issuer    Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation.
Notes Offered    $2,120,062,551 aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2021, with $1,826,114,748 to be issued in exchange for and in replacement of $1,826,114,748 in aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes, together with an additional $293,947,803 of PIK notes that we will issue as paid-in-kind interest on outstanding exchange notes.
Maturity    February 1, 2021.
Interest    The exchange notes will bear interest at a rate of (i) 12.0% per annum in cash and (ii) 2.0% per annum through the issuance of PIK notes. Interest on the exchange notes will be payable by Clear Channel semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on February 1, 2014. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest.”
Ranking    The exchange notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and:
        rank senior in right of payment to our debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;
        rank equally in right with all of our existing and future unsecured senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes; and;
        are effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt, including our senior secured credit facilities, our receivables based credit facility and our priority guarantee notes, and are structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a guarantor of the notes.
   As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately $20,411.2 million of total debt outstanding. As of September 30, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries held approximately 53% of our consolidated assets and had $4,939.9 million in outstanding indebtedness, excluding intercompany obligations. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated 48% and 47%, respectively, of our revenue and 25% and 27%, respectively, of our operating income.
Guarantees    The notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by Clear Channel Capital and each of the issuer’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. CCOH, which is not a wholly-owned subsidiary of the issuer, and its subsidiaries do not

 

 

12


Table of Contents
   guarantee the notes. Other than as set forth below, the guarantee of the notes by Clear Channel Capital ranks equally in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness of Clear Channel Capital that is not expressly subordinated in right of payment to such guarantee. Each subsidiary guarantee:
        ranks senior in right of payment to all of the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;
        rank equally in right of payment with all of the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future unsecured senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;
        is subordinated in right of payment to the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee of our senior secured credit facilities and our priority guarantees notes; and
        is effectively subordinated to all of the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.
   Each guarantee is structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any subsidiary of the applicable subsidiary guarantor that is not also a guarantor of the notes.
Optional Redemption    The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after August 1, 2015, at the redemption prices specified under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption.” At any time prior to August 1, 2015, we may redeem up to 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes with the net cash proceeds from certain junior capital offerings at a price equal to (x) with respect to the first 30% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes so redeemed, 109% of the aggregate principal amount thereof and (y) with respect to the next 30% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes so redeemed, 112% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, in each case, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. In addition, prior to August 1, 2015, the notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.
Mandatory Repurchase Offers    If we or our restricted subsidiaries engage in asset sales or sales of collateral under certain circumstances and do not use the proceeds for certain specified purposes, we must use all or a portion of such proceeds to offer to repurchase the notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a change of control, we must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon. For more details, you should read “Description of the Exchange Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”
AHYDO Catch-Up Payments    On the first interest payment date following the fifth anniversary of the “issue date” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1273-2) of the

 

 

13


Table of Contents
   outstanding notes and on each interest payment date thereafter, we will redeem a portion of the principal amount of each then outstanding note in an amount equal to the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment for such interest payment date with respect to such note. The “AHYDO Catch-Up Payment” for a particular interest payment date with respect to the notes means the minimum principal prepayment sufficient to ensure that as of the close of such interest payment date, the aggregate amount which would be includible in gross income with respect to such note before the close of such interest payment date (as described in Section 163(i)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) does not exceed the sum (described in Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code) of (i) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid on the notes (including for this purpose any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments) before the close of such interest payment date plus (ii) the product of the “issue price” of such note as defined in Section 1273(b) of the Code and its yield to maturity (within the meaning of Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code), with the result that the exchange notes are not treated as having “significant original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1)(C) of the Code. It is intended that no note will be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” (an “AHYDO”) within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. The computations and determinations required in connection with any AHYDO Catch-Up Payment will be made by us in our good faith reasonable discretion and will be binding upon the holders absent manifest error.
Certain Covenants    The indenture governing the notes contains covenants that limit, among other things, the ability of the issuer and its restricted subsidiaries to:
        incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred stock;
        pay dividends on, or make distributions in respect of, their capital stock or repurchase their capital stock;
        make certain investments or other restricted payments;
        sell certain assets;
        create liens or use assets as security in other transactions;
        merge, consolidate or transfer or dispose of substantially all of their assets;
        engage in transactions with affiliates; and
        designate their subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
   The covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. See “Description of the Exchange Notes.”
Risk Factors    In evaluating whether to participate in the exchange offer, you should carefully consider, along with the other information set forth in this prospectus, the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data

The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 and as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes not included herein. In the opinion of management, the interim financial data reflects all adjustments (consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods and the interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

The summary historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts in the tables may not add due to rounding.

 

(Dollars in millions)      

Year Ended December 31,

     

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

       

2012

       

2011

     

2010

         

2013

     

2012

   

Results of Operations Data:

                       

Revenue

  $   6,247         $        6,161         $   5,866           $   4,549         $   4,551         

Operating expenses:

                       

Direct operating expenses

    2,471          2,482          2,362            1,840          1,827         

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    1,690          1,627          1,574            1,257          1,253         

Corporate expenses(1)

    297          239          300            254          219         

Depreciation and amortization

    729          763          733            539          540         

Impairment charges(2)

    38          8          15            -          -         

Other operating income (expense)—net

    48          13          (17)           9          47         
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

    1,070          1,055          865            668          759         

Interest expense

    1,549          1,466          1,533            1,231          1,148         

Gain (loss) on marketable securities

    (5)         (5)         (7)           131          -         

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates

    19          27          6            13          12         

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt

    (255)         (1)         60            (4)         (15)        

Other income (expense)—net

    1          (4)         (14)           (17)         (2)        
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (719)         (394)         (623)           (440)         (394)        

Income tax benefit

    308          126          160            159          180         
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated net loss

    (411)         (268)         (463)           (281)         (214)        

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    13          34          16            17          19         
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the Company

  $   (424)       $        (302)       $   (479)         $   (298)       $   (233)        
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Data:

                       

Capital expenditures(3)

    390          362          241            197          260         

Net cash flows provided by (used for) operating activities

    489          374          582            (1)         155         

Net cash flows used for investing activities

    (397)         (368)         (240)           (28)         (245)        

Net cash flows provided by (used for) financing activities

    (95)         (698)         (305)           (483)         157         

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

                       

Current assets

  $   2,988        $        2,985        $   3,603          $   2,480        $   3,067         

Property, plant and equipment—net

    3,037          3,063          3,146            2,881          3,006         

Total assets

            16,293                  16,542                  17,460                    15,231                  16,402         

Current liabilities

    1,782          1,429          2,099            1,693          1,618         

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

    20,365          19,939          19,740            19,978          20,318         

Member’s deficit

    (7,995)         (7,472)         (7,205)           (8,371)         (7,847)        

 

 

15


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes non-cash compensation expense.
(2) We recorded impairment charges of $38 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, $8 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 and $15 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.
(3) Capital expenditures include additions to our property, plant and equipment and do not include any proceeds from disposal of assets, nor any expenditures for business combinations.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors as well as the other information and data included in this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer. Any of the following risks related to our business could materially and adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition or results of operations. In such a case, you may lose all or part of your original investment in your notes.

Risk Factors Related to the Exchange Offer

Because there is no public market for the exchange notes, you may not be able to resell your exchange notes

The exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, but will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market, and there can be no assurance as to:

 

    the liquidity of any trading market that may develop;

 

    the ability of holders to sell their exchange notes; or

 

    the price at which the holders would be able to sell their exchange notes.

If a trading market were to develop, the exchange notes might trade at higher or lower prices than their principal amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and our financial performance.

Your outstanding notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures

We will not accept your outstanding notes for exchange in the exchange offer if you do not follow the exchange offer procedures. We will issue exchange notes as part of the exchange offer only after a timely receipt of your outstanding notes and all other required documents. Therefore, if you want to tender your outstanding notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your outstanding notes and other required documents by the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will not accept your outstanding notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of outstanding notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of outstanding notes, we may not accept your outstanding notes for exchange. For more information, see “Exchange Offer.”

In addition, any holder of outstanding notes who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to have received restricted securities, and if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. For a description of these requirements, see “Exchange Offer.”

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes, your outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes

We did not register the outstanding notes, nor do we intend to do so following the exchange offer. Outstanding notes that are not tendered will therefore continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and may be transferred only in limited circumstances under the securities laws. If you do not exchange your outstanding notes, you will lose your right to have your outstanding notes registered under the federal securities laws. As a result, if you hold outstanding notes after the exchange offer, you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our results have been in the past, and could be in the future, adversely affected by economic uncertainty or deteriorations in economic conditions

Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting economic conditions and budgeting and buying patterns. Periods of a slowing economy or recession, or periods of economic uncertainty, may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. For example, the global economic downturn that began in 2008 resulted in a decline in advertising and marketing by our customers, which resulted in a decline in advertising revenues across our

 

17


Table of Contents

businesses. This reduction in advertising revenues had an adverse effect on our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity. Global economic conditions have been slow to recover and remain uncertain. If economic conditions do not continue to improve, economic uncertainty increases or economic conditions deteriorate again, global economic conditions may once again adversely impact our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity. Furthermore, because a significant portion of our revenue is derived from local advertisers, our ability to generate revenues in specific markets is directly affected by local and regional conditions, and unfavorable regional economic conditions also may adversely impact our results. In addition, even in the absence of a downturn in general economic conditions, an individual business sector or market may experience a downturn, causing it to reduce its advertising expenditures, which also may adversely impact our results.

We performed impairment tests on our goodwill and other intangible assets during the fourth quarter of 2012, 2011 and 2010 and recorded non-cash impairment charges of $37.7 million, $7.6 million and $15.4 million, respectively. Although we believe we have made reasonable estimates and used appropriate assumptions to calculate the fair value of our licenses, billboard permits and reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If actual market conditions and operational performance for the respective reporting units underlying the intangible assets were to deteriorate, or if facts and circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived assets or goodwill for these reporting units below their adjusted carrying amounts, we may also be required to recognize additional impairment charges in future periods, which could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

To service our debt obligations and to fund capital expenditures, we will require a significant amount of cash to meet our needs, which depends on many factors beyond our control

Our ability to service our debt obligations and to fund capital expenditures will require a significant amount of cash. Our primary source of liquidity is cash on hand, cash flow from operations and borrowing capacity under our receivables based credit facility, subject to certain limitations contained in our material financing agreements. Based on our current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in our markets, we believe that cash on hand, cash flow from operations and borrowing capacity under our receivables based credit facility will enable us to meet our working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, our ability to fund our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service and other obligations, and to comply with the financial covenant under our financing agreements, depends on our future operating performance and cash from operations and other liquidity-generating transactions, which are in turn subject to prevailing economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If our future operating performance does not meet our expectation or our plans materially change in an adverse manner or prove to be materially inaccurate, we may need additional financing. In addition, the purchase price of possible acquisitions, capital expenditures for deployment of digital billboards and/or other strategic initiatives could require additional indebtedness or equity financing on our part. Adverse securities and credit market conditions could significantly affect the availability of equity or debt financing. In connection with our financing transactions completed in the second quarter of 2013, the average interest rate on our outstanding debt has increased. We anticipate paying cash interest of approximately $332 million during the fourth quarter of 2013. Future financing transactions may further increase interest expense, which could in turn reduce our financial flexibility and our ability to fund other activities and make us more vulnerable to changes in operating performance or economic downturns generally. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if permitted under the terms of our financing agreements, will be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. The inability to generate sufficient cash or obtain additional financing could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and on our ability to meet our obligations or pursue strategic initiatives.

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by many factors beyond our control

Certain factors that could adversely affect our financial performance by, among other things, decreasing overall revenues, the numbers of advertising customers, advertising fees or profit margins include:

 

    unfavorable economic conditions, which may cause companies to reduce their expenditures on advertising;

 

18


Table of Contents
    an increased level of competition for advertising dollars, which may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or which may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match;

 

    unfavorable fluctuations in operating costs, which we may be unwilling or unable to pass through to our customers;

 

    technological changes and innovations that we are unable to successfully adopt or are late in adopting that offer more attractive advertising or listening alternatives than what we offer, which may lead to a loss of advertising customers or to lower advertising rates;

 

    the impact of potential new royalties charged for terrestrial radio broadcasting, which could materially increase our expenses;

 

    other changes in governmental regulations and policies and actions of regulatory bodies, which could increase our taxes or other costs, restrict the advertising media that we employ or restrict some or all of our customers that operate in regulated areas from using certain advertising media or from advertising at all;

 

    unfavorable shifts in population and other demographics, which may cause us to lose advertising customers as people migrate to markets where we have a smaller presence or which may cause advertisers to be willing to pay less in advertising fees if the general population shifts into a less desirable age or geographical demographic from an advertising perspective; and

 

    unfavorable changes in labor conditions, which may impair our ability to operate or require us to spend more to retain and attract key employees.

We face intense competition in our media and entertainment and our outdoor advertising businesses

We operate in a highly competitive industry, and we may not be able to maintain or increase our current audience ratings and advertising and sales revenues. Our media and entertainment and our outdoor advertising businesses compete for audiences and advertising revenues with other media and entertainment businesses and outdoor advertising businesses, as well as with other media, such as newspapers, magazines, television, direct mail, portable digital audio players, mobile devices, satellite radio, Internet-based services and live entertainment, within their respective markets. Audience ratings and market shares are subject to change, which could have the effect of reducing our revenues in that market. Our competitors may develop services or advertising media that are equal or superior to those we provide or that achieve greater market acceptance and brand recognition than we achieve. It also is possible that new competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share in any of our business segments. An increased level of competition for advertising dollars may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match.

Alternative media platforms and technologies may continue to increase competition with our broadcasting operations

Our terrestrial radio broadcasting operations face increasing competition from alternative media platforms and technologies, such as broadband wireless, satellite radio, audio broadcasting by cable television systems and Internet-based audio music services, as well as consumer products, such as portable digital audio players and other mobile devices. These technologies and alternative media platforms, including those used by us, compete with our radio stations for audience share and advertising revenues. We are unable to predict the effect that such technologies and related services and products will have on our broadcasting operations. The capital expenditures necessary to implement these or other technologies could be substantial and we cannot assure you that we will continue to have the resources to acquire new technologies or to introduce new services to compete with other new technologies or services, or that our investments in new technologies or services will provide the desired returns. Other companies employing new technologies or services could more successfully implement such new technologies or services or otherwise increase competition with our businesses.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our Media and Entertainment business is dependent upon the performance of on-air talent and program hosts

We employ or independently contract with many on-air personalities and hosts of syndicated radio programs with significant loyal audiences in their respective markets. Although we have entered into long-term agreements with some of our key on-air talent and program hosts to protect our interests in those relationships, we can give no assurance that all or any of these persons will remain with us or will retain their audiences. Competition for these individuals is intense and many of these individuals are under no legal obligation to remain with us. Our competitors may choose to extend offers to any of these individuals on terms which we may be unwilling to meet. Furthermore, the popularity and audience loyalty of our key on-air talent and program hosts is highly sensitive to rapidly changing public tastes. A loss of such popularity or audience loyalty is beyond our control and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract local and/or national advertisers and on our revenue and/or ratings, and could result in increased expenses.

Our business is dependent on our management team and other key individuals

Our business is dependent upon the performance of our management team and other key individuals. A number of key individuals have joined us or assumed increased responsibilities over the past several years, including Robert W. Pittman, who became our Chief Executive Officer on October 2, 2011, C. William Eccleshare, who was promoted to be our Chief Executive Officer—Outdoor in January 2012, and Richard J. Bressler, who became our President and Chief Financial Officer on July 29, 2013. Although we have entered into agreements with some members of our management team and certain other key individuals, we can give no assurance that all or any of our management team and other key individuals will remain with us. Competition for these individuals is intense and many of our key employees are at-will employees who are under no legal obligation to remain with us, and may decide to leave for a variety of personal or other reasons beyond our control. If members of our management or key individuals decide to leave us in the future, or if we are not successful in attracting, motivating and retaining other key employees, our business could be adversely affected.

Extensive current government regulation, and future regulation, may limit our radio broadcasting and other media and entertainment operations or adversely affect our business and financial results

Congress and several federal agencies, including the FCC, extensively regulate the domestic radio industry. For example, the FCC could impact our profitability by imposing large fines on us if, in response to pending complaints, it finds that we broadcast indecent programming. Additionally, we cannot be sure that the FCC will approve renewal of the licenses we must have in order to operate our stations. Nor can we be assured that our licenses will be renewed without conditions and for a full term. The non-renewal, or conditioned renewal, of a substantial number of our FCC licenses, could have a materially adverse impact on our operations. Furthermore, possible changes in interference protections, spectrum allocations and other technical rules may negatively affect the operation of our stations. For example, in January 2011, a law that eliminates certain minimum distance separation requirements between full-power and low-power FM radio stations was enacted, which could lead to increased interference between our stations and low-power FM stations. In March 2011, the FCC adopted policies which, in certain circumstances, could make it more difficult for radio stations to relocate to increase their population coverage. In addition, Congress, the FCC and other regulatory agencies have considered, and may in the future consider and adopt, new laws, regulations and policies that could, directly or indirectly, have an adverse effect on our business operations and financial performance. In particular, Congress may consider and adopt legislation that would impose an obligation upon all U.S. broadcasters to pay performing artists a royalty for the on-air broadcast of their sound recordings (this would be in addition to payments already made by broadcasters to owners of musical work rights, such as songwriters, composers and publishers). We cannot predict whether this or other legislation affecting our media and entertainment business will be adopted. Such legislation could have a material impact on our operations and financial results. Finally, various regulatory matters relating to our media and entertainment business are now, or may become, the subject of court litigation, and we cannot predict the outcome of any such litigation or its impact on our business.

Regulations and consumer concerns regarding privacy and data protection, or any failure to comply with these regulations, could hinder our operations

We collect and utilize demographic and other information, including personally identifiable information, from and about our listeners, consumers, business partners and advertisers as they interact with us. For example:

 

20


Table of Contents

(1) our broadcast radio station websites and our iHeartRadio digital platform collect personal information as users register for our services, fill out their listener profiles, post comments, use our social networking features, participate in polls and contests and sign-up to receive email newsletters; (2) we use tracking technologies, such as “cookies,” to manage and track our listeners’ interactions with us so that we can deliver relevant music content and advertising; and (3) we collect credit card or debit card information from consumers, business partners and advertisers who use our services.

We are subject to numerous federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to consumer protection, information security, data protection and privacy, among other things. Many of these laws are still evolving, new laws may be enacted and any of these laws could be amended or interpreted in ways that could harm our business. In addition, changes in consumer expectations and demands regarding privacy and data protection could restrict our ability to collect, use, disclose and derive economic value from demographic and other information related to our listeners, consumers, business partners and advertisers. Such restrictions could limit our ability to provide customized music content to our listeners, interact directly with our listeners and consumers and offer targeted advertising opportunities to our business partners and advertisers. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to comply with these laws and regulations, any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our policies or applicable regulatory requirements related to consumer protection, information security, data protection and privacy could result in a loss of confidence in us, damage to our brands, the loss of listeners, consumers, business partners and advertisers, as well as proceedings against us by governmental authorities or others, which could hinder our operations and adversely affect our business.

If our security measures are breached, we may face liability and public perception of our services could be diminished, which would negatively impact our ability to attract listeners, business partners and advertisers

Although we have implemented physical and electronic security measures to protect against the loss, misuse and alteration of our websites, digital assets and proprietary business information as well as listener, consumer, business partner and advertiser personally identifiable information, no security measures are perfect and impenetrable and we may be unable to anticipate or prevent unauthorized access. A security breach could occur due to the actions of outside parties, employee error, malfeasance or a combination of these or other actions. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, we could lose competitively sensitive business information or suffer disruptions to our business operations. In addition, the public perception of the effectiveness of our security measures or services could be harmed, we could lose listeners, consumers, business partners and advertisers and we could suffer financial exposure in connection with remediation efforts, investigations and legal proceedings and changes in our security and system protection measures.

Government regulation of outdoor advertising may restrict our outdoor advertising operations

U.S. federal, state and local regulations have a significant impact on the outdoor advertising industry and our business. One of the seminal laws is the Highway Beautification Act (“HBA”), which regulates outdoor advertising on Federal-Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems’ roads in the United States. The HBA regulates the size and location of billboards, mandates a state compliance program, requires the development of state standards, promotes the expeditious removal of illegal signs and requires just compensation for takings. Construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing, the location and permitting of billboards and the use of new technologies for changing displays, such as digital displays, are regulated by federal, state and local governments. From time to time, states and municipalities have prohibited or significantly limited the construction of new outdoor advertising structures. Changes in laws and regulations affecting outdoor advertising, or changes in the interpretation of those laws and regulations, at any level of government, including the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, could have a significant financial impact on us by requiring us to make significant expenditures or otherwise limiting or restricting some of our operations. Due to such regulations, it has become increasingly difficult to develop new outdoor advertising locations.

From time to time, certain state and local governments and third parties have attempted to force the removal of our displays under various state and local laws, including zoning ordinances, permit enforcement, condemnation and amortization. Similar risks also arise in certain of our international jurisdictions. Amortization is the attempted forced removal of legal non-conforming billboards (billboards which conformed with applicable laws and regulations when built, but which do not conform to current laws and regulations) or the commercial advertising placed on such billboards after a period of years. Pursuant to this concept, the governmental body asserts that just

 

21


Table of Contents

compensation is earned by continued operation of the billboard over time. Although amortization is prohibited along all controlled roads and generally prohibited along non-controlled roads, amortization has been upheld along non-controlled roads in limited instances where provided by state and local law. Other regulations limit our ability to rebuild, replace, repair, maintain and upgrade non-conforming displays. In addition, from time to time third parties or local governments assert that we own or operate displays that either are not properly permitted or otherwise are not in strict compliance with applicable law. For example, courts in New York City upheld local municipal enforcement efforts to restrict advertising on arterial roadways and require registration of billboard structures, requiring us to remove certain existing advertising displays. In addition, a California court ruled in favor of a competitor who challenged the validity of our digital display permits in the City of Los Angeles, invalidating certain of our permits and requiring that we turn off the electrical power to the affected digital displays. If we are increasingly unable to resolve such allegations or obtain acceptable arrangements in circumstances in which our displays are subject to removal, modification or amortization, or if there occurs an increase in such regulations or their enforcement, our operating results could suffer.

A number of state and local governments have implemented or initiated taxes, fees and registration requirements in an effort to decrease or restrict the number of outdoor signs and/or to raise revenue. From time to time, legislation also has been introduced in international jurisdictions attempting to impose taxes on revenue from outdoor advertising or for the right to use outdoor advertising assets. In addition, a number of jurisdictions, including the City of Los Angeles, have implemented legislation or interpreted existing legislation to restrict or prohibit the installation of new digital billboards, and we expect these efforts to continue. The increased imposition of these measures, and our inability to overcome any such measures, could reduce our operating income if those outcomes require removal or restrictions on the use of preexisting displays. In addition, if we are unable to pass on the cost of these items to our clients, our operating income could be adversely affected.

International regulation of the outdoor advertising industry can vary by municipality, region and country, but generally limits the size, placement, nature and density of out-of-home displays. Other regulations limit the subject matter and language of out-of-home displays. Our failure to comply with these or any future international regulations could have an adverse impact on the effectiveness of our displays or their attractiveness to clients as an advertising medium and may require us to make significant expenditures to ensure compliance. As a result, we may experience a significant impact on our operations, revenue, international client base and overall financial condition.

Additional restrictions on outdoor advertising of tobacco, alcohol and other products may further restrict the categories of clients that can advertise using our products

Out-of-court settlements between the major U.S. tobacco companies and all 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and four other U.S. territories include a ban on the outdoor advertising of tobacco products. Other products and services may be targeted in the U.S. in the future, including alcohol products. Most European Union countries, among other nations, also have banned outdoor advertisements for tobacco products and regulate alcohol advertising. Regulations vary across the countries in which we conduct business. Any significant reduction in alcohol-related advertising or advertising of other products due to content-related restrictions could cause a reduction in our direct revenues from such advertisements and an increase in the available space on the existing inventory of billboards in the outdoor advertising industry.

Environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations may limit or restrict some of our operations

As the owner or operator of various real properties and facilities, especially in our outdoor advertising operations, we must comply with various foreign, federal, state and local environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations. We and our properties are subject to such laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, disposal, emission and release of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and employee health and safety as well as zoning restrictions. Historically, we have not incurred significant expenditures to comply with these laws. However, additional laws which may be passed in the future, or a finding of a violation of or liability under existing laws, could require us to make significant expenditures and otherwise limit or restrict some of our operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Doing business in foreign countries exposes us to certain risks not found when doing business in the United States

Doing business in foreign countries carries with it certain risks that are not found when doing business in the United States. These risks could result in losses against which we are not insured. Examples of these risks include:

 

    potential adverse changes in the diplomatic relations of foreign countries with the United States;
    hostility from local populations;
    the adverse effect of foreign exchange controls;
    government policies against businesses owned by foreigners;
    investment restrictions or requirements;
    expropriations of property without adequate compensation;
    the potential instability of foreign governments;
    the risk of insurrections;
    risks of renegotiation or modification of existing agreements with governmental authorities;
    difficulties collecting receivables and otherwise enforcing contracts with governmental agencies and others in some foreign legal systems;
    withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;
    changes in tax structure and level; and
    changes in laws or regulations or the interpretation or application of laws or regulations.

In addition, because we own assets in foreign countries and derive revenues from our International operations, we may incur currency translation losses due to changes in the values of foreign currencies and in the value of the U.S. dollar. We cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations upon future operating results.

Our International operations involve contracts with, and regulation by, foreign governments. We operate in many parts of the world that experience corruption to some degree. Although we have policies and procedures in place that are designed to promote legal and regulatory compliance (including with respect to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the United Kingdom Bribery Act), our employees, subcontractors and agents could take actions that violate applicable anticorruption laws or regulations. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

The success of our street furniture and transit products businesses is dependent on our obtaining key municipal concessions, which we may not be able to obtain on favorable terms

Our street furniture and transit products businesses require us to obtain and renew contracts with municipalities and other governmental entities. Many of these contracts, which require us to participate in competitive bidding processes at each renewal, typically have terms ranging from 3 to 20 years and have revenue share and/or fixed payment components. Our inability to successfully negotiate, renew or complete these contracts due to governmental demands and delay and the highly competitive bidding processes for these contracts could affect our ability to offer these products to our clients, or to offer them to our clients at rates that are competitive to other forms of advertising, without adversely affecting our financial results.

Future acquisitions and other strategic transactions could pose risks

We frequently evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business. We expect from time to time to pursue additional acquisitions and may decide to dispose of certain businesses. These acquisitions or dispositions could be material. Our acquisition strategy involves numerous risks, including:

 

    our acquisitions may prove unprofitable and fail to generate anticipated cash flows;
    to successfully manage our large portfolio of media and entertainment, outdoor advertising and other businesses, we may need to:
    recruit additional senior management as we cannot be assured that senior management of acquired businesses will continue to work for us and we cannot be certain that our recruiting efforts will succeed, and

 

23


Table of Contents
    expand corporate infrastructure to facilitate the integration of our operations with those of acquired businesses, because failure to do so may cause us to lose the benefits of any expansion that we decide to undertake by leading to disruptions in our ongoing businesses or by distracting our management;
    we may enter into markets and geographic areas where we have limited or no experience;
    we may encounter difficulties in the integration of operations and systems; and
    our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns.

Additional acquisitions by us of media and entertainment businesses and outdoor advertising businesses may require antitrust review by U.S. federal antitrust agencies and may require review by foreign antitrust agencies under the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions. We can give no assurances that the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”), the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) or foreign antitrust agencies will not seek to bar us from acquiring additional media and entertainment businesses or outdoor advertising businesses in any market where we already have a significant position. Further, radio acquisitions by us are subject to FCC approval. Such acquisitions must comply with the Communications Act and FCC regulatory requirements and policies, including with respect to the number of broadcast facilities in which a person or entity may have an ownership or attributable interest in a given local market and the level of interest that may be held by a foreign individual or entity. The FCC’s media ownership rules remain subject to ongoing agency and court proceedings. Future changes could restrict our ability to acquire new radio assets or businesses.

Significant equity investors control us and may have conflicts of interest with us in the future

Private equity funds sponsored by or co-investors with Bain Capital and THL indirectly own a majority of our outstanding capital stock and will exercise control over matters requiring approval of our shareholder and board of directors. The directors elected by Bain Capital and THL will have significant authority to make decisions affecting us, including change of control transactions and the incurrence of additional indebtedness.

In addition, affiliates of Bain Capital and THL are lenders under our term loan credit facilities and holders of our outstanding 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019. It is possible that their interests in some circumstances may conflict with our interests.

Additionally, Bain Capital and THL are in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. One or more of the entities advised by or affiliated with Bain Capital and/or THL may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as entities advised by or affiliated with Bain Capital and THL directly or indirectly own a significant amount of the voting power of our capital stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, Bain Capital and THL will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

Risks Related to the Notes

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful

 

24


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2013, on an as adjusted basis giving effect to the December 2013 Refinancing, we would have had $20,467.7 million of total indebtedness outstanding, including: (1) $1,927.5 million aggregate principal amount outstanding under our term loan credit facilities, which mature at various dates in 2016, and $6,300.0 million aggregate principal amount outstanding under our term loan credit facilities, which mature in January 2019; (2) $247.0 million aggregate principal amount outstanding under our receivables based credit facility, which will be available through 2017, at which time all outstanding principal amounts under the receivables based credit facility will be due and payable; (3) $1,711.1 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021, net of $38.9 million of unamortized discounts, which mature in March 2021; (4) $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 11.25% priority guarantee notes due 2021, which mature in March 2021; (5) $1,999.8 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019, which mature in December 2019; (6) $22.3 million aggregate principal amount of other secured debt; (7) $94.3 million and $127.9 million outstanding of senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes, respectively, which mature in August 2016; (8) $1,404.4 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of the outstanding notes, which mature in February 2021 (net of $421.9 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes held by CC Finco and unamortized premiums of $0.1 million); (9) $1,136.9 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of our legacy notes, net of unamortized purchase accounting discounts of $299.6 million, which mature at various dates from 2014 through 2027; (10) $2,718.1 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of subsidiary senior notes, net of unamortized discount of $6.9 million, which mature in November 2022; (11) $2,200.0 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of subsidiary senior subordinated notes, which mature in March 2020; and (12) other obligations of $3.5 million. This large amount of indebtedness could have negative consequences for us, including, without limitation:

 

    requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to the payment of principal and interest on indebtedness, thereby reducing cash available for other purposes, including to fund operations and capital expenditures, invest in new technology and pursue other business opportunities;

 

    limiting our liquidity and operational flexibility and limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;

 

    limiting our ability to adjust to changing economic, business and competitive conditions;

 

    requiring us to defer planned capital expenditures, reduce discretionary spending, sell assets, restructure existing indebtedness or defer acquisitions or other strategic opportunities;

 

    limiting our ability to refinance any of our indebtedness or increasing the cost of any such financing;

 

    making us more vulnerable to an increase in interest rates, a downturn in our operating performance, a decline in general economic or industry conditions or a disruption in the credit markets; and

 

    making us more susceptible to negative changes in credit ratings, which could impact our ability to obtain financing in the future and increase the cost of such financing.

If compliance with the debt obligations materially hinders our ability to operate our business and adapt to changing industry conditions, we may lose market share, our revenue may decline and our operating results may suffer. The terms of our credit facilities and the other indebtedness allow us, under certain conditions, to incur further indebtedness, including secured indebtedness, which heightens the foregoing risks.

Our and our subsidiaries’ ability to make scheduled payments on our respective debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. In addition, because we derive a substantial portion of our operating income from our subsidiaries, our ability to repay our debt depends upon the performance of our subsidiaries, their ability to dividend or distribute funds to us and our receipt of funds under our cash management arrangement with our subsidiary, CCOH. We and our subsidiaries may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows sufficient to permit us and our subsidiaries to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our respective indebtedness.

 

25


Table of Contents

If our and our subsidiaries’ cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our respective debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to take any of these actions, and these actions may not be successful or permit us to meet the scheduled debt service obligations. Furthermore, these actions may not be permitted under the terms of existing or future debt agreements.

The ability to restructure or refinance the debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and increase debt service obligations and may require us and our subsidiaries to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us or our subsidiaries to meet scheduled debt service obligations. If we and our subsidiaries cannot make scheduled payments on indebtedness, we or our subsidiaries, as applicable, will be in default under one or more of the debt agreements and, as a result we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our substantial debt service obligations have increased as a result of our refinancing transactions, and could adversely affect our liquidity and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes

In 2013, we have substantially increased our debt service obligations. In June 2013, we extended $5.0 billion aggregate principal amount of term loans under our senior secured credit facilities through the creation of a new term loan D, which increased the interest rate on $5.0 billion aggregate principal amount of indebtedness from 3.83% to 6.93% (based on LIBOR as of September 30, 2013). On December 18, 2013, pursuant to the December 2013 Term Loan Extension, we extended $1.3 billion aggregate principal amount of term loans under our senior secured credit facilities through the creation of a new term loan E, which increased the interest rate on $1.3 billion aggregate principal amount of indebtedness from 3.82% to 7.67% (based on LIBOR as of November 30, 2013). Assuming constant outstanding balances and interest rates, the June 2013 exchange offer and the creation of the new term loan D in June 2013 increased our annual interest expense over a 12-month period by $155.0 million. Assuming constant outstanding balances and interest rates, the December 2013 LBO Note Exchange and the creation of the new term loan E will increase our annual interest expense over a 12-month period by an additional $64.4 million.

The increase in our debt service obligations could adversely affect our liquidity and could have important consequences to you, including the following:

 

    it may make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under the notes and our other indebtedness and our contractual and commercial commitments;

 

    it may otherwise further limit us in the ways summarized above under “We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful,” including by reducing our cash available for operations, debt service obligations, future business opportunities, acquisitions and capital expenditures.

Our ability to make payments with respect to the notes and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance and our ability to continue to refinance our indebtedness, which will be affected by prevailing economic and credit market conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Because we derive a substantial portion of operating income from our subsidiaries, our ability to repay our debt depends upon the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to dividend or distribute funds to us

We derive a substantial portion of operating income from our subsidiaries. As a result, our cash flow and the ability to service our indebtedness depend on the performance of our subsidiaries and the ability of those entities to distribute funds to us. We cannot assure you that our subsidiaries will be able to, or be permitted to, pay to us the amounts necessary to service our debt.

Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness, including the notes, depends on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and (if they are not guarantors of the notes) their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2013, approximately 47% and 47% of our consolidated net revenue, respectively, and 26% and 28% of our operating income, respectively, was generated collectively by our Americas Outdoor Advertising and our International Outdoor Advertising business segments, which are part of CCOH, which is not a guarantor of the notes. CCOH is subject to limitations on its ability to pay dividends or otherwise make distributions to us. Those limitations are set forth in the indenture governing one series of its outstanding senior notes and the indenture governing one series of its outstanding senior subordinated notes, respectively. In addition, the consolidated EBITDA of CCOH is included in the calculation of the consolidated EBITDA of Clear Channel for purposes of calculating Clear Channel’s consolidated leverage ratio under the notes. The financial performance of CCOH may be taken into account to enable us to incur additional debt, pay dividends or make other

 

26


Table of Contents

restricted payments that we could not otherwise incur, pay or make without such results, even though CCOH’s ability to pay us dividends or make distributions to us is subject to limitations. Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on our outdoor advertising business as a means for repayment of the notes. Unless they are guarantors of the notes, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. While the indenture governing the notes limits the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our non-guarantor subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the notes.

In addition, any payment of interest, dividends, distributions, loans or advances by our subsidiaries to us could be subject to restrictions on dividends or repatriation of distributions under applicable local law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdictions in which the subsidiaries operate or under arrangements with local partners.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, holders of such indebtedness may declare all the funds borrowed thereunder immediately due and payable, which may cause us to be unable to make payments on the notes

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under our senior secured credit facilities that is not waived by the required lenders thereunder, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could substantially decrease the market value of the notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, or interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including our senior secured credit facilities), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of any such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. More specifically, the lenders under our receivables based credit facility could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans, require us to cash collateralize amounts outstanding under the existing letter of credit obligations and the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities and receivables based credit facility could institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to seek waivers from the required lenders under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our senior secured credit facilities or our receivables based credit facility and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our senior secured credit facilities or our receivables based credit facility, the lenders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Description of the Exchange Notes.”

The guarantees of the notes are subordinated to the guarantees of our senior secured credit facilities, our receivables based credit facility and our priority guarantee notes

The guarantees of the notes are subordinated to the guarantees of the guarantors of the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables based credit facility and our priority guarantee notes. As of September 30, 2013, the guarantees thereof were subordinated to guarantees of approximately $12,760.4 million of debt outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities, our receivables based credit facility and our priority guarantees notes. We will also have the ability to incur additional indebtedness under our receivables based credit facility, subject to certain limitations contained in our material financing agreements.

As a result of such subordination, upon any distribution to our creditors or the creditors of any guarantor of the notes in a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, or similar proceeding, the holders of our debt under the senior secured credit facilities, our receivables based credit facility and our priority guarantee notes will be entitled to be paid in full before any payment will be made on that guarantor’s guarantee.

The notes are structurally subordinated to all of the debt and liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries

Some of our wholly owned subsidiaries do not guarantee the notes and none of our non-wholly owned subsidiaries, including CCOH and its subsidiaries, guarantee the notes. As of September 30, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries held approximately 53% of our consolidated assets and had $4.9 billion in outstanding indebtedness, excluding intercompany obligations. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated 48% and 47% of our revenue, respectively, and 25% and 27% of our operating income, respectively. As of September 30, 2013, CCOH and its subsidiaries, which do not guarantee the notes, had $6.9 billion of total assets, respectively, and $6.6 billion in total liabilities.

 

27


Table of Contents

Generally, claims of creditors (both secured and unsecured) of a non-guarantor subsidiary, including trade creditors and claims of preference shareholders (if any) of the non-guarantor subsidiary (or the equivalent of any of the foregoing under local law), will have priority with respect to the assets and cash flow of the non-guarantor subsidiary over the claims of creditors of its parent entity. Accordingly, those claims, including those related to the CCWH senior notes and CCWH senior subordinated notes, will have priority with respect to the assets and cash flow of CCOH and its subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2013, there was $2.7 billion aggregate principal amount of CCWH senior notes and $2.2 billion of CCWH senior subordinated notes outstanding. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding of any of these nonguarantor subsidiaries (or the equivalent of any of the foregoing under local law), holders of the notes will participate with all other holders of our indebtedness in the assets remaining and dividended or otherwise paid to the issuer after the non-guarantor subsidiaries involved in such proceedings have paid all of their debts and liabilities. In any of these cases, the relevant subsidiaries may not have sufficient funds to make payments to us, and holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of debt of such non-guarantor subsidiaries, including CCOH and its subsidiaries.

The documents governing our indebtedness contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business

Our material financing agreements, including our credit agreements and indentures, contain various covenants restricting, among other things, our ability to:

 

    make acquisitions or investments;
    make loans or otherwise extend credit to others;
    incur indebtedness or issue shares or guarantees;
    create liens;
    enter into transactions with affiliates;
    sell, lease, transfer or dispose of assets;
    merge or consolidate with other companies; and
    make a substantial change to the general nature of our business.

In addition, under our senior secured credit facilities, we are required to comply with certain affirmative covenants and certain specified financial covenants and ratios. For instance, our senior secured credit facilities require us to comply on a quarterly basis with a financial covenant limiting the ratio of our consolidated secured debt, net of cash and cash equivalents, to our consolidated EBITDA (as defined under the terms of our senior secured credit facilities) for the preceding four quarters. The ratio under this financial covenant for the four quarters ended September 30, 2013 is set at 9.25 to 1 and reduces to 9.00 to 1 and 8.75 to 1 for the four quarters ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

The restrictions contained in our credit agreements and indentures could affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to react to market conditions or take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. For example, such restrictions could adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, make strategic acquisitions, investments or alliances, restructure our organization or finance our capital needs. Additionally, our ability to comply with these covenants and restrictions may be affected by events beyond our control. These include prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If we breach any of these covenants or restrictions, we could be in default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, and as a result we would be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

U.S. federal and state fraudulent transfer laws permit a court to void the notes and the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes or may be required to return payments made on the notes

The issuance of the notes and the guarantees may be subject to review under U.S. federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes if a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit, including under circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved, were commenced at some future date by us, by the guarantors or on behalf of our unpaid creditors or the unpaid creditors of a guarantor.

While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, under such laws the payment of consideration in certain transactions could be considered a fraudulent conveyance if (1) the consideration was paid with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of our guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing notes, a guarantee or a security interest and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true:

 

    we or any of our guarantors were or was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of issuing notes or the guarantees;

 

28


Table of Contents
    payment of the consideration left us or any of our guarantors with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on our or its business; or

 

    we or any of our guarantors intended to, or believed that we or it would, incur debts beyond our or its ability to pay as they mature.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or a guarantee was a fraudulent conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or the guarantees, further subordinate the notes or the payment obligations under such guarantee to existing and future indebtedness of ours or such guarantor or require the holders of the notes to repay any amounts received with respect to the notes or such guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. Further, the voidance of the notes could result in an event of default with respect to our other debt and that of our guarantors that could result in acceleration of such debt. The measures of insolvency for purposes of fraudulent conveyance laws vary depending upon the laws of the jurisdiction that is being applied. Generally, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness:

 

    the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all its assets;

 

    the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts and liabilities, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

    it could not pay its debts as they become due.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at the relevant time, or regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the issuance of the notes and the guarantees would not be subordinated to our or any guarantors’ other debt.

If the guarantees were legally challenged, any guarantee could be subject to the finding of a court that, since the guarantee was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the guarantor, the obligations of the applicable guarantor were incurred for less than fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value. A court could thus void the obligations under the guarantees, subordinate them to the applicable guarantor’s other debt or take other action detrimental to the holders of the notes.

The notes will mature after a substantial portion of our other indebtedness

The notes will mature in 2021. Substantially all of our existing indebtedness other than our 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 and CCWH’s senior notes due 2022 (including our senior secured credit facilities, our receivables based credit facility, our priority guarantee notes due 2019, certain series of our legacy notes and CCWH’s senior subordinated notes) will mature prior to the maturity of the notes. Therefore, we will be required to repay many of our other creditors, including holders of unsecured and unguaranteed indebtedness, before we are required to repay a portion of the interest due on, and the principal of, the notes. As a result, we may not have sufficient cash to repay all amounts owing on the notes at maturity. There can be no assurance that we will have the ability to borrow or otherwise raise the amounts necessary to repay such amounts.

Because each guarantor’s liability under its guarantee may be reduced to zero, avoided or released under certain circumstances, you may not receive any payments from some or all of the guarantors

Noteholders have the benefit of the guarantees of certain of our subsidiaries. However, the guarantees are limited to the maximum amount that the guarantors are permitted to guarantee under applicable law. As a result, a guarantor’s liability under its guarantee could be reduced to zero, depending on the amount of other obligations of

 

29


Table of Contents

such guarantor. This provision may not be effective to protect the guarantees from being avoided under fraudulent transfer law, or may eliminate a guarantor’s obligations or reduce a guarantor’s obligations to an amount that effectively make the guarantee worthless. In a Florida bankruptcy case (which was recently reinstated by the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit on other grounds), this type of provision was found to be ineffective to protect guarantors. Furthermore, under the circumstances discussed more fully above, a court under applicable fraudulent conveyance and transfer statutes could void the obligations under a guarantee or further subordinate it to all other obligations of the guarantor.

As a result, a guarantor’s liability under its guarantee could be materially reduced or eliminated depending upon the amounts of its other obligations and upon applicable laws. In particular, in certain jurisdictions, a guarantee issued by a company that is not in the company’s corporate interests, the burden of which exceeds the benefit to the company or which is entered into within a certain period prior to insolvency or bankruptcy, may not be valid and enforceable. It is possible that a guarantor, a creditor of a guarantor or the insolvency administrator in the case of an insolvency of a guarantor may contest the validity and enforceability of the guarantee and that the applicable court may determine the guarantee should be limited or voided. In the event that any guarantees are deemed invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or to the extent that agreed limitations on the guarantee obligation apply, the notes would be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of the applicable guarantor, including trade payables of such guarantor. See “—U.S. federal and state fraudulent transfer laws permit a court to void the notes and the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes or may be required to return payments made on the notes.”

We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control and holders of the notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the notes repurchased has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of our assets

Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The change of control provisions may not protect you if we undergo a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, restructuring, acquisition or similar transaction that may adversely affect you unless the transaction is included within the definition of a change of control.

Our senior secured credit facilities provide that the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a change of control for the purposes of the indenture governing the notes would constitute a default under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based credit facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor. Much of our other debt, including our priority guarantee notes and senior notes due 2016, also requires us to repurchase such debt upon an event that would constitute a change of control for the purposes of the notes. Any of our future debt agreements may contain prohibitions of events that would constitute a change of control or would require such debt to be repurchased upon a change of control. The source of funds for any purchase of the notes will be our available cash or cash generated from our and our subsidiaries’ operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the notes that are tendered upon a change of control. Further, we are contractually restricted under the terms of our senior secured credit facilities from repurchasing the notes tendered by holders upon a change of control. Accordingly, we may not be able to satisfy our obligations to purchase the notes unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under our senior secured credit facilities. Our failure to repurchase the notes upon a change of control would cause a default under the indenture governing the notes. Such a default would, in turn, constitute a default under our senior secured credit facilities.

The definition of change of control in the indenture governing the notes includes a phrase relating to the sale of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale of less than all our assets to another person is uncertain.

 

30


Table of Contents

Your ability to transfer the notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the notes and you may not be able to sell them quickly or at the price you paid

The exchange notes are a new issue of securities for which there is no established public market. We do not intend to apply for the exchange notes to be listed on any securities exchange or to arrange for their quotation on any automated dealer quotation system. An active market for the exchange notes may not develop or, if developed, it may not continue. Historically, the markets for non-investment grade debt have been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the notes. The market, if any, for the notes may experience similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your notes. In addition, subsequent to their initial issuances, the notes may trade at discounts, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our financial and operating performance and other factors.

 

31


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

Simultaneously with the issuance of the outstanding notes on June 21, 2013, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Dealer Managers, pursuant to which we have agreed that we will use commercially reasonable efforts to take the following actions, at our expense, for the benefit of the holders of such notes:

 

    no later than January 17, 2014, file an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange such outstanding notes for exchange notes, which will have terms identical in all material respects to such outstanding notes, except that additional interest will not be payable in respect of the exchange notes and the exchange notes will not be entitled to registration rights under the registration rights agreement and will not be subject to the transfer restrictions (which obligation was satisfied with the filing of this registration statement),

 

    cause the exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC no later than March 18, 2014,

 

    commence the exchange offer promptly (but no later than 10 business days) after the registration statement is declared effective, and

 

    keep the exchange offer open for at least 20 business days after the date we mail notice of such exchange offer to holders of such notes.

Simultaneously with the issuance of the outstanding notes on December 16, 2013, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Dealer Managers for the benefit of the holders of the outstanding notes issued on December 16, 2013, pursuant to which we have agreed that we will use commercially reasonable efforts to take the following actions, at our expense, for the benefit of the holders of such notes:

 

    cause to be declared effective by the SEC no later than March 18, 2014 an exchange offer registration statement with respect to a registered offer to exchange the outstanding notes issued on December 16, 2013 (and the outstanding notes issued on December 24, 2013, if certain conditions are met, which conditions have subsequently been met) for exchange notes, which will have terms identical in all material respects to such outstanding notes, except that additional interest will not be payable in respect of the exchange notes and the exchange notes will not be entitled to registration rights under the registration rights agreement and will not be subject to the transfer restrictions,

 

    commence the exchange offer promptly (but no later than 10 business days) after the registration statement is declared effective, and

 

    keep the exchange offer open for at least 20 business days after the date we mail notice of such exchange offer to holders of such notes.

For each outstanding note surrendered to us pursuant to the exchange offer, the holder of such outstanding note will receive an exchange note having a principal amount at maturity equal to that of the surrendered note.

Under existing SEC interpretations set forth in no-action letters to third parties, the exchange notes will in general be freely transferable after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act; provided that, in the case of broker-dealers, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act is delivered as required. We have agreed for a period of 180 days after consummation of the exchange offer to make available a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any such exchange notes acquired as described below. A broker-dealer which delivers such a prospectus to purchasers in connection with such resales will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act, and will be bound by the provisions of the applicable exchange and registration rights agreement, including certain indemnification rights and obligations.

If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you will be required to represent to us, among other things, that, at the time of the consummation of the exchange offer:

 

    any exchange notes received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of business,

 

32


Table of Contents
    you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act,

 

    you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act,

 

    if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, the distribution of the exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act, and

 

    if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired for your own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

Any holder that is not able to make these representations or certain similar representations will not be entitled to participate in the exchange offer or to exchange their outstanding notes for exchange notes.

If (i) applicable law or the interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect an exchange offer, (ii) an exchange offer for any other reason is not completed within the time frame described above or (iii) any holder notifies us within 20 business days following the exchange offer that, for certain reasons, it was unable to participate in the exchange offer, we will, no later than 30 days after such event (but in no event earlier than 210 days after June 21, 2013 in the case of the outstanding notes issued on June 21, 2013), file a shelf registration statement relating to resales of the applicable outstanding notes and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause it to become effective within 90 days after filing (but in no event earlier than 270 days after June 21, 2013 in the case of the outstanding notes issued on June 21, 2013) and keep that shelf registration statement effective until the expiration of two years from the closing date of the issuance of the outstanding notes, or such shorter time period that will terminate when all notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant to the shelf registration statement. We will, in the event of such a shelf registration, provide to each holder of the notes copies of a prospectus, notify each such holder of notes when the shelf registration statement has become effective and take certain other actions to permit resales of the notes. A holder of notes that sells notes under a shelf registration statement generally will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with those sales and will be bound by the provisions of the applicable exchange and registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a holder (including certain indemnification obligations).

If we fail to comply in a timely fashion with the requirements outlined above regarding the completion of the exchange offer (or, if required, a shelf registration statement), and in certain other limited circumstances, the annual interest rate borne by the relevant notes will be increased by 0.25% per annum and an additional 0.25% per annum every 90 days thereafter, up to a maximum additional cash interest of 0.50% per annum, until the exchange offer is completed, the shelf registration statement is declared effective or, with respect to any particular note, such note ceases to be outstanding or is actually sold by the holder thereof pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such note relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by us or pursuant to the indenture.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. You may tender all or any portion of your outstanding notes; however, exchange notes will only be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof.

The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes, except that:

 

  (1) the exchange notes each bear a different CUSIP Number from the outstanding notes;

 

  (2) the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof; and

 

  (3) the holders of the exchange notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the applicable registration rights agreement, including the provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate on the outstanding notes in certain circumstances relating to the timing of the exchange offer, all of which rights will terminate when the exchange offer is terminated.

 

33


Table of Contents

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice (if oral, to be promptly confirmed in writing) thereof to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the exchange notes from us.

If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of specified other events set forth in this prospectus or otherwise, the certificates for any unaccepted outstanding notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the expiration date of the exchange offer.

Holders who tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the exchange offer. See “—Fees and Expenses.”

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The term “expiration date” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January 31, 2014, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the term “expiration date” will mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended.

In order to extend the exchange offer we will promptly make a press release or other public announcement and notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice (if oral, to be promptly confirmed in writing), prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, (1) to delay accepting any outstanding notes, to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice (if oral, to be promptly confirmed in writing) of any delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent or (2) to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. Such decision will also be communicated in a press release or other public announcement prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day following such decision. Any announcement of delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed promptly by oral or written notice (if oral, to be promptly confirmed in writing) thereof to the registered holders.

Interest on the Exchange Notes

The exchange notes will bear interest from its issuance date. The holders of outstanding notes that are accepted for exchange will receive accrued interest on those outstanding notes through, but not including, the issuance date of the exchange notes. This interest will be paid with the first interest payment on the exchange notes. Interest on the outstanding notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the exchange notes.

Interest on the exchange notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on February 1, 2014.

Procedures for Tendering

Only a holder of outstanding notes may tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer. To tender in the exchange offer, a holder must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal or transmit an agent’s message in connection with a book-entry transfer, and, unless transmitting an agent’s message in connection with a book-entry transfer, mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the facsimile, together with the outstanding notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. To be tendered effectively, the outstanding notes, letter of transmittal or an agent’s message and other required documents must be completed and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Delivery of the outstanding notes may be made by book-entry transfer in accordance with the procedures described below. Confirmation of the book-entry transfer must be received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date.

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by a book-entry transfer facility to, and received by, the exchange agent forming a part of a confirmation of a book-entry, which states that the book-entry transfer facility has received an express acknowledgement from the participant in the book-entry transfer facility tendering the outstanding notes that the participant has received and agrees: (1) to participate in ATOP; (2) to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal; and (3) that we may enforce the agreement against the participant.

 

34


Table of Contents

By executing the letter of transmittal, each holder will make to us the representations set forth above in the fifth paragraph under the heading “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer.”

The tender by a holder and our acceptance thereof will constitute agreement between the holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal or agent’s message.

The method of delivery of outstanding notes and the letter of transmittal or agent’s message and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder. As an alternative to delivery by mail, holders may wish to consider overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. No letter of transmittal or outstanding notes should be sent to us. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for them.

Any beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on the beneficial owner’s behalf. See “Instructions to Letter of Transmittal” included with the letter of transmittal.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member of the Medallion System unless the outstanding notes tendered pursuant to the letter of transmittal are tendered (1) by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” on the letter of transmittal or (2) for the account of a member firm of the Medallion System. In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, the guarantee must be by a member firm of the Medallion System.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed in this prospectus, the outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding notes with the signature thereon guaranteed by a member firm of the Medallion System.

If the letter of transmittal or any outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the person signing should so indicate when signing, and evidence satisfactory to us of its authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer, and subject to the establishment thereof, any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of outstanding notes by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account with respect to the outstanding notes in accordance with DTC’s procedures for the transfer. Although delivery of the outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, unless an agent’s message is received by the exchange agent in compliance with ATOP, an appropriate letter of transmittal properly completed and duly executed with any required signature guarantee and all other required documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the exchange agent at its address set forth below on or prior to the expiration date. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of the acceptance of tendered outstanding notes and the withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right in our sole discretion to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular outstanding notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured within the time we determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give the notification. Tenders of outstanding notes will not be deemed to have been made until the defects or irregularities have been

 

35


Table of Contents

cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

No Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

There are no guaranteed delivery procedures provided by us in connection with the exchange offer. As only registered holders are authorized to tender outstanding notes through DTC, beneficial owners of outstanding notes that are held in the name of a custodial entity must contact such entity sufficiently in advance of the expiration date if they wish to tender outstanding notes and be eligible to receive the exchange notes.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

To withdraw a tender of outstanding notes in the exchange offer, a letter or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth in this prospectus prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

  (1) specify the name of the person having deposited the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;

 

  (2) identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of the outstanding notes, or, in the case of outstanding notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited;

 

  (3) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the outstanding notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee with respect to the outstanding notes register the transfer of the outstanding notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and

 

  (4) specify the name in which any outstanding notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person depositing the outstanding notes to be withdrawn.

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of the notices will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the applicable exchange offer and no exchange notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the outstanding notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any outstanding notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to the holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the applicable exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

Conditions

We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder. Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange notes for, any outstanding notes, and may, prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before the acceptance of the outstanding notes, if:

 

  (1) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer which we reasonably believe might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer or any material adverse development has occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries; or

 

36


Table of Contents
  (2) any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff of the SEC is proposed, adopted or enacted, which we reasonably believe might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer or materially impair the contemplated benefits of the exchange offer to us; or

 

  (3) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval we reasonably believe to be necessary for the consummation of the exchange offer as contemplated by this prospectus.

If we determine in our sole discretion that any of the conditions are not satisfied, we may (1) refuse to accept any outstanding notes and return all tendered outstanding notes to the tendering holders, (2) extend the exchange offer and retain all outstanding notes tendered prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw the outstanding notes (see “—Withdrawal of Tenders”), or (3) waive the unsatisfied conditions with respect to the exchange offer and accept all properly tendered outstanding notes which have not been withdrawn.

Exchange Agent

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offer. Requests for additional copies of this prospectus or the letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

 

By Mail, Hand or Overnight Delivery:

DB Services Americas, Inc.

MS JCK01-D218

  

Facsimile Transmission:

1-615-866-3889

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attn:  Reorganization Unit

  

For Information or to Confirm Receipt of

Facsimile by Telephone:

1-800-735-7777, Option 1

Delivery to an address other than set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made through DTC by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas; however, additional solicitation may be made by electronic mail, facsimile, telephone or in person by our and our affiliates’ officers and regular employees.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with these services.

We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Accounting Treatment

The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is face value, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes as a result of the exchange offer. The expenses of the exchange offer will be expensed as incurred.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

The outstanding notes that are not exchanged for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, the outstanding notes may be resold only:

 

  (1) to us upon redemption thereof or otherwise;

 

37


Table of Contents
  (2) so long as the outstanding notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the United States whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, which other exemption is based upon an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to us if we so request;

 

  (3) outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

 

  (4) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

Resale of the Exchange Notes

With respect to resales of exchange notes, based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that a holder or other person who receives exchange notes, whether or not the person is the holder, other than a person that is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, in exchange for outstanding notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes, will be allowed to resell the exchange notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the exchange notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder acquires exchange notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, the holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC expressed in the no-action letters or any similar interpretive letters, and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Further, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the outstanding notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution” for more information.

 

38


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreements. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of any exchange notes. The outstanding notes properly tendered and exchanged for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled. Accordingly, no additional debt will result from the exchange offer. We have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer.

 

39


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2013 on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis giving effect to the December 2013 Refinancing. You should read the following information in conjunction with the information contained in “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

       Actual as of  
  September 30, 2013  
       As Adjusted as of  
  September 30, 2013  
 
    

(in millions)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

       $ 711.1            $ 675.8    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt (including current portion):

     

Senior secured credit facilities:

     

Term loan B due 2016

       $ 3,030.3            $ 1,891.0    

Term loan C—asset sale facility due 2016

     197.2          36.5    

Term loan D due 2019

     5,000.0          5,000.0    

Term loan E due 2019

     —          1,300.0    

9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019

     1,999.8          1,999.8    

9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021, net of discount

     1,711.1          1,711.1    

11.25% priority guarantee notes due 2021

     575.0          575.0    

Receivables based credit facility

     247.0          247.0    

Other secured long-term debt

     22.3          22.3    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total secured debt

     12,782.7          12,782.7    

Senior cash pay notes due 2016

     448.1          94.3    

Senior toggle notes due 2016

     340.0          127.9    

Senior notes due 2021, net of premium(1)

     781.9          1,404.4    

Other long term debt

     3.5          3.5    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total guaranteed debt of the issuer and the guarantors

     14,356.2          14,412.7    

Legacy notes, net of discounts

     1,136.9          1,136.9    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Clear Channel debt

     15,493.1          15,549.6    

CCWH Notes due 2022, net of discount

     2,718.1          2,718.1    

CCWH Subordinated Notes due 2020

     2,200.0          2,200.0    

CCOH revolving credit facility

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

      $ 20,411.2           $ 20,467.7    

Total member’s deficit

     (8,370.8)          (8,370.8)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

      $ 12,040.4           $ 12,096.9    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)  Does not include $421.9 million of outstanding notes held by CC Finco as of September 30, 2013.

After giving effect to the December 2013 Term Loan Extension and the December 2013 LBO Note Exchange, our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 would have been $1,626.3 million, and our interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 would have been $1,283.8 million.

 

40


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and as of and for the nine-months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes not included herein. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The audited historical consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008 are comprised of two periods: post-Merger and pre-Merger, which relate to the period succeeding and the period preceding the Merger, respectively. See “Basis of Presentation.”

In the opinion of management, the interim financial data reflects all adjustments (consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods and operating results for the nine month period ended September 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013.

The Merger and other acquisitions and dispositions significantly impact the comparability of the historical consolidated financial data reflected in this financial data.

This information is only a summary and you should read the information presented below in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

        Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)       2012
    Post-    
Merger
        2011
    Post-    
Merger
        2010
    Post-    
Merger
        2009
    Post-    
Merger
          2008 (1)
Combined  
    2013
Post-
      Merger      
    2012
Post-
      Merger      
 
                                                      (unaudited)  

Results of Operations Data:

                       

Revenue

  $     6,246,884       $     6,161,352       $     5,865,685       $     5,551,909       $     6,688,683         $ 4,548,677        $ 4,550,548   

Operating expenses:

                       

Direct operating expenses

      2,470,936          2,482,345          2,362,016          2,510,868          2,817,059        1,840,121        1,826,917   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

      1,689,723          1,626,646          1,573,507          1,520,323          1,866,645        1,257,224        1,253,290   

Corporate expenses

      297,366          239,399          300,378          272,629          277,931        253,524        218,621   

Depreciation and amortization

      729,285          763,306          732,869          765,474          696,830        539,246        539,555   

Merger expenses

                                          155,769                 

Impairment charges (2)

      37,651          7,614          15,364          4,118,924          5,268,858                 

Other operating income (expense)—net

      48,127          12,682          (16,710)          (50,837)          28,032        9,694        47,159   
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

      1,070,050          1,054,724          864,841          (3,687,146)          (4,366,377)        668,256        759,324   

Interest expense

      1,549,023          1,466,246          1,533,341          1,500,866          928,978        1,231,437        1,148,093   

Gain (loss) on marketable securities

      (4,580)          (4,827)          (6,490)          (13,371)          (82,290)        130,929          

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

      18,557          26,958          5,702          (20,689)          100,019        13,595        11,914   

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt

      (254,723)          (1,447)          60,289          713,034          103,193        (3,888)        (15,167)   

Other income (expense)—net

      250          (3,169)          (13,834)          (33,318)          23,200        (17,389)        (1,679)   
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes and discontinued operations

      (719,469)          (394,007)          (622,833)          (4,542,356)          (5,151,233)        (439,934)        (393,701)   

Income tax benefit

      308,279          125,978          159,980          493,320          524,040        158,650        179,293   
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before discontinued operations

      (411,190)          (268,029)          (462,853)          (4,049,036)          (4,627,193)        (281,284)        (214,408)   

Income from discontinued operations, net (3)

                                          638,391                 
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

 

 

Consolidated net loss

      (411,190)          (268,029)          (462,853)          (4,049,036)          (3,988,802)        (281,284)        (214,408)   

 

41


Table of Contents
        Year Ended December 31,         Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)       2012
Post-
Merger
          2011
Post-
Merger
        2010
Post-
Merger
        2009
Post-
Merger
        2008 (1)
Combined
        2013
Post-
Merger
        2012
Post-
Merger
 

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

      13,289          34,065          16,236          (14,950)          16,671          16,372          18,807   
 

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net loss attributable to the Company

    $     (424,479)        $          (302,094)        $     (479,089)        $     (4,034,086)        $     (4,005,473)        $     (297,656)        $     (233,215)   
 

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

                           

Current assets

    $     2,987,753        $          2,985,285        $     3,603,173        $     3,658,845        $     2,066,555        $     2,479,745        $     3,067,410   

Property, plant and equipment—net

      3,036,854          3,063,327          3,145,554          3,332,393          3,548,159          2,881,270          3,006,451   

Total assets

      16,292,713          16,542,039          17,460,382          18,047,101          21,125,463          15,231,181          16,402,319   

Current liabilities

      1,782,142          1,428,962          2,098,579          1,544,136          1,845,946          1,692,800          1,618,106   

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

      20,365,369          19,938,531          19,739,617          20,303,126          18,940,697          19,977,777          20,317,926   

Member’s deficit

      (7,995,191)          (7,471,941)          (7,204,686)          (6,844,738)          (2,916,231)          (8,370,752)          (7,847,337)   

Other Financial Data:

                           

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (4)

                                                              

Deficiency of earnings to fixed charges (4)

      717,904          402,438          617,451          4,500,766          5,208,174          436,087          388,444   

 

42


Table of Contents
     Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
 
     2008  
         Pre-Merger      

Net income per common share (5):

  

Basic:

  

Income attributable to the Company before discontinued operations

           $ 0.80   

Discontinued operations

     1.29   
  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to the Company

           $ 2.09   
  

 

 

 

Diluted:

  

Income attributable to the Company before discontinued operations

           $ 0.80   

Discontinued operations

     1.29   
  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to the Company

           $ 2.09   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The 2008 financial data consists of two periods: post-Merger and pre-Merger. The 2008 post-Merger and pre-Merger financial data is presented as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Combined
(unaudited)
 
    Period from
July 31 through
    December 31,   
2008
    Period
from
    January 1    
through

July 30,
2008
    Year
ended
      December 31,      
2008
 

Revenue

   $ 2,736,941            $ 3,951,742        $ 6,688,683        

Operating expenses:

     

Direct operating expenses

    1,164,891        1,652,168        2,817,059   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    832,923        1,033,722        1,866,645   

Corporate expenses

    109,594        168,337        277,931   

Depreciation and amortization

    348,041        348,789        696,830   

Merger expenses

    68,085        87,684        155,769   

Impairment charges

    5,268,858               5,268,858   

Other operating income (expense)—net

    13,205        14,827        28,032   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    (5,042,246)        675,869        (4,366,377)   

Interest expense

    715,768        213,210        928,978   

Gain (loss) on marketable securities

    (116,552)        34,262        (82,290)   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    5,804        94,215        100,019   

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt

    116,677        (13,484)        103,193   

Other income (expense)—net

    14,828        (8,372)        23,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations

    (5,737,257)        586,024        (5,151,233)   

Income tax benefit (expense)

    696,623        (172,583)        524,040   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before discontinued operations

    (5,040,634)        413,441        (4,627,193)   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net

    (1,845)        640,236        638,391   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (5,042,479)        1,053,677        (3,988,802)   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (481)        17,152        16,671   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

     $ (5,041,998)         $ 1,036,525            $ (4,005,473)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2) We recorded non-cash impairment charges of $37.7 million during 2012, $7.6 million during 2011 and $15.4 million during 2010. We also recorded non-cash impairment charges of $4.1 billion in 2009 and $5.3 billion in 2008 as a result of the global economic downturn which adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses.
(3) Includes the results of operations of our television business, which we sold on March 14, 2008, and certain of our non-core radio stations.
(4) Ratio of earnings to fixed charges represents the ratio of earnings (defined as pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations before equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates) to fixed charges (defined as interest expense plus the interest portion of rental expense). Our earnings, which included impairment charges of $37.7 million, $7.6 million, $15.4 million, $4.1 billion and $5.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were not sufficient to cover our fixed charges by $717.9 million, $402.4 million, $617.5 million, $4.5 billion and $5.2 billion, respectively. Our earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 were not sufficient to cover our fixed charges by $436.1 million and $388.4 million, respectively.
(5) Net loss per share information is not presented for the post-Merger period as this information is not meaningful. During the post-Merger periods, Clear Channel Capital II, LLC is the sole member of Clear Channel Capital and owns 100% of the limited liability company interests. Clear Channel Capital does not have any publicly traded common stock.

 

43


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition together with the information included under “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described under “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

OVERVIEW

Format of Presentation

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes. Our discussion is presented on both a consolidated and segment basis. Our reportable operating segments are Media and Entertainment (“CCME”), Americas outdoor advertising (“Americas outdoor” or “Americas outdoor advertising”), and International outdoor advertising (“International outdoor” or “International outdoor advertising”). Our CCME segment provides media and entertainment services via broadcast and digital delivery and also includes our national syndication business. Our Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments provide outdoor advertising services in their respective geographic regions using various digital and traditional display types. Included in the “Other” category are our media representation business, Katz Media Group, as well as other general support services and initiatives, which are ancillary to our other businesses.

We manage our operating segments primarily focusing on their operating income, while Corporate expenses, Impairment charges, Other operating income (expense)—net, Interest expense, Gain (loss) on marketable securities, Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates, Loss on extinguishment of debt, Other income (expense)—net and Income tax benefit are managed on a total company basis and are, therefore, included only in our discussion of consolidated results.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 presentation.

During the first quarter of 2012, and in connection with the appointment of the new chief executive officer of our indirect subsidiary, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCOH”), we reevaluated our segment reporting and determined that our Latin American operations were more appropriately aligned within the operations of our International outdoor advertising segment. As a result, the operations of Latin America are no longer reflected within our Americas outdoor advertising segment and are currently included in the results of our International outdoor advertising segment. Accordingly, we have recast the corresponding segment disclosures for prior periods.

Executive Summary

The key developments in our business for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 are summarized below:

 

    Consolidated revenue decreased $1.9 million including an increase of $1.3 million from movements in foreign exchange during the first nine months of 2013 compared to the same periods of 2012. Excluding foreign exchange impacts and the $2.9 million and $20.4 million impact of our divestiture of our international neon business for the nine month periods of 2012, consolidated revenue increased $17.2 million over the comparable nine-month period of 2012.

 

    CCME revenue increased $22.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012 driven by increased digital and national sales partially offset by lower traffic revenues.

 

44


Table of Contents
    Americas outdoor revenue increased $17.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012 due primarily to increases in occupancy, capacity and rates in our digital and traditional product lines.

 

    International outdoor revenue decreased $20.6 million including an increase of $2.1 million from movements in foreign exchange during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to the same period of 2012. Excluding foreign exchange impact and the $20.4 million impact of our divestiture of our international neon business for the nine month period of 2012, revenue decreased $2.3 million over the comparable nine-month period of 2012. Continued weakened macro-economic conditions in Europe were partially offset by growth in other markets.

 

    Revenues in our Other category declined $24.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012 primarily due to reduced political advertising revenue in our media representation business.

 

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we spent $40.4 million on strategic revenue and cost-saving initiatives—a decrease of $8.0 million compared to the same period of 2012.

 

    During the first quarter of 2013, we issued $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.25% priority guarantee notes due 2021 (the “11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes”). Using the proceeds from the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes issuance along with borrowings under our receivables based credit facility of $269.5 million and cash on hand, we prepaid all $846.9 million outstanding under our Term Loan A under our senior secured credit facility.

 

    During the first quarter of 2013, we repaid our 5.75% senior notes at maturity for $312.1 million (net of $187.9 million principal amount repaid to one of our subsidiaries with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, using cash on hand.

 

    During the second quarter of 2013, we amended our senior secured credit facility by extending $5.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Term Loan B loans and Term Loan C loans under our senior secured credit facility through the creation of a new Term Loan D due January 30, 2019.

 

    During the second quarter of 2013, we completed an exchange offer (the “June 2013 Note Exchange”) with certain holders of our 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 (the “Outstanding Cash Pay Notes”) and 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 (the “Outstanding Toggle Notes” and collectively with the Outstanding Cash Pay Notes, the “Outstanding 2016 Notes”) pursuant to which $348.1 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Cash Pay Notes was exchanged for $348.0 million aggregate principal amount of 14.00% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Senior Notes due 2021”), and $917.2 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Toggle Notes (including $452.7 million aggregate principal amount held by one of our subsidiaries) was exchanged for $853.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021 (including $421.0 million aggregate principal amount issued to one of our subsidiaries) and $64.2 million of cash (including $31.7 million of cash paid to one of our subsidiaries), plus, in each case, cash in an amount equal to accrued and unpaid interest from the last interest payment date applicable on the Outstanding 2016 Notes to, but not including, the closing date of the June 2013 Note Exchange.

 

    During the second quarter of 2013, we sold our shares of Sirius XM Radio, Inc. for $135.5 million, recognizing a gain on the sale of securities of $130.9 million.

The key developments in our business for the year ended December 31, 2012 are summarized below:

 

    Consolidated revenue for 2012 increased $85.5 million including the impact of negative foreign exchange movements of $79.3 million compared to 2011. Excluding foreign exchange impacts, consolidated revenue increased $164.8 million over the prior year.

 

45


Table of Contents
    CCME revenue for 2012 increased $98.0 million compared to 2011 primarily due to increased political advertising both nationally and locally. Our iHeartRadio platform continues to drive higher digital revenues with listening hours increasing by 100%.

 

    Americas outdoor revenue for 2012 increased $26.5 million compared to 2011 due to continued deployment of digital bulletins. During 2012, we deployed 178 digital displays in the United States bringing the total number of digital bulletins in the United States above 1,000.

 

    International outdoor revenue for 2012 decreased $83.5 million including the impact of negative foreign exchange movements of $78.9 million compared to 2011. Excluding foreign exchange impacts, revenue decreased $4.6 million over the prior year. The strengthening of the dollar significantly contributed to the revenue decline in our International outdoor advertising business. Growth in Asia and Latin America was offset by the weakened macroeconomic conditions in Europe, which had a negative impact on our operations.

 

    Revenues in our Other segment for 2012 grew $47.3 million primarily due to increased political advertising through our media representation business.

 

    During 2012, we spent $76.2 million on strategic revenue and cost-saving initiatives to realign and improve our on-going business operations. This represented an increase of $39.8 million over 2011.

 

    During 2012, our indirect subsidiary, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (“CCWH”), issued $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 (the “Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes”) and $1,925.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 (the “Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes, the “CCWH Subordinated Notes”) and in connection therewith, CCOH declared a special cash dividend (the “CCOH Dividend”) equal to $6.0832 per share to its stockholders of record. Using CCOH Dividend proceeds distributed to our wholly-owned subsidiaries, together with cash on hand, we repaid $2,096.2 million of indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities. Please refer to the “CCWH Senior Subordinated Notes” section within this MD&A for further discussion of the CCWH Subordinated Notes offering, including the use of the proceeds.

 

    During 2012, we repaid our 5.0% senior notes at maturity for $249.9 million (net of $50.1 million principal amount repaid to one of our subsidiaries with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, using a portion of the proceeds from our 2011 issuance of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 discussed elsewhere in this MD&A, along with cash on hand.

 

    During 2012, we exchanged $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of term loans under our senior secured credit facilities for a like principal amount of newly issued 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 as discussed elsewhere in this MD&A.

 

    During 2012, CCWH issued $735.75 million aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Series A Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Series A CCWH Senior Notes”), which were issued at an issue price of 99.0% of par, and $1,989.25 million aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Series B Senior Notes due 2022, which were issued at par (the “Series B CCWH Senior Notes” and, together with the Series A CCWH Senior Notes, the “CCWH Senior Notes”). CCWH used the net proceeds from the offering of the CCWH Senior Notes, together with cash on hand, to fund the tender offer for and redemption of CCWH’s existing 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and its existing 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (together, the “Existing CCWH Senior Notes”). A tender premium of $128.3 million and a call premium of $53.8 million were recognized as expense in the fourth quarter of 2012 resulting from the repurchase of the Existing CCWH Senior Notes.

The key developments in our business for the year ended December 31, 2011 are summarized below:

 

    Consolidated revenue increased $295.7 million during 2011 including positive foreign exchange movements of $87.1 million compared to 2010.

 

46


Table of Contents
    CCME revenue increased $117.3 million during 2011 compared to 2010, due primarily to increased revenue resulting from our April 2011 addition of a complementary traffic operation (the “traffic acquisition”) to our existing traffic business, Total Traffic Network. We also purchased a cloud-based music technology business in the first quarter of 2011 that has enabled us to accelerate the development and growth of our iHeartRadio digital products.

 

    Americas outdoor revenue increased $35.8 million during 2011 compared to 2010, driven by revenue growth across our bulletin, airport and shelter displays, particularly digital displays. During 2011, we deployed 242 digital displays in the United States, compared to 158 during 2010.

 

    International outdoor revenue increased $170.1 million during 2011 compared to 2010, primarily as a result of increased street furniture revenues and the effects of movements in foreign exchange. The weakening of the U.S. Dollar throughout 2011 significantly contributed to revenue growth in our International outdoor advertising business. The revenue increase attributable to movements in foreign exchange was $84.5 million for 2011.

 

    We issued $1.75 billion aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 during 2011, consisting of $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount issued in February (the “February 2011 Offering”) and an additional $750.0 million aggregate principal amount issued in June (the “June 2011 Offering”). Proceeds of the February 2011 Offering, along with available cash on hand, were used to repay $500.0 million of our senior secured credit facilities and $692.7 million of our 6.25% senior notes at maturity in March 2011.

 

    During 2011, CC Finco, LLC (“CC Finco”), our indirect subsidiary, repurchased $80.0 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 5.5% senior notes due 2014 for $57.1 million, including accrued interest, through open market purchases.

 

    During 2011, CC Finco purchased 1,553,971 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock through open market purchases for approximately $16.4 million.

 

    During 2011, we repaid our 4.4% senior notes at maturity for $140.2 million (net of $109.8 million principal amount held by and repaid to one of our subsidiaries with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest.

Description of Our Business

CCME

Our revenue is derived primarily from selling advertising time, or spots, on our radio stations, with advertising contracts typically less than one year in duration. The programming formats of our radio stations are designed to reach audiences with targeted demographic characteristics that appeal to our advertisers. We also provide streaming content via the Internet, mobile and other digital platforms which reach national, regional and local audiences and derive revenues primarily from selling advertising time with advertising contracts similar to those used by our radio stations.

CCME management monitors average advertising rates, which are principally based on the length of the spot and how many people in a targeted audience listen to our stations, as measured by an independent ratings service. Also, our advertising rates are influenced by the time of day the advertisement airs, with morning and evening drive-time hours typically priced the highest. Management monitors yield per available minute in addition to average rates because yield allows management to track revenue performance across our inventory. Yield is measured by management in a variety of ways, including revenue earned divided by minutes of advertising sold.

Management monitors macro-level indicators to assess our CCME operations’ performance. Due to the geographic diversity and autonomy of our markets, we have a multitude of market-specific advertising rates and audience demographics. Therefore, management reviews average unit rates across each of our stations.

 

47


Table of Contents

Management looks at our CCME operations’ overall revenue as well as the revenue from each type of advertising, including local advertising, which is sold predominately in a station’s local market, and national advertising, which is sold across multiple markets. Local advertising is sold by each radio station’s sales staff while national advertising is sold by our national sales team and through our national representation firm. Local advertising, which is our largest source of advertising revenue, and national advertising revenues are tracked separately because these revenue streams have different sales forces and respond differently to changes in the economic environment. We periodically review and refine our selling structures in all markets in an effort to maximize the value of our offering to advertisers and, therefore, our revenue.

Management also looks at CCME revenue by market size. Typically, larger markets can reach larger audiences with wider demographics than smaller markets. Additionally, management reviews our share of CCME advertising revenues in markets where such information is available, as well as our share of target demographics listening to the radio in an average quarter hour. This metric gauges how well our formats are attracting and retaining listeners.

A portion of our CCME segment’s expenses vary in connection with changes in revenue. These variable expenses primarily relate to costs in our sales department, such as commissions, and bad debt. Our programming and general and administrative departments incur most of our fixed costs, such as utilities and office salaries. We incur discretionary costs in our marketing and promotions, which we primarily use in an effort to maintain and/or increase our audience share. Lastly, we have incentive systems in each of our departments which provide for bonus payments based on specific performance metrics, including ratings, sales levels, pricing and overall profitability.

Outdoor Advertising

Our outdoor advertising revenue is derived from selling advertising space on the displays we own or operate in key markets worldwide, consisting primarily of billboards, street furniture and transit displays. Part of our long-term strategy for our outdoor advertising businesses is to pursue the technology of digital displays, including flat screens, LCDs and LEDs, as alternatives to traditional methods of displaying our clients’ advertisements. We are currently installing these technologies in certain markets, both domestically and internationally.

Management typically monitors our business by reviewing the average rates, average revenue per display, occupancy, and inventory levels of each of our display types by market.

We own the majority of our advertising displays, which typically are located on sites that we either lease or own or for which we have acquired permanent easements. Our advertising contracts with clients typically outline the number of displays reserved, the duration of the advertising campaign and the unit price per display.

The significant expenses associated with our operations include (i) direct production, maintenance and installation expenses, (ii) site lease expenses for land under our displays and (iii) revenue-sharing or minimum guaranteed amounts payable under our billboard, street furniture and transit display contracts. Our direct production, maintenance and installation expenses include costs for printing, transporting and changing the advertising copy on our displays, the related labor costs, the vinyl and paper costs, electricity costs and the costs for cleaning and maintaining our displays. Vinyl and paper costs vary according to the complexity of the advertising copy and the quantity of displays. Our site lease expenses include lease payments for use of the land under our displays, as well as any revenue-sharing arrangements or minimum guaranteed amounts payable that we may have with the landlords. The terms of our site leases and revenue-sharing or minimum guaranteed contracts generally range from one to 20 years.

Americas Outdoor Advertising

Our advertising rates are based on a number of different factors including location, competition, type and size of display, illumination, market and gross ratings points. Gross ratings points are the total number of impressions delivered by a display or group of displays, expressed as a percentage of a market population. The number of impressions delivered by a display is measured by the number of people passing the site during a defined period of time. For all of our billboards in the United States, we use independent, third-party auditing companies to verify the number of impressions delivered by a display.

 

48


Table of Contents

Client contract terms typically range from four weeks to one year for the majority of our display inventory in the United States. Generally, we own the street furniture structures and are responsible for their construction and maintenance. Contracts for the right to place our street furniture and transit displays and sell advertising space on them are awarded by municipal and transit authorities in competitive bidding processes governed by local law or are negotiated with private transit operators. Generally, these contracts have terms ranging from 10 to 20 years.

International Outdoor Advertising

Similar to our Americas outdoor business, advertising rates generally are based on the gross ratings points of a display or group of displays. The number of impressions delivered by a display, in some countries, is weighted to account for such factors as illumination, proximity to other displays and the speed and viewing angle of approaching traffic. In addition, because our International outdoor advertising operations are conducted in foreign markets, including Europe, Asia and Latin America, management reviews the operating results from our foreign operations on a constant dollar basis. A constant dollar basis allows for comparison of operations independent of foreign exchange movements.

Our International display inventory is typically sold to clients through network packages, with client contract terms typically ranging from one to two weeks with terms of up to one year available as well. Internationally, contracts with municipal and transit authorities for the right to place our street furniture and transit displays typically provide for terms ranging from three to 15 years. The major difference between our International and Americas street furniture businesses is in the nature of the municipal contracts. In our International outdoor business, these contracts typically require us to provide the municipality with a broader range of metropolitan amenities in exchange for which we are authorized to sell advertising space on certain sections of the structures we erect in the public domain. A different regulatory environment for billboards and competitive bidding for street furniture and transit display contracts, which constitute a larger portion of our business internationally, may result in higher site lease costs in our International business. As a result, our margins are typically lower in our International business than in our Americas outdoor business.

Macroeconomic Indicators

Our advertising revenue for all of our segments is highly correlated to changes in gross domestic product (“GDP”) as advertising spending has historically trended in line with GDP, both domestically and internationally. According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, estimated U.S. GDP growth for the third quarter of 2013 was 2.8%. Internationally, our results are impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates as well as the economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we have operations.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 as Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

Consolidated Results of Operations

The comparison of our historical results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to the nine months ended September 30, 2012 is as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Nine Months Ended

 

September 30,

     %
             2013                      2012                Change  

Revenue

     $ 4,548,677         $ 4,550,548       (0.0%)

Operating expenses:

        

Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     1,840,121         1,826,917       0.7%

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     1,257,224         1,253,290       0.3%

Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     253,524         218,621       16.0%

Depreciation and amortization

     539,246         539,555       (0.1%)

Other operating income, net

     9,694         47,159       (79.4%)
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating income

     668,256         759,324       (12.0%)

Interest expense

     1,231,437         1,148,093      

Gain on marketable securities

     130,929         -      

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates

     13,595         11,914      

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (3,888)         (15,167)      

Other income (expense), net

     (17,389)         (1,679)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Loss before income taxes

     (439,934)         (393,701)      

Income tax benefit

     158,650         179,293      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Consolidated net loss

     (281,284)         (214,408)      

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling Interest

     16,372         18,807      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net loss attributable to the Company

     $ (297,656)         $ (233,215)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

49


Table of Contents

Consolidated Revenue

Our consolidated revenue decreased $1.9 million including an increase of $1.3 million from movements in foreign exchange during the first nine months of 2013 compared to the same period of 2012. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange movements and excluding the $20.4 million impact of our divestiture of our international neon business during the third quarter of 2012, consolidated revenue increased $17.2 million. Our CCME revenue increased $22.7 million, driven by increased digital and national sales partially offset by declining traffic revenues. Americas outdoor revenue increased $17.0 million, driven primarily by increased capacity and occupancy of our digital displays and increased occupancy and rates of our traditional displays. Our International outdoor revenue decreased $20.6 million including positive movements in foreign exchange of $2.1 million compared to the same period of 2012. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange movements and excluding the $20.4 million impact of our divestiture of our international neon business during the third quarter of 2012, revenue decreased $2.3 million. Declines in certain countries in Europe as a result of weakened macroeconomic conditions were partially offset by growth in street furniture and transit revenue in other countries. Other revenues declined by $24.1 million primarily as a result of reduced political advertising through our media representation business.

Consolidated Direct Operating Expenses

Direct operating expenses increased $13.2 million including an increase of $2.5 million from movements in foreign exchange during the first nine months of 2013 compared to the same period of 2012. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange movements and excluding the $13.0 million impact of our divestiture of our international neon business in 2012, consolidated direct operating expenses increased $23.7 million. Our CCME direct operating expenses increased $16.1 million, primarily resulting from a $20.7 million credit received during the first nine months of 2012 from one of our performance rights organizations reducing our 2012 music licensing fees as well as increases during the first nine months of 2013 in digital expenses related to our iHeartRadio digital platform including higher digital streaming fees. These increases were partially offset by declining expenses during 2013 in our traffic business resulting from the impact of lower sales and our strategic cost initiatives. Americas outdoor direct operating expenses decreased $10.3 million, primarily due to the benefits resulting from our previous strategic cost initiatives and mix of higher margin products. Direct operating expenses in our International outdoor segment increased $4.5 million including an increase of $3.1 million from movements in foreign exchange compared to the same period of 2012. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange movements and excluding the $13.0 million impact of our divestiture of our international neon business during 2012, direct operating expenses increased $14.4 million primarily driven by higher site lease and other expenses as a result of increased sales in certain countries, partially offset by lower variable costs in other countries where revenues have declined.

Consolidated Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses

SG&A expenses increased $3.9 million including an increase of $1.1 million from movements in foreign exchange during the first nine months of 2013 compared to the same period of 2012. Excluding the impact of

 

50


Table of Contents

foreign exchange movements and excluding the $4.2 million impact of our divestiture of our international neon business during 2012, consolidated SG&A expenses increased $7.0 million. Our CCME SG&A expenses increased $28.6 million, primarily due to compensation expenses and amounts related to our variable compensation plans including commissions, which were higher for the 2013 period in connection with increasing our digital and national revenues, as well as higher promotional and sponsorship costs for special events such as the iHeart Radio Music Festival, iHeartRadio Ultimate Pool Party, Coca Cola 600, and the Target Justin Timberlake 20/20 Experience. SG&A expenses increased $14.6 million in our Americas outdoor segment primarily due to the 2012 period being impacted by a favorable court ruling that resulted in a $7.8 million decrease in expenses, with other 2013 increases being driven by legal costs related to the Los Angeles litigation discussed further under “Business—Legal Proceedings” in this prospectus as well as compensation expenses including commissions and amounts related to our variable compensation plans, which were higher for the 2013 period in connection with increasing our revenues. Our International outdoor SG&A expenses decreased $31.2 million including a $1.2 million increase due to the effects of movements in foreign exchange compared to the same period of 2012. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange movements and excluding the $4.2 million impact of our divestiture of our international neon business during 2012, SG&A expenses decreased $28.2 million primarily due to certain expenses during the 2012 period related to legal and other costs in Brazil that did not recur during the first nine months of 2013.

Corporate Expenses

Corporate expenses increased $34.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012, driven by increases in compensation expenses including amounts related to our variable compensation plans as well as $7.8 million in executive transition costs and legal costs related to the stockholder litigation discussed further in the “Business” section of this prospectus.

Revenue and Cost Initiatives

Included in the amounts for direct operating expenses, SG&A and corporate expenses discussed above are expenses of $40.4 million incurred in connection with our strategic revenue and cost initiatives during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The costs were incurred to improve revenue growth, enhance yield, reduce costs, and organize each business to maximize performance and profitability. These costs consist primarily of consolidation of locations and positions, severance related to workforce initiatives, consulting expenses, and other costs incurred in connection with streamlining our businesses. These costs are expected to provide benefits in future periods as the initiative results are realized. Of these costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, $11.1 million are reported within direct operating expenses, $14.3 million are reported within SG&A and $15.0 million are reported within corporate expense compared to $8.0 million, $31.2 million, and $9.2 million, respectively, in the same period of 2012.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased $0.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to the same period of 2012.

Other Operating Income - Net

Other operating income of $9.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 primarily related to proceeds from the disposal of operating and fixed assets. Other operating income of $47.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 primarily related to the gain on the sale of our international neon business during the third quarter of 2012.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $83.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012, primarily due to the weighted average cost of debt increasing as a result of debt refinancings that occurred during the first nine months of 2013, as described under “Sources of Capital” below.

 

51


Table of Contents

Gain on Marketable Securities

The gain on marketable securities of $130.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 resulted from the sale of the shares we held in Sirius XM Radio, Inc. during the second quarter of 2013.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In connection with the prepayment of Term Loan A of our senior secured credit facilities during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we recognized a loss of $3.9 million due to the write-off of deferred loan costs. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recognized a loss related to the accelerated expensing of $15.2 million of loan fees upon the prepayment of $2,096.2 million of our senior secured credit facilities in connection with CCWH’s issuance of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020.

Other Income (Expense) - Net

In connection with the June 2013 Note Exchange of a portion of the 10.75% Senior Cash Notes and 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes for newly-issued Senior Notes due 2021 and in connection with the senior secured credit facility amendment, both of which were accounted for as modifications of existing debt, we incurred expenses of $17.9 million.

Income Tax Benefit

Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was 36.1%. Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was primarily impacted by the settlement of tax examinations mentioned above as well as the cancellation of indebtedness income recognized during the period.

CCME Results of Operations

Our CCME operating results were as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Nine Months Ended

 

September 30,

     %
             2013                      2012                Change  

Revenue

     $ 2,286,040         $ 2,263,308       1%

Direct operating expenses

     646,111         630,043       3%

SG&A expenses

     786,517         757,920       4%

Depreciation and amortization

     200,615         202,935       (1%)
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating income

     $ 652,797         $ 672,410       (3%)
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

CCME revenue increased $22.7 million during the first nine months of 2013 compared to the same period of 2012, primarily due to national advertising revenue increases across various markets and advertising categories, including telecommunications, retail, and entertainment, as well as growth in digital advertising revenue as a result of increased listenership on our iHeartRadio platform, with total listening hours increasing 33%. Partially offsetting those increases were declines in our traffic business as a result of certain contract losses and lower sales resulting from integration activities.

Direct operating expenses increased $16.1 million during the first nine months of 2013, primarily resulting from a $20.7 million credit received during the first nine months of 2012 from one of our performance rights organizations reducing our 2012 music licensing fees, as well as higher streaming expenses during the first nine months of 2013 due to increased listenership partially offset by reductions in costs related to our traffic business as a result of lower revenues, the benefit of our previous strategic cost initiatives and reductions in spending on strategic revenue and cost initiatives. SG&A expenses increased $28.6 million primarily due to compensation expenses and amounts related to our variable compensation plans including commissions, which were higher for the 2013 period in connection with our increased digital and national revenues as well as promotional and sponsorship costs for special events such as the iHeart Radio Music Festival, iHeartRadio Ultimate Pool Party, Coca Cola 600, and the Target Justin Timberlake 20/20 Experience.

 

52


Table of Contents

Americas Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations

Our Americas outdoor operating results were as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Nine Months Ended

 

September 30,

     %
             2013                      2012                Change  

Revenue

     $ 952,832         $ 935,850       2%

Direct operating expenses

     419,676         429,989       (2%)

SG&A expenses

     165,232         150,658       10%

Depreciation and amortization

     144,256         141,702       2%
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating income

     $ 223,668         $ 213,501       5%
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Our Americas outdoor revenue increased $17.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012, driven primarily by increases in bulletins and posters. Traditional bulletins and posters had increases in occupancy and rates, while digital displays increased in occupancy. Partially offsetting these increases were declines in specialty business revenues due primarily to a significant contract during 2012 that did not recur during 2013.

Direct operating expenses decreased $10.3 million, primarily due to the benefits resulting from our previous strategic cost initiatives as well as reduced variable costs associated with the favorable mix of higher margin products. SG&A expenses increased $14.6 million primarily due to the 2012 period being impacted by a favorable court ruling that resulted in a $7.8 million decrease in expenses, with other 2013 increases being driven by legal costs related to the Los Angeles litigation discussed further under “Business—Legal Proceedings” in this prospectus as well as compensations expenses including commissions and amounts related to our variable compensation plans, which were higher for the 2013 period in connection with increasing our revenues.

International Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations

Our International outdoor operating results were as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Nine Months Ended

 

September 30,

     %
             2013                      2012                Change  

Revenue

     $ 1,187,262         $ 1,207,900       (2%)

Direct operating expenses

     762,167         757,682       1%

SG&A expenses

     238,786         270,019       (12%)

Depreciation and amortization

     150,013         149,485       0%
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating income

     $ 36,296         $ 30,714       18%
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

International outdoor revenue decreased $20.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012, including an increase of $2.1 million from movements in foreign exchange and the divestiture of our international neon business during the third quarter of 2012, which had $20.4 million in revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange and the divestiture, revenues decreased $2.3 million. Lower revenues in certain countries in Europe as a result of weakened macroeconomic conditions were partially offset by increases in revenue resulting from revenue growth in other countries including China, Latin America, Australia and the UK primarily in street furniture advertising revenue, as well as higher transit advertising sales resulting from new contracts in Norway.

 

53


Table of Contents

Direct operating expenses increased $4.5 million including an increase of $3.1 million from movements in foreign exchange and the divestiture of our international neon business during the third quarter of 2012, which had $13.0 million in direct operating expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Excluding the impact of movements in foreign exchange and the divestiture, direct operating expenses increased $14.4 million driven by increases in variable costs in certain markets such as China, Norway and Latin America resulting from increased revenues partially offset by declines in expenses in response to declining revenues in other countries in Europe. SG&A expenses decreased $31.2 million including an increase of $1.2 million from movements in foreign exchange and the divestiture of our international neon business during the third quarter of 2012, which had $4.2 million in SG&A expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Excluding the impact of movements in foreign exchange and the divestiture, SG&A expenses decreased $28.2 million primarily due to the absence in 2013 of $22.7 million in expenses incurred during the first nine months of 2012 in connection with legal and other costs in Brazil as well as decreases in 2013 in strategic revenue and cost initiative expenses.

Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income to Consolidated Operating Income

 

(In thousands)    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2013                      2012          

CCME

     $ 652,797         $ 672,410   

Americas outdoor advertising

     223,668         213,501   

International outdoor advertising

     36,296         30,714   

Other

     13,890         24,723   

Other operating income, net

     9,694         47,159   

Corporate expenses (1)

     (268,089)         (229,183)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated operating income

     $ 668,256         $ 759,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)  Corporate expenses include infrastructure support expenses related to CCME, Americas outdoor, International outdoor and our Other category, as well as overall executive, administrative and support functions and share-based compensation expense.

Share-Based Compensation Expense

We do not have any compensation plans under which we grant stock awards to employees. Our employees receive equity awards from CC Media Holdings, Inc.’s (“CCMH”) and Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.’s (“CCOH”) equity incentive plans.

Share-based compensation payments are recorded in corporate expenses and were $14.1 million and $20.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

As of September 30, 2013, there was $25.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that will vest based on service conditions. Based on the terms of the award agreements, this cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. In addition, as of September 30, 2013, there was $19.8 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that will vest based on market, performance and service conditions. This cost will be recognized when it becomes probable that the performance condition will be satisfied.

 

54


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2012 as Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Consolidated Results of Operations

The comparison of our historical results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

(In thousands)        Years Ended December 31,        %    
               2012                                 2011             

 Change 

   

Revenue

       $  6,246,884              $  6,161,352   1%

Operating expenses:

                         

Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     2,470,936            2,482,345   (0%)

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     1,689,723            1,626,646   4%

Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     297,366            239,399   24%

Depreciation and amortization

     729,285            763,306   (4%)

Impairment charges

     37,651            7,614   394%

Other operating income – net

     48,127            12,682   279%
 

 

  

 

   

Operating income

     1,070,050            1,054,724   1%

Interest expense

     1,549,023            1,466,246    

Loss on marketable securities

     (4,580)            (4,827)    

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates

     18,557            26,958    

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (254,723)            (1,447)    

Other income (expense) – net

     250            (3,169)    
 

 

  

 

   

Loss before income taxes

     (719,469)            (394,007)    

Income tax benefit

     308,279            125,978    
 

 

  

 

   

Consolidated net loss

     (411,190)            (268,029)    

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     13,289            34,065    
 

 

  

 

   

Net loss attributable to the Company

       $(424,479)              $(302,094)    
    

 

          

 

   

Consolidated Revenue

Our consolidated revenue increased $85.5 million including the impact of negative movements in foreign exchange of $79.3 million compared to 2011. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange movements, revenue increased $164.8 million. CCME revenue increased $98.0 million, driven by growth of $79.0 million from national and local advertising including political, telecommunications and auto, and higher advertising revenues from our digital services primarily as a result of higher listening hours and event sponsorship. Americas outdoor revenue increased $26.5 million, driven primarily by bulletin revenue growth as a result of our continued deployment of new digital displays during 2012 and 2011 and revenue growth from our airports business. International outdoor revenue decreased $83.5 million including the impact of negative movements in foreign exchange of $78.9 million compared to 2011. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange movements, International outdoor revenue decreased $4.6 million. Declines in certain countries as a result of weakened macroeconomic conditions and our divestiture of our international neon business during the third quarter of 2012 were partially offset by growth in street furniture and billboard revenue in other countries. Our Other segment revenue grew by $47.3 million as a result of increased political advertising through our media representation business during the election year in the United States.

Consolidated Direct Operating Expenses

Direct operating expenses decreased $11.4 million including a $49.7 million decline due to the effects of movements in foreign exchange compared to 2011. CCME direct operating expenses increased $19.8 million, primarily due to an increase in digital expenses related to our iHeartRadio digital platform including higher digital streaming fees due to increased listening hours and rates and personnel costs. In addition, an increase of $29.6 million related to our traffic acquisition was partially offset by a decline in music license fees of $23.2 million. Americas outdoor direct operating expenses increased $16.0 million, primarily due to increased site lease expense associated with our continued development of digital displays and growth from our airports business. Direct operating expenses in our International outdoor segment decreased $43.4 million including a $49.4 million decline due to the effects of movements in foreign exchange. The increase in expense excluding the impact of movements in foreign exchange was primarily driven by higher site lease and other expenses as a result of new contracts. These increases were partially offset by lower variable costs in countries where revenues have declined and the impact of the divestiture of our international neon business.

 

55


Table of Contents

Consolidated Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses

SG&A expenses increased $63.1 million including a decline of $21.7 million due to the effects of movements in foreign exchange compared to 2011. CCME SG&A expenses increased $23.2 million, primarily due to expenses incurred in connection with strategic revenue and cost initiatives. SG&A expenses in our Americas outdoor segment increased $12.3 million primarily due to increased personnel costs resulting from increased revenue in addition to increases in costs associated with strategic revenue and cost initiatives. International outdoor SG&A expenses increased $24.4 million including a $21.6 million decline due to the effects of movements in foreign exchange. The increase was primarily due to $22.7 million of expense related to the negative impact of litigation in Latin America discussed in the “Business” section located elsewhere in this prospectus. Also contributing to the increase was a $1.2 million increase in expenses related to strategic revenue and cost initiatives.

Corporate Expenses

Corporate expenses increased $58.0 million during 2012 compared to 2011. This increase was driven by higher personnel costs resulting from amounts recorded under our variable compensation plans, higher expenses under our benefit plans, and increases in corporate infrastructure. In addition, we incurred $14.2 million more in corporate strategic revenue and cost initiatives compared to the prior year as well as $9.0 million in expenses related to the stockholder litigation discussed further in the “Business” section located elsewhere in this prospectus. Also impacting the increase during 2012 compared to 2011 is the reversal of $6.6 million of share-based compensation expense included in 2011 related to the cancellation of a portion of an executive’s stock options.

Revenue and Cost Initiatives

Included in the amounts for direct operating expenses, SG&A and corporate expenses discussed above are expenses of $76.2 million incurred in connection with our strategic revenue and cost initiatives. The costs were incurred to improve revenue growth, enhance yield, reduce costs, and organize each business to maximize performance and profitability. These costs consist primarily of consulting expenses, consolidation of locations and positions, severance related to workforce initiatives and other costs incurred in connection with streamlining our businesses. These costs are expected to provide benefits in future periods as the initiative results are realized. Of these costs, $13.8 million are reported within direct operating expenses, $47.2 million are reported within SG&A and $15.2 million are reported within corporate expense. In 2011, such costs totaled $8.8 million, $26.6 million, and $1.0 million, respectively.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased $34.0 million during 2012 compared to 2011, primarily due to various assets becoming fully depreciated in 2011. In addition, movements in foreign exchange contributed a decrease of $9.3 million during 2012.

Impairment Charges

We performed our annual impairment tests as of October 1, 2012 and 2011 on our goodwill, FCC licenses, billboard permits, and other intangible assets and recorded impairment charges of $37.7 million and $7.6 million, respectively. During 2012, we recognized a $35.9 million impairment charge in our Americas outdoor segment related to declines in estimated fair values of certain markets’ billboard permits. Please see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a further description of the impairment charges.

Other Operating Income - Net

Other operating income of $48.1 million in 2012 primarily related to the gain on the sale of our international neon business in the third quarter of 2012. Other operating income of $12.7 million in 2011 primarily related to a gain on the sale of a tower and proceeds received from condemnations of bulletins.

 

56


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $82.7 million during 2012 compared to 2011 primarily as a result of interest expense associated with CCWH’s issuance of the CCWH Subordinated Notes during the first quarter of 2012, partially offset by the impact of other refinancing actions and repayments of senior notes. Please refer to “Sources of Capital” for additional discussion of debt issuances and exchanges. Our weighted average cost of debt during 2012 and 2011 was 6.7% and 6.2%, respectively.

Loss on Marketable Securities

The loss on marketable securities of $4.6 million and $4.8 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively, primarily related to the impairment of our investment in Independent News & Media PLC (“INM”) during 2012 and 2011 and the impairment of a cost-basis investment during 2012. The fair value of INM was below cost for an extended period of time. As a result, we considered the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99 and reviewed the length of the time and the extent to which the market value was less than cost, the financial condition and the near-term prospects of the issuer. After this assessment, we concluded that the impairment at each date was other than temporary and recorded non-cash impairment charges to our investment in INM, as noted above. We obtained the financial information for our cost-basis investment and noted continued doubt of the investment’s ability to continue as a going concern. After evaluating the financial condition of the investment, we concluded that the investment was other than temporarily impaired and recorded a non-cash impairment charge to that investment.

Equity in Earnings of Nonconsolidated Affiliates

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates of $18.6 million for 2012 included earnings from our investments in Australia Radio Network and New Zealand Radio Network. Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates of $27.0 million for 2011 included earnings from our investments primarily in Australia Radio Network and New Zealand Radio Network.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In connection with the refinancing of the Existing CCWH Senior Notes with an interest rate of 9.25% with the CCWH Senior Notes with a stated interest rate of 6.5% during the fourth quarter of 2012, CCWH paid existing note holders a tender premium of 7.4% of face value on the $1,724.7 million of Existing CCWH Senior Notes that were tendered in the tender offer and a call premium of 6.9% on the $775.3 million of Existing CCWH Senior Notes that were redeemed following the tender offer. The tender premium of $128.3 million and the call premium of $53.8 million are included in the loss on extinguishment of debt. In addition, we recognized a loss of $39.0 million due to the write-off of deferred loan costs in connection with the call of the Existing CCWH Senior Notes, and recognized losses of $33.7 million in connection with a prepayment during the first quarter of 2012 and a debt exchange during the fourth quarter of 2012 related to our senior secured credit facilities as discussed elsewhere in this MD&A.

Loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.4 million for 2011 primarily related to the accelerated expensing of $5.7 million of loan fees upon the prepayment of $500.0 million of our senior secured credit facilities in connection with the February 2011 Offering, partially offset by an aggregate gain of $4.3 million on the repurchase of our 5.5% senior notes due 2014.

Other Income (Expense) - Net

Other income of $0.3 million for 2012 primarily related to miscellaneous dividend and other income of $3.2 million offset by $3.0 million in foreign exchange losses on short-term intercompany accounts.

Other expense of $3.2 million for 2011 primarily related to miscellaneous bank fees and foreign exchange losses on short-term intercompany accounts.

Income Tax Benefit

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 42.8% as compared to 32.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The effective tax rate for 2012 was favorably impacted by our settlement of U.S. Federal

 

57


Table of Contents

and foreign tax examinations during the year. Pursuant to the settlements, we recorded a reduction to income tax expense of approximately $60.6 million to reflect the net tax benefits of the settlements. This benefit was partially offset by additional tax recorded during 2012 related to the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the vesting of certain equity awards.

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 32.0% as compared to 25.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The effective tax rate for 2011 was favorably impacted by our settlement of U.S. Federal and state tax examinations during the year. Pursuant to the settlements, we recorded a reduction to income tax expense of approximately $16.3 million to reflect the net tax benefits of the settlements. This benefit was partially offset by additional tax recorded during 2011 related to the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the vesting of certain equity awards and our inability to benefit from certain tax loss carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions.

CCME Results of Operations

Our CCME operating results were as follows:

 

(In thousands)           Years Ended December 31,        %  
                2012                       2011            Change  

Revenue

     $      3,084,780         $      2,986,828         3%   

Direct operating expenses

        855,321            835,500         2%   

SG&A expenses

        1,016,421            993,188         2%   

Depreciation and amortization

        271,399            268,245         1%   
  

 

    

 

    

Operating income

     $      941,639         $      889,895         6%   
     

 

 

       

 

 

    

CCME revenue increased $98.0 million during 2012 compared to 2011, driven by growth of $79.0 million from national and local advertising across political, automotive and telecommunication categories. We continued to experience increases in digital revenue as a result of increased listening hours through our iHeartRadio platform as well as higher event sponsorship revenue. Revenue in our traffic business increased $20.8 million due to our traffic acquisition completed in the second quarter of 2011. This revenue growth was partially offset by declines in syndicated programming sales.

Direct operating expenses increased $19.8 million during 2012 compared to 2011, primarily due to an increase in digital expenses related to our iHeartRadio digital platform including higher digital streaming fees due to increased listening hours and rates and personnel costs as well as an increase of $29.6 million from our traffic acquisition, partially offset by a $23.2 million decline in music license fees resulting from lower negotiated royalty rates. SG&A expenses increased $23.2 million, primarily due to higher spending on strategic revenue and cost initiatives of $14.2 million, a $5.5 million increase over 2011.

Depreciation and amortization increased $3.2 million, primarily due to our traffic acquisition.

Americas Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations

Our Americas outdoor operating results were as follows:

 

(In thousands)      Years Ended December 31,        %  
           2012                  2011            Change  

Revenue

   $ 1,279,257       $ 1,252,725         2%   

Direct operating expenses

     582,340         566,313         3%   

SG&A expenses

     211,245         198,989         6%   

Depreciation and amortization

     192,023         211,009         (9%)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating income

   $ 293,649       $ 276,414         6%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

58


Table of Contents

Americas outdoor revenue increased $26.5 million during 2012 compared to 2011, primarily driven by revenue growth from our digital bulletins and from our airports business. We deployed an additional 178 digital bulletins during 2012 bringing our total to more than 1,000 digital bulletins in service. The revenue growth resulting from our increased digital bulletin capacity was partially offset by declines in our traditional bulletin and poster revenues. Our airport revenues grew primarily as a result of higher average rates and increased occupancy by customers of our largest U.S. airports.

Direct operating expenses increased $16.0 million due to increased site lease expense as a result of our continued deployment of digital displays and growth of our airport revenue. SG&A expenses increased $12.3 million, primarily as a result of higher personnel costs of $6.6 million associated with the increase in revenue generating headcount and commissions and bonuses related to increased revenue, as well as $3.1 million in connection with legal and other expenses related to billboard permitting issues. In addition, included in our 2012 SG&A expenses are revenue and cost initiatives of $13.6 million, which represents an increase of $9.4 million, compared to 2011. These increases are partially offset by a favorable court ruling resulting in a $7.8 million decrease in expenses.

Depreciation and amortization decreased $19.0 million, primarily due to increases in 2011 for accelerated depreciation and amortization related to the removal of various structures, including the removal of traditional billboards in connection with the continued deployment of digital billboards.

International Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations

Our International outdoor operating results were as follows:

 

(In thousands)            Years Ended December 31,          %  
   

        2012        

             2011              Change  

Revenue

     $ 1,667,687         $ 1,751,149         (5%

Direct operating expenses

       1,021,152         1,064,562         (4%

SG&A expenses

       363,417         339,043         7%   

Depreciation and amortization

       205,258         219,955         (7%
 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating income

     $ 77,860         $ 127,589         (39%
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

International outdoor revenue decreased $83.5 million during 2012 compared to 2011, including $78.9 million of negative movements in foreign exchange. Excluding the impact of movements in foreign exchange, revenues declined in certain geographies as a result of weakened macroeconomic conditions, particularly in France, southern Europe and the Nordic countries, as well as the impact of $15.1 million due to the divestiture of our international neon business during the third quarter of 2012. These decreases were partially offset by countries including Australia, China and Mexico where economic conditions were stronger, and in the United Kingdom which benefited from the 2012 Summer Olympics in London. These and other countries experienced increased revenues, primarily related to our shelters, street furniture, equipment sales and billboard businesses. New contracts won during 2011 helped drive revenue growth.

Direct operating expenses decreased $43.4 million, attributable to a $49.4 million decrease from movements in foreign exchange. The increase in expenses excluding the impact of foreign exchange was primarily due to higher site lease expense of $12.5 million associated with new contracts, partially offset by lower site lease expenses in those markets where revenue declined as a result of weakened macroeconomic conditions. The divestiture of our international neon business resulted in a $9.0 million decline in direct operating expenses. SG&A expenses increased $24.4 million including a $21.6 million decrease from movements in foreign exchange. The increase was primarily due to $22.7 million of expense related to the negative impact of litigation in Latin America. Also contributing to the increase were $13.9 million related to revenue and cost initiatives and $4.1 million related to increased shelter maintenance in Latin America, partially offset by a $3.2 million impact from the divestiture of our international neon business.

Depreciation and amortization declined $14.7 million, including $9.3 million of negative movements in foreign exchange, primarily as a result of assets that became fully depreciated or amortized during 2011.

 

59


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2011 as Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Consolidated Results of Operations

The comparison of our historical results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

(In thousands)          Years Ended December 31,        %
Change
 
               2011                    2010         

Revenue

     $ 6,161,352         $ 5,865,685         5

Operating expenses:

            

Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

       2,482,345           2,362,016         5%   

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

       1,626,646           1,573,507         3%   

Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

       239,399           300,378         (20%)   

Depreciation and amortization

       763,306           732,869         4%   

Impairment charges

       7,614           15,364         (50%)   

Other operating income (expense) – net

       12,682           (16,710)         (176%)   
 

 

   

 

    

Operating income

       1,054,724           864,841         22%   

Interest expense

       1,466,246           1,533,341      

Loss on marketable securities

       (4,827)           (6,490)      

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates

       26,958           5,702      

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt

       (1,447)           60,289      

Other expense – net

       (3,169)           (13,834)      
 

 

   

 

    

Loss before income taxes

       (394,007)           (622,833)      

Income tax benefit

       125,978           159,980      
 

 

   

 

    

Consolidated net loss

       (268,029)           (462,853)      

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

       34,065           16,236      
 

 

   

 

    

Net loss attributable to the Company

    $      (302,094)        $      (479,089)      
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Consolidated Revenue

Our consolidated revenue increased $295.7 million during 2011 including the impact of positive movements in foreign exchange of $87.1 million compared to 2010. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange movements, revenue increased $208.6 million. CCME revenue increased $117.3 million, driven primarily by a $107.1 million increase due to our traffic acquisition and higher advertising revenues from our digital services primarily as a result of improved rates and higher listening hours. Americas outdoor revenue increased $35.8 million, driven by increases in revenue across bulletin, airports and shelter displays, particularly digital displays, as a result of our continued deployment of new digital displays and increased rates. International outdoor revenue increased $170.1 million, primarily from increased street furniture revenue across our markets and an $84.5 million increase from the impact of movements in foreign exchange.

Consolidated Direct Operating Expenses

Direct operating expenses increased $120.3 million during 2011 including a $52.9 million increase due to the effects of movements in foreign exchange compared to 2010. CCME direct operating expenses increased $37.5 million, primarily due to an increase of $56.6 million related to our traffic acquisition offset by a decline in music license fees related to a settlement of prior year license fees. Americas outdoor direct operating expenses increased $12.6 million, primarily due to increased site lease expense associated with higher airport and bulletin revenue, particularly digital displays, and the increased deployment of digital displays. Direct operating expenses in our International outdoor segment increased $67.1 million, primarily from a $52.9 million increase from movements in foreign exchange.

 

60


Table of Contents

Consolidated Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses

SG&A expenses increased $53.1 million during 2011 including an increase of $16.6 million due to the effect of movements in foreign exchange compared to 2010. CCME SG&A expenses increased $22.8 million, primarily due to an increase of $41.0 million related to our traffic acquisition, partially offset by declines in compensation expense. SG&A expenses increased $1.6 million in our Americas outdoor segment, which was primarily as a result of increased commission expense associated with the increase in revenue. International outdoor SG&A expenses increased $45.0 million primarily due to a $16.6 million increase from movements in foreign exchange, a $6.5 million increase related to the unfavorable impact of litigation and increased selling and marketing expenses associated with the increase in revenue.

Corporate Expenses

Corporate expenses decreased $61.0 million during 2011 compared to 2010 primarily as a result of a decrease in bonus expense related to our variable compensation plans and decreased expense related to employee benefits. Also contributing to the decline was a decrease in share-based compensation related to the shares tendered by Mark P. Mays to us in the third quarter of 2010 pursuant to a put option included in his amended employment agreement and the cancellation of certain of his options during 2011, and a decrease in restructuring expenses. Partially offsetting the decreases was an increase in general corporate infrastructure support services and initiatives.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization increased $30.4 million during 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to increases in accelerated depreciation and amortization related to the removal of various structures, including the removal of traditional billboards in connection with the continued deployment of digital billboards. Increased depreciation and amortization of $7.5 million related to our traffic acquisition also contributed to the increase. In addition, the impact of movements in foreign exchange contributed an increase of $7.4 million during 2011.

Impairment Charges

We performed our annual impairment tests on October 1, 2011 and 2010 on our goodwill, FCC licenses, billboard permits, and other intangible assets and recorded impairment charges of $7.6 million and $15.4 million, respectively. Please see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a further description of the impairment charges.

Other Operating Income (Expense) - Net

Other operating income of $12.7 million in 2011 primarily related to a gain on the sale of a tower and proceeds received from condemnations of bulletins.

Other operating expense of $16.7 million for 2010 primarily related to a $25.3 million loss recorded as a result of the transfer of our subsidiary’s interest in its Branded Cities business, partially offset by a $6.2 million gain on the sale of representation contracts.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $67.1 million during 2011 compared to 2010. Higher interest expense associated with the 2011 issuances of our 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes was offset by decreased expense on term loan facilities due to the prepayment of $500.0 million of our senior secured credit facilities made in connection with the February 2011 Offering and the paydown of our receivables-based credit facility made prior to, and in connection with, the June 2011 Offering. Also contributing to the decline in interest expense was the timing of repurchases and repayments at maturity of certain of our senior notes. Our weighted average cost of debt during 2011 and 2010 was 6.2% and 6.1%, respectively.

Loss on Marketable Securities

The loss on marketable securities of $4.8 million and $6.5 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively, primarily related to the impairment of our investment in INM. The fair value of INM was below cost for an extended

 

61


Table of Contents

period of time. As a result, we considered the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99 and reviewed the length of the time and the extent to which the market value was less than cost, the financial condition and the near-term prospects of the issuer. After this assessment, we concluded that the impairment at each date was other than temporary and recorded non-cash impairment charges to our investment in INM, as noted above.

Equity in Earnings of Nonconsolidated Affiliates

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates of $27.0 million for 2011 related to an equity investment in our International outdoor segment.

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates of $5.7 million for 2010 included an $8.3 million impairment related to an equity investment in our International outdoor segment.

Gain (Loss) on Extinguishment of Debt

Loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.4 million for 2011 primarily related to the accelerated expensing of $5.7 million of loan fees upon the prepayment of $500.0 million of our senior secured credit facilities in connection with the February 2011 Offering described elsewhere in this MD&A, partially offset by an aggregate gain of $4.3 million on the repurchase of our 5.5% senior notes due 2014.

Gain on extinguishment of debt of $60.3 million in 2010 primarily related to an aggregate gain on the repurchase of our senior toggle notes.

Other Expense - Net

Other expense of $3.2 million for 2011 primarily related to miscellaneous bank fees and foreign exchange losses on short-term intercompany accounts.

Other expense of $13.8 million in 2010 primarily related to $12.8 million in foreign exchange transaction losses on short-term intercompany accounts.

Income Tax Benefit

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 32.0% as compared to 25.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The effective tax rate for 2011 was favorably impacted by our settlement of U.S. Federal and state tax examinations during the year. Pursuant to the settlements, we recorded a reduction to income tax expense of approximately $16.3 million to reflect the net tax benefits of the settlements. This benefit was partially offset by additional tax recorded during 2011 related to the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the vesting of certain equity awards and our inability to benefit from certain tax loss carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions.

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 25.7% as compared to 10.9% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The effective tax rate for 2010 was impacted by our inability to benefit from tax losses in certain foreign jurisdictions due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize those losses in future years. In addition, we recorded a valuation allowance of $13.6 million in 2010 against deferred tax assets related to capital allowances in foreign jurisdictions due to the uncertainty of the ability to realize those assets in future periods.

CCME Results of Operations

Our CCME operating results were as follows:

 

(In thousands)        Years Ended December 31,      %  
                 2011                          2010              Change  

Revenue

    $      2,986,828         $      2,869,499          4

Direct operating expenses

       835,500            797,992          5

SG&A expenses

       993,188            970,345          2

Depreciation and amortization

       268,245            256,673          5
 

 

   

 

    

Operating income

 

    $

     889,895         $      844,489          5
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

62


Table of Contents

CCME revenue increased $117.3 million during 2011 compared to 2010, primarily driven by a $107.1 million increase due to our traffic acquisition. We experienced increases in our digital services revenue as a result of improved rates, increased listening hours through our iHeartRadio platform and revenues related to our iHeartRadio Music Festival. Offsetting the increases were slight declines in local and national advertising across various markets and advertising categories including telecommunication, travel and tourism and, most notably, political.

Direct operating expenses increased $37.5 million during 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase of $56.6 million from our traffic acquisition and an increase in expenses related to our digital initiatives, including our iHeartRadio platform and iHeartRadio Music Festival. These increases were partially offset by a $19.0 million decline in music license fees related to a settlement of 2011 and 2010 license fees. In addition, included in our 2011 results are restructuring expenses of $8.9 million, which represents a decline of $4.8 million compared to 2010. SG&A expenses increased $22.8 million, primarily due to an increase of $41.0 million related to our traffic acquisition, which was partially offset by a decline of $21.9 million in compensation expense primarily related to reduced salaries and commission.

Depreciation and amortization increased $11.6 million, primarily due to our traffic acquisition.

Americas Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations

Our Americas outdoor operating results were as follows:

 

(In thousands)          Years Ended December 31,        %  
               2011                      2010            Change  

Revenue

    $      1,252,725        $      1,216,930         3%   

Direct operating expenses

       566,313           553,757         2%   

SG&A expenses

       198,989           197,404         1%   

Depreciation and amortization

       211,009           198,896         6%   
 

 

   

 

    

Operating income

    $      276,414        $      266,873         4%   
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Americas outdoor revenue increased $35.8 million during 2011 compared to 2010, driven primarily by revenue increases from bulletin, airport and shelter displays, and particularly digital displays. Bulletin revenues increased primarily due to digital growth driven by the increased number of digital displays, in addition to increased rates. Airport and shelter revenues increased primarily on higher average rates.

Direct operating expenses increased $12.6 million, primarily due to increased site lease expense associated with higher airport and bulletin revenue, particularly digital displays, and the increased deployment of digital displays. SG&A expenses increased $1.6 million, primarily as a result of increased commission expense associated with the increase in revenue.

Depreciation and amortization increased $12.1 million, primarily due to increases in accelerated depreciation and amortization related to the removal of various structures, including the removal of traditional billboards in connection with the continued deployment of digital billboards.

 

63


Table of Contents

International Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations

Our International outdoor operating results were as follows:

 

(In thousands)          Years Ended December 31,        %
               2011                      2010            Change

Revenue

  $      1,751,149        $      1,581,064         11%

Direct operating expenses

       1,064,562             997,459         7%

SG&A expenses

       339,043             294,055         15%

Depreciation and amortization

       219,955             214,692         2%
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Operating income

  $      127,589        $      74,858         70%
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

International outdoor revenue increased $170.1 million during 2011 including the impact of positive foreign exchange movements of $84.5 million compared to 2010. Excluding the impact of movements in foreign exchange, revenues increased primarily as a result of higher street furniture revenue across most of our markets. Improved yields and additional displays contributed to the revenue increase in China, and improved yields in combination with a new contract drove the revenue increase in Sweden. The increases from street furniture were partially offset by declines in billboard revenue across several of our markets, primarily Italy and the United Kingdom.

Direct operating expenses increased $67.1 million, attributable to a $52.9 million increase from the impact of movements in foreign exchange. In addition, increased site lease expense of $15.7 million associated with the increase in revenue was partially offset by an $8.8 million decline in restructuring expenses. SG&A expenses increased $45.0 million primarily due to a $16.6 million increase from movements in foreign exchange, a $6.5 million increase related to the unfavorable impact of litigation and higher selling expenses associated with the increase in revenue.

Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income (Loss) to Consolidated Operating Income

 

(In thousands)        Years Ended December 31,  
             2012                  2011                  2010      

CCME

 

 $

     941,639       $      889,895         $ 844,489   

Americas outdoor advertising

       293,649           276,414           266,873   

International outdoor advertising

       77,860           127,589           74,858   

Other

       58,829           9,427           20,716   

Impairment charges

       (37,651)           (7,614)           (15,364)   

Other operating income (expense) - net

       48,127           12,682           (16,710)   

Corporate expense (1)

       (312,403)           (253,669)           (310,021)   
 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Consolidated operating income

 

 $

     1,070,050       $        1,054,724         $ 864,841   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) Corporate expenses include expenses related to CCME, Americas outdoor, International outdoor and our Other category, as well as overall executive, administrative and support functions.

Share-Based Compensation Expense

We do not have any compensation plans under which we grant stock awards to employees. Our employees receive equity awards from the equity incentive plans of our indirect parent, CCMH, and our subsidiary, CCOH. Prior to the merger, we granted options to purchase our common stock to our employees and directors and our affiliates under our various equity incentive plans typically at no less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of the grant.

As of December 31, 2012, there was $30.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that will vest based on service conditions. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two years. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, there was $15.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that will vest based on market, performance and service conditions. This cost will be recognized when it becomes probable that the performance condition will be satisfied.

 

64


Table of Contents

Share-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $28.5 million, $20.7 million and $34.2 million, respectively. Included in share-based compensation for year ended December 31, 2011 is a $6.6 million reversal of expense related to the cancellation of a portion of an executive’s stock options.

On October 22, 2012, CCMH granted 1.8 million restricted shares of its Class A common stock (the “Replacement Shares”) in exchange for 2.0 million stock options granted under the Clear Channel 2008 Executive Incentive Plan pursuant to an option exchange program (the “Program”) that expired on November 19, 2012. In addition, on October 22, 2012, CCMH granted 1.5 million fully-vested shares of its Class A common stock (the “Additional Shares”) pursuant to a tax assistance program offered in connection with the Program. Upon the expiration of the Program on November 19, 2012, CCMH repurchased 0.9 million of the Additional Shares from the employees who elected to participate in the Program and timely delivered to us a properly completed election form under Internal Revenue Code Section 83(b) to fund tax withholdings in connection with the Program. Employees who ceased to be eligible, declined to participate in the Program or, in the case of the Additional Shares, declined to participate in the tax assistance program, forfeited their Replacement Shares and Additional Shares on November 19, 2012 and retained their stock options with no changes to the terms. We accounted for the exchange program as a modification of the existing awards under ASC 718 and will recognize incremental compensation expense of approximately $1.7 million over the service period of the new awards. We recognized $2.6 million of expense related to the Additional Shares granted in connection with the tax assistance program.

CCMH also completed a stock option exchange program on March 21, 2011 and exchanged 2.5 million stock options granted under the Clear Channel 2008 Executive Incentive Plan for 1.3 million replacement stock options with a lower exercise price and different service and performance conditions. We accounted for the exchange program as a modification of the existing awards under ASC 718 and will recognize incremental compensation expense of approximately $1.0 million over the service period of the new awards.

Additionally, we recorded compensation expense of $6.0 million in Corporate related to shares tendered by Mark P. Mays to CCMH on August 23, 2010 for purchase at $36.00 per share pursuant to a put option included in his amended employment agreement.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash Flows

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

The following discussion highlights our cash flow activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

(In thousands)        Nine Months Ended September 30,      
             2013                      2012          

Cash provided by (used for):

     

Operating activities

     $ (1,157)         $ 154,678   

Investing activities

     $ (27,986)         $             (245,136)   

Financing activities

     $             (483,101)         $ 156,926   

Operating Activities

Our consolidated net loss, adjusted for $333.2 million of non-cash items resulted in positive cash flows of $51.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Our consolidated net loss, adjusted for $511.5 million of non-cash items, provided positive cash flows of $297.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Cash used for operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $1.2 million compared to $154.7 million of cash provided during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Cash paid for interest was $79.7 million higher in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the prior year due to the timing of accrued interest with the issuance of CCWH’s Subordinated Notes during the first quarter of 2012 and our 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 during the fourth quarter of 2012.

 

65


Table of Contents

Non-cash items affecting our net loss include depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes, gain on disposal of operating and fixed assets, gain on marketable securities, loss on extinguishment of debt, provision for doubtful accounts, share-based compensation, equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates, amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts, net and other reconciling items, net as presented on the face of the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Investing Activities

Cash used for investing activities of $28.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 reflected our capital expenditures of $197.3 million as well as proceeds from the sale of our shares of Sirius XM Radio, Inc. of $135.5 million. We spent $58.3 million for capital expenditures in our CCME segment primarily related to leasehold improvements, $43.5 million in our Americas outdoor segment primarily related to the construction of new advertising structures such as digital displays, $68.7 million in our International outdoor segment primarily related to new advertising structures such as billboards and street furniture and renewals of existing contracts, $6.8 million in our Other category related to our national representation business, and $20.0 million by Corporate primarily related to equipment and software. Other cash provided by investing activities were $39.8 million of proceeds from sales of other operating and fixed assets.

Cash used for investing activities during the first nine months of 2012 primarily reflected capital expenditures of $260.5 million. We spent $43.7 million for capital expenditures in our CCME segment, $84.7 million in our Americas outdoor segment primarily related to the construction of new billboards, $97.1 million in our International outdoor segment primarily related to new billboard and street furniture contracts and renewals of existing contracts and $11.8 million in our Other segment related to our national representation business. Partially offsetting cash used for investing activities were $58.9 million of proceeds from the divestiture of our international neon business and the sales of other operating assets.

Financing Activities

Cash used for financing activities of $483.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 primarily reflected payments on long-term debt. We repaid our 5.75% senior notes at maturity for $312.1 million (net of $187.9 million principal amount held by and repaid to one of our subsidiaries) using cash on hand. We prepaid $846.9 million outstanding under our Term Loan A under our senior secured credit facilities using the proceeds from the issuance of our 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes, borrowings under our receivables based credit facility, and cash on hand. Other cash used for financing activities included payments to repurchase noncontrolling interests of $61.1 million.

Cash provided by financing activities of $156.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 primarily reflected the issuance of the Subordinated Notes by CCWH and the use of proceeds distributed to us in connection with a special cash dividend paid by CCOH, in addition to cash on hand, to repay $2,096.2 million of indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities. Our financing activities also reflect a $244.7 million reduction in noncontrolling interest as a result of the special cash dividend from CCOH paid in connection with the Subordinated Notes issuance, which represents the portion paid to parties other than our subsidiaries that own CCOH common stock. In addition, we repaid our 5.0% senior notes at maturity for $249.9 million (net of $50.1 million principal amount held by and repaid to one of our subsidiaries with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, using a portion of the proceeds from our February 2011 issuance of $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes along with available cash on hand.

Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

The following discussion highlights cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

(In thousands)        Years Ended December 31,  
               2012                      2011                      2010        

Cash provided by (used for):

              

Operating activities

  $      488,698      $      373,958      $      582,373   

Investing activities

  $      (397,021   $      (368,086   $      (240,197

Financing activities

  $      (95,349   $      (698,116   $      (305,244

 

66


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

2012

The $114.7 million increase in cash flows from operations to $488.7 million in 2012 compared to $374.0 million in 2011 was primarily driven by changes in working capital. Our consolidated net loss, adjusted for $877.1 million of non-cash items, provided positive cash flows of $465.9 million in 2012. Cash paid for interest was $120.6 million higher during 2012 compared to the prior year. Cash provided by operations in 2012 compared to 2011 also reflected lower variable compensation payments in 2012 associated with our employee incentive programs based on 2011 operating performance compared to such payments made in 2011 based on 2010 performance.

Non-cash items affecting our net loss include impairment charges, depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes, provision for doubtful accounts, gain on disposal of operating and fixed assets, loss on extinguishment of debt, loss on marketable securities, share-based compensation, equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates, amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts – net and other reconciling items – net as presented on the face of the statement of cash flows.

2011

The decrease in cash flows from operations in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily driven by changes in working capital partially offset by improved profitability, including a 5% increase in revenue. Our consolidated net loss of $268.0 million, adjusted for $832.2 million of non-cash items, provided positive cash flows of $564.1 million in 2011. Cash generated by higher operating income in 2011 compared to 2010 was offset by the decrease in accrued expenses in 2011 as a result of higher variable compensation payments in 2011 associated with our employee incentive programs based on 2010 operating performance. In addition, in 2010 we received $132.3 million in U.S. Federal income tax refunds that increased cash flow from operations in 2010.

Non-cash items affecting our net loss include impairment charges, depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes, provision for doubtful accounts, gain on disposal of operating and fixed assets, loss on extinguishment of debt, loss on marketable securities, share-based compensation, equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates, amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts – net and other reconciling items – net as presented on the face of the statement of cash flows.

2010

The increase in cash flows from operations in 2010 compared to 2009 was primarily driven by improved profitability, including a 6% increase in revenue and a 2% decrease in direct operating and SG&A expenses. Our net loss, adjusted for $792.7 million of non-cash items, provided positive cash flows of $329.8 million in 2010. We received $132.3 million in Federal income tax refunds during the third quarter of 2010. Working capital, excluding taxes, provided $120.3 million to cash flows from operations in the current year.

Non-cash items affecting our net loss include impairment charges, depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes, provision for doubtful accounts, gain on disposal of operating and fixed assets, loss on extinguishment of debt, loss on marketable securities, share-based compensation, equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates, amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts – net and other reconciling items – net as presented on the face of the statement of cash flows.

 

67


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

2012

Cash used for investing activities of $397.0 million during 2012 reflected capital expenditures of $390.3 million. We spent $65.8 million for capital expenditures in our CCME segment, $117.6 million in our Americas outdoor segment primarily related to the installation of new digital displays, $150.1 million in our International outdoor segment primarily related to new billboard, street furniture and mall contracts and renewals of existing contracts, $17.4 million in our Other segment related to our national representation business, and $39.2 million by Corporate. Partially offsetting cash used for investing activities were $59.7 million of proceeds from the divestiture of our international neon business and the sales of other operating assets.

2011

Cash used for investing activities during 2011 primarily reflected capital expenditures of $362.3 million. We spent $50.2 million for capital expenditures in our CCME segment, $120.8 million in our Americas outdoor segment primarily related to the construction of new digital displays, $166.0 million in our International outdoor segment primarily related to new billboard and street furniture contracts and renewals of existing contracts, and $19.5 million by Corporate. Cash paid for purchases of businesses primarily related to our traffic acquisition and the cloud-based music technology business we purchased during 2011. In addition, we received proceeds of $54.3 million primarily related to the sale of radio stations, a tower and other assets in our CCME, Americas outdoor, and International outdoor segments.

2010

Cash used for investing activities during 2010 primarily reflected capital expenditures of $241.5 million. We spent $27.8 million for capital expenditures in our CCME segment, $92.2 million in our Americas outdoor segment primarily related to the construction of new digital displays, $103.0 million in our International outdoor segment primarily related to new billboard and street furniture contracts and renewals of existing contracts, and $10.7 million by Corporate. In addition, we acquired representation contracts for $14.1 million and received proceeds of $28.6 million primarily related to the sale of radio stations, assets in our Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments and representation contracts.

Financing Activities

2012

Cash used for financing activities of $95.3 million during 2012 primarily reflected (i) the issuance of $2.2 billion of the CCWH Subordinated Notes by CCWH and the use of proceeds distributed to us in connection with the CCOH Dividend, in addition to cash on hand, to repay $2.1 billion of indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities, (ii) the issuance by CCWH of $2.7 billion aggregate principal amount of the CCWH Senior Notes due 2022 and the use of the proceeds to fund the tender offer for and redemption of the Existing CCWH Senior Notes due 2017, (iii) the repayment of our 5.0% senior notes at maturity for $249.9 million (net of $50.1 million principal amount held by and repaid to one of our subsidiaries with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), using a portion of the proceeds from the June 2011 issuance of $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 (the “Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021”), by us along with available cash on hand and (iv) the exchange of $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of term loans under our senior secured credit facilities for $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of newly issued 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019. Our financing activities also reflect a $244.7 million reduction in noncontrolling interest as a result of the CCOH Dividend paid in connection with the CCWH Subordinated Notes issuance, which represents the portion paid to parties other than our subsidiaries that own CCOH common stock.

2011

Cash used for financing activities during 2011 primarily reflected the issuance in February 2011 of $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 (the “Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021”) and the June 2011 issuance of Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021, and the use of

 

68


Table of Contents

proceeds from the Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 offering, as well as cash on hand, to prepay $500.0 million of our senior secured credit facilities and repay at maturity our 6.25% senior notes that matured in 2011. We also repaid all outstanding amounts under our receivables based facility prior to, and in connection with, the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 offering. Cash used for financing activities also included the $95.0 million of pre-existing, intercompany debt owed repaid immediately after the closing of the traffic acquisition. Additionally, we repaid our 4.4% notes at maturity in May 2011 for $140.2 million, plus accrued interest, with available cash on hand, and repaid $500.0 million of our revolving credit facility on June 27, 2011. Additionally, CC Finco repurchased $80.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.5% senior notes for $57.1 million, including accrued interest, as discussed in the “Debt Repurchases, Maturities and Other” section within this MD&A.

2010

During 2010, CC Investments, Inc. repurchased $185.2 million aggregate principal amount of our senior toggle notes for $125.0 million as discussed in the “Debt Repurchases, Maturities and Other” section within this MD&A. We repaid our remaining 7.65% senior notes upon maturity for $138.8 million with proceeds from our delayed draw term loan facility that was specifically designated for this purpose. In addition, we repaid our remaining 4.5% senior notes upon maturity for $240.0 million with available cash on hand.

Anticipated Cash Requirements

Our primary source of liquidity is cash on hand, cash flow from operations and borrowing capacity under our domestic receivables based credit facility, subject to certain limitations contained in our material financing agreements. At September 30, 2013, we had debt maturities totaling $5.9 million, $484.9 million, and $261.2 million in 2013, 2014, and 2015, respectively. At September 30, 2013, we had $711.1 million of cash on our balance sheet including $295.9 million in consolidated cash balances held outside the U.S. by our subsidiaries, all of which is readily convertible into other foreign currencies including the U.S. dollar. We disclose in Item 8 of our Form 10-K within Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, that our policy is to permanently reinvest the earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries as these earnings are generally redeployed in those jurisdictions for operating needs and continued functioning of their businesses. We have the ability and intent to indefinitely reinvest the undistributed earnings of consolidated subsidiaries based outside of the United States. If any excess cash held by our foreign subsidiaries were needed to fund operations in the United States, we could presently repatriate available funds without a requirement to accrue or pay U.S. taxes. This is a result of significant current and historic deficits in our foreign earnings and profits, which gives us flexibility to make future cash distributions as non-taxable returns of capital.

Our ability to fund our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service and other obligations, and to comply with the financial covenants under our financing agreements, depends on our future operating performance and cash from operations and other liquidity-generating transactions, which are in turn subject to prevailing economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If our future operating performance does not meet our expectations or our plans materially change in an adverse manner or prove to be materially inaccurate, we may need additional financing. In connection with our refinancing transactions completed in the second and fourth quarters of 2013, the average interest rate on our outstanding debt has increased. We anticipate paying cash interest of approximately $332 million during the fourth quarter of 2013. Future financing transactions may further increase interest expense, which could in turn reduce our financial flexibility and our ability to fund other activities and make us more vulnerable to changes in operating performance or economic downturns generally. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if permitted under the terms of our financing agreements, will be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. The inability to generate sufficient cash or obtain additional financing could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and on our ability to meet our obligations.

We frequently evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business. We expect from time to time to pursue additional acquisitions and may decide to dispose of certain businesses. These acquisitions or dispositions could be material.

Based on our current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in our markets, we believe that cash on hand, cash flow from operations and borrowing capacity under our receivables based credit facility will enable us to meet our working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for at least the next 12 months. No assurance can be given, however, that this will be the case.

 

69


Table of Contents

We were in compliance with the covenants contained in our material financing agreements as of September 30, 2013, including the maximum consolidated senior secured net debt to consolidated EBITDA limitation contained in our senior secured credit facilities. We believe our long-term plans, which include promoting spending in our industries and capitalizing on our diverse geographic and product opportunities, including the continued investment in our media and entertainment initiatives and continued deployment of digital displays, will enable us to continue generating cash flows from operations sufficient to meet our liquidity and funding requirements long term. However, our anticipated results are subject to significant uncertainty and there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants. In addition, our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. The breach of any covenants set forth in our financing agreements would result in a default thereunder. An event of default would permit the lenders under a defaulted financing agreement to declare all indebtedness thereunder to be due and payable prior to maturity. Moreover, the lenders under the receivables based facility under our senior secured credit facilities would have the option to terminate their commitments to make further extensions of credit thereunder. If we are unable to repay our obligations under any secured credit facility, the lenders could proceed against any assets that were pledged to secure such facility. In addition, a default or acceleration under any of our material financing agreements could cause a default under other of our obligations that are subject to cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions. The threshold amount for a cross-default under the senior secured credit facilities is $100.0 million.

Sources of Capital

As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had the following debt outstanding, net of cash and cash equivalents (the amounts in the table do not give effect to the December 2013 Refinancing):

 

70


Table of Contents
(In millions)    September 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities:

        

Term Loan A Facility

    $ —          $ 846.9           1,087.1     

Term Loan B Facility

     3,030.3           7,714.9           8,735.9     

Term Loan C—Asset Sale Facility

     197.2           513.7           670.8     

Term Loan D Facility

     5,000.0           —           —     

Revolving Credit Facility

     —           —           1,325.6     

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facilities

     —           —           976.8     

Receivables Based Facility(1)

     247.0           —           —     

9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019

     1,999.8           1,999.8           —     

9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021

     1,750.0           1,750.0           1,750.0     

11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021

     575.0           —           —     

Other Secured Subsidiary Debt

     22.3           25.5           30.9     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured Debt

     12,821.6           12,850.8           14,577.1     

Senior Cash Pay Notes

     448.1           796.3           796.3     

Senior Toggle Notes

     340.0           829.8           829.8     

Senior Notes due 2021(2)

     781.7           —           —     

Clear Channel Senior Notes

     1,436.5           1,748.6           1,998.4     

Subsidiary Senior Notes due 2017

     —           —           2,500.0     

Subsidiary Senior Notes due 2022

     2,725.0           2,725.0           —     

Subsidiary Senior Subordinated Notes

     2,200.0           2,200.0           —     

Other Subsidiary Debt

     3.5           5.6           19.9     

Purchase accounting adjustments and original issue discount

     (345.2)           (409.0)           (514.3)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Debt

     20,411.2           20,747.1           20,207.2     

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

     711.1           1,225.0           1,228.7     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
    $                 19,700.1          $                 19,522.1          $                 18,978.5     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)  The receivables based credit facility provides for borrowings of up to the lesser of $535 million (the revolving credit commitment) or the borrowing base amount, as defined under the receivables based facility, subject to certain limitations contained in our material financing agreements.
  (2) Does not include $421.9 million of outstanding notes held by CC Finco as of September 30, 2013.

We and our subsidiaries have from time to time repurchased certain of our debt obligations and equity securities of CCOH and CCMH, and we may in the future, as part of various financing and investment strategies, purchase additional outstanding indebtedness of ours or our subsidiaries or outstanding equity securities of CCOH or CCMH, in tender offers, open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. We may also sell certain assets or properties and use the proceeds to reduce our indebtedness. These purchases or sales, if any, could have a material positive or negative impact on our liquidity available to repay outstanding debt obligations or on our consolidated results of operations. These transactions could also require or result in amendments to the agreements governing outstanding debt obligations or changes in our leverage or other financial ratios, which could have a material positive or negative impact on our ability to comply with the covenants contained in our debt agreements. These transactions, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

As of September 30, 2013, our senior secured credit facility consisted of a $3.0 billion Term Loan B, which matures on January 30, 2016, a $197.2 million Term Loan C, which matures on January 30, 2016, and a $5.0 billion Term Loan D, which matures on January 30, 2019. On December 18, 2013, we entered into an amendment to our senior secured credit facility pursuant to which certain term loan B lenders and term loan C lenders extended the maturity of $1.3 billion of their loans through the creation of a new $1.3 billion Term Loan E, which matures on July 30, 2019.

 

71


Table of Contents

We may raise incremental term loans of up to (a) $1.5 billion, plus (b) the excess, if any, of (x) 0.65 times pro forma consolidated EBITDA (as calculated in the manner provided in the senior secured credit facilities documentation), over (y) $1.5 billion, plus (c) the aggregate amount of certain principal prepayments made in respect of the term loans under the senior secured credit facilities. Availability of such incremental term loans is subject, among other things, to the absence of any default, pro forma compliance with the financial covenant and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.

We are the primary borrower under the senior secured credit facilities, except that certain of our domestic restricted subsidiaries are co-borrowers under a portion of the term loan facilities.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent or (B) the Federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.

The margin percentages applicable to the term loans are the following percentages per annum:

 

    with respect to loans under the term loan A, (i) 2.40% in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.40% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans;

 

    with respect to loans under the term loan B and term loan C—asset sale facility, (i) 2.65%, in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.65%, in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans;

 

    with respect to loans under the term loan D, (i) 5.75%, in the case of base rate loans, and (ii) 6.75%, in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans; and

 

    with respect to loans under the term loan E, (i) 6.50%, in the case of base rate loans, and (ii) 7.50%, in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans.

The margin percentages are subject to adjustment based upon our leverage ratio.

Prepayments

The senior secured credit facilities require us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

    50% (which percentage may be reduced to 25% and to 0% based upon our leverage ratio) of our annual excess cash flow (as calculated in accordance with our senior secured credit facilities), less any voluntary prepayments of term loans and subject to customary credits;

 

    100% of the net cash proceeds of sales or other dispositions of specified assets being marketed for sale (including casualty and condemnation events), subject to certain exceptions;

 

    100% (which percentage may be reduced to 75% and 50% based upon our leverage ratio) of the net cash proceeds of sales or other dispositions by us or our wholly owned restricted subsidiaries of assets other than specified assets being marketed for sale, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions;

 

    100% of the net cash proceeds of (i) any incurrence of certain debt, other than debt permitted under our senior secured credit facilities, (ii) certain securitization financing, (iii) certain issuances of Permitted Additional Notes (as defined in the senior secured credit facilities) and (iv) certain issuances of Permitted Unsecured Notes and Permitted Senior Secured Notes (as defined in the senior secured credit facilities); and

 

    Net cash proceeds received by us as dividends or distributions from indebtedness incurred at CCOH provided that the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of CCOH is no greater than 7.00 to 1.00.

The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of certain debt, other than debt permitted under our senior secured credit facilities, certain securitization financing, issuances of Permitted Additional Notes and annual excess cash flow will be applied, at our option, to the term loans (on a pro rata basis, other than that non-extended classes of term loans may be prepaid prior to any corresponding extended class), in

 

72


Table of Contents

each case (i) first to the term loans other than the term loan C—asset sale facility loans (on a pro rata basis) and (ii) second to the term loan C—asset sale facility loans, in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity. The foregoing prepayments with net cash proceeds of issuances of Permitted Unsecured Notes and Permitted Senior Secured Notes and Net Cash Proceeds received by us as a distribution from indebtedness incurred by CCOH will be applied (i) to the term loan A in a manner determined by us, and (ii) to the term loans (on a pro rata basis), in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity. The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of the sale of assets (including casualty and condemnation events) will be applied (i) first to the term loan C—asset sale facility loans and (ii) second to the other term loans (on a pro rata basis), in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity.

We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency rate loans.

On October 31, 2012, we repaid and permanently cancelled the commitments under our revolving credit facility, which was set to mature July 2014.

Amortization of Term Loans

As of September 30, 2013, we are required to repay the loans under the term loan facilities, after giving effect to (i) the December 2009 prepayment of $2.0 billion of term loans with proceeds from the issuance of CCWH’s Existing Senior Notes, (ii) the February 2011 prepayment of $500.0 million of revolving credit facility and term loans with the proceeds of the February 2011 Offering, (iii) the first quarter of 2012 prepayment of $1.9 billion from CCOH dividend proceeds discussed elsewhere in this MD&A, (iv) the October 2012 refinancing transaction discussed elsewhere in this MD&A, (v) the November 2012 prepayment of $215.0 million term loan A discussed elsewhere in this MD&A, and (vi) the May 2013 amendment that extended $5,000.0 million pro rata of term loan B and term loan C through the creation of a new term loan D that matures January 30, 2019, as follows (the amounts in the table do not give effect to the December 2013 Refinancing):

 

(In millions)

 

Year

   Tranche B
Term Loan
Amortization*
     Tranche C
Term Loan
Amortization*
 

2013

          $ 1.7  

2014

          $ 7.0  

2015

          $ 3.5  

2016

   $ 3,030.3      $ 185.0  

2017

             
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,030.3      $ 197.2  

 

* Balance of tranche B term loan and tranche C term loan are due January 29, 2016.

Collateral and Guarantees

The senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by us and each of our existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to permitted liens, including prior liens permitted by the indenture governing our senior notes, and other exceptions, by:

 

    a lien on our capital stock;

 

    100% of the capital stock of any future material wholly-owned domestic license subsidiary that is not a “Restricted Subsidiary” under the indenture governing our senior notes;

 

    certain assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our senior notes);

 

73


Table of Contents
    certain specified assets of ours and the guarantors that constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our senior notes) securing obligations under the senior secured credit facilities up to the maximum amount permitted to be secured by such assets without requiring equal and ratable security under the indenture governing our senior notes; and

 

    a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing our receivables based credit facility that is junior to the lien securing our obligations under such credit facility.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The senior secured credit facilities require us to comply on a quarterly basis with a financial covenant limiting the ratio of consolidated secured debt, net of cash and cash equivalents, to consolidated EBITDA (as defined by our senior secured credit facilities) for the preceding four quarters. Our secured debt consists of the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables-based credit facility, the priority guarantee notes and certain other secured subsidiary debt. As required by the definition of consolidated EBITDA in our senior secured credit facilities, our consolidated EBITDA for the preceding four quarters of $2.0 billion is calculated as operating income (loss) before depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and other operating income (expense), net plus share-based compensation and is further adjusted for the following items: (i) costs incurred in connection with the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, consulting fees and other permitted activities; (ii) extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses or expenses and severance; (iii) non-cash charges; (iv) cash received from nonconsolidated affiliates; and (v) various other items.

The following table reflects a reconciliation of consolidated EBITDA (as defined by our senior secured credit facilities) to operating income and net cash provided by operating activities for the four quarters ended September 30, 2013:

 

(In Millions)        Four Quarters Ended    
September 30, 2013
 

Consolidated EBITDA (as defined by our senior secured credit facilities)

   $ 1,966.6   

Less adjustments to consolidated EBITDA (as defined by our senior secured credit facilities):

  

Cost incurred in connection with the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, consulting fees, and other permitted activities

     (80.4)   

Extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses or expenses and severance (as referenced in the definition of consolidated EBITDA in our senior secured credit facilities)

     (55.4)   

Non-cash charges

     (29.5)   

Cash received from nonconsolidated affiliates

     (20.4)   

Other items

     (23.4)   

Less: Depreciation and amortization, Impairment charges, Other operating income (expense), net, and Share-based compensation expense

     (778.5)   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     979.0   

Plus: Depreciation and amortization, Impairment charges, Other operating income (expense), net, and Share-based compensation expense

     778.5   

Less: Interest expense

     (1,632.4)   

Less: Current income tax benefit

     (54.4)   

Plus: Other income (expense), net

     (15.5)   

Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net loss to net cash provided by operating activities (including Provision for doubtful accounts, Amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts, net and Other reconciling items, net)

     162.0   

Change in assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

     112.1   
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 329.3   
  

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

The maximum ratio under this financial covenant is currently set at 9.25:1 and reduces to 9.00:1 and 8.75:1 for the four quarters ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, respectively. At September 30, 2013, our ratio was 6.3:1.

In addition, the senior secured credit facilities include negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    create liens on assets;

 

    engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;

 

    sell assets;

 

    pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;

 

    make investments, loans, or advances;

 

    prepay certain junior indebtedness;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    amend material agreements governing certain junior indebtedness; and

 

    change our lines of business.

The senior secured credit facilities include certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, the invalidity of material provisions of the senior secured credit facilities documentation, the failure of collateral under the security documents for the senior secured credit facilities, the failure of the senior secured credit facilities to be senior debt under the subordination provisions of certain of our subordinated debt and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the senior secured credit facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Amendments

On October 25, 2012, we amended the terms of our senior secured credit facilities (the “Amendments”). The Amendments, among other things: (i) permit exchange offers of term loans for new debt securities in an aggregate principal amount of up to $5.0 billion (including the $2.0 billion exchanged in the October 2012 refinancing transaction described elsewhere in this MD&A); (ii) provide us with greater flexibility to prepay tranche A term loans; (iii) following the repayment or extension of all tranche A term loans, permit below par non-pro rata purchases of term loans pursuant to customary Dutch auction procedures whereby all lenders of the class of term loans offered to be purchased will be offered an opportunity to participate; (iv) following the repayment or extension of all tranche A term loans, permits the repurchase of junior debt maturing before January 2016 with cash on hand in an amount not to exceed $200 million; (v) combine the term loan B, the delayed draw term loan 1 and the delayed draw term loan 2 under the senior secured credit facilities; (vi) preserve revolving credit facility capacity in the event we repay all amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility; and (vii) eliminate certain restrictions on the ability of CCOH and its subsidiaries to incur debt. On October 31, 2012, we repaid and permanently cancelled the commitments under our revolving credit facility, which was set to mature July 2014.

On May 31, 2013, we further amended the terms of our senior secured credit facilities by extending a portion of the Term Loan B and Term Loan C due 2016 through the creation of a new $5.0 billion Term Loan D due January 30, 2019. The amendment also permitted us to make applicable high yield discount obligation catch-up payments beginning after May 2018 with respect to the new Term Loan D and in June 2018 with respect to the outstanding notes, which were issued in connection with the exchange of a portion of the Outstanding 2016 Notes.

 

75


Table of Contents

On December 18, 2013, we further amended the terms of our senior secured credit facilities to extend a portion of the Term Loan B and Term Loan C due 2016 through the creation of a new $1.3 billion Term Loan E due July 30, 2019. The new Term Loan E has the same security and guarantee package as the outstanding Term Loans B, C and D. Borrowings under the new Term Loan E bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, adjusted LIBOR plus 7.50% or a base rate plus 6.50%.

Receivables Based Credit Facility

As of September 30, 2013, we had $247.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our receivables based credit facility.

The receivables based credit facility provides revolving credit commitments of $535.0 million, subject to a borrowing base. The borrowing base at any time equals 90% of our and certain of our subsidiaries’ eligible accounts receivable. The receivables based credit facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility and a swingline loan sub-facility.

We and certain subsidiary borrowers are the borrowers under the receivables based credit facility. We have the ability to designate one or more of our restricted subsidiaries as borrowers under the receivables based credit facility. The receivables based credit facility loans and letters of credit are available in U.S. dollars.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the receivables based credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or (2) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the rate (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements for Eurocurrency liabilities) for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the receivables based credit facility is 1.75% with respect to Eurocurrency borrowings and 0.75% with respect to base-rate borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the receivables based credit facility ranges from 1.50% to 2.00% for Eurocurrency borrowings and from 0.50% to 1.00% for base-rate borrowings, depending on average excess availability under the receivables based credit facility during the prior fiscal quarter.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the receivables based credit facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the receivables based credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The initial commitment fee rate is 0.375% per annum. The commitment fee rate will be reduced to 0.25% per annum at any time when the average daily unused commitments for the prior quarter is less than 50% of total commitments. We must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

Maturity

Borrowings under the receivables based credit facility will mature, and lending commitments thereunder will terminate, on the fifth anniversary of the effectiveness of the receivables based credit facility (December 24, 2017), provided that, (a) the maturity date will be October 31, 2015 if on October 30, 2015, greater than $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount is owing under certain of our term loan credit facilities, (b) the maturity date will be May 3, 2016 if on May 2, 2016 greater than $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 and 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016 are outstanding and (c) in the case of any debt under clauses (a) and (b) that is amended or refinanced in any manner that extends the maturity date of such debt to a date that is on or before the date that is five years after the effectiveness of the receivables based credit facility, the maturity date will be one day prior to the maturity date of such debt after giving effect to such amendment or refinancing if greater than $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of such debt is outstanding.

Prepayments

If at any time the sum of the outstanding amounts under the receivables based credit facility exceeds the lesser of (i) the borrowing base and (ii) the aggregate commitments under the facility, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the receivables based credit facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency rate loans. Any voluntary prepayments we make will not reduce our commitments under the receivables based credit facility.

 

76


Table of Contents

Guarantees and Security

The facility is guaranteed by, subject to certain exceptions, the guarantors of our senior secured credit facilities. All obligations under the receivables based credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by a perfected security interest in all of our and all of the guarantors’ accounts receivable and related assets and proceeds thereof that is senior to the security interest of our senior secured credit facilities in such accounts receivable and related assets and proceeds thereof, subject to permitted liens, including prior liens permitted by the indenture governing certain of our senior notes (the “legacy notes”), and certain exceptions.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

If borrowing availability is less than the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 10% of the aggregate commitments under the receivables based credit facility, in each case, for five consecutive business days (a “Liquidity Event”), we will be required to comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 for fiscal quarters ending on or after the occurrence of the Liquidity Event, and will be continued to comply with this minimum fixed charge coverage ratio until borrowing availability exceeds the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 10% of the aggregate commitments under the receivables based credit facility, in each case, for 30 consecutive calendar days, at which time the Liquidity Event shall no longer be deemed to be occurring. In addition, the receivables based credit facility includes negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    create liens on assets;

 

    engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;

 

    sell assets;

 

    pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;

 

    make investments, loans, or advances;

 

    prepay certain junior indebtedness;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    amend material agreements governing certain junior indebtedness; and

 

    change our lines of business.

The receivables based credit facility includes certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the receivables based credit facility will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the receivables based credit facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021

As of September 30, 2013, we had $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 outstanding. The 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes mature on March 1, 2021 and bear interest at a rate of 11.25% per annum, payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2013. The 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes are our senior obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture governing such notes. The 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes and the guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees are

 

77


Table of Contents

secured by (i) a lien on (a) our capital stock and (b) certain property and related assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our legacy notes), in each case equal in priority to the liens securing the obligations under our senior secured credit facilities, our 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 and our 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019, subject to certain exceptions, and (ii) a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing our receivables based credit facility junior in priority to the lien securing our obligations thereunder, subject to certain exceptions.

We may redeem the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes at our option, in whole or part, at any time prior to March 1, 2016, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and plus an applicable premium. We may redeem the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes, in whole or in part, on or after March 1, 2016, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Prior to March 1, 2016, we may elect to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings.

The indenture governing the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) transfer or sell assets; (iv) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (v) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries; and (vi) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets. The indenture contains covenants that limit Clear Channel Capital I, LLC’s ability, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create liens on assets and (ii) materially impair the value of the security interests taken with respect to the collateral for the benefit of the notes collateral agent and the holders of the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.

9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding $1.75 billion aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 (the “9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021”).

The 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 mature on March 1, 2021 and bear interest at a rate of 9.0% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2011. The 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 are our senior obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture. The 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and the guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees are secured by (i) a lien on (a) our capital stock and (b) certain property and related assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our senior notes), in each case equal in priority to the liens securing the obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and our 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019, subject to certain exceptions, and (ii) a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing our receivables based credit facility junior in priority to the lien securing our obligations thereunder, subject to certain exceptions.

We may redeem the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 at our option, in whole or part, at any time prior to March 1, 2016, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and plus an applicable premium. We may redeem the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021, in whole or in part, on or after March 1, 2016, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before March 1, 2014, we may elect to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 at a redemption price equal to 109.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings.

The indenture governing the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) modify any of our existing senior notes; (iv) transfer or sell assets; (v) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries; and (vii) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets. The indenture contains covenants that limit Clear Channel Capital I, LLC’s and our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create liens on assets and (ii) materially impair the value of the security interests taken with respect to the collateral for the benefit of the notes collateral agent and the holders of the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.

 

78


Table of Contents

9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 (the “9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019”).

The 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 mature on December 15, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 9.0% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2013. The 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 are our senior obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture. The 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 and the guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees are secured by (i) a lien on (a) our capital stock and (b) certain property and related assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our senior notes), in each case equal in priority to the liens securing the obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021, subject to certain exceptions, and (ii) a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing our receivables based credit facility junior in priority to the lien securing our obligations thereunder, subject to certain exceptions. In addition to the collateral granted to secure the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019, the collateral agent and the trustee for the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 entered into an agreement with the administrative agent for the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities to turn over to the trustee under the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019, for the benefit of the holders of the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019, a pro rata share of any recovery received on account of the principal properties, subject to certain terms and conditions.

We may redeem the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 at our option, in whole or part, at any time prior to July 15, 2015, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and plus an applicable premium. We may redeem the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019, in whole or in part, on or after July 15, 2015, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before July 15, 2015, we may elect to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 at a redemption price equal to 109.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings.

The indenture governing the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) modify any of our existing senior notes; (iv) transfer or sell assets; (v) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries; and (vii) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets. The indenture contains covenants that limit Clear Channel Capital I, LLC’s and our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create liens on assets and (ii) materially impair the value of the security interests taken with respect to the collateral for the benefit of the notes collateral agent and the holders of the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.

Senior Notes due 2021

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding $781.7 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2021 (excluding $421.9 million aggregate principal amount held by one of our subsidiaries) that were issued in June 2013. On December 16, 2013, we issued an additional $621.9 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes and on December 24, 2013, we issued an additional $558,600 aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes. The outstanding notes issued in June 2013 and the outstanding notes issued in December 2013 have identical terms and are treated as a single class of notes under the indenture governing the outstanding notes.

The Senior Notes due 2021 mature on February 1, 2021. Interest on the Senior Notes due 2021 is payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2013. Interest on the Senior Notes due 2021 will be paid at the rate of (i) 12.0% per annum in cash and (ii) 2.0% per annum through the issuance of payment-in-kind notes (the “PIK Notes”). Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All PIK Notes issued will mature on February 1, 2021 and have the same rights and benefits as the Senior Notes due 2021. The Senior Notes due 2021 are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture governing such notes. The guarantee is structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any subsidiary of the applicable subsidiary guarantor that is not also a guarantor of the Senior Notes due 2021. The guarantees are subordinated to the guarantees of our senior secured credit facility and certain other permitted debt, but rank equal to all other senior indebtedness of the guarantors.

 

79


Table of Contents

We may redeem or purchase the Senior Notes due 2021 at our option, in whole or in part, at any time prior to August 1, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021 redeemed plus an applicable premium. In addition, until August 1, 2015, we may, at our option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 60% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021 at a redemption price equal to (x) with respect to the first 30% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2021, 109.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof and (y) with respect to the next 30% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2021, 112.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date. We may redeem the Senior Notes due 2021, in whole or in part, on or after August 1, 2015, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

The indenture governing the Senior Notes due 2021 contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends on, or make distributions in respect of, their capital stock or repurchase their capital stock; (iii) make certain investments or other restricted payments; (iv) sell certain assets; (v) create liens or use assets as security in other transactions; (vi) merge, consolidate or transfer or dispose of substantially all of their assets; (vii) engage in transactions with affiliates; and (viii) designate their subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding $448.1 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 and $340.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016. In December 2013, pursuant to the December 2013 LBO Note Exchange, we exchanged a portion of the senior cash pay notes and the senior toggle notes for $622.5 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes and, as a result, $94.3 million aggregate principal amount of senior cash pay notes and $127.9 million aggregate principal amount of senior toggle notes remained outstanding.

The senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes are unsecured and are guaranteed by Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and all of our existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The senior toggle notes mature on August 1, 2016 and may require a special redemption of up to $30.0 million on August 1, 2015. We may elect on each interest election date to pay all or 50% of such interest on the senior toggle notes in cash or by increasing the principal amount of the senior toggle notes or by issuing new senior toggle notes (such increase or issuance, “PIK Interest”). Interest on the senior toggle notes payable in cash will accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum and PIK Interest will accrue at a rate of 11.75% per annum.

Prior to August 1, 2012, we were able to redeem some or all of the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date and an applicable premium, as described in the indenture governing such notes. Since August 1, 2012, we may redeem some or all of the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing such notes. If we undergo a change of control, sell certain of our assets, or issue certain debt, we may be required to offer to purchase the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes from holders.

The senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes are senior unsecured debt and rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior debt. Guarantors of obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables based credit facility, the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 guarantee the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes with unconditional guarantees that are unsecured and equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of such guarantors, except that the guarantees are subordinated in right of payment only to the guarantees of obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables based credit facility, the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In addition, the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes and the guarantees are structurally senior to our senior notes and existing and future debt to the extent that such debt is not guaranteed by the guarantors of the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes. The senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt and that of the guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and are structurally subordinated to all obligations of subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes.

On July 16, 2010, we made the election to pay interest on the senior toggle notes entirely in cash, effective for the interest period commencing August 1, 2010.

 

80


Table of Contents

Clear Channel Senior Notes

As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately $1.4 billion of aggregate principal amount of senior notes outstanding.

The senior notes were our obligations prior to the merger. The senior notes are senior, unsecured obligations that are effectively subordinated to our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of our assets securing such indebtedness and are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries and, as a result, are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. The senior notes rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The senior notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries.

CCWH Senior Notes

As of September 30, 2013, the CCWH Senior Notes represented $2,725.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding, which consisted of $735.8 million aggregate principal amount of Series A CCWH Senior Notes and $1,989.25 million aggregate principal amount of Series B CCWH Senior Notes. The CCWH Senior Notes are guaranteed by CCOH, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (“CCOI”) and certain of CCOH’s direct and indirect subsidiaries. The proceeds from the issuance of the CCWH Senior Notes were used to fund the repurchase of the Existing CCWH Senior Notes. We capitalized $30.0 million in fees and expenses associated with the CCWH Senior Notes offering and an original issue discount of $7.4 million. We are amortizing the capitalized fees and discount through interest expense over the life of the CCWH Senior Notes.

The CCWH Senior Notes are senior obligations that rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of CCWH and the guarantees of the CCWH Senior Notes rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the guarantors. Interest on the CCWH Senior Notes is payable to the trustee weekly in arrears and to the noteholders on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2013.

At any time prior to November 15, 2017, CCWH may redeem the CCWH Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the CCWH Senior Notes plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. CCWH may redeem the CCWH Senior Notes, in whole or in part, on or after November 15, 2017, at the redemption prices set forth in the applicable indenture governing the CCWH Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before November 15, 2015, CCWH may elect to redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the CCWH Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 106.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings, subject to certain restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither CCOH nor any of its subsidiaries is permitted to make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any Series A CCWH Senior Notes or Series B CCWH Senior Notes if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other addition with respect to any Series B CCWH Senior Notes or Series A CCWH Senior Notes, as applicable, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A CCWH Senior Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B CCWH Senior Notes shall be greater than 0.25, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Senior Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than us and our subsidiaries (other than CCOH) or issue certain preferred stock;

 

    create liens on its restricted subsidiaries assets to secure such debt;

 

    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the CCWH Senior Notes;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

81


Table of Contents
    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; and

 

    sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries, to persons other than us and our subsidiaries (other than CCOH).

In addition, the indenture governing the Series A CCWH Senior Notes provides that if CCWH (i) makes an optional redemption of the Series B CCWH Senior Notes or purchases or makes an offer to purchase the Series B CCWH Senior Notes at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption or purchase a pro rata amount of the Series A CCWH Senior Notes or (ii) makes an asset sale offer under the indenture governing the Series B CCWH Senior Notes, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an offer to purchase a pro rata amount of Series A CCWH Senior Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Senior Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.

The indenture governing the Series B CCWH Senior Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;

 

    redeem, repurchase or retire CCOH’s subordinated debt;

 

    make certain investments;

 

    create liens on its or its restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;

 

    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to it from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the CCWH Senior Notes;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;

 

    sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;

 

    designate its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

    pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

The Series A CCWH Senior Notes indenture and Series B CCWH Senior Notes indenture restrict CCOH’s ability to incur additional indebtedness but permit CCOH to incur additional indebtedness based on an incurrence test. In order to incur (i) additional indebtedness under this test, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) must be lower than 7.0:1 and 5.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively, and (ii) additional indebtedness that is subordinated to the CCWH Senior Notes under this test, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) must be lower than 7.0:1 for total debt. The indentures contain certain other exceptions that allow CCOH to incur additional indebtedness. The Series B CCWH Senior Notes indenture also permits CCOH to pay dividends from the proceeds of indebtedness or the proceeds from asset sales if its debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) are lower than 7.0:1 and 5.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. The Series A CCWH Senior Notes indenture does not limit CCOH’s ability to pay dividends. The Series B CCWH Senior Notes indenture contains certain exceptions that allow CCOH to pay dividends, including (i) $525.0 million of dividends made pursuant to general restricted payment baskets and (ii) dividends made using proceeds received upon a demand by CCOH of amounts outstanding under the revolving promissory note issued by us to CCOH.

 

82


Table of Contents

CCWH Senior Subordinated Notes

As of September 30, 2013, the CCWH Subordinated Notes represented $2,200.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding, which consisted of $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes and $1,925.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes. Interest on the CCWH Subordinated Notes is payable to the trustee weekly in arrears and to the noteholders on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2012.

The CCWH Subordinated Notes are CCWH’s senior subordinated obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior subordinated basis by CCOH, CCOI and certain of CCOH’s other domestic subsidiaries. The CCWH Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations that rank junior to all of CCWH’s existing and future senior debt, including the CCWH Senior Notes, equally with any of CCWH’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and ahead of all of CCWH’s existing and future debt that expressly provides that it is subordinated to the CCWH Subordinated Notes. The guarantees of the CCWH Subordinated Notes rank junior to each guarantor’s existing and future senior debt, including the CCWH Senior Notes, equally with each guarantor’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and ahead of each guarantor’s existing and future debt that expressly provides that it is subordinated to the guarantees of the CCWH Subordinated Notes.

At any time prior to March 15, 2015, CCWH may redeem the CCWH Subordinated Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the CCWH Subordinated Notes plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. CCWH may redeem the CCWH Subordinated Notes, in whole or in part, on or after March 15, 2015, at the redemption prices set forth in the applicable indenture governing the CCWH Subordinated Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before March 15, 2015, CCWH may elect to redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the CCWH Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to 107.625% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings, subject to certain restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither CCOH nor any of its subsidiaries is permitted to make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes or Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other addition with respect to any Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes or Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes, as applicable, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes shall be greater than 0.25, subject to certain exceptions.

We capitalized $40.0 million in fees and expenses associated with the CCWH Subordinated Notes offering and are amortizing them through interest expense over the life of the CCWH Subordinated Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than us and our subsidiaries (other than CCOH) or issue certain preferred stock;

 

    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of CCOH’s assets; and

 

    sell certain assets, including capital stock of CCOH’s subsidiaries, to persons other than us and our subsidiaries (other than CCOH).

In addition, the indenture governing the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes provides that if CCWH (i) makes an optional redemption of the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes or purchases or makes an offer to

 

83


Table of Contents

purchase the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption or purchase a pro rata amount of the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes or (ii) makes an asset sale offer under the indenture governing the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an offer to purchase a pro rata amount of Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.

The indenture governing the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;

 

    make certain investments;

 

    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of CCOH’s assets;

 

    sell certain assets, including capital stock of CCOH’s subsidiaries;

 

    designate CCOH’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

    pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

The Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture and Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture restrict CCOH’s ability to incur additional indebtedness but permit CCOH to incur additional indebtedness based on an incurrence test. In order to incur additional indebtedness under this test, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) must be lower than 7.0:1. The indentures contain certain other exceptions that allow CCOH to incur additional indebtedness. The Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture also permits CCOH to pay dividends from the proceeds of indebtedness or the proceeds from asset sales if its debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) is lower than 7.0:1. The Series A CCWH Senior Subordinated Notes indenture does not limit CCOH’s ability to pay dividends. The Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture contains certain exceptions that allow CCOH to pay dividends, including (i) $525.0 million of dividends made pursuant to general restricted payment baskets and (ii) dividends made using proceeds received upon a demand by CCOH of amounts outstanding under the revolving promissory note issued by us to CCOH.

With the proceeds of the CCWH Subordinated Notes (net of the initial purchasers’ discount of $33.0 million), CCWH loaned an aggregate amount equal to $2,167.0 million to CCOI. CCOI paid all other fees and expenses of the offering using cash on hand and, with the proceeds of the loans, distributed a special cash dividend to CCOH, which in turn distributed the CCOH Dividend on March 15, 2012 in an amount equal to $6.0832 per share to its Class A and Class B stockholders of record at the close of business on March 12, 2012, including Clear Channel Holdings, Inc. (“CC Holdings”) and CC Finco, our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Of the $2,170.4 million CCOH Dividend, an aggregate of $1,925.7 million was distributed to CC Holdings and CC Finco, with the remaining $244.7 million distributed to other stockholders. As a result, we recorded a reduction of $244.7 million in “Noncontrolling interest” on the consolidated balance sheet.

Historical Refinancing Transactions

February 2011 Refinancing Transaction

In February 2011, we amended our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based facility and issued the Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021. In June 2011, we issued the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 at an issue price of 93.845% of the principal amount. The Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 have identical terms and are treated as a single class.

 

84


Table of Contents

We capitalized $39.5 million in fees and expenses associated with the Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 offering and are amortizing them through interest expense over the life of the Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021. We capitalized an additional $7.1 million in fees and expenses associated with the offering of the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and are amortizing them through interest expense over the life of the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021.

We used the proceeds of the Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 offering to prepay $500.0 million of the indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities. The $500.0 million prepayment was allocated on a ratable basis between outstanding term loans and revolving credit commitments under our revolving credit facility.

We obtained, concurrent with the offering of the Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021, amendments to our credit agreements with respect to our senior secured credit facilities and our receivables based facility (revolving credit commitments under the receivables based facility were reduced from $783.5 million to $625.0 million), which were required as a condition to complete the offering. The amendments, among other things, permit us to request future extensions of the maturities of our senior secured credit facilities, provide us with greater flexibility in the use of our accordion capacity, provide us with greater flexibility to incur new debt, provided that the proceeds from such new debt are used to pay down senior secured credit facility indebtedness, and provide greater flexibility for CCOH and its subsidiaries to incur new debt, provided that the net proceeds distributed to us from the issuance of such new debt are used to pay down senior secured credit facility indebtedness.

Of the $703.8 million of proceeds from the issuance of the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 ($750.0 million aggregate principal amount net of $46.2 million of discount), we used $500 million for general corporate purposes (to replenish cash on hand that we previously used to pay senior notes at maturity on March 15, 2011 and May 15, 2011) and used the remaining $203.8 million to repay at maturity a portion of our 5% senior notes that matured in March 2012.

March 2012 Refinancing Transaction

In March 2012, CCWH issued $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes and $1,925.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes and in connection therewith, CCOH distributed the CCOH Dividend of $6.0832 per share to its stockholders of record. Using CCOH Dividend proceeds distributed to our wholly-owned subsidiaries, together with cash on hand, we repaid $2,096.2 million of indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities. For a description of the CCWH Subordinated Notes, please see the “CCWH Senior Subordinated Notes” section elsewhere within this MD&A.

October 2012 Refinancing Transaction

During the fourth quarter of 2012, we exchanged $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of term loans under our senior secured credit facilities for a like principal amount of newly issued 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019. For a description of the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019, see the “9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019” section elsewhere within this MD&A. The exchange offer, which was offered to eligible existing lenders under our senior secured credit facilities, was exempt from registration under the Securities Act. We capitalized $11.9 million in fees and expenses associated with the offering and are amortizing them through interest expense over the life of the notes.

November 2012 Refinancing Transaction

In November 2012, CCWH issued $735.75 million aggregate principal amount of the Series A CCWH Senior Notes, which were issued at an issue price of 99.0% of par, and $1,989.25 million aggregate principal amount of the Series B CCWH Senior Notes, which were issued at par. CCWH used the net proceeds from the offering of the CCWH Senior Notes, together with cash on hand, to fund the tender offer for and redemption of the Existing CCWH Senior Notes. For a description of the CCWH Senior Notes, please see the “CCWH Senior Notes” section elsewhere within this MD&A.

 

85


Table of Contents

February 2013 Refinancing Transactions

In February 2013, we issued $575,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 11.25% priority guarantee notes due 2012 and used the net proceeds of such notes, together with the proceeds of borrowings under our receivables based credit facility and cash on hand, to prepay all $846.9 million of loans outstanding under our term loan A facility and to pay related fees and expenses.

Senior Secured Credit Facility Amendment

During the second quarter of 2013, we amended our senior secured credit facility by extending a portion of Term Loan B and Term Loan C loans due 2016 through the creation of a new $5.0 billion Term Loan D facility due January 30, 2019. The amendment also permitted us to make applicable high yield discount obligation catch-up payments beginning after May 2018 with respect to the new Term Loan D facility and in June 2018 with respect to any notes issued in connection with our exchange of our outstanding 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 and 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 discussed later.

June 2013 Senior Notes Exchange

During the second quarter of 2013, we completed the June 2013 Note Exchange with certain eligible holders of the Outstanding Cash Pay Notes and Outstanding Toggle Notes resulting in the issuance of $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount (including $421.0 million principal amount held by one of our subsidiaries) of the outstanding notes. In the June 2013 Note Exchange, $348.1 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Cash Pay Notes was exchanged for $348.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes, and $917.2 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Toggle Notes was exchanged for $853.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes and $64.2 million of cash, plus, in each case, cash in an amount equal to accrued and unpaid interest from the last interest payment date applicable on the Outstanding 2016 Notes to, but not including, the closing date of the June 2013 Note Exchange. The outstanding notes mature on February 1, 2021.

December 2013 Refinancing

On December 18, 2013, we amended the terms of our senior secured credit facilities to extend a portion of the Term Loan B and Term Loan C due 2016 through the creation of a new $1.3 billion Term Loan E due July 30, 2019. The new Term Loan E has the same security and guarantee package as the outstanding Term Loans B, C and D. Borrowings under the new Term Loan E bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, adjusted LIBOR plus 7.50% or a base rate plus 6.50%.

In December 2013, we consummated the December 2013 LBO Note Exchange with certain eligible holders of the Outstanding Cash Pay Notes and Outstanding Toggle Notes and issued $622.5 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes. Following the December 2013 LBO Note Exchange, $94.3 million aggregate principal amount of senior cash pay notes and $127.9 million aggregate principal amount of senior toggle notes remained outstanding.

Dispositions and Other

During 2012, our International outdoor segment sold its international neon business and its outdoor advertising business in Romania, resulting in an aggregate gain of $39.7 million included in “Other operating income (expense)—net.”

During 2011, we divested and exchanged 27 radio stations for approximately $22.7 million and recorded a loss of $0.5 million in “Other operating income (expense)—net.”

During 2010, CCOH transferred its interest in its Branded Cities operations to its joint venture partner, The Ellman Companies. We recognized a loss of $25.3 million in “Other operating income (expense)—net” related to this transfer. In addition, during 2010, our International outdoor segment sold its outdoor advertising business in India, resulting in a loss of $3.7 million included in “Other operating income (expense)—net.” In addition, we sold three radio stations, donated one station, and recorded a gain of $1.3 million in “Other operating income (expense)—net.” We also sold representation contracts and recorded a gain of $6.2 million in “Other operating income (expense)—net.”

 

86


Table of Contents

Uses of Capital

Debt Repurchases, Maturities and Other

During the third quarter of 2013, we made a $25.3 million scheduled applicable high-yield discount obligation payment to the holders of the Outstanding Toggle Notes as of the payment date.

During the second quarter of 2013, we exchanged $348.1 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Cash Pay Notes for $348.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2021 and $917.2 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Toggle Notes (including $452.7 million aggregate principal amount held by one of our subsidiaries) for $853.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021 (including $421.0 million aggregate principal amount issued to one of our subsidiaries) and $64.2 million of cash (including $31.7 million of cash paid to one of our subsidiaries), pursuant to the June 2013 Note Exchange. In connection with the June 2013 Note Exchange and the senior secured credit facility amendment, both of which were accounted for as modifications of existing debt in accordance with ASC 470-50, we incurred expenses of $17.9 million which are included in “Other expenses”.

During the first quarter of 2013, we repaid our 5.75% senior notes at maturity for $312.1 million (net of $187.9 million principal amount repaid to one of our subsidiaries with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, using cash on hand.

In addition, during the first quarter of 2013, using the proceeds from the issuance of the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes along with borrowings under our receivables based credit facility of $269.5 million and cash on hand, we prepaid all $846.9 million outstanding under our Term Loan A under the senior secured credit facilities. We recorded a loss of $3.9 million in “Loss on extinguishment of debt” related to the accelerated expensing of loan fees.

During 2011 and 2010, our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, CC Investments and CC Finco, repurchased certain of our outstanding senior notes, senior cash pay and senior toggle notes through open market repurchases, privately negotiated transactions and tenders as shown in the table below. These entities did not repurchase any debt during 2012 or the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Notes repurchased and held by CC Investments and CC Finco are eliminated in consolidation.

 

(In thousands)   

Nine Months

Ended

  September 30,  

         Years Ended December 31  
     2013                  2012                          2011                          2010          

CC Investments

                 

Principal amount of debt repurchased

     $      $      -      $      -      $      185,185   

Deferred loan costs and other

                                   104    

Gain recorded in “Other income (expense) - net”(2)

                                   (60,289)    
  

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cash paid for repurchases of long-term debt

     $       $      -       $      -       $      125,000   
  

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

CC Finco, LLC

                 

Principal amount of debt repurchased

     $      $      -      $      80,000      $      -   

Purchase accounting adjustments(1)

                         (20,476)             

Gain recorded in “Other income (expense) - net”(2)

                         (4,274)             
  

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cash paid for repurchases of long-term debt

     $      $      -      $      55,250      $      -   
  

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

  (1) Represents unamortized fair value purchase accounting discounts recorded as a result of the merger.
  (2) CC Investments and CC Finco repurchased certain of our senior notes, senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes at a discount, resulting in a gain on the extinguishment of debt.

During November 2012, CCWH repurchased $1,724.7 million aggregate principal amount of the Existing CCWH Senior Notes in a tender offer for the Existing CCWH Senior Notes. Simultaneously with the early settlement of the tender offer, CCWH called for redemption all of the remaining $775.3 million aggregate principal amount of Existing CCWH Senior Notes that were not purchased on the early settlement date of the tender offer. In connection with the redemption, CCWH satisfied and discharged its obligations under the Existing CCWH Senior Notes indentures by depositing with the trustee sufficient funds to pay the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the remaining outstanding Existing CCWH Senior Notes to, but not including, the December 19, 2012 redemption date.

 

87


Table of Contents

During October 2012, we consummated a private exchange offer of $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of term loans under our senior secured credit facilities for a like principal amount of newly issued 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019. The exchange offer was available only to eligible lenders under the senior secured credit facilities, and the 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 were offered only in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act.

In connection with the issuance of the CCWH Subordinated Notes, CCOH paid the $2,170.4 million CCOH Dividend on March 15, 2012 to its Class A and Class B stockholders, consisting of $1,925.7 million distributed to CC Holdings and CC Finco and $244.7 million distributed to other stockholders. In connection with the Subordinated Notes issuance and CCOH Dividend, we repaid indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of dividend proceeds distributed to CC Holdings and CC Finco, or $1,925.7 million. Of this amount, a prepayment of $1,918.1 million was applied to indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit facility, thus permanently reducing the revolving credit commitments under our revolving credit facility to $10.0 million. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the revolving credit facility was permanently paid off and terminated using available cash on hand. The remaining $7.6 million prepayment was allocated on a pro rata basis to our term loan facilities.

In addition, on March 15, 2012, using cash on hand, we made voluntary prepayments under our senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate amount equal to $170.5 million, as follows: (i) $16.2 million under our term loan A due 2014, (ii) $129.8 million under our term loan B due 2016, (iii) $10.0 million under our term loan C due 2016 and (iv) $14.5 million under our delayed draw term loans due 2016. In connection with the prepayments on our senior secured credit facilities, we recorded a loss of $15.2 million in “Loss on extinguishment of debt” related to the accelerated expensing of loan fees.

During March 2012, we repaid our 5.0% senior notes at maturity for $249.9 million (net of $50.1 million principal amount repaid to one of our subsidiaries with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, using a portion of the proceeds from the June 2011 Offering of the Additional Notes, along with cash on hand.

During 2011, we repaid our 6.25% senior notes at maturity for $692.7 million (net of $57.3 million principal amount repaid to one of our subsidiaries with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, using a portion of the proceeds from the February 2011 Offering of the Initial Notes, along with available cash on hand. We also repaid our 4.4% senior notes at maturity for $140.2 million (net of $109.8 million principal amount repaid to one of our subsidiaries with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, with available cash on hand. Prior to, and in connection with the June 2011 Offering, we repaid all amounts outstanding under our receivables based credit facility on June 8, 2011, using cash on hand. This voluntary repayment did not reduce the commitments under this facility and we may reborrow amounts under this facility at any time. In addition, on June 27, 2011, we made a voluntary payment of $500.0 million on our revolving credit facility. Furthermore, CC Finco repurchased $80.0 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 5.5% senior notes due 2014 for $57.1 million, including accrued interest, through an open market purchase.

During 2010, we repaid our remaining 7.65% senior notes upon maturity for $138.8 million, including $5.1 million of accrued interest, with proceeds from our delayed draw term loan facility that was specifically designated for this purpose. Also during 2010, we repaid our remaining 4.5% senior notes upon maturity for $240.0 million with available cash on hand.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 were as follows:

 

(In millions)       Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
        Years Ended December 31,  
        2013               2012                     2011                     2010        

CCME

  $     58.3              $     65.8      $     50.2      $     27.8   

Americas outdoor advertising

      43.5           117.7           120.8           92.2    

International outdoor advertising

      68.7           150.1           166.0           103.1    

Corporate and Other

      26.8           56.7           25.3           18.4    
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total capital expenditures

       $ 197.3       $     390.3      $     362.3      $     241.5   
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

Our capital expenditures are not of significant size individually and primarily relate to the ongoing deployment of digital displays and recurring maintenance in our Americas outdoor segment as well as new billboard and street furniture contracts and renewals of existing contracts in our International outdoor segment.

Dividends

We have not paid cash dividends on the shares of our common stock since the merger and our ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions should we seek to do so in the future. Our debt financing arrangements include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

Acquisitions

During 2012, we completed the acquisition of WOR-AM in New York City for $30.0 million and WFNX in Boston for $14.5 million. These acquisitions resulted in an aggregate increase of $5.3 million to property plant and equipment, $15.2 million to intangible assets and $24.7 million to goodwill, in addition to $0.7 million of assumed liabilities.

During 2011, we completed our traffic acquisition for $24.3 million to add a complementary traffic operation to our existing traffic business. Immediately after closing, the acquired subsidiaries repaid pre-existing, intercompany debt owed in the amount of $95.0 million. During 2011, we also acquired Brouwer & Partners, a street furniture business in Holland, for $12.5 million.

Stock Purchases

On August 9, 2010, we announced that our board of directors approved a stock purchase program under which we or our subsidiaries may purchase up to an aggregate of $100 million of the Class A common stock of CCMH and/or the Class A common stock of CCOH. The stock purchase program does not have a fixed expiration date and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time at our discretion. During 2011, CC Finco purchased 1,553,971 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock through open market purchases for approximately $16.4 million. During 2012, CC Finco purchased 111,291 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock for $692,887.

Certain Relationships with the Sponsors

We are party to a management agreement with certain affiliates of the Sponsors and certain other parties pursuant to which such affiliates of the Sponsors will provide management and financial advisory services until 2018. These arrangements require management fees to be paid to such affiliates of the Sponsors for such services at a rate not greater than $15.0 million per year, plus reimbursable expenses. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, we recognized management fees and reimbursable expenses of $11.9 million and $11.9 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we recognized management fees and reimbursable expenses of $15.9 million, $15.7 million and $17.1 million, respectively.

Settlement of CCOH Stockholder Litigation

In connection with the cash management arrangements for CCOH, we maintain an intercompany revolving promissory note payable by us to CCOH (the “Note”), which consists of the net activities resulting from day-to-day cash management services provided by us to CCOH. As of September 30, 2013, the balance of the Note was $944.6 million, all of which is payable on demand. The Note is eliminated in consolidation in our consolidated financial statements. The Note was the subject of derivative litigation filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery by stockholders of CCOH. On March 28, 2013, legal counsel for the defendants in that matter entered into a binding memorandum of understanding (the “MOU”) with legal counsel for a special litigation committee consisting of certain independent directors of CCOH and the plaintiffs to settle the derivative litigation. On July 8, 2013, the parties executed a Stipulation of Settlement, on terms consistent with the MOU, and presented the Stipulation of Settlement to the Delaware Chancery Court for approval. On September 9, 2013, the Delaware Chancery Court approved the settlement and, on October 9, 2013, the right to appeal expired. Please refer to “Business—Legal Proceedings” in this prospectus for additional information about the settlement.

 

89


Table of Contents

On October 19, 2013, in accordance with the terms of the settlement, CCOH’s board of directors notified us of its intent to make a demand for repayment of $200 million outstanding under the Note on November 8, 2013 and declared a dividend of $200 million, which was conditioned upon us satisfying such demand, which was paid on November 8, 2013. As the indirect parent of CCOH, we received approximately 88% of the proceeds from such dividend through our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The remaining approximately 12% of the proceeds from the dividend, or approximately $24 million, was paid to the public stockholders of CCOH. We funded the net payment of this $24 million with cash on hand, which reduced the amount of cash we have available to fund our working capital needs, debt service obligations and other obligations.

On October 19, 2013, CCOH also established a committee of its board of directors for the specific purpose of monitoring the Note. If notice of a demand for repayment is made pursuant to the terms of the committee charter in the future, CCOH would declare a simultaneous dividend equal to the amount so demanded, and a pro rata portion of that dividend would be paid to the public stockholders of CCOH. Based on our current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in our markets, we currently expect that we would fund the dividends to be paid to the public stockholders of CCOH if and when demands are made using our existing sources of capital.

On October 23, 2013, we and CCOH amended the Note in accordance with the terms of the settlement.

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business and, as required, have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for resolution of those claims for which the occurrence of loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings. Please refer to “Legal Proceedings” located in the section titled “Business” located elsewhere in this prospectus.

Certain agreements relating to acquisitions provide for purchase price adjustments and other future contingent payments based on the financial performance of the acquired companies generally over a one to five-year period. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets are met, would not significantly impact our financial position or results of operations.

In addition to our scheduled maturities on our debt, we have future cash obligations under various types of contracts. We lease office space, certain broadcast facilities, equipment and the majority of the land occupied by our outdoor advertising structures under long-term operating leases. Some of our lease agreements contain renewal options and annual rental escalation clauses (generally tied to the consumer price index), as well as provisions for our payment of utilities and maintenance.

We have minimum franchise payments associated with non-cancelable contracts that enable us to display advertising on such media as buses, trains, bus shelters and terminals. The majority of these contracts contain rent provisions that are calculated as the greater of a percentage of the relevant advertising revenue or a specified guaranteed minimum annual payment. Also, we have non-cancelable contracts in our radio broadcasting operations related to program rights and music license fees.

In the normal course of business, our broadcasting operations have minimum future payments associated with employee and talent contracts. These contracts typically contain cancellation provisions that allow us to cancel the contract with good cause.

The scheduled maturities of our senior secured credit facilities, receivables based facility, senior cash pay and senior toggle notes, other long-term debt outstanding, and our future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable lease agreements, minimum payments under other non-cancelable contracts, payments under employment/talent contracts, capital expenditure commitments, priority guarantee notes and other long-term obligations as of December 31, 2012 are set forth in the table below. The amounts in the table do not give effect to the refinancing transactions in February 2013, June 2013 or December 2013.

 

90


Table of Contents
(In thousands)        Payments due by Period  
Contractual Obligations            Total                  2013              2014-2015          2016-2017          Thereafter  

Long-term Debt:

                        

Secured Debt(1)

   $      12,850,786       $      6,642       $      873,936       $      8,215,454       $      3,754,754   

Senior Cash Pay and Senior Toggle Notes(2)

       1,626,081           57,391           17,424           1,551,266           -   

Clear Channel Senior Notes

       1,748,564           312,109           711,455           250,000           475,000   

CCWH Senior Notes

       2,200,000           -           -           -           2,200,000   

CCWH Senior Subordinated Notes

       2,725,000           -           -           -           2,725,000   

Other Long-term Debt

       5,587           5,587           -           -           -   

Interest payments on long-term debt(3)

       7,763,019           1,429,113           2,495,850           1,570,991           2,267,065   
                        

Non-cancelable operating leases

       2,777,189           380,288           647,348           465,706           1,283,847   

Non-cancelable contracts

       2,370,923           561,837           891,993           466,567           450,526   

Employment/talent contracts

       288,305           85,762           126,687           75,856           -   

Capital expenditures

       146,574           80,143           46,699           18,800           932   

Unrecognized tax benefits(4)

       158,863           542           -           -           158,321   

Other long-term obligations(5)

       136,313           3,387           8,817           27,826           96,283   
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total (6)

   $          34,797,204       $          2,922,801       $          5,820,209       $          12,642,466       $          13,411,728   
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

  (1) On February 28, 2013, we issued $575.0 million of 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021. Using the borrowings under our receivables based credit facility and the proceeds from the issuance of the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021, we prepaid all $846.9 million outstanding under our Term Loan A under our senior secured credit facilities. On May 31, 2013, we further amended the terms of our senior secured credit facilities by extending a portion of Term Loan B and Term Loan C due 2016 through the creation of a new $5.0 billion Term Loan D due January 30, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the December 2013 Term Loan Extension, we amended the terms of our senior secured credit facilities on December 18, 2013 to extend a portion of Term Loan B and C loans due 2016 through the creation of a new $1.3 billion Term Loan E facility due July 2019.

 

  (2) On July 16, 2010, we made the election to pay interest on the senior toggle notes entirely in cash, effective for the interest period commencing August 1, 2010. We are deemed to have made the cash interest election for future interest periods unless and until we elect otherwise. Due to the cash interest election, we were contractually obligated to make, and made, a payment of $57.4 million on August 1, 2013. On June 21, 2013, we exchanged $348.1 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Cash Pay Notes for $348.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes and $917.2 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Toggle Notes (including $452.7 million aggregate principal amount held by one of our subsidiaries) for $853.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes (including $421.0 million aggregate principal amount issued to one of our subsidiaries) and $64.2 million of cash (including $31.7 million of cash paid to one of our subsidiaries), pursuant to the June 2013 Note Exchange. In December 2013, we issued (x) $389.2 million of outstanding notes (together with approximately $10.9 million of cash) in exchange for $353.8 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior cash pay notes due 2016 and (y) $233.3 million of outstanding notes (together with approximately $6.7 million of cash) in exchange for $212.1 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior toggle notes due 2016, pursuant to the December 2013 LBO Note Exchange. The private offer to exchange was made only to eligible holders, and the outstanding notes were offered only in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act.

 

  (3) Interest payments on the senior secured credit facilities assume the obligations are repaid in accordance with the amortization schedule provided elsewhere in this MD&A and the interest rate is held constant over the remaining term.

Interest payments on $2.5 billion of the term loan B facility are effectively fixed at an interest rate of 4.4%, plus applicable margins, per annum, as a result of an aggregate $2.5 billion interest rate swap agreement maturing in September 2013. Interest expense assumes the rate is fixed through maturity of the remaining swap, at which point the rate reverts back to the floating rate in effect at December 31, 2012.

 

  (4) The non-current portion of the unrecognized tax benefits is included in the “Thereafter” column as we cannot reasonably estimate the timing or amounts of additional cash payments, if any, at this time.

 

91


Table of Contents
  (5) Other long-term obligations consist of $56.0 million related to asset retirement obligations recorded pursuant to ASC 410-20, which assumes the underlying assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. Also included are $32.2 million of contract payments in our syndicated radio and media representation businesses and $48.1 million of various other long-term obligations.

 

  (6) Excluded from the table is $155.8 million related to various obligations with no specific contractual commitment or maturity.

SEASONALITY

Typically, our CCME, Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments experience their lowest financial performance in the first quarter of the calendar year, with International outdoor historically experiencing a loss from operations in that period. Our International outdoor segment typically experiences its strongest performance in the second and fourth quarters of the calendar year. We expect this trend to continue in the future.

MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risk arising from changes in market rates and prices, including movements in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and inflation.

Interest Rate Risk

A significant amount of our long-term debt bears interest at variable rates. Accordingly, our earnings will be affected by changes in interest rates. At September 30, 2013, approximately 41% of our aggregate principal amount of long-term debt bears interest at floating rates. Assuming the current level of borrowings and assuming a 30% change in LIBOR, it is estimated that our interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 would have changed by $4.6 million.

In the event of an adverse change in interest rates, management may take actions to mitigate our exposure. However, due to the uncertainty of the actions that would be taken and their possible effects, the preceding interest rate sensitivity analysis assumes no such actions. Further, the analysis does not consider the effects of the change in the level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We have operations in countries throughout the world. Foreign operations are measured in their local currencies. As a result, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we have operations. We believe we mitigate a small portion of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations with a natural hedge through borrowings in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our foreign operations reported net income of $6.4 million and $16.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013. We estimate a 10% increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies would have decreased our net income for the three months ended September 30, 2013 by $0.6 million and we estimate that our net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 would have decreased $1.6 million. A 10% decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 would have increased our net income by a corresponding amount.

This analysis does not consider the implications that such currency fluctuations could have on the overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment in the U.S. or the foreign countries or on the results of operations of these foreign entities.

Inflation

Inflation is a factor in the economies in which we do business and we continue to seek ways to mitigate its effect. Inflation has affected our performance in terms of higher costs for wages, salaries and equipment. Although the exact impact of inflation is indeterminable, we believe we have offset these higher costs by increasing the effective advertising rates of most of our broadcasting stations and outdoor display faces in our CCME, Americas outdoor, and International outdoor operations.

 

92


Table of Contents

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

During the first quarter of 2013, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments are effective for fiscal years (and interim periods within) beginning after December 15, 2012 and sets requirements for presenting information about amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and their corresponding effect on net income. Substantially all of the information required to be disclosed under this amendment are required to be disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements under GAAP. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

During the first quarter of 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity of an Investment in a Foreign Entity. The amendments are effective prospectively for the fiscal years (and interim periods within) beginning after December 15, 2013 and provide clarification guidance for the release of the cumulative translation adjustment under the current U.S. GAAP. Early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt the standard for the first quarter of 2014. The Company is currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact, if any, the adoption may have on its financial results and disclosures.

During the first quarter of 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-04, Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date. This update provides guidance for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this guidance is fixed at the reporting date. The amendments are effective for fiscal years (and interim periods within) beginning after December 15, 2013 and are to be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for such obligations that exist at the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year of adoption. Early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt the standard on a retrospective basis for the first quarter of 2014 for any existing obligations within the scope of this update. The Company is currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact, if any, the adoption may have on its financial results and disclosures.

During the third quarter of 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. This update requires unrecognized tax benefits to be offset against a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward in certain situations. The amendments are effective prospectively for the fiscal years (and interim periods within) beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt the standard for the first quarter of 2014. The Company does not expect any material impact upon adopting the standard.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates that are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The result of these evaluations forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amount of expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such difference could be material. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Management believes that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. The following narrative describes these critical accounting estimates, the judgments and assumptions and the effect if actual results differ from these assumptions.

 

93


Table of Contents

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what we believe will be collected. For all other customers, we recognize reserves for bad debt based on historical experience for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions.

If our agings were to improve or deteriorate resulting in a 10% change in our allowance, we estimated that our bad debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 would have changed by approximately $5.6 million and our net loss for the same period would have changed by approximately $3.5 million.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including structures and other property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangibles, are reported at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. We estimate the useful lives for various types of advertising structures and other long-lived assets based on our historical experience and our plans regarding how we intend to use those assets. Advertising structures have different lives depending on their nature, with large format bulletins generally having longer depreciable lives and posters and other displays having shorter depreciable lives. Street furniture and transit displays are depreciated over their estimated useful lives or appropriate contractual periods, whichever is shorter. Our experience indicates that the estimated useful lives applied to our portfolio of assets have been reasonable, and we do not expect significant changes to the estimated useful lives of our long-lived assets in the future. When we determine that structures or other long-lived assets will be disposed of prior to the end of their useful lives, we estimate the revised useful lives and depreciate the assets over the revised period. We also review long-lived assets for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that depreciable and amortizable long-lived assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amounts of those assets. When specific assets are determined to be unrecoverable, the cost basis of the asset is reduced to reflect the current fair market value.

We use various assumptions in determining the remaining useful lives of assets to be disposed of prior to the end of their useful lives and in determining the current fair market value of long-lived assets that are determined to be unrecoverable. Estimated useful lives and fair values are sensitive to factors including contractual commitments, regulatory requirements, future expected cash flows, industry growth rates and discount rates, as well as future salvage values. Our impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows, including forecasting useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows.

If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations.

Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

In connection with our Merger Agreement, we allocated the purchase price to all of our assets and liabilities at estimated fair values, including our FCC licenses and our billboard permits. Indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as our FCC licenses and our billboard permits, are reviewed annually for possible impairment using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets was calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35. Under the direct valuation method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as a part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically obtains indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flows model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Our key assumptions using the direct valuation method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average asset within a market.

 

94


Table of Contents

On October 1, 2012, we performed our annual impairment test in accordance with ASC 350-30-35 and recognized aggregate impairment charges of $35.9 million related to permits in certain markets in our Americas outdoor business.

In determining the fair value of our FCC licenses, the following key assumptions were used:

 

    Market revenue growth, forecast and published by BIA Financial Network, Inc. (“BIA”), of 3.0% was used for the initial four-year period;
    2% revenue growth was assumed beyond the initial four-year period;
    Revenue was grown proportionally over a build-up period, reaching market revenue forecast by year 3;
    Operating margins of 12.5% in the first year gradually climb to the industry average margin in year 3 of up to 30%, depending on market size by year 3; and
    Assumed discount rates of 9% for the 13 largest markets and 9.5% for all other markets.

In determining the fair value of our billboard permits, the following key assumptions were used:

 

    Industry revenue growth forecast at 3.9% was used for the initial four-year period;
    3% revenue growth was assumed beyond the initial four-year period;
    Revenue was grown over a build-up period, reaching maturity by year 2;
    Operating margins gradually climb to the industry average margin of up to 51%, depending on market size, by year 3; and
    Assumed discount rate of 9.5%.

While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized appropriate assumptions to calculate the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, it is possible a material change could occur. If future results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to impairment charges in the future. The following table shows the change in the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets that would result from a 100 basis point decline in our discrete and terminal period revenue growth rate and profit margin assumptions and a 100 basis point increase in our discount rate assumption:

 

(In thousands)

Description

   Revenue
Growth Rate
     Profit
    Margin    
        Discount   
Rates
 

FCC license

     $ (386,253)          $ (156,205)        $ (520,656)   

Billboard permits

     $ (556,800)          $ (109,500)        $ (559,600)   

The estimated fair value of our FCC licenses and billboard permits at October 1, 2012 was $3.5 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, while the carrying value was $2.4 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. We test goodwill at interim dates if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The fair value of our reporting units is used to apply value to the net assets of each reporting unit. To the extent that the carrying amount of net assets would exceed the fair value, an impairment charge may be required to be recorded.

The discounted cash flow approach we use for valuing goodwill as part of the two-step impairment testing approach involves estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the related assets, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values are also estimated and discounted to their present value.

 

95


Table of Contents

On October 1, 2012, we performed our annual impairment test in accordance with ASC 350-30-35, resulting in no impairment charges. In determining the fair value of our reporting units, we used the following assumptions:

 

    Expected cash flows underlying our business plans for the periods 2013 through 2017. Our cash flow assumptions are based on detailed, multi-year forecasts performed by each of our operating segments, and reflect the advertising outlook across our businesses.
    Cash flows beyond 2017 are projected to grow at a perpetual growth rate, which we estimated at 2% for our CCME segment, 3% for our Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, and approximately 4% for our Other segment.
     In order to risk adjust the cash flow projections in determining fair value, we utilized a discount rate of approximately 10.0% to 12.5% for each of our reporting units.

Based on our annual assessment using the assumptions described above, a hypothetical 25% reduction in the estimated fair value in each of our reporting units would not result in a material impairment condition.

While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized appropriate assumptions to calculate the estimated fair value of our reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If future results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to impairment charges in the future. The following table shows the decline in the fair value of each of our reportable segments that would result from a 100 basis point decline in our discrete and terminal period revenue growth rate and profit margin assumptions and a 100 basis point increase in our discount rate assumption:

 

(In millions)

Description

   Revenue
 Growth Rate 
     Profit
    Margin    
         Discount    
Rates
 

CCME

    $ (1,200.0)        $ (290.0)        $ (1,140.0)   

Americas Outdoor

    $ (610.0)        $ (130.0)        $ (490.0)   

International Outdoor

    $ (340.0)        $ (170.0)        $ (260.0)   

Tax Accruals

Our estimates of income taxes and the significant items giving rise to the deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown in the notes to our consolidated financial statements and reflect our assessment of actual future taxes to be paid on items reflected in the financial statements, giving consideration to both timing and probability of these estimates. Actual income taxes could vary from these estimates due to future changes in income tax law or results from the final review of our tax returns by Federal, state or foreign tax authorities.

We use our judgment to determine whether it is more likely than not that we will sustain positions that we have taken on tax returns and, if so, the amount of benefit to initially recognize within our financial statements. We regularly review our uncertain tax positions and adjust our unrecognized tax benefits (UTBs) in light of changes in facts and circumstances, such as changes in tax law, interactions with taxing authorities and developments in case law. These adjustments to our UTBs may affect our income tax expense. Settlement of uncertain tax positions may require use of our cash.

Litigation Accruals

We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings. Based on current assumptions, we have accrued an estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of those claims for which the occurrence of loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Future results of operations could be materially affected by changes in these assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings.

Management’s estimates used have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.

Insurance Accruals

We are currently self-insured beyond certain retention amounts for various insurance coverages, including general liability and property and casualty. Accruals are recorded based on estimates of actual claims filed, historical payouts, existing insurance coverage and projected future development of costs related to existing claims. Our self-insured liabilities contain uncertainties because management must make assumptions and apply judgment to estimate the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not reported as of December 31, 2012.

 

96


Table of Contents

If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in our self-insurance liabilities at December 31, 2012 would have affected our net loss by approximately $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Asset Retirement Obligations

ASC 410-20 requires us to estimate our obligation upon the termination or nonrenewal of a lease, to dismantle and remove our billboard structures from the leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition.

Due to the high rate of lease renewals over a long period of time, our calculation assumes all related assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. An estimate of third-party cost information is used with respect to the dismantling of the structures and the reclamation of the site. The interest rate used to calculate the present value of such costs over the retirement period is based on an estimated risk-adjusted credit rate for the same period. If our assumption of the risk-adjusted credit rate used to discount current year additions to the asset retirement obligation decreased approximately 1%, our liability as of December 31, 2012 would not be materially impacted. Similarly, if our assumption of the risk-adjusted credit rate increased approximately 1%, our liability would not be materially impacted.

Share-Based Compensation

Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10, share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, our results of operations could be materially impacted.

 

97


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a diversified media and entertainment company with leading market positions in each of our operating segments: CCME, Americas Outdoor Advertising and International Outdoor Advertising.

 

    CCME. Our CCME operations include radio broadcasting, online and mobile services and products, program syndication, entertainment, traffic distribution and music research services. As of September 30, 2013, we owned 840 domestic radio stations servicing more than 150 U.S. markets, including 45 of the top 50 markets and 86 of the top 100 markets. CCME includes radio stations for which we are the licensee and one station for which we provide programming and sell air time under an LMA. We are also the beneficiary of Aloha Station Trust, LLC, which owns and operates 20 radio stations which we were required to divest in order to comply with FCC media ownership rules, and which are being marketed for sale. Our portfolio of stations offers a broad assortment of programming formats, including adult contemporary, country, contemporary hit radio, rock, news/talk, sports, urban, oldies and others. In addition to our local radio programming, we operate Premiere, a national radio network that produces, distributes or represents approximately 90 syndicated radio programs and serves more than 5,000 radio station affiliates. We also deliver real-time traffic information via navigation systems, radio and television broadcast media and wireless and Internet-based services through our traffic business, Total Traffic Network. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our CCME segment represented approximately 49% and 50%, respectively, of our revenue and 69% and 70%, respectively, of our operating income without the effect of corporate and other reconciling items.

 

    Americas Outdoor Advertising. We are the largest outdoor advertising company in North America (based on revenue), which includes the United States and Canada. Approximately 96% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 in our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment was derived from the United States. We own or operate approximately 106,000 display structures in our Americas segment with operations in 49 of the 50 largest markets in the United States, including all of the 20 largest markets. Our Americas outdoor assets consist of traditional and digital billboards, street furniture and transit displays, airport displays, mall displays, and wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under lease management agreements. Our Americas outdoor advertising business is focused on metropolitan areas with dense populations. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our Americas Outdoor Advertising segment represented approximately 20% and 21%, respectively, of our revenue and 21% and 24%, respectively, of our operating income without the effect of corporate and other reconciling items.

 

    International Outdoor Advertising. Our International Outdoor Advertising business segment includes our operations in Asia, Australia, Europe and Latin America, with approximately 32% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 in this segment derived from France and the United Kingdom. As of September 30, 2013, we owned or operated approximately 569,000 displays across 28 countries. Our International outdoor assets consist of street furniture and transit displays, billboards, mall displays, Smartbike programs, wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under lease agreements. Our International business is focused on metropolitan areas with dense populations. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our International Outdoor Advertising segment represented approximately 27% and 26%, respectively, of our revenue and 5% and 4%, respectively, of our operating income without the effect of corporate and other reconciling items.

 

   

Other. Our Other category includes our 100%-owned full-service media representation firm, Katz Media, as well as other general support services and initiatives, which are ancillary to our other businesses. Katz Media, a leading media representation firm in the U.S. for radio and television stations, sells national spot advertising time for clients in the radio and television industries throughout the United States. As of September 30, 2013, Katz Media represented more than 4,000 radio stations, approximately one-fifth of which were owned by us. Katz Media also represents approximately 550 television and digital multicast stations. Katz Media generates revenue primarily through contractual

 

98


Table of Contents
 

commissions realized from the sale of national spot and online advertising. National spot advertising is commercial airtime sold to advertisers on behalf of radio and television stations. Katz Media represents its media clients pursuant to media representation contracts, which typically have terms of up to ten years in length. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our Other category represented approximately 4% and 3%, respectively, of our revenue and 5% and 2%, respectively, of our operating income without the effect of corporate and other reconciling items.

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we generated consolidated revenues of $6,247 million and $4,549 million, respectively, operating income of $1,070 million and $668 million, respectively, and consolidated net loss of $411 million and $281 million, respectively.

Our Strengths

Leading Positions in the U.S. Media and Entertainment and Global Outdoor Market. We are a leading global media and entertainment company.

 

    We own the number one or number two ranked radio station clusters in eight of the top 10 and in 20 of the top 25 markets in the United States as of October 2013. With a total weekly listening base of almost 123 million individuals based on Arbitron figures for the Spring 2013 ratings period, our portfolio of 840 stations generated twice the revenue as our next largest radio broadcasting competitor in 2012.

 

    In the United States outdoor market, we believe we hold the number one market share in seven of the top 10 markets and are either number one or number two in 16 of the top 20 markets. Internationally, we believe we hold one of the leading positions in France, the United Kingdom, Australia, Finland, Ireland, Switzerland, Sweden, Belgium and Norway. In addition, we hold positions in several countries where we have experienced strong growth, including Latin America, China, Singapore and Turkey.

Global Scale in Media and Entertainment and Outdoor Advertising. As of September 30, 2013, we owned 840 domestic radio stations servicing approximately 150 U.S. markets, including 45 of the top 50 markets and 86 of the top 100 markets. We also operated more than 675,000 outdoor advertising displays worldwide in metropolitan and densely populated locations, providing advertisers with both a global and a local reach. We believe that our scale provides us with the flexibility and resources to introduce new products and solutions in a cost effective manner.

 

    Our scale has enabled cost-effective investment in new technologies, such as digital billboards and streaming technology, which we believe will continue to support future growth. Digital billboards, for example, enable us to transition from selling space on a display to a single advertiser to selling time on that display to multiple advertisers, creating new revenue opportunities from both new and existing clients.

 

    Our large distribution platform in our CCME segment allows us to attract top talent and more effectively utilize programming, sharing the best and most compelling talent and programming across many stations throughout the United States.

 

    We have more than 5,600 sales people in local markets across the globe. Our scale has facilitated cost-effective investment in systems that allow us to maximize yield management and systems that improve the ability of our local salespeople to increase revenue. Additionally, our scale has allowed us to implement initiatives that we believe differentiate us from the rest of the media industry and position us to outperform our competitors across our markets.

Diversification Across Business Lines, Geographies, Markets and Format. Approximately half of our revenue is generated by our CCME segment, with the remaining half generated by our Americas Outdoor Advertising and International Outdoor Advertising segments, as well as other support services and initiatives. We offer advertisers a diverse platform of media assets across geographies, outdoor products and programming formats. Due to our multiple business units, we are not dependent upon any single source of revenue.

 

99


Table of Contents

Strong Collection of Unique Assets. Through acquisitions and organic growth, we have aggregated a unique portfolio of assets. We believe the combination of our assets cannot be replicated.

 

    Ownership and operation of radio broadcast stations is governed by the FCC licensing process, which limits the number of radio licenses available in any market. Any party seeking to acquire or transfer radio licenses must go through a detailed review process with the FCC. Over several decades, we have aggregated multiple licenses in local market clusters across the United States. A cluster of multiple radio stations in a market allows us to provide listeners with more diverse programming and advertisers with a more efficient means to reach those listeners. In addition, we are able to increase our efficiency by operating in clusters, which allows us to eliminate duplicative operating expenses and realize economies of scale.

 

    The domestic outdoor industry is regulated by the federal government as well as state and municipal governments. Statutes and regulations govern the construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, height, size, spacing and placement and permitting of outdoor advertising structures. Due to these regulations, it has become increasingly difficult to develop new outdoor advertising locations. Further, for many of our existing billboards, a competitor or landlord could not obtain a permit for replacement under existing laws and regulations due to their non-conforming status.

Attractive Businesses with High Margins and Low Capital Expenditure Requirements. Our global scale has enabled us to make productive and cost effective investments across our portfolio. As a result of our strong margins and low capital expenditure requirements, we have been able to convert a significant portion of our operating income into cash flow that can be utilized for debt service.

 

    We have strong operating margins, driven by our significant scale and leading market share in both radio broadcasting and outdoor advertising. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2013, our consolidated operating margin was 17% and 15%, respectively, with strong operating margins in our CCME (31% and 29%, respectively) and Americas Outdoor Advertising (22% and 23%, respectively) segments.

 

    In addition, both our media and entertainment and our outdoor businesses are low capital intensity businesses. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2013, our total capital expenditures were 6% and 4%, respectively, of total revenue.

Highly Effective Advertising Medium. We believe both our media and entertainment and our outdoor advertising businesses offer compelling value propositions to advertisers and valuable access to consumers when they are out of the home and therefore closer to purchase decisions. We also believe both industries are well positioned to benefit from the fragmentation of audiences of other media as they are able to reach mass audiences on a local market basis.

 

    Radio broadcasting and outdoor media offer compelling value propositions to advertisers by providing cost effective media advertising outlets.

 

    Our media and entertainment and our outdoor businesses reach potential consumers outside of the home, a valuable position as it is closer to the purchase decision. Today, consumers spend a significant portion of their day out-of-home, while out-of-home media (radio and outdoor) currently garner a disproportionately smaller share of media spending than in-home media. We believe this discrepancy represents an opportunity for growth.

 

    Additionally, radio programming reaches 92% of all consumers in the United States in a given week, with the average consumer listening for approximately two hours per day. On a weekly basis, this represents approximately 243 million unique listeners.

 

    According to Arbitron, consumers in the United States listen to a significant amount of radio per day. In 2013, broadcast radio captured 124 minutes of user consumption per day as compared to the Internet at 144 minutes and newspapers at 18 minutes.

 

    According to Arbitron, in 2009, 98% of U.S. residents traveled in a car each month, with an average of 224 miles traveled per week. The captive in-car audience is protected from media fragmentation and is subject to increasing out-of-home advertiser exposure as time and distance of commutes increase.

 

100


Table of Contents

Significant Operating Leverage with Flexibility to Manage Cost Base As Necessary. We benefit from significant operating leverage, which leads to operating margin increases in a growth environment. Conversely, we have demonstrated our flexibility to effectively manage our cost base in a low growth or recessionary environment.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading global media and entertainment company specializing in radio, digital, out-of-home, mobile and on-demand entertainment and information services for national audiences and local communities and providing premiere opportunities for advertisers. We plan to achieve this objective by capitalizing on our competitive strengths and pursuing the following strategies.

CCME

Our CCME strategy centers on delivering entertaining and informative content across multiple platforms, including broadcast, mobile and digital. We strive to serve our listeners by providing the content they desire on the platform they prefer, while supporting advertisers, strategic partners, music labels and artists with a diverse platform of creative marketing opportunities designed to effectively reach and engage target audiences. Our CCME strategy also focuses on continuing to improve the operations of our stations by providing valuable programming and promotions, as well as sharing best practices across our stations in marketing, distribution, sales and cost management.

Promote Local and National Advertising. We intend to grow our CCME businesses by continuing to develop effective programming, creating new solutions for our advertisers and agencies, fostering key relationships with advertisers and improving our national sales team. We intend to leverage our diverse collection of assets combined with our programming and creative strengths and our consumer relationships, to create special events such as one-of-a-kind local and national promotions for our listeners, and develop new, innovative technologies and products with which we can promote our advertisers. We seek to maximize revenue by closely managing our advertising opportunities and pricing to compete effectively in local markets. We operate price and yield information systems, which provide detailed inventory information. These systems enable our station managers and sales directors to adjust commercial inventory and pricing based on local market demand, as well as to manage and monitor different commercial durations (60 second, 30 second, 15 second and five second) in order to provide more effective advertising for our customers at what we believe are optimal prices given market conditions.

Continue to Enhance the Listener Experience. We intend to continue enhancing the listener experience by offering a wide variety of compelling content and methods of delivery. We will continue to provide the content our listeners desire on their preferred platforms. Our investments have created a collection of leading on-air talent. For example, Premiere offers more than 90 syndicated radio programs and services for more than 5,000 radio station affiliates across the United States, including popular programs such as Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hannity, Glenn Beck, Ryan Seacrest, Steve Harvey, Elvis Duran and Delilah. Our distribution capabilities allow us to attract top talent and more effectively utilize programming, sharing our best and most compelling content across many stations.

Deliver Content via Multiple Distribution Technologies. We continue to expand the choices for our listeners. We deliver music, news, talk, sports, traffic and other content using an array of distribution technologies, including broadcast radio and HD radio channels, satellite radio, iHeartRadio.com and our stations’ websites, our iHeartRadio mobile application on smart phones and tablets as well as in-vehicle entertainment and navigation systems. Some examples of our recent initiatives are as follows:

 

    Streaming. We provide streaming content via the Internet, mobile and other digital platforms. We rank among the top streaming networks in the U.S. with regards to AAS, SS and ATSL. AAS and SS measure the level of activity while ATSL measures the ability to keep the audience engaged.

 

   

Websites and Mobile Applications. We have developed mobile and Internet applications such as the iHeartRadio smart phone application and website. These mobile and Internet applications allow

 

101


Table of Contents
 

listeners to use their smart phones or other digital devices to interact directly with stations, find titles/artists, request songs and create custom stations while providing an additional method for advertisers to reach consumers. To date, our iHeartRadio mobile application has been downloaded more than 276 million times. iHeartRadio provides a unique digital music experience by offering access to more than 1,800 live broadcast and digital-only radio stations, plus user-created custom stations with broad social media integration and our on demand content from our premium talk partnerships and user generated talk shows. Through our digital platforms, we estimate that we had more than 68 million unique digital visitors for the month of October 2013. In addition, through October 2013, iHeartRadio streamed, on average, 142 million total listening hours monthly via our website and mobile application.

Outdoor

We seek to capitalize on our Americas outdoor network and diversified product mix to maximize revenue. In addition, by sharing best practices among our business segments, we believe we can quickly and effectively replicate our successes in our other markets. Our outdoor strategy focuses on leveraging our diversified product mix and long-standing presence in many of our existing markets, which provides us with the ability to launch new products and test new initiatives in a reliable and cost-effective manner.

Promote Overall Outdoor Media Spending. Given the attractive industry fundamentals of outdoor media and our depth and breadth of relationships with both local and national advertisers, we believe we can drive outdoor advertising’s share of total media spending by using our dedicated national sales team to highlight the value of outdoor advertising relative to other media. Outdoor advertising only represented 4% of total dollars spent on advertising in the United States in 2012. We have made and continue to make significant investments in research tools that enable our clients to better understand how our displays can successfully reach their target audiences and promote their advertising campaigns. Also, we are working closely with clients, advertising agencies and other diversified media companies to develop more sophisticated systems that will provide improved audience metrics for outdoor advertising. For example, we have implemented the TAB Out of Home Ratings audience measurement system which: (1) separately reports audiences for billboards, posters, junior posters, transit shelters and phone kiosks, (2) reports for geographically sensitive reach and frequency, (3) provides granular detail, reporting individual out of home units in over 200 designated market areas, (4) provides detailed demographic data comparable to other media, and (5) provides true commercial ratings based on people who see the advertising.

Continue to Deploy Digital Displays. Digital outdoor advertising provides significant advantages over traditional outdoor media. Our electronic displays are linked through centralized computer systems to instantaneously and simultaneously change advertising copy on a large number of displays, allowing us to sell more advertising opportunities to advertisers. The ability to change copy by time of day and quickly change messaging based on advertisers’ needs creates additional flexibility for our customers. Although digital displays require more capital to construct compared to traditional bulletins, the advantages of digital allow us to penetrate new accounts and categories of advertisers, as well as serve a broader set of needs for existing advertisers. Digital displays allow for high-frequency, 24-hour advertising changes in high-traffic locations and allow us to offer our clients optimal flexibility, distribution, circulation and visibility. We expect this trend to continue as we increase our quantity of digital inventory. As of September 30, 2013, we had deployed over 1,000 digital billboards in 38 markets in the United States and more than 6,700 digital displays in 11 countries across Europe, Asia and Latin America.

Capitalize on Product and Geographic Opportunities. We are also focused on growing our business internationally by working closely with our advertising customers and agencies in meeting their needs, and through new product offerings, optimization of our current display portfolio and selective investments targeting promising growth markets. We have continued to innovate and introduce new products in international markets based on local demands. Our core business is our street furniture business and that is where we plan to focus much of our investment. We plan to continue to evaluate municipal contracts that may come up for bid and will make prudent investments where we believe we can receive attractive returns. We will also continue to invest in markets such as China and Latin America where we believe there is high growth potential.

 

102


Table of Contents

CCME

Sources of Revenue

Our CCME segment generated 49%, 48%, and 49% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and 50% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The primary source of revenue in our CCME segment is the sale of commercials on our radio stations for local and national advertising. Our iHeartRadio mobile application and website, our station websites and Total Traffic Network also provide additional means for our advertisers to reach consumers.

Our advertisers cover a wide range of categories, including consumer services, retailers, entertainment, health and beauty products, telecommunications, automotive, media and political. Our contracts with our advertisers generally provide for a term that extends for less than a one-year period. We also generate revenues from network compensation, our online services, our traffic business, special events and other miscellaneous transactions. These other sources of revenue supplement our traditional advertising revenue without increasing on-air-commercial time.

Each radio station’s local sales staff solicits advertising directly from local advertisers or indirectly through advertising agencies. Our ability to produce commercials that respond to the specific needs of our advertisers helps to build local direct advertising relationships. To generate national advertising sales, we leverage national sales teams and engage our Katz Media unit, which specializes in soliciting radio advertising sales on a national level for us and other radio and television companies. National sales representatives such as Katz Media obtain advertising principally from advertising agencies located outside the station’s market and receive commissions based on advertising sold.

Advertising rates are principally based on the length of the spot and how many people in a targeted audience listen to our stations, as measured by independent ratings services. A station’s format can be important in determining the size and characteristics of its listening audience, and advertising rates are influenced by the station’s ability to attract and target audiences that advertisers aim to reach. The size of the market influences rates as well, with larger markets typically receiving higher rates than smaller markets. Rates are generally highest during morning and evening commuting periods.

Radio Stations

As of September 30, 2013, we owned 840 radio stations, including 240 AM and 600 FM domestic radio stations, of which 151 stations were in the top 25 markets. Therefore, no one property is material to our overall operations. We believe that our properties are in good condition and suitable for our operations.

Radio broadcasting is subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). As described in “Regulation of Our Media and Entertainment Business” below, the FCC grants us licenses in order to operate our radio stations. The following table provides the number of owned radio stations in the top 25 Arbitron-ranked markets within our CCME segment.

 

Arbitron
Market
    Rank(1)    

 

Market

 

Number

of

Stations

1

  New York, NY   6

2

  Los Angeles, CA   8

3

  Chicago, IL   7

4

  San Francisco, CA   7

5

  Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX   6

6

  Houston-Galveston, TX   6

7

  Washington, DC   5

8

  Philadelphia, PA   6

9

  Atlanta, GA   7

10

  Boston, MA   5

11

  Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL   7

 

103


Table of Contents

Arbitron
Market
    Rank(1)    

 

Market

 

Number

of

Stations

12

  Detroit, MI   7

13

  Seattle-Tacoma, WA   7

14

  Phoenix, AZ   8

15

  Puerto Rico   -

16

  Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN   6

17

  San Diego, CA   7

18

  Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL   8

19

  Denver-Boulder, CO   8

20

  Nassau-Suffolk (Long Island), NY   2

21

  Baltimore, MD   4

22

  St. Louis, MO   6

23

  Portland, OR   7

24

  Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC   5

25

  Pittsburgh, PA   6
   

 

  Total Top 25 Markets(2)   151

 

  (1) Source: Fall 2013 Arbitron Radio Market Rankings.
  (2) Included in the total are stations that were placed in a trust in order to bring the merger into compliance with the FCC’s media ownership rules. We have divested certain of these stations in the past and will continue to divest these stations as required.

Premiere Networks

We operate Premiere, a national radio network that produces, distributes or represents more than 90 syndicated radio programs and services for more than 5,000 radio station affiliates. Our broad distribution capabilities enable us to attract and retain top programming talent. Some of our more popular syndicated programs include Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hannity, Glenn Beck, Ryan Seacrest, Steve Harvey, Elvis Duran and Delilah. We believe recruiting and retaining top talent is an important component of the success of our radio networks.

Total Traffic Network

Total Traffic Network delivers real-time local traffic flow and incident information to radio and television affiliates, as well as through Internet and mobile partnerships.

Competition

Our broadcast radio stations, as well as our mobile and digital applications and our traffic business, compete for listeners and advertising revenues directly with other radio stations within their respective markets, as well as with other advertising media, including broadcast and cable television, online, print media, outdoor advertising, satellite radio, direct mail and other forms of advertisement. In addition, the radio broadcasting industry is subject to competition from services that use media technologies such as Internet-based media, mobile applications and satellite-based digital radio services. Such services reach national and local audiences with multi-channel, multi-format, digital radio services.

Our broadcast radio stations compete for listeners primarily on the basis of program content that appeals to a particular demographic group. Our targeted listener base of specific demographic groups in each of our markets allows us to attract advertisers seeking to reach those listeners.

Americas Outdoor Advertising

We are the largest outdoor advertising company in North America (based on revenues), which includes the United States and Canada. Approximately 95% of our revenue in our Americas outdoor advertising segment was derived from the United States in each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and 96% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. We own or operate approximately 106,000 display structures in our Americas outdoor segment with operations in 49 of the 50 largest markets in the United States, including all of the 20 largest markets.

 

104


Table of Contents

Our Americas outdoor assets consist of traditional and digital billboards, street furniture and transit displays, airport displays, mall displays, and wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under lease management agreements. Our Americas outdoor advertising business is focused on metropolitan areas with dense populations.

Sources of Revenue

Americas outdoor generated 20%, 20% and 21% of our revenue in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and 21% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Americas outdoor revenue is derived from the sale of advertising copy placed on our traditional and digital displays. Our display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays. The margins on our billboard contracts, including those related to digital billboards, tend to be higher than those on contracts for other displays, due to their greater size, impact and location along major roadways that are highly trafficked. Billboards comprise approximately two-thirds of our display revenues. The following table shows the approximate percentage of revenue derived from each category for our Americas outdoor inventory:

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2013
   

 

Year Ended December 31,

 
       2012     2011     2010  

Billboards:

        

Bulletins

     59%        56%        56%        55%   

Posters

     13%        13%        13%        14%   

Street furniture displays

     3%        4%        4%        3%   

Transit displays

     17%        17%        16%        16%   

Other displays (1)

     8%        10%        11%        12%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100%              100%              100%              100%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes spectaculars, mall displays and wallscapes.

        

Our Americas outdoor segment generates revenues from local and national sales. Our advertising rates are based on a number of different factors including location, competition, size of display, illumination, market and gross ratings points. Gross ratings points are the total number of impressions delivered, expressed as a percentage of a market population, of a display or group of displays. The number of impressions delivered by a display is measured by the number of people passing the site during a defined period of time. For all of our billboards in the United States, we use independent, third-party auditing companies to verify the number of impressions delivered by a display. “Reach” is the percent of a target audience exposed to an advertising message at least once during a specified period of time, typically during a period of four weeks. “Frequency” is the average number of exposures an individual has to an advertising message during a specified period of time. Out-of-home frequency is typically measured over a four-week period.

While location, price and availability of displays are important competitive factors, we believe that providing quality customer service and establishing strong client relationships are also critical components of sales. In addition, we have long-standing relationships with a diversified group of advertising brands and agencies that allow us to diversify client accounts and establish continuing revenue streams.

Billboards

Our billboard inventory primarily includes bulletins and posters.

 

   

Bulletins. Bulletins vary in size, with the most common size being 14 feet high by 48 feet wide. Digital bulletins display static messages that resemble standard printed bulletins when viewed, but also allow

 

105


Table of Contents
 

advertisers to change messages throughout the course of a day, and may display advertisements for multiple customers. Our electronic displays are linked through centralized computer systems to instantaneously and simultaneously change advertising copy as needed. Because of their greater size, impact, high-frequency and 24-hour advertising changes, we typically receive our highest rates for digital bulletins. Almost all of the advertising copy displayed on traditional bulletins is computer printed on vinyl and transported to the bulletin where it is secured to the display surface. Bulletins generally are located along major expressways, primary commuting routes and main intersections that are highly visible and heavily trafficked. Our clients may contract for individual bulletins or a network of bulletins, meaning the clients’ advertisements are rotated among bulletins to increase the reach of the campaign. Our client contracts for bulletins, either traditional or digital, generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year.

 

    Posters. Digital posters are available in addition to the traditional 30-sheet or 8-sheet displays. Similar to digital bulletins, digital posters display static messages that resemble standard printed posters when viewed, and are linked through centralized computer systems to instantaneously and simultaneously change messages throughout the course of a day. The traditional 30-sheet posters are approximately 11 feet high by 23 feet wide, and the traditional 8-sheet posters are approximately 5 feet high by 11 feet wide. Advertising copy for traditional 30-sheet posters is digitally printed on a single piece of polyethylene material that is then transported and secured to the poster surfaces. Advertising copy for traditional 8-sheet posters is printed using silk screen, lithographic or digital process to transfer the designs onto paper that is then transported and secured to the poster surfaces. Posters generally are located in commercial areas on primary and secondary routes near point-of-purchase locations, facilitating advertising campaigns with greater demographic targeting than those displayed on bulletins. Our poster rates typically are less than our bulletin rates, and our client contracts for posters generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year. Premiere displays, which consist of premiere panels and squares, are innovative hybrids between bulletins and posters that we developed to provide our clients with an alternative for their targeted marketing campaigns. The premiere displays use one or more poster panels, but with vinyl advertising stretched over the panels similar to bulletins. Our intent is to combine the creative impact of bulletins with the additional reach and frequency of posters.

Street Furniture Displays

Our street furniture displays include advertising surfaces on bus shelters, information kiosks, freestanding units and other public structures, are available in both traditional and digital formats, and are primarily located in major metropolitan areas and along major commuting routes. Generally, we own the street furniture structures and are responsible for their construction and maintenance. Contracts for the right to place our street furniture displays in the public domain and sell advertising space on them are awarded by municipal and transit authorities in competitive bidding processes governed by local law. Generally, these contracts have terms ranging from 10 to 20 years. As compensation for the right to sell advertising space on our street furniture structures, we pay the municipality or transit authority a fee or revenue share that is either a fixed amount or a percentage of the revenue derived from the street furniture displays. Typically, these revenue sharing arrangements include payments by us of minimum guaranteed amounts. Client contracts for street furniture displays typically have terms ranging from four weeks to one year, and are typically for network packages of multiple street furniture displays.

Transit Displays

Our transit displays are advertising surfaces on various types of vehicles or within transit systems, including on the interior and exterior sides of buses, trains, trams, and within the common areas of rail stations and airports, and are available in both traditional and digital formats. Similar to street furniture, contracts for the right to place our displays on such vehicles or within such transit systems and to sell advertising space on them generally are awarded by public transit authorities in competitive bidding processes or are negotiated with private transit operators. Generally, these contracts have terms ranging up to nine years. Our client contracts for transit displays generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year.

 

106


Table of Contents

Other Displays

The balance of our display inventory consists of spectaculars, wallscapes and mall displays. Spectaculars are customized display structures that often incorporate video, multidimensional lettering and figures, mechanical devices and moving parts and other embellishments to create special effects. The majority of our spectaculars are located in Times Square in New York City, the Gardiner Expressway in Toronto, and the Fashion Show Mall and Miracle Mile Shops in Las Vegas. Client contracts for spectaculars typically have terms of one year or longer. A wallscape is a display that drapes over or is suspended from the sides of buildings or other structures. Generally, wallscapes are located in high-profile areas where other types of outdoor advertising displays are limited or unavailable. Clients typically contract for individual wallscapes for extended terms. We also own displays located within the common areas of malls on which our clients run advertising campaigns for periods ranging from four weeks to one year.

Advertising Inventory and Markets

As of September 30, 2013, we owned or operated approximately 106,000 display structures in our Americas outdoor advertising segment with operations in 49 of the 50 largest markets in the United States, including all of the 20 largest markets. Therefore, no one property is material to our overall operations. We believe that our properties are in good condition and suitable for our operations.

Our displays are located on owned land, leased land or land for which we have acquired permanent easements. The majority of the advertising structures on which our displays are mounted require permits. Permits are granted for the right to operate an advertising structure as long the structure is used in compliance with the laws and regulations of the applicable jurisdiction.

Competition

The outdoor advertising industry in the Americas is fragmented, consisting of several larger companies involved in outdoor advertising, such as CBS and Lamar Advertising Company, as well as numerous smaller and local companies operating a limited number of displays in a single market or a few local markets. We also compete with other advertising media in our respective markets, including broadcast and cable television, radio, print media, direct mail, the Internet and other forms of advertisement. Outdoor advertising companies compete primarily based on ability to reach consumers, which is driven by location of the display.

International Outdoor Advertising

Our International outdoor business segment includes our operations in Asia, Australia, Europe and Latin America, with approximately 33%, 33% and 36% of our revenue in this segment derived from France and the United Kingdom for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and 32% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. As of September 30, 2013, we owned or operated more than 569,000 displays across 28 countries.

Our International outdoor assets consist of street furniture and transit displays, billboards, mall displays, Smartbike programs, wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under lease agreements. Our International business is focused on metropolitan areas with dense populations.

Sources of Revenue

Our International outdoor segment generated 27%, 28% and 27% of our revenue in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and 26% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. International outdoor advertising revenue is derived from the sale of traditional advertising copy placed on our display inventory and electronic displays which are part of our network of digital displays. Our International outdoor display inventory consists primarily of street furniture displays, billboards, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays. The following table shows the approximate percentage of revenue derived from each inventory category of our International outdoor segment:

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
      2013   2012             2011             2010  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Street furniture displays

    48%          46%        43%        42%   

Billboards (1)

    23%          26%        28%        30%   

Transit displays

    9%          8%        9%        8%   

Other (2)

    20%          20%        20%        20%   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    100%          100%        100%        100%   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

 

  (1) Includes revenue from posters and neon displays. We sold our neon business during the third quarter of 2012.
  (2) Includes advertising revenue from mall displays, other small displays, and non-advertising revenue from sales of street furniture equipment, cleaning and maintenance services, operation of Smartbike programs and production revenue.

Our International outdoor segment generates revenues worldwide from local, regional and national sales. Similar to our Americas outdoor business, advertising rates generally are based on the gross ratings points of a display or group of displays. The number of impressions delivered by a display, in some countries, is weighted to account for such factors as illumination, proximity to other displays and the speed and viewing angle of approaching traffic.

While location, price and availability of displays are important competitive factors, we believe that providing quality customer service and establishing strong client relationships are also critical components of sales. Our entrepreneurial culture allows local management to operate their markets as separate profit centers, encouraging customer cultivation and service.

Street Furniture Displays

Our International street furniture displays, available in traditional and digital formats, are substantially similar to their Americas street furniture counterparts, and include bus shelters, freestanding units, various types of kiosks, benches and other public structures. Internationally, contracts with municipal and transit authorities for the right to place our street furniture in the public domain and sell advertising on such street furniture typically provide for terms ranging from 10 to 15 years. The major difference between our International and Americas street furniture businesses is in the nature of the municipal contracts. In our International outdoor business, these contracts typically require us to provide the municipality with a broader range of metropolitan amenities such as bus shelters with or without advertising panels, information kiosks and public wastebaskets, as well as space for the municipality to display maps or other public information. In exchange for providing such metropolitan amenities and display space, we are authorized to sell advertising space on certain sections of the structures we erect in the public domain. Our International street furniture is typically sold to clients as network packages of multiple street furniture displays, with contract terms ranging from one to two weeks. Client contracts are also available with terms of up to one year.

Billboards

The sizes of our International billboards are not standardized. The billboards vary in both format and size across our networks, with the majority of our International billboards being similar in size to our posters used in our Americas outdoor business. Our International billboards are sold to clients as network packages with contract terms typically ranging from one to two weeks. Long-term client contracts are also available and typically have terms of up to one year. We lease the majority of our billboard sites from private landowners. Billboards include posters and are available in traditional and digital formats.

Transit Displays

Our International transit display contracts are substantially similar to their Americas transit display counterparts, and typically require us to make only a minimal initial investment and few ongoing maintenance expenditures. Contracts with public transit authorities or private transit operators typically have terms ranging from three to seven years. Our client contracts for transit displays, either traditional or digital, generally have terms ranging from one week to one year, or longer.

 

108


Table of Contents

Other International Displays and Services

The balance of our revenue from our International outdoor segment consists primarily of advertising revenue from mall displays, other small displays and non-advertising revenue from sales of street furniture equipment, cleaning and maintenance services and production revenue. Internationally, our contracts with mall operators generally have terms ranging from five to ten years and client contracts for mall displays generally have terms ranging from one to two weeks, but are available for periods up to six months. Our International inventory includes other small displays that are counted as separate displays since they form a substantial part of our network and International outdoor advertising revenue. We also have a Smartbike bicycle rental program which provides bicycles for rent to the general public in several municipalities. In exchange for providing the bike rental program, we generally derive revenue from advertising rights to the bikes, bike stations, additional street furniture displays, or fees from the local municipalities. In several of our International markets, we sell equipment or provide cleaning and maintenance services as part of a billboard or street furniture contract with a municipality.

Advertising Inventory and Markets

As of September 30, 2013, we owned or operated more than 569,000 displays in our International outdoor segment, with operations across 28 countries. Our International outdoor display count includes display faces, which may include multiple faces on a single structure, as well as small, individual displays. As a result, our International outdoor display count is not comparable to our Americas outdoor display count, which includes only unique displays. No one property is material to our overall operations. We believe that our properties are in good condition and suitable for our operations.

Competition

The international outdoor advertising industry is fragmented, consisting of several larger companies involved in outdoor advertising, such as JCDecaux and CBS, as well as numerous smaller and local companies operating a limited number of displays in a single market or a few local markets. We also compete with other advertising media in our respective markets, including broadcast and cable television, radio, print media, direct mail, the Internet and other forms of advertisement. Outdoor companies compete primarily based on ability to reach consumers, which is driven by location of the display.

Other

Our Other segment includes our 100%-owned media representation firm, Katz Media, as well as other general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to our other businesses.

Katz Media, a leading media representation firm in the U.S. for radio and television stations, sells national spot advertising time for clients in the radio and television industries throughout the United States. As of September 30, 2013, Katz Media represents more than 4,000 radio stations, approximately one-fifth of which are owned by us. Katz Media also represents approximately 550 television and digital multicast stations.

Katz Media generates revenue primarily through contractual commissions realized from the sale of national spot and online advertising. National spot advertising is commercial airtime sold to advertisers on behalf of radio and television stations. Katz Media represents its media clients pursuant to media representation contracts, which typically have terms of up to ten years in length.

Employees

As of October 31, 2013, we had approximately 15,100 domestic employees and approximately 5,700 international employees, of which approximately 13,400 were in direct operations and 7,400 were in administrative or corporate related activities. Approximately 800 of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements in their respective countries. We are a party to numerous collective bargaining agreements, none of which represent a significant number of employees. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

 

109


Table of Contents

Seasonality

See the information contained in the “Seasonality” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus.

Regulation of our Media and Entertainment Business

General

The following is a brief summary of certain statutes, regulations, policies and proposals affecting our media and entertainment business. For example, radio broadcasting is subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC under the Communications Act. The Communications Act permits the operation of a radio broadcast station only under a license issued by the FCC upon a finding that grant of the license would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity. Among other things, the Communications Act empowers the FCC to: issue, renew, revoke and modify broadcasting licenses; assign frequency bands for broadcasting; determine stations’ frequencies, locations, power and other technical parameters; impose penalties for violation of its regulations, including monetary forfeitures and, in extreme cases, license revocation; impose annual regulatory and application processing fees; and adopt and implement regulations and policies affecting the ownership, program content, employment practices and many other aspects of the operation of broadcast stations.

This summary does not comprehensively cover all current and proposed statutes, regulations and policies affecting our media and entertainment business. Reference should be made to the Communications Act and other relevant statutes, regulations, policies and proceedings for further information concerning the nature and extent of regulation of our media and entertainment business. Finally, several of the following matters are now, or may become, the subject of court litigation, and we cannot predict the outcome of any such litigation or its impact on our media and entertainment business.

License Assignments

The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of a license or the transfer of control of an FCC licensee without prior FCC approval. Applications for license assignments or transfers involving a substantial change in ownership are subject to a 30-day period for public comment, during which petitions to deny the application may be filed and considered by the FCC.

License Renewal

The FCC grants broadcast licenses for a term of up to eight years. The FCC will renew a license for an additional eight-year term if, after consideration of the renewal application and any objections thereto, it finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity and that, with respect to the station seeking renewal, there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee and no other such violations which, taken together, constitute a pattern of abuse. The FCC may grant the license renewal application with or without conditions, including renewal for a term less than eight years. The vast majority of radio licenses are renewed by the FCC for the full eight-year term. While we cannot guarantee the grant of any future renewal application, our stations’ licenses historically have been renewed for the full eight-year term.

Ownership Regulation

FCC rules and policies define the interests of individuals and entities, known as “attributable” interests, which implicate FCC rules governing ownership of broadcast stations and other specified mass media entities. Under these rules, attributable interests generally include: (1) officers and directors of a licensee or of its direct or indirect parent; (2) general partners; (3) limited partners and limited liability company members, unless properly “insulated” from management activities; (4) a 5% or more direct or indirect voting stock interest in a corporate licensee or parent, except that, for a narrowly defined class of passive investors, the attribution threshold is a 20% or more voting stock interest; and (5) combined equity and debt interests in excess of 33% of a licensee’s total asset value, if the interest holder provides over 15% of the licensee station’s total weekly programming, or has an attributable broadcast or newspaper interest in the same market (the “EDP Rule”). An entity that owns one or more

 

110


Table of Contents

radio stations in a market and programs more than 15% of the broadcast time, or sells more than 15% per week of the advertising time, on a radio station in the same market is generally deemed to have an attributable interest in that station.

Debt instruments, non-voting corporate stock, minority voting stock interests in corporations having a single majority stockholder, and properly insulated limited partnership and limited liability company interests generally are not subject to attribution unless such interests implicate the EDP Rule. To the best of our knowledge at present, none of our officers, directors or 5% or greater shareholders holds an interest in another television station, radio station or daily newspaper that is inconsistent with the FCC’s ownership rules.

The FCC is required to conduct periodic reviews of its media ownership rules. In 2003, the FCC, among other actions, modified the radio ownership rules and adopted new cross-media ownership limits. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit initially stayed implementation of the new rules. Later, it lifted the stay as to the radio ownership rules, allowing the modified rules to go into effect. It retained the stay on the cross-media ownership limits and remanded them to the FCC for further justification (leaving in effect separate pre-existing FCC rules governing newspaper-broadcast and radio-television cross-ownership). In 2007, the FCC adopted a decision that revised the newspaper-broadcast cross-ownership rule but made no changes to the radio ownership or radio-television cross-ownership rules. In 2011, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit vacated the FCC’s revisions to the newspaper-broadcast cross-ownership rule and otherwise upheld the FCC’s decision to retain the current radio ownership and radio-television cross-ownership rules. The U.S. Supreme Court denied review of the Third Circuit’s decision. The FCC began its next periodic review of its media ownership rules in 2010, and has issued a notice of proposed rulemaking. We cannot predict the outcome of the FCC’s media ownership proceedings or their effects on our business in the future.

Irrespective of the FCC’s radio ownership rules, the Antitrust Division of the DOJ and the FTC have the authority to determine that a particular transaction presents antitrust concerns. In particular, where the proposed purchaser already owns one or more radio stations in a particular market and seeks to acquire additional radio stations in that market, the DOJ has, in some cases, obtained consent decrees requiring radio station divestitures.

The current FCC ownership rules relevant to our business are summarized below.

 

    Local Radio Ownership Rule. The maximum allowable number of radio stations that may be commonly owned in a market is based on the size of the market. In markets with 45 or more stations, one entity may have an attributable interest in up to eight stations, of which no more than five are in the same service (AM or FM). In markets with 30-44 stations, one entity may have an attributable interest in up to seven stations, of which no more than four are in the same service. In markets with 15-29 stations, one entity may have an attributable interest in up to six stations, of which no more than four are in the same service. In markets with 14 or fewer stations, one entity may have an attributable interest in up to five stations, of which no more than three are in the same service, so long as the entity does not have an interest in more than 50% of all stations in the market. To apply these ownership tiers, the FCC relies on Arbitron Metro Survey Areas, where they exist, and a signal contour-overlap methodology where they do not exist. An FCC rulemaking is pending to determine how to define radio markets for stations located outside Arbitron Metro Survey Areas.

 

    Newspaper-Broadcast Cross-Ownership Rule. FCC rules generally prohibit an individual or entity from having an attributable interest in either a radio or television station and a daily newspaper located in the same market.

 

    Radio-Television Cross-Ownership Rule. FCC rules permit the common ownership of one television and up to seven same-market radio stations, or up to two television and six same-market radio stations, depending on the number of independent media voices in the market and on whether the television and radio components of the combination comply with the television and radio ownership limits, respectively.

 

111


Table of Contents

Alien Ownership Restrictions

The Communications Act restricts foreign entities or individuals from owning or voting more than 20% of the equity of a broadcast licensee directly and more than 25% indirectly (i.e., through a parent company), unless the FCC has made a finding that greater foreign ownership is in the public interest. Since we serve as a holding company for FCC licensee subsidiaries, we have been effectively restricted from having more than one-fourth of our stock owned or voted directly or indirectly by foreign entities or individuals. In November 2013, the FCC clarified that it would entertain and authorize, on a case-by-case basis and upon sufficient public interest showing, proposals to exceed the 25% foreign ownership limit in broadcasting holding companies.

Indecency Regulation

Federal law regulates the broadcast of obscene, indecent or profane material. Legislation enacted by Congress provides the FCC with authority to impose fines of up to $325,000 per utterance with a cap of $3.0 million for any violation arising from a single act. In June 2012, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled on the appeals of several FCC indecency enforcement actions. While setting aside the particular FCC actions under review on narrow due process grounds, the Supreme Court declined to rule on the constitutionality of the FCC’s indecency policies, and the FCC has since solicited public comment on those policies. We have received, and may receive in the future, letters of inquiry and other notifications from the FCC concerning complaints that programming aired on our stations contains indecent or profane language. We cannot predict the outcome of our outstanding letters of inquiry and notifications from the FCC or the nature or extent of future FCC indecency enforcement actions.

Equal Employment Opportunity

The FCC’s rules require broadcasters to engage in broad equal opportunity employment recruitment efforts, retain data concerning such efforts and report much of this data to the FCC and to the public via stations’ public files and websites. Broadcasters could be sanctioned for noncompliance.

Technical Rules

Numerous FCC rules govern the technical operating parameters of radio stations, including permissible operating frequency, power and antenna height and interference protections between stations. Changes to these rules could negatively affect the operation of our stations. For example, in January 2011 a law that eliminates certain minimum distance separation requirements between full-power and low-power FM radio stations was enacted, which could lead to increased interference between our stations and low-power FM stations. In March 2011, the FCC adopted policies which, in certain circumstances, could make it more difficult for radio stations to relocate to increase their population coverage.

Content, Licenses and Royalties

We must pay royalties to copyright owners of musical compositions (typically, songwriters and publishers) whenever we broadcast or stream musical compositions. Copyright owners of musical compositions most often rely on intermediaries known as performance rights organizations to negotiate so-called “blanket” licenses with copyright users, collect royalties under such licenses and distribute them to copyright owners. We have obtained public performance licenses from, and pay license fees to, the three major performance rights organizations in the United States known as the American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers, or ASCAP, Broadcast Music, Inc., or BMI, and SESAC, Inc., or SESAC.

To secure the rights to stream music content over the Internet, we also must obtain performance rights licenses and pay performance rights royalties to copyright owners of sound recordings (typically, performing artists and recording companies). Under Federal statutory licenses, we are permitted to stream any lawfully released sound recordings and to make reproductions of these recordings on our computer servers without having to separately negotiate and obtain direct licenses with each individual copyright owner as long as we operate in compliance with the rules of statutory licenses and pay the applicable royalty rates to SoundExchange, the non-profit organization designated by the Copyright Royalty Board to collect and distribute royalties under these statutory licenses.

 

112


Table of Contents

The rates at which we pay royalties to copyright owners are privately negotiated or set pursuant to a regulatory process. In addition, we have business arrangements directly with some copyright owners to receive deliveries of and, in some cases, to directly license their sound recordings for use in our Internet operations. There is no guarantee that the licenses and associated royalty rates that currently are available to us will be available to us in the future. Congress is considering legislation which may affect such rates, and additionally it may consider and adopt legislation that requires us to pay royalties to owners of copyrighted sound recordings for the broadcast of music on our radio stations. Increased royalty rates could significantly increase our expenses, which could adversely affect our business.

Privacy and Data Protection

We collect and use certain types of information from our listeners in accordance with the privacy policies posted on our websites. We collect personally identifiable information directly from listeners when they register to use our services, fill out their listener profiles, post comments, use our social networking features, participate in polls and contests and sign up to receive email newsletters. We also may obtain information about our listeners from other listeners and third parties. Our policy is to use the collected information to customize and personalize advertising and content for listeners and to enhance the listener experience.

As a company conducting business on the Internet, we are subject to a number of laws and regulations relating to consumer protection, information security, data protection and privacy, among other things. Many of these laws and regulations are still evolving and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. In the area of information security and data protection, the laws in several states require companies to implement specific information security controls to protect certain types of personally identifiable information. Likewise, all but a few states have laws in place requiring companies to notify users if there is a security breach that compromises certain categories of their personally identifiable information. Any failure on our part to comply with these laws may subject us to significant liabilities.

We have implemented commercially reasonable physical and electronic security measures to protect our proprietary business information and to protect against the loss, misuse, and alteration of our listeners’ personally identifiable information. However, no security measures are perfect or impenetrable, and we may be unable to anticipate or prevent unauthorized access to such information. Any failure or perceived failure by us to protect our information or information about our listeners or to comply with our policies or applicable regulatory requirements could result in damage to our business and loss of confidence in us, damage to our brands, the loss of listeners, consumers, business partners and advertisers, as well as proceedings against us by governmental authorities or others, which could harm our business.

Other

Congress, the FCC and other government agencies and regulatory bodies may in the future adopt new laws, regulations and policies that could affect, directly or indirectly, the operation, profitability and ownership of our broadcast stations and Internet-based audio music services. In addition to the regulations and other arrangements noted above, such matters may include, for example: proposals to impose spectrum use or other fees on FCC licensees; changes to the political broadcasting rules, including the adoption of proposals to provide free air time to candidates; restrictions on the advertising of certain products, such as beer and wine; frequency allocation, spectrum reallocations and changes in technical rules; and the adoption of significant new programming and operational requirements designed to increase local community-responsive programming and enhance public interest reporting requirements.

Regulation of our Americas and International Outdoor Advertising Businesses

The outdoor advertising industry in the United States is subject to governmental regulation at the federal, state and local levels. These regulations may include, among others, restrictions on the construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing and location of and, in some instances, content of advertising copy being displayed on outdoor advertising structures. In addition, international regulations have a significant impact on the outdoor advertising industry. International regulation of the outdoor advertising industry can vary by municipality, region and country, but generally limits the size, placement, nature and density of out-of-home displays. Other regulations may limit the subject matter and language of out-of-home displays.

 

113


Table of Contents

From time to time, legislation has been introduced in both the United States and foreign jurisdictions attempting to impose taxes on revenue from outdoor advertising or for the right to use outdoor advertising assets. Several jurisdictions have already imposed such taxes as a percentage of our outdoor advertising revenue in that jurisdiction. In addition, some jurisdictions have taxed our personal property and leasehold interests in advertising locations using various valuation methodologies. We expect U.S. and foreign jurisdictions to continue to try to impose such taxes as a way of increasing revenue. In recent years, outdoor advertising also has become the subject of targeted taxes and fees. These laws may affect prevailing competitive conditions in our markets in a variety of ways. Such laws may reduce our expansion opportunities or may increase or reduce competitive pressure from other members of the outdoor advertising industry. No assurance can be given that existing or future laws or regulations, and the enforcement thereof, will not materially and adversely affect the outdoor advertising industry. However, we contest laws and regulations that we believe unlawfully restrict our constitutional or other legal rights and may adversely impact the growth of our outdoor advertising business.

In the United States, federal law, principally the HBA, regulates outdoor advertising on Federal-Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems roads within the United States (“controlled roads”). The HBA regulates the size and placement of billboards, requires the development of state standards, mandates a state’s compliance program, promotes the expeditious removal of illegal signs and requires just compensation for takings.

To satisfy the HBA’s requirements, all states have passed billboard control statutes and regulations that regulate, among other things, construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, height, size, spacing and the placement and permitting of outdoor advertising structures. We are not aware of any state that has passed control statutes and regulations less restrictive than the prevailing federal requirements on the federal highway system, including the requirement that an owner remove any non-grandfathered, non-compliant signs along the controlled roads, at the owner’s expense and without compensation. Local governments generally also include billboard control as part of their zoning laws and building codes regulating those items described above and include similar provisions regarding the removal of non-grandfathered structures that do not comply with certain of the local requirements. Some local governments have initiated code enforcement and permit reviews of billboards within their jurisdiction challenging billboards located within their jurisdiction, and in some instances we have had to remove billboards as a result of such reviews.

As part of their billboard control laws, state and local governments regulate the construction of new signs. Some jurisdictions prohibit new construction, some jurisdictions allow new construction only to replace existing structures and some jurisdictions allow new construction subject to the various restrictions discussed above. In certain jurisdictions, restrictive regulations also limit our ability to relocate, rebuild, repair, maintain, upgrade, modify or replace existing legal non-conforming billboards.

U.S. federal law neither requires nor prohibits the removal of existing lawful billboards, but it does mandate the payment of compensation if a state or political subdivision compels the removal of a lawful billboard along the controlled roads. In the past, state governments have purchased and removed existing lawful billboards for beautification purposes using federal funding for transportation enhancement programs, and these jurisdictions may continue to do so in the future. From time to time, state and local government authorities use the power of eminent domain and amortization to remove billboards. Thus far, we have been able to obtain satisfactory compensation for our billboards purchased or removed as a result of these types of governmental action, including relocation, although there is no assurance that this will continue to be the case in the future.

We have introduced and intend to expand the deployment of digital billboards that display static digital advertising copy from various advertisers that change up to several times per minute. We have encountered some existing regulations in the U.S. and across some international jurisdictions that restrict or prohibit these types of digital displays. However, since digital technology for changing static copy has only recently been developed and introduced into the market on a large scale, and is in the process of being introduced more broadly in our international markets, existing regulations that currently do not apply to digital technology by their terms could be revised to impose greater restrictions. These regulations, or actions by third parties, may impose greater restrictions on digital billboards due to alleged concerns over aesthetics or driver safety.

 

114


Table of Contents

Properties

Corporate

Our corporate headquarters and executive offices are located in San Antonio, Texas, where we own an approximately 55,000 square foot executive office building and an approximately 123,000 square foot data and administrative service center. In addition, certain of our executive and other operations are located in New York, New York.

CCME

Our CCME executive operations are located in our corporate headquarters in San Antonio, Texas and in New York, New York. The types of properties required to support each of our radio stations include offices, studios, transmitter sites and antenna sites. We either own or lease our transmitter and antenna sites. These leases generally have expiration dates that range from five to 15 years. A radio station’s studios are generally housed with its offices in downtown or business districts. A radio station’s transmitter sites and antenna sites are generally located in a manner that provides maximum market coverage.

Americas Outdoor and International Outdoor Advertising

The headquarters of our Americas outdoor operations is in Phoenix, Arizona, and the headquarters of our International outdoor operations is in London, England. The types of properties required to support each of our outdoor advertising branches include offices, production facilities and structure sites. An outdoor branch and production facility is generally located in an industrial or warehouse district.

With respect to each of the Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, we primarily lease our outdoor display sites and own or have acquired permanent easements for relatively few parcels of real property that serve as the sites for our outdoor displays. Our leases generally range from month-to-month to year-to-year and can be for terms of 10 years or longer, and many provide for renewal options.

There is no significant concentration of displays under any one lease or subject to negotiation with any one landlord. We believe that an important part of our management activity is to negotiate suitable lease renewals and extensions.

Consolidated

The studios and offices of our radio stations and outdoor advertising branches are located in leased or owned facilities. These leases generally have expiration dates that range from one to 40 years. We do not anticipate any difficulties in renewing those leases that expire within the next several years or in leasing other space, if required. We own substantially all of the equipment used in our CCME and outdoor advertising businesses.

Legal Proceedings

We currently are involved in certain legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business and, as required, have accrued an estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of those claims for which the occurrence of loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings. Additionally, due to the inherent uncertainty of litigation, there can be no assurance that the resolution of any particular claim or proceeding would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Although we are involved in a variety of legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, a large portion of our litigation arises in the following contexts: commercial disputes; defamation matters; employment and benefits related claims; governmental fines; intellectual property claims; and tax disputes.

 

115


Table of Contents

Stockholder Litigation

Two derivative lawsuits were filed in March 2012 in Delaware Chancery Court by stockholders of CCOH, an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of ours. The consolidated lawsuits were captioned In re Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Consolidated Case No. 7315-CS. The complaints named as defendants certain of our and CCOH’s current and former directors and us, as well as Bain Capital and THL. CCOH also was named as a nominal defendant. The complaints alleged, among other things, that in December 2009 we breached fiduciary duties to CCOH and its stockholders by allegedly requiring CCOH to agree to amend the terms of a revolving promissory note payable by us to CCOH (the “Note”) to extend the maturity date of the Note and to amend the interest rate payable on the Note. According to the complaints, the terms of the amended Note were unfair to CCOH because, among other things, the interest rate was below market. The complaints further alleged that we were unjustly enriched as a result of that transaction. The complaints also alleged that the director defendants breached fiduciary duties to CCOH in connection with that transaction and that the transaction constituted corporate waste. On March 28, 2013, to avoid the costs, disruption and distraction of further litigation, and without admitting the validity of any allegations made in the complaint, legal counsel for the defendants entered into a binding memorandum of understanding (the “MOU”) with legal counsel for a special litigation committee consisting of certain independent directors of CCOH and the plaintiffs to settle the litigation. We and CCOH filed the MOU with the SEC as an exhibit to our respective Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on April 3, 2013. On July 8, 2013, the parties executed a Stipulation of Settlement, on terms consistent with the MOU, and presented the Stipulation of Settlement to the Delaware Chancery Court for approval. We and CCOH filed the Stipulation of Settlement with the SEC as an exhibit to our respective Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on July 9, 2013. On September 9, 2013, the Delaware Chancery Court approved the settlement and, on October 9, 2013, the right to appeal expired. On October 19, 2013, in accordance with the terms of the settlement, CCOH’s board of directors (i) notified us of its intent to make a demand for repayment of $200 million outstanding under the Note on November 8, 2013, (ii) declared a dividend of $200 million, which was conditioned upon us satisfying such demand, which was paid on November 8, 2013, and (iii) established a committee of the board of directors for the specific purpose of monitoring the Note. On October 23, 2013, we and CCOH amended the Note in accordance with the terms of the settlement. We and CCOH announced CCOH’s intent to make a demand for repayment of $200 million outstanding under the Note and CCOH’s declaration of the dividend in our respective Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2013, and filed a copy of the amendment to the Note as an exhibit to our respective Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2013.

Los Angeles Litigation

In 2008, Summit Media, LLC, one of our competitors, sued the City of Los Angeles (the “City”), Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and CBS Outdoor in Los Angeles Superior Court (Case No. BS116611) challenging the validity of a settlement agreement that had been entered into in November 2006 among the parties. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. had taken down existing billboards and converted 83 existing signs from static displays to digital displays pursuant to modernization permits issued through an administrative process of the City. The Los Angeles Superior Court ruled in January 2010 that the settlement agreement constituted an ultra vires act of the City and nullified its existence, but did not invalidate the modernization permits issued to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and CBS. All parties appealed the ruling by the Los Angeles Superior Court to Court of Appeal for the State of California, Second Appellate District, Division 8. On December 10, 2012, the Court of Appeal issued an order upholding the Superior Court’s finding that the settlement agreement was ultra vires and remanding the case to the Superior Court for the purpose of invalidating the modernization permits issued to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and CBS for the digital displays that were the subject of the settlement agreement. On January 22, 2013, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. filed a petition with the California Supreme Court requesting its review of the matter, and the Supreme Court denied that petition on February 27, 2013. On April 12, 2013, the Los Angeles Superior Court invalidated 82 digital modernization permits issued to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and 13 issued to CBS and ordered that the companies turn off the electrical power to affected digital displays by the close of business on April 15, 2013. Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. has complied with the order. On April 16, 2013, the Court conducted further proceedings during which it held that it was not invalidating two additional digital modernization permits that Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. had secured through a special zoning plan and confirmed that its April 12 order invalidated only digital modernization permits – no other types of permits the companies may have secured for the signs at issue. Summit Media, LLC filed a further motion requesting that the Court order the demolition of the 82 sign structures on which the now-invalidated digital signs operated, as well as the invalidation of several other

 

116


Table of Contents

permits for traditional signs allegedly issued under the settlement agreement. At a hearing held on November 22, 2013, the Court denied Summit Media, LLC’s demolition motion by allowing the 82 sign structures and their LED faces to remain intact, thus allowing Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. to seek permits under the existing City sign code to either wrap the LED faces with vinyl or convert the LED faces to traditional static signs. The Court further confirmed the invalidation of all permits issued under the settlement agreement. In anticipation of this order, Clear Channel had removed six static billboard facings solely permitted under the settlement agreement. Additionally, Summit Media, LLC has filed a motion for attorney’s fees under a private attorney general theory. That motion currently is scheduled to be heard on January 21, 2014.

 

117


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Clear Channel is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of CCMH. The following table sets forth information regarding the directors and executive officers of CCMH and Clear Channel, as of September 30, 2013.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

David C. Abrams

  52   Director

Irving L. Azoff

  65   Director

Richard J. Bressler

  56   Director, President and Chief Financial Officer

James C. Carlisle

  38   Director

John P. Connaughton

  48   Director

Julia B. Donnelly

  31   Director

C. William Eccleshare

  57   Chief Executive Officer—Outdoor

Matthew J. Freeman

  43   Director

Scott D. Hamilton

  43   Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Secretary

Blair E. Hendrix

  48   Director

John E. Hogan

  56   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer—Clear Channel Media & Entertainment

Jonathon S. Jacobson

  52   Director

Ian K. Loring

  50   Director

Mark P. Mays

  50   Director

Robert W. Pittman

  59   Chairman, Director and Chief Executive Officer

Scott M. Sperling

  55   Director

Robert H. Walls, Jr.

  53   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

David C. Abrams is the managing partner of Abrams Capital, a Boston-based investment firm he founded in 1999. Abrams Capital manages approximately $7 billion in assets across a wide spectrum of investments. Mr. Abrams has been a director of CCMH and Clear Channel since July 30, 2008. Mr. Abrams also serves on the boards of several private companies. Mr. Abrams previously served on the board of directors of Crown Castle International, Inc. Mr. Abrams received a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania. He serves as a member of The Berklee College of Music Board of Trustees and as an overseer of the College of Arts and Sciences at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Abrams was selected to serve as a director because of his experience in acquisitions and financings gained through his work at Abrams Capital and his strategic experience gained through serving on the boards of directors of public and private companies.

Irving L. Azoff has been a director of CCMH and Clear Channel since September 27, 2010. Until his retirement on December 31, 2012, Mr. Azoff served as Executive Chairman and a member of the board of directors of Live Nation Entertainment, Inc. (“Live Nation”) since January 2010 and as Chairman of the Board of Live Nation since February 2011. Until his retirement on December 31, 2012, Mr. Azoff also served as Chairman and CEO of Front Line Management Group Inc. (“Front Line”) since January 2005. Before joining Live Nation in 2010, Mr. Azoff was CEO of Ticketmaster Entertainment, Inc. since October 2008. Mr. Azoff is the personal manager of the Eagles, who he has managed since 1974, Christina Aguilera, Van Halen and Steely Dan. Mr. Azoff was selected to serve as a director because of his extensive experience in the entertainment industry.

Richard J. Bressler was appointed as President and Chief Financial Officer of CCMH and Clear Channel, and as Chief Financial Officer of CCOH, on July 29, 2013. Prior thereto, Mr. Bressler was a Managing Director at THL. Prior to joining THL, Mr. Bressler was the Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Viacom, Inc. from 2001 through 2005. He also served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Time Warner Digital Media, and from 1995 to 1999, was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Time Warner, Inc. Prior to joining Time Inc. in 1988, Mr. Bressler was a partner with the accounting firm of Ernst & Young LLP since 1979. Mr. Bressler also currently is a director of Gartner, Inc. and The Nielsen Company, and as a board observer at Univision Communications, Inc. Mr. Bressler previously served as a member of the board of directors of American Media Operations, Inc. and Warner Music Group Corp. and as a member of the J.P. Morgan Chase National Advisory Board. Mr. Bressler holds a B.B.A. from Adelphi University. Mr. Bressler has been one of our directors since May 2007. Mr. Bressler was selected to serve as a director for his experience in and knowledge of the industry gained through his various positions with Viacom and Time Warner as well as his knowledge of finance and accounting gained from his experience at THL and Ernst & Young LLP.

 

118


Table of Contents

James C. Carlisle is a Managing Director at THL. Prior to joining THL in 2000, Mr. Carlisle worked at Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the Financial Institutions Group. Mr. Carlisle has been a director of CCMH and Clear Channel since March 20, 2013. Mr. Carlisle also currently is a board observer at Univision Communications, Inc. and a director of CCOH and Agencyport Software Ltd., a provider of software systems to the insurance industry. Mr. Carlisle holds a B.S.E., summa cum laude, in Operations Research from Princeton University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. He also serves as a member of the board of directors of The Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary and is an active contributor to the National Park Foundation. Mr. Carlisle was selected to serve as a director based on his experience evaluating strategies, operations and risks gained through his work at Goldman, Sachs & Co. and THL, as well as his experience serving as a director for other media companies.

John P. Connaughton has been a Managing Director of Bain Capital since 1997 and a member of the firm since 1989. He has played a leading role in transactions in the media, technology and medical industries. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Connaughton was a consultant at Bain & Company, Inc., where he advised Fortune 500 companies. Mr. Connaughton has been a director of CCMH since May 2007. Mr. Connaughton also currently serves as a director of Clear Channel, HCA Holdings, Inc. (Hospital Corporation of America), Quintiles Transnational Corp., Plasma Resources UK and Air Medical Holdings, Inc. Mr. Connaughton previously served as a member of the boards of directors of Warner Music Group Corp., SunGard Data Systems, Inc., AMC Entertainment Inc., Stericycle Inc., CRC Health Corporation, Warner Chilcott plc and CMP Susquehanna Holdings Corp. He also volunteers for a variety of charitable organizations, serving as a member of The Berklee College of Music Board of Trustees and the UVA McIntire Foundation Board of Trustees. Mr. Connaughton received a B.S. in Commerce from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. Mr. Connaughton was selected to serve as a director because of his knowledge of and experience in the industry gained from his various positions with Bain Capital and his service on various boards of directors.

Julia B. Donnelly is a Vice President at THL. Ms. Donnelly rejoined THL in 2010 after attending Harvard Business School and working as an Associate at the firm from 2006 to 2008. Prior to THL, Ms. Donnelly worked at Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated in the Investment Banking Division. Ms. Donnelly currently serves on the board of directors of Agencyport Software Ltd., a provider of software systems to the insurance industry, as well as the board of directors or the board of managers, as applicable, of the Company’s indirect subsidiaries, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. Ms. Donnelly holds a B.A. in Economics from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Ms. Donnelly was selected to serve as a director based on her experience evaluating strategies, operations and risks gained through her work at Morgan Stanley & Co. and THL.

C. William Eccleshare was appointed as Chief Executive Officer – Outdoor of CCMH and Clear Channel and as Chief Executive Officer of CCOH on January 24, 2012. Prior thereto, he served as Chief Executive Officer—Clear Channel Outdoor—International of CCMH and Clear Channel since February 17, 2011 and served as Chief Executive Officer—International of CCOH since September 1, 2009. Previously, he was Chairman and CEO of BBDO EMEA from 2005 to 2009. Prior thereto, he was Chairman and CEO of Young & Rubicam EMEA since 2002.

Matthew J. Freeman has been a director of CCMH and Clear Channel since December 14, 2012. He is an Operating Partner at Bain Capital. From 2010 until he joined Bain Capital in 2012, Mr. Freeman served in multiple capacities for The Interpublic Group of Companies, Inc. (a global advertising and marketing services company), including as CEO of its Mediabrands Ventures unit and as Vice Chairman and Global Chief Innovation Officer of its McCann Erickson unit. Prior thereto, Mr. Freeman was the CEO of an online media company, Betawave, from 2009 to 2010 and served as CEO of the Tribal DDB Worldwide unit of Omnicom Group Inc. (a global advertising, marketing and corporate communications company) from 1998 to 2009. Mr. Freeman, who graduated from Dartmouth College and the School of Visual Arts, currently serves as Chairman of Advertising Week and has served on the boards of the Advertising Club of New York and the American Association of Advertising Agencies (4As) and is a member of the Marketing Advisory Board of the Museum of Modern Art (MoMA). Mr. Freeman also has been inducted into the American Advertising Federation Hall of Achievement. Mr. Freeman was selected to serve as a director because of his experience in the media and advertising industries.

 

119


Table of Contents

Scott D. Hamilton was appointed as Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Secretary of CCMH, Clear Channel and CCOH on April 26, 2010. Previously, Mr. Hamilton served as Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Avaya Inc. (“Avaya”), a multinational telecommunications company, from October 2008 to April 2010. Prior thereto, Mr. Hamilton served in various accounting and finance positions at Avaya, beginning in October 2004. Prior thereto, Mr. Hamilton was employed by PricewaterhouseCoopers from September 1992 until September 2004.

Blair E. Hendrix is a Managing Director of Bain Capital and one of the leaders of the firm’s operationally focused Portfolio Group. Mr. Hendrix joined Bain Capital in 2000. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Hendrix was Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of DigiTrace Care Services, Inc. (now SleepMed), a national healthcare services company he co-founded. Earlier in his career, Mr. Hendrix was employed by Corporate Decisions, Inc. (now Oliver Wyman), a management consulting firm. Mr. Hendrix has been a director of CCMH and Clear Channel since August 2008. Mr. Hendrix also currently serves as a director of TWCC Holdings Corp. (The Weather Channel) and CCOH, and previously served as a director of Keystone Automotive Operations, Inc., Innophos Holdings, Inc. and SMTC Corporation. Mr. Hendrix received a B.A. from Brown University, awarded with honors. Mr. Hendrix was selected to serve as a director because of his operational knowledge gained through his experience with Bain Capital and in management consulting.

John E. Hogan was appointed as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer—Clear Channel Media and Entertainment of CCMH and Clear Channel on February 16, 2012. Previously, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer—Clear Channel Media and Entertainment (formerly known as Clear Channel Radio) of CCMH and Clear Channel since July 30, 2008. Prior thereto, he served as the Senior Vice President and President and CEO of Radio for Clear Channel since August 2002.

Jonathon S. Jacobson founded Highfields Capital Management, a Boston-based investment firm, in July 1998 and serves as Chief Investment Officer. Prior to founding Highfields, he spent eight years as a senior equity portfolio manager at Harvard Management Company, Inc. (“HMC”), which is responsible for investing Harvard University’s endowment. At HMC, Mr. Jacobson managed both a U.S. and an emerging markets equity fund. Prior to that, Mr. Jacobson spent three years in the Equity Arbitrage Group at Lehman Brothers and two years in investment banking at Merrill Lynch Capital Markets. Mr. Jacobson has been a director of CCMH and Clear Channel since July 30, 2008. Mr. Jacobson received an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School in 1987 and graduated magna cum laude with a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania in 1983. He is the Vice Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Brandeis University, where he is a member of both the Executive and Investment Committees, and a Trustee and Executive Committee member of the Gilman School. He also serves on the Board of the Birthright Israel Foundation, is a member of the Investment Committee of the Weizmann Global Endowment Management Trust and is a past member of the Board of Dean’s Advisors at the Harvard Business School. Mr. Jacobson was selected to serve as a director because of his knowledge of finance and capital markets gained through his investment experience at Highfields and other investment funds.

Ian K. Loring is a Managing Director at Bain Capital. Since joining the firm in 1996, Mr. Loring has played a leading role in prominent media, technology and telecommunications investments such as Pro Seiben Sat 1 Media AG, Advertising Directory Solutions, Cumulus Media Partners, Eschelon Telecom, NXP Technologies and Therma-Wave. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Loring was a Vice President of Berkshire Partners, with experience in its specialty manufacturing, technology and retail industries. Previously, Mr. Loring worked in the Corporate Finance department at Drexel Burnham Lambert. Mr. Loring has been a director of CCMH since May 2007. Currently, Mr. Loring also serves on the boards of directors of Clear Channel, TWCC Holdings Corp. (The Weather Channel), NXP Semiconductors N.V. and Denon & Marantz. Mr. Loring previously served as a member of the boards of directors of Warner Music Group Corp. and SMTC Corporation. He also volunteers for a variety of non-profit organizations and is a director of the Linda Loring Nature Foundation. He received an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School and a B.A. from Trinity College. Mr. Loring was selected as a director because of his knowledge of the industry gained through his experience at Bain Capital.

Mark P. Mays currently serves as a director of CCMH and Clear Channel. He was appointed as CCMH’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and a director in July 2008 and as CCMH’s President in January 2010. He retired as CCMH’s President and Chief Executive Officer on March 31, 2011. Mr. Mays also served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Clear Channel from February 1997 until his appointment as its President and Chief Executive Officer in October 2004.

 

120


Table of Contents

He relinquished his duties as President of Clear Channel in February 2006 until he was reappointed as President in January 2010. Mr. Mays has been one of Clear Channel’s directors since May 1998 and its Chairman from July 2008 until May 17, 2013. Additionally, he previously served as a director of our publicly traded subsidiary, CCOH, until May 2012. Mr. Mays retired as President and Chief Executive Officer of Clear Channel and as Chief Executive Officer of CCOH on March 31, 2011. Mr. Mays is the son of L. Lowry Mays, our previous Chairman, and the brother of Randall T. Mays, our former President and Chief Financial Officer, former Vice Chairman and a former director of CCMH and of Clear Channel. Mr. Mays was selected to serve as a director because of his service as Chief Executive Officer as well as his experience in the industry.

Robert W. Pittman was appointed as Chairman of CCMH and Clear Channel on May 17, 2013 and as Chief Executive Officer and a director of CCMH and Clear Channel and as Executive Chairman and a director of CCOH on October 2, 2011. Prior thereto, Mr. Pittman served as Chairman of Media and Entertainment Platforms for CCMH and Clear Channel since November 2010. He has been a member of, and an investor in, Pilot Group, a private equity investment company, since April 2003. Mr. Pittman was formerly Chief Operating Officer of AOL Time Warner, Inc. from May 2002 to July 2002. He also served as Co-Chief Operating Officer of AOL Time Warner, Inc. from January 2001 to May 2002, and earlier, as President and Chief Operating Officer of America Online, Inc. from February 1998 to January 2001. Mr. Pittman serves on the boards of numerous charitable organizations, including the Alliance for Lupus Research, the New York City Ballet, the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Foundation and the Robin Hood Foundation, where he has served as past Chairman. Mr. Pittman was selected to serve as a director because of his service as Chief Executive Officer of CCMH and Clear Channel, as well as his extensive media experience gained through the course of his career.

Scott M. Sperling is Co-President of THL. Prior to joining THL in 1994, Mr. Sperling was Managing Partner of The Aeneas Group, Inc., the private capital affiliate of Harvard Management Company, for more than ten years. Before that he was a senior consultant with the Boston Consulting Group. Mr. Sperling has been a director of CCMH since May 2007. Mr. Sperling also currently serves as a director of Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. and Clear Channel, and he previously served as a director of Vertis, Inc., Warner Music Group Corp. and several private companies. Mr. Sperling also is active in numerous community activities, including serving as a director of the Brigham & Women’s / Faulkner Hospital Group, Chairman of The Citi Center for Performing Arts and a member of the Harvard Business School’s Board of Dean’s Advisors and the Harvard Business School’s Rock Center for Entrepreneurship. Mr. Sperling received an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School and a B.S. from Purdue University. Mr. Sperling was selected as a director because of his operational and strategic knowledge gained through his experience at THL and various directorships.

Robert H. Walls, Jr. was appointed as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of CCMH, Clear Channel and CCOH on January 1, 2010. On March 31, 2011, Mr. Walls was appointed to serve in the newly-created Office of the Chief Executive Officer of CCMH, Clear Channel and CCOH, in addition to his existing offices. Mr. Walls served in the Office of the Chief Executive Officer of CCMH and Clear Channel until October 2, 2011, and served in the Office of the Chief Executive Officer of CCOH until January 24, 2012. Mr. Walls was a founding partner of Post Oak Energy Capital, LP and served as Managing Director through December 31, 2009, and remains an advisor to Post Oak Energy Capital, LP.

Board of Directors

Clear Channel Capital and Clear Channel are wholly-owned subsidiaries of CCMH. CCMH’s board, which currently consists of 13 members, is responsible for overseeing the direction of CCMH and for establishing broad corporate policies. However, in accordance with corporate legal principles, it is not involved in day-to-day operating details. Members of the board of directors of CCMH are kept informed of CCMH’s business through discussions with the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and other executive officers, by reviewing analyses and reports sent to them, by receiving updates from board committees and by otherwise participating in board and committee meetings.

Composition of the Board of Directors

Holders of CCMH’s Class A common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members of CCMH’s board of directors (the “public directors”). For the election of the other members of CCMH’s board, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class. However, since

 

121


Table of Contents

several entities controlled by the Sponsors hold a majority of the outstanding capital stock and voting power of CCMH, the holders of CCMH’s Class A common stock do not have the voting power to elect the remaining members of CCMH’s board of directors. Pursuant to an amended and restated voting agreement (the “Voting Agreement”) entered into among B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., CCMH, Highfields Capital I LP, Highfields Capital II LP, Highfields Capital III L.P. and Highfields Capital Management LP (collectively, with Highfields Capital I LP, Highfields Capital II LP and Highfields Capital III L.P., “Highfields”) on May 13, 2008, of the two members of CCMH’s board of directors to be elected by holders of CCMH’s Class A common stock, the parties to the Voting Agreement initially agreed that:

 

    one of the directors, who was selected by Highfields Capital Management LP, would be Jonathon S. Jacobson, and Mr. Jacobson would be named to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of CCMH’s board of directors; and

 

    the other director, who was selected by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee after consultation with Highfields Capital Management LP, would be David C. Abrams.

Until the date that Highfields owns less than five percent of the Class A common stock of CCMH, CCMH will nominate two candidates for election by the holders of Class A common stock, of which one candidate (who initially was Mr. Jacobson) will be selected by Highfields Capital Management LP, and one candidate (who initially was Mr. Abrams) will be selected by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee after consultation with Highfields Capital Management LP. CCMH also has agreed that until the termination of the Voting Agreement and subject to the fiduciary duties of its board of directors, CCMH will cause at least one of the public directors to be appointed to each of the primary standing committees of the board of directors and, if such public director shall cease to serve as a director of CCMH or otherwise is unable to fulfill his or her duties on any such committee, CCMH shall cause the director to be succeeded by another public director.

Board Committees

The three primary standing committees of the board of directors of CCMH are the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Each committee has a written charter, which guides its operations. The written charters are available on CCMH’s Internet website at www.clearchannel.com.

The board of directors of CCMH also has an Operating Committee, which currently is composed of James C. Carlisle, John P. Connaughton, Blair E. Hendrix and Scott M. Sperling. The purpose of the Operating Committee is to actively engage with management on strategy and execution of corporate and financial plans and goals, as well as such other responsibilities and duties as may be established by the board of directors from time to time.

Independence of Directors

The board of directors of CCMH has adopted the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“NASDAQ”) for determining the independence of its members. To be considered independent under NASDAQ rules, a director may not be employed by CCMH or engage in certain types of business dealings with CCMH. As required, the board of directors of CCMH has made a determination as to each independent director that no relationship exists which, in the opinion of the board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

The board of directors of CCMH has affirmatively determined that David C. Abrams and Jonathon S. Jacobson are independent directors under the listing standards of NASDAQ. In making these determinations, the board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and by CCMH with regard to the directors’ business and personal activities as they relate to CCMH and its affiliates. In the ordinary course of business during 2012, we entered into various transactions with certain entities affiliated with members of the CCMH board of directors. CCMH’s board of directors considered the following transactions and relationships in making their independence determinations with respect to Messrs. Abrams and Jacobson:

 

   

Funds managed by Mr. Abrams owned approximately 8.2% of Arbitron Inc. until December 18, 2012, after which they no longer own shares of Arbitron Inc. stock. Funds managed by Mr. Abrams also

 

122


Table of Contents
 

owned more than 5% of Lamar Advertising Company until January 24, 2013, after which they own less than 5% of Lamar Advertising Company stock. The funds managed by Mr. Abrams do not have representatives serving in director or management positions with Arbitron Inc. or Lamar Advertising Company. During 2012, we or our affiliates paid Arbitron Inc. approximately $91.8 million for radio ratings information and market research. We and our affiliates also received approximately $124,000 from Arbitron Inc. during 2012. During 2012, our affiliates leased property and provided services to Lamar Advertising Company for $1.7 million. During 2012, we and our affiliates also conducted a small amount of business (less than $60,000) with one other entity for which Mr. Abrams serves as a director and donated outdoor advertising public service announcements (less than $3,000 in aggregate value) to a charity for which Mr. Abrams serves as a trustee.

    During 2012, a non-profit organization for which an immediate family member of Mr. Jacobson serves as a director paid us and our affiliates less than $10,000 for radio advertising services, and our affiliates donated outdoor advertising public service announcements (less than $30,000 in aggregate value) to the charity.
    Funds affiliated with Mr. Abrams and Mr. Jacobson also own certain of Clear Channel’s term loans and other debt securities, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial Transactions.”

The transactions described above are arms-length, ordinary course of business commercial, charitable or financing transactions that occurred during 2012. Transactions of a similar nature occurred during 2013. In each case, the CCMH board of directors concluded that the transaction or relationship did not impair the independence of the director.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

There were no “interlocks” among any of the directors who served as members of our Compensation Committee and any of our executive officers during 2012 and as of the date of this prospectus. During 2012, no member of the Compensation Committee served as an executive officer of CCMH. For relationships between members of the Compensation Committee and CCMH requiring disclosure under the SEC’s rules governing disclosure of transactions with related persons, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

123


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The following compensation discussion and analysis contains statements regarding company and individual performance measures and other goals. These goals are disclosed in the limited context of CCMH’s executive compensation program and should not be understood to be statements of management’s expectations or estimates of results or other guidance. Further, the company performance measures used for purposes of executive compensation, as described more fully below, differ from segment results reported in our financial statements. Segment results are used to measure the overall financial performance of CCMH’s segments, while the performance measures used for compensation purposes are used in connection with assessing the performance of executives. CCMH specifically cautions investors not to apply the following discussion to other contexts.

The following compensation discussion and analysis includes a discussion of CCMH’s compensation objectives and practices and the elements of compensation for CCMH’s named executive officers for 2012. Thomas W. Casey served as CCMH’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer during 2012 and until Richard J. Bressler’s appointment as CCMH’s President and Chief Financial Officer on July 29, 2013. Accordingly, the following compensation discussion and analysis includes a discussion regarding Mr. Casey’s compensation rather than Mr. Bressler’s compensation.

OVERVIEW AND OBJECTIVES OF OUR COMPENSATION PROGRAM

CCMH believes that compensation of its named executive officers should be directly and materially linked to operating performance. The fundamental objective of CCMH’s compensation program is to attract, retain and motivate top quality executives through compensation and incentives which are competitive within the various labor markets and industries in which CCMH competes for talent and which align the interests of CCMH’s executives with the interests of CCMH’s stockholders.

Overall, CCMH has designed its compensation program to:

 

    support its business strategy and business plan by clearly communicating what is expected of executives with respect to goals and results and by rewarding achievement;
    recruit, motivate and retain executive talent; and
    align executive performance with stockholder interests.

CCMH seeks to achieve these objectives through a variety of compensation elements, as summarized below:

 

Element

  

Form

  

Purpose

Base salary    Cash    Provide a competitive level of base compensation in recognition of responsibilities, value to the company and individual performance
Bonus    Cash    Through annual incentive bonuses, discretionary bonuses and additional bonus opportunities, recognize and provide an incentive for performance that achieves specific corporate and/or individual goals intended to correlate closely with the growth of long-term stockholder value
Long-Term Incentive Compensation    Generally stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other equity-based compensation    Incentivize achievement of long-term goals, enable retention and/or recognize achievements and promotions—in each case aligning compensation over a multi-year period directly with the interests of stockholders by creating an equity stake
Other benefits and perquisites    Retirement plans, health and welfare plans and certain perquisites (such as club dues, relocation benefits and payment of legal fees in connection with promotions/new hires, personal use of aircraft, transportation and other services)    Provide tools for employees to pursue financial security through retirement benefits, promote the health and welfare of all employees and provide other specific benefits of value to individual executive officers
Severance    Varies by circumstances of separation    Facilitate an orderly transition in the event of management changes

 

124


Table of Contents

In May 2011, CCMH held a stockholder advisory vote on the compensation of its named executive officers. Approximately 91% of the votes cast on the matter approved the compensation of CCMH’s named executive officers as disclosed in CCMH’s 2011 proxy statement. Accordingly, CCMH made no significant changes to the objectives or structure of its executive compensation program.

COMPENSATION PRACTICES

CCMH’s named executive officers for fiscal year 2012 are as follows:

 

    Robert W. Pittman, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer);
    Thomas W. Casey, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer);
    C. William Eccleshare, who served as Chief Executive Officer—Clear Channel Outdoor—International until his January 24, 2012 promotion to Chief Executive Officer—Outdoor, overseeing both the Americas and International Outdoor divisions as Chief Executive Officer of our subsidiary, CCOH;
    John E. Hogan, who served as President and Chief Executive Officer—Clear Channel Media & Entertainment (our Media and Entertainment division) until his February 16, 2012 promotion to Chairman and Chief Executive Officer—Clear Channel Media & Entertainment; and
    Robert H. Walls, Jr., Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.

CCMH’s Compensation Committee typically determines total compensation, as well as the individual components of such compensation, of CCMH’s named executive officers on an annual basis. However, because Mr. Eccleshare’s responsibilities relate to our Outdoor divisions, CCMH’s Compensation Committee only reviews his compensation, with final determination and approval of his compensation made by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors of our subsidiary, CCOH. For purposes of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we sometimes refer to CCMH’s Compensation Committee and CCOH’s Compensation Committee collectively as the “Compensation Committee.” All compensation decisions are made within the scope of each named executive officer’s employment agreement.

In making decisions with respect to each element of executive compensation, the applicable Compensation Committee considers the total compensation that may be awarded to the executive, including salary, annual incentive bonus and long-term incentive compensation. Multiple factors are considered in determining the amount of total compensation awarded to the named executive officers, including:

 

    the terms of the named executive officers’ employment agreements;
    the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations (other than for himself);
    the value of previous equity awards;
    internal pay equity considerations; and
    broad trends in executive compensation generally.

The goal is to award compensation that is reasonable when all elements of potential compensation are considered.

ELEMENTS OF COMPENSATION

As described above, CCMH believes that a combination of various elements of compensation best serves the interests of CCMH and its stockholders. Having a variety of compensation elements enables CCMH to meet the requirements of the highly competitive environment in which it operates while ensuring that its named executive

 

125


Table of Contents

officers are compensated in a way that advances the interests of all stockholders. Under this approach, executive compensation generally involves a significant portion of pay that is “at risk,” namely, the annual incentive bonus. The annual incentive bonus is based entirely on financial performance, individual performance or a combination of both. In conjunction with the annual incentive bonus awards, the applicable Compensation Committee also may provide annual discretionary bonuses or additional bonus opportunities to CCMH’s named executive officers, which also would be based on financial performance, individual performance or a combination of both. Equity awards constitute a significant portion of long-term remuneration that is tied directly to stock price appreciation, which benefits all stockholders.

CCMH’s practices with respect to each of the elements of executive compensation are set forth below, followed by a discussion of the specific factors relevant to the named executive officers.

Base Salary

Administration. Base salaries for executive officers typically are reviewed on an annual basis and at the time of promotion or other change in responsibilities. In general, any increases in salary will be based on the subjective evaluation of factors such as the level of responsibility, individual performance, level of pay both of the executive in question and other similarly situated executives and competitive pay practices. All decisions regarding increasing or decreasing an executive officer’s base salary are made within the scope of the executive’s respective employment agreement, if any. In the case of CCMH’s named executive officers, each of their employment agreements contains a minimum level of base salary, as described below under “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements with the Named Executive Officers.”

In reviewing base salaries, the applicable Compensation Committee considers the importance of linking a significant proportion of the named executive officer’s compensation to performance in the form of the annual incentive bonus (plus any annual discretionary bonuses or additional bonus opportunities), which is tied to financial performance measures, individual performance, or a combination of both, as well as long-term incentive compensation.

Analysis.CCMH’s named executive officers are eligible for annual raises commensurate with Company policy.

Mr. Pittman became CCMH’s Chief Executive Officer on October 2, 2011, after serving as Chairman of Media and Entertainment Platforms pursuant to a consulting agreement since November 15, 2010. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Pittman was provided an initial base salary of $1,000,000. CCMH’s Compensation Committee felt that this base salary, together with the stock options and other benefits and perquisites provided to Mr. Pittman under his employment agreement, represented a competitive compensation package for Mr. Pittman. Mr. Pittman’s annual base salary remained at that level for 2012.

At the beginning of 2010, CCMH hired Messrs. Casey and Walls. Under their employment agreements, Mr. Casey and Mr. Walls were provided initial base salaries of $750,000 and $550,000, respectively, consistent with CCMH’s view of market rates for their positions at the time. In November 2011 the Compensation Committee approved an increase in the annual base salary of Mr. Walls from $550,000 to $750,000, effective as of October 1, 2011, and in February 2012 the Compensation Committee approved an increase in the annual base salary of Mr. Casey from $750,000 to $800,000, effective March 1, 2012, in recognition of their continued contribution and value to the organization.

Mr. Eccleshare’s base salary increased from £486,577 (or $771,127 using the average exchange rate of £1=$1.5848 for the year ended December 31, 2012) to $1,000,000 in connection with his promotion on January 24, 2012.

In November 2010, CCMH amended and restated the employment agreement of Mr. Hogan. Pursuant to his amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Hogan received an annual base salary increase in November 2010 from $800,000 to $1,000,000 in recognition of his continued contribution and value to the organization, and his annual base salary remained at that level for 2011 and 2012.

 

126


Table of Contents

For a more detailed description of the employment agreements for CCMH’s named executive officers, please refer to “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements with the Named Executive Officers.”

Annual Incentive Bonus

Administration. Messrs. Pittman, Casey, Hogan and Walls and other key executives of CCMH participate in the CCMH 2008 Annual Incentive Plan. Mr. Eccleshare and other key executives of CCOH participate in the CCOH Amended and Restated 2006 Annual Incentive Plan.

In July 2008, CCMH’s sole stockholder at that time, CC IV, approved the CCMH 2008 Annual Incentive Plan. In May 2012, CCOH’s stockholders approved the CCOH Amended and Restated 2006 Annual Incentive Plan (which was originally approved by CCOH’s stockholders in April 2007). The CCMH 2008 Annual Incentive Plan is administered by CCMH’s Compensation Committee and the CCOH Amended and Restated 2006 Annual Incentive Plan is administered by CCOH’s Compensation Committee (collectively, both plans are referred to in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis as the “Annual Incentive Plan”). The Annual Incentive Plan is intended to provide an incentive to the named executive officers and other selected key executives to contribute to the growth, profitability and increased stockholder value and to retain such executives. Under the Annual Incentive Plan, participants are eligible for performance-based awards, which represent the conditional right to receive cash or other property based upon the achievement of pre-established performance goals within a specified performance period. No single participant may receive more than $15,000,000 in awards in any calendar year. Awards granted under the CCOH Amended and Restated 2006 Annual Incentive Plan generally are intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to the extent applicable.

The performance goals for each named executive officer (other than Mr. Eccleshare) are set pursuant to an extensive annual operating plan developed by the Chief Executive Officer of CCMH in consultation with CCMH’s board of directors, the Chief Financial Officer of CCMH and other senior executive officers of CCMH within any parameters specified within each executive’s employment agreement. The Chief Executive Officer of CCMH makes recommendations as to the compensation levels and performance goals of our named executive officers (other than his own and Mr. Eccleshare’s) to CCMH’s Compensation Committee for its review, consideration and approval. CCMH’s Compensation Committee has complete discretion to accept, reject, or modify the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer of CCMH. CCOH’s Compensation Committee determines the compensation levels and performance goals of Mr. Eccleshare, which are reviewed by CCMH’s Compensation Committee.

The 2012 annual incentive bonuses were based on the following performance goals (as further described below): (1) the performance goals for Messrs. Pittman, Casey and Walls were based on achievement of a targeted OIBDAN on a company-wide basis and certain qualitative performance objectives, which were directly relevant to their respective positions and responsibilities; (2) Mr. Hogan’s performance goals were based upon achievement of a targeted OIBDAN level for the Media and Entertainment division and certain qualitative performance objectives, which contributed to divisional performance; and (3) Mr. Eccleshare’s performance goals were based upon achievement of targeted OIBDAN levels for the International and Americas Outdoor divisions and certain qualitative performance objectives, which contributed to divisional performance. For 2012, Messrs. Casey, Eccleshare and Hogan also were provided with additional bonus opportunities based on achievement of certain qualitative performance objectives directly relevant to their respective positions and responsibilities.

The annual incentive bonuses and payments made in 2013 under the additional bonus opportunities with respect to 2012 performance are reflected in the Non-Equity Incentive Compensation Plan column of the Summary Compensation Table. The annual incentive bonus amounts are determined according to the level of achievement of the objective OIBDAN-based performance goals and the individual qualitative performance goals. No award is earned under the objective performance goal below a minimum threshold of performance (90% of the applicable target OIBDAN for each individual) and a maximum amount is earned under the objective performance goal for performance at or above a maximum level (115% of the applicable target OIBDAN for each individual). The applicable Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the awards earned pursuant to either the objective or individual qualitative performance goals, as applicable.

 

127


Table of Contents

The process used for the annual incentive bonuses and the additional bonus opportunities for the named executive officers involves four basic steps:

 

    at the outset of the fiscal year:

 

    set performance goals for the year for CCMH and the operating divisions;
    set individual performance goals for each participant; and
    set a target and maximum annual incentive bonus and a maximum additional bonus opportunity for each applicable participant; and

 

    after the end of the fiscal year, measure actual performance against the predetermined goals of CCMH and the operating divisions and any individual performance goals to determine the earned amounts.

For 2012, CCMH’s OIBDAN performance was negatively impacted by the macroeconomic environment. As a result, CCMH and its operating divisions did not meet their OIBDAN targets and the annual incentive bonus awards were paid below the target bonus levels. Taking into account revenues, OIBDAN, operating efficiencies and other operational, strategic and financing achievements during 2012, CCMH’s Compensation Committee awarded discretionary bonuses to Messrs. Pittman, Casey, Hogan and Walls, and CCOH’s Compensation Committee awarded a discretionary bonus to Mr. Eccleshare. The discretionary bonus awards for 2012 were paid in cash at the same time as the annual incentive bonus awards, and are included in the Bonus column of the Summary Compensation Table. In addition, CCMH’s Compensation Committee awarded additional bonus opportunities for Messrs. Casey and Hogan, and CCOH’s Compensation Committee awarded an additional bonus opportunity for Mr. Eccleshare. The entire additional bonus amounts earned by Messrs. Casey and Hogan and a significant portion of the earned additional bonus for Mr. Eccleshare will be paid at a later date subject to continued employment, which the Compensation Committee of each of CCMH and CCOH believed would enhance the retention value of these awards.

Analysis. In determining whether the 2012 financial performance goals were met, the Compensation Committee considered the financial results of CCMH and the operating divisions from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012. For 2012, the performance-based goals applicable to the named executive officers are set forth below.

Robert W. Pittman

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Pittman was eligible to receive a target bonus of not less than $1,650,000 if all of his performance objectives were achieved with respect to 2012. Of Mr. Pittman’s $1,650,000 target bonus, 70% was attributed to achieving a company-wide OIBDAN target of $2.124 billion and 30% was attributed to achieving the other qualitative performance objectives described below. His maximum bonus for 2012 was set at $3,300,000. For purposes of calculating Mr. Pittman’s bonus, OIBDAN was calculated as CCMH’s reportable OIBDAN before restructuring charges, which is defined as consolidated net income (loss) adjusted to exclude the following items: non-cash compensation expense; income tax benefit (expense); other income (expense)-net; equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates; gain (loss) on marketable securities; gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt; interest expense; other operating income (expense)-net; depreciation and amortization; impairment charges; restructuring charges; the impact of foreign currency and other items. Mr. Pittman’s individual qualitative performance objectives for 2012 consisted of: (1) developing and implementing a plan to bring new advertising revenue to the Media and Entertainment and the Outdoor advertising sectors; (2) continuing to develop digital offerings, revenue opportunities and strategies; (3) developing and implementing plans to further integrate the Outdoor divisions; and (4) continuing to expand organizational capabilities. CCMH’s achieved OIBDAN for 2012 was approximately $1.953 billion, which was slightly below the OIBDAN target and, together with the level of achievement of his qualitative performance objectives described above, resulted in Mr. Pittman receiving an annual incentive bonus of $902,800. In addition, based on the subjective review of Mr. Pittman’s performance by CCMH’s Compensation Committee, Mr. Pittman received an additional $597,200 discretionary bonus, for an aggregate 2012 bonus of $1,500,000.

Thomas W. Casey

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Casey’s target bonus for 2012 was set at $1,000,000, with 70% attributed to achieving a company-wide OIBDAN target of $2.124 billion and 30% attributed to achieving the other

 

128


Table of Contents

qualitative performance objectives described below. His maximum bonus for 2012 was set at $2,000,000. For purposes of calculating Mr. Casey’s bonus, OIBDAN was calculated in the manner described above for Mr. Pittman. Mr. Casey’s individual qualitative performance objectives for 2012 consisted of: (1) managing and containing corporate expenses; (2) focusing on forecasting financial results and performance tracking against initiatives; (3) implementing certain new financial systems; (4) continuing to enhance the capital management framework, evaluating capital spending and improving overall cash flow; and (5) expanding the investor relations function. CCMH’s achieved OIBDAN for 2012 was approximately $1.953 billion, which was slightly below the OIBDAN target and, together with the level of achievement of his qualitative performance objectives described above, resulted in Mr. Casey receiving an annual incentive bonus of $562,152. In addition, based on the subjective review of Mr. Casey’s performance by CCMH’s Compensation Committee, Mr. Casey received an additional $230,000 discretionary bonus, for an aggregate 2012 bonus of $792,152.

Pursuant to an additional bonus opportunity approved for Mr. Casey by CCMH’s Compensation Committee with respect to 2012 performance, Mr. Casey also earned an additional $198,000 supplemental bonus based on achieving the following additional performance objectives established by CCMH’s Compensation Committee for Mr. Casey: (1) evaluating capital planning alternatives; and (2) completing various financing transactions. The supplemental bonus will be paid 36 months after the performance goals were established if Mr. Casey remains employed at the payment date.

C. William Eccleshare

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Eccleshare’s target bonus for 2012 was set at $1,000,000, with 50% attributed to achieving OIBDAN in the International Outdoor division of $430 million, 20% attributed to achieving OIBDAN in the Americas Outdoor division of $491 million and 30% attributed to achieving the other qualitative performance objectives described below. His maximum bonus for 2012 was set at $2,000,000. For purposes of calculating Mr. Eccleshare’s bonus, OIBDAN is OIBDAN for each of the International Outdoor division and the Americas Outdoor division before restructuring charges, which is defined as consolidated net income (loss) adjusted to include the results of non-consolidated joint ventures in the International Outdoor division as if they were consolidated and further adjusted to exclude the following items: non-cash compensation expense; income tax benefit (expense); other income (expense)-net; equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates; gain (loss) on marketable securities; gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt; interest expense; other operating income (expense)-net; depreciation and amortization; impairment charges; restructuring charges; the impact of foreign currency and other items. Mr. Eccleshare’s individual qualitative performance objectives for 2012 consisted of: (1) developing a plan to bring new advertising revenue to the Outdoor advertising sector; (2) maintaining the leadership and strategic direction of the International Outdoor division; (3) hiring a new leader for the Americas Outdoor division; and (4) leveraging capabilities across CCOH and raising the profile of the Outdoor advertising sector. The 2012 International Outdoor division OIBDAN was approximately $369 million, which was below the OIBDAN target, and the 2012 Americas Outdoor division OIBDAN was approximately $478 million, which was slightly below the OIBDAN target. Together with the level of achievement of his qualitative performance objectives described above, the achieved OIBDAN levels resulted in Mr. Eccleshare receiving an annual incentive bonus of $441,186. In addition, based on the subjective review of Mr. Eccleshare’s performance by CCOH’s Compensation Committee, Mr. Eccleshare received an additional $405,096 discretionary bonus, for an aggregate 2012 bonus of $846,282.

Pursuant to an additional bonus opportunity approved for Mr. Eccleshare by CCOH’s Compensation Committee with respect to 2012 performance, Mr. Eccleshare also earned an additional $297,000 supplemental bonus based on achieving the following additional performance objectives established by CCOH’s Compensation Committee for Mr. Eccleshare with respect to the Outdoor business: (1) developing and communicating a global vision for CCOH; (2) sharing best practices across CCOH; and (3) gaining market share as compared to others in the industry. Of the $297,000 supplemental bonus earned with respect to 2012 performance, $99,000 was paid at the end of February 2013, and the remaining $198,000 will be paid at the same time as the annual incentive bonus payments in 2014 and 2015 if Mr. Eccleshare remains employed on the payment dates.

John E. Hogan

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Hogan’s target bonus for 2012 was set at $1,200,000, with 70% attributed to achieving target OIBDAN of $1.372 billion for the Media and Entertainment division and 30%

 

129


Table of Contents

attributed to achieving the other qualitative performance objectives referenced below. His maximum bonus for 2012 was set at $2,400,000. For purposes of calculating Mr. Hogan’s bonus, OIBDAN was calculated in the manner described above for Mr. Pittman, but with respect to the Media and Entertainment division. Mr. Hogan’s individual qualitative performance objectives for 2012 consisted of: (1) achieving audience growth; (2) achieving revenue growth; (3) continuing to develop talent and leadership in the Media and Entertainment division; and (4) continuing to integrate and execute traffic business plans. The Media and Entertainment division OIBDAN for 2012 was approximately $1.264 billion, which was slightly below the OIBDAN target and, together with the level of performance against his qualitative performance objectives described above, resulted in Mr. Hogan receiving an annual incentive bonus of $685,323. In addition, based on the subjective review of Mr. Hogan’s performance by CCMH’s Compensation Committee, Mr. Hogan received an additional $321,680 discretionary bonus, for an aggregate 2012 bonus of $1,007,003.

Pursuant to an additional bonus opportunity for Mr. Hogan approved by CCMH’s Compensation Committee with respect to 2012 performance, Mr. Hogan also earned an additional $900,000 supplemental bonus based on achieving the following additional performance objectives established by CCMH’s Compensation Committee with respect to the Media and Entertainment division: (1) developing specific initiatives to bring additional advertising revenues to the sector; (2) continuing to develop the digital business and associated special projects; and (3) supporting and creating value for CCMH and its leadership. The supplemental bonus will be paid 36 months after the performance goals were established if Mr. Hogan remains employed at the payment date.

Pursuant to an additional bonus opportunity for Mr. Hogan approved by CCMH’s Compensation Committee in 2011, Mr. Hogan earned an additional $1,000,000 supplemental bonus during 2011 based on achieving performance objectives established by CCMH’s Compensation Committee with respect to the performance of the Media and Entertainment division during 2011. Of the $1,000,000 supplemental bonus earned with respect to 2011 performance, $333,333 was paid at the end of February 2012, $333,333 was paid at the end of February 2013 and the remaining $333,334 will be paid at the same time as the annual incentive bonus payments in 2014 if Mr. Hogan remains employed on the payment date.

Robert H. Walls, Jr.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Walls’ target bonus for 2012 was set at $750,000, with 50% attributed to achieving a company-wide OIBDAN target of $2.124 billion and 50% attributed to achieving the other qualitative performance objectives described below. His maximum bonus was set at $1,500,000. For purposes of calculating Mr. Walls’ bonus, OIBDAN was calculated in the manner described above for Mr. Pittman. Mr. Walls’ individual qualitative performance objectives for 2012 consisted of: (1) continuing to develop legal strategies to support the Media and Entertainment division; (2) focusing on legal matters relating to the Outdoor divisions (such as hiring a new general counsel for the International Outdoor division, overseeing various ongoing Outdoor legal matters and supporting leaders in the Outdoor businesses); (3) implementing initiatives in connection with the company’s compliance and enterprise risk management program; (4) continuing to expand the impact of the government affairs function; and (5) managing corporate legal expenses. CCMH’s achieved OIBDAN for 2012 was approximately $1.953 billion, which was slightly below the OIBDAN target and, together with the level of achievement of his qualitative performance objectives described above, resulted in Mr. Walls’ receiving an annual incentive bonus of $523,474. In addition, based on the subjective review of Mr. Walls’ performance by CCMH’s Compensation Committee, Mr. Walls received an additional $115,250 discretionary bonus, for an aggregate 2012 bonus of $638,724.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

Administration.  CCMH’s named executive officers participate in CCMH’s 2008 Executive Incentive Plan (the “CCMH Stock Incentive Plan”) and/or CCOH’s 2012 Stock Incentive Plan or CCOH’s previous 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (collectively, the CCOH 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and the CCOH 2012 Stock Incentive Plan are referred to as the “CCOH Stock Incentive Plan”), which allows for the issuance of incentive and non-statutory stock options, restricted stock and other equity awards. The CCMH Stock Incentive Plan is administered by CCMH’s board of directors. The CCOH Stock Incentive Plan is administered by CCOH’s Compensation Committee. See “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards” for a more detailed description of the CCMH Stock Incentive Plan and the CCOH Stock Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2012, there were 177 employees holding outstanding stock incentive awards under the CCMH Stock Incentive Plan and 398 employees holding outstanding

 

130


Table of Contents

stock incentive awards under the CCOH Stock Incentive Plan. In general, the level of long-term incentive compensation is determined based on an evaluation of competitive factors in conjunction with total compensation provided to the executive officers and the overall goals of the compensation program described above. Long-term incentive compensation typically has been paid in stock options and/or restricted stock or restricted stock units with time-vesting conditions and/or vesting conditions tied to predetermined performance goals. Equity ownership is important for purposes of executive retention and alignment of interests with stockholders.

Stock Options, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.  Long-term incentive compensation may be granted to CCMH’s named executive officers in the form of stock options, with exercise prices of not less than fair market value of CCMH or CCOH stock, as applicable, on the date of grant. Fair market value typically is defined as the closing price on the date of grant; however, in certain cases, the CCMH board of directors has determined an alternative fair market value in excess of the closing price of CCMH stock on the date of grant. Long-term incentive compensation also may be granted to CCMH’s named executive officers in the form of restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards. Vesting schedules are set by the CCMH board of directors or the CCOH Compensation Committee, as applicable, in their discretion and vary on a case by case basis. All vesting is contingent on continued employment, with rare exceptions made by the applicable board of directors or Compensation Committee. See “Executive Compensation—Potential Post-Employment Payments” for a description of the treatment of the named executive officers’ equity awards upon termination or change in control. All decisions to award the named executive officers stock options, restricted stock or restricted stock units are in the sole discretion of the CCMH board of directors or the CCOH Compensation Committee, as applicable.

Analysis.  CCMH did not provide stock options to named executive officers during 2012. On October 22, 2012, CCMH commenced an offer to exchange (the “2012 Exchange Program”) certain outstanding options to purchase shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock granted under the CCMH Incentive Plan that had a per share exercise price equal to $10.00 (“Eligible Options”) for shares of restricted CCMH Class A common stock (the “Replacement Shares”) granted as of the date of the commencement of the offer in an amount equal to 90.0% of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying such person’s Eligible Options tendered and accepted for exchange, on the terms and under the conditions set forth in the offer. In addition, CCMH granted fully-vested shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock (the “Additional Shares”) pursuant to a tax assistance program offered in connection with the 2012 Exchange Program. For participants in the 2012 Exchange Program who timely delivered to CCMH a properly completed election form under Internal Revenue Code Section 83(b), CCMH repurchased from the participants Additional Shares with a value sufficient to fund tax withholdings in connection with the Replacement Shares, subject to an aggregate maximum amount. Additional Shares that were not repurchased were forfeited at the expiration of the 2012 Exchange Program on November 19, 2012. For individuals who did not timely deliver a properly completed 83(b) election form or declined to participate in the 2012 Exchange Program, all Replacement Shares and Additional Shares were forfeited on November 19, 2012. Although CCMH continues to believe that stock options are an important component of its compensation program, CCMH believes that options with an exercise price equal to $10.00 were perceived by their holders as having a reduced incentive and retention value due to the difference between the exercise prices and the then-current market price of CCMH’s Class A common stock. As a result, CCMH believed that the Eligible Options were not providing the incentives and retention value that its board of directors believes are necessary to CCMH’s future success and growth in the value of CCMH’s shares.

Of the named executive officers, Messrs. Casey, Hogan and Walls were eligible to participate in the 2012 Exchange Program. Mr. Casey declined to participate in the 2012 Exchange Program and forfeited his Replacement Shares and Additional Shares on November 19, 2012. He retained his existing options that were eligible for the 2012 Exchange Program, with no changes to the terms. Mr. Hogan participated in the 2012 Exchange Program and exchanged options to purchase 251,223 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock for 226,101 Replacement Shares. Of the Replacement Shares, 189,551 contain time-vesting provisions and 36,550 contain performance-based vesting conditions. In addition, 124,187 of Mr. Hogan’s Additional Shares were repurchased pursuant to the tax assistance program and the remaining 39,108 of Mr. Hogan’s Additional Shares were forfeited as described above. Mr. Walls participated in the 2012 Exchange Program and exchanged options to purchase 100,000 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock for 90,000 Replacement Shares with time-vesting conditions. In addition, 30,994 of Mr. Walls’ Additional Shares were repurchased pursuant to the tax assistance program and the remaining 34,006 of Mr. Walls’ Additional Shares were forfeited as described above.

 

131


Table of Contents

In addition to the restricted stock awarded through the 2012 Exchange Program, CCMH’s board of directors granted awards of 200,000 shares and 60,000 shares of restricted stock to Messrs. Pittman and Walls, respectively, on October 15, 2012, half of which vest based on time and half of which vest upon satisfaction of performance conditions, as described in the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” section of this prospectus. These grants were provided in recognition of executive performance, to further align executive interests with those of CCMH’s stockholders and to serve as a further incentive for retention.

CCOH’s Compensation Committee granted 253,164 time-vesting restricted stock units to each of Messrs. Casey and Walls during 2012 in recognition of both their performance in the Office of the Chief Executive Officer and their ongoing contributions as Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel, respectively, of CCOH. In March 2012, Mr. Eccleshare was awarded time-vesting stock options to purchase 90,000 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock concurrently with annual CCOH stock option awards to other employees. The amount of the annual CCOH stock option award to Mr. Eccleshare in March 2012 was based upon: (1) general performance; (2) internal pay equity relative to other key employees of CCOH; and (3) the value of equity awards granted in prior years. Mr. Eccleshare also received an award of 506,329 CCOH time and performance vesting restricted stock units in July 2012 pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement.

As mentioned above, CCMH’s board of directors and CCOH’s Compensation Committee typically consider internal pay equity when determining the amount of long-term incentive compensation to grant to the named executive officers. However, they do so broadly and do not have a specific policy, or seek to follow established guidelines or formulas, to maintain a particular ratio of long-term incentive compensation among the named executive officers or other executives. For further information about the 2012 long-term incentive awards, please refer to the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” and the “Employment Agreements with the Named Executive Officers” sections appearing later under the “Executive Compensation” heading in this prospectus.

Equity Award Grant Timing Practices

Employee New Hires/Promotions Grant Dates.  Grants of stock options and other equity awards, if any, to newly-hired or newly promoted employees generally are made at the regularly scheduled meeting of the applicable board of directors or Compensation Committee immediately following the hire or promotion. However, timing may vary as provided in a particular employee’s agreement or to accommodate the board of directors or Compensation Committee.

Equity Awards for Directors.  Due to the ownership structure of CCMH and the representation on the board of directors of designees of the Sponsors and two other large stockholders, CCMH historically has not provided compensation, including any equity awards, to any members of the board of directors for their service as directors.

Timing of Equity Awards.  CCMH and CCOH do not have a formal policy on the timing of equity awards in connection with the release of material non-public information to affect the value of compensation. In the event that material non-public information becomes known to the applicable board of directors or Compensation Committee prior to granting equity awards, the board of directors or Compensation Committee will take the existence of such information under advisement and make an assessment in its business judgment regarding whether to delay the grant of the equity award in order to avoid any potential impropriety.

Executive Benefits and Perquisites

The named executive officers are entitled to participate in all pension, profit sharing and other retirement plans, and all group health, hospitalization, disability and other insurance and employee welfare benefit plans in which other similarly situated employees may participate. Mr. Eccleshare, who is a citizen of the United Kingdom, also is provided with private medical insurance and CCOH contributes a portion of his salary to a private pension scheme in which he participates in the United Kingdom (or provide the cash benefits to him as salary in lieu of such contribution). CCMH and CCOH also provide certain other perquisites to the named executive officers.

Aircraft Benefits.  From time to time, CCMH’s officers use the company aircraft for personal air travel, pursuant to the company’s Aircraft Policy. In addition, during the term of his employment, CCMH agreed to make an aircraft available to Mr. Pittman for his business and personal use (including flights on which Mr. Pittman is not present) and will pay all costs associated with the provision of the aircraft. CCMH leases an airplane for Mr. Pittman’s use, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

132


Table of Contents

Club Dues, Automotive Benefits and Other Services.  CCMH also has agreed to make a car and driver available for Mr. Pittman’s business and personal use in and around the New York area as well as anywhere else on Company business. Mr. Eccleshare receives an automobile allowance in the United Kingdom and CCOH has agreed to make a car service available for his business use in the United States. In addition, Mr. Eccleshare is reimbursed for the annual dues for memberships in certain clubs and CCOH provides supplemental life insurance benefits to Mr. Eccleshare.

Relocation, Housing, Tax and Legal Review Benefits.  Since 2009, CCMH and CCOH have recruited and hired several new executive officers and have promoted and relocated executive officers, as well as other officers and key employees. As part of this process, the CCMH and CCOH Compensation Committees considered the benefits that would be appropriate to provide to facilitate and/or accelerate their relocation to our corporate locations. After experience recruiting and hiring several new executive officers and other key personnel since 2009, in October 2010 the CCMH and CCOH Compensation Committees adopted new company-wide tiered relocation policies reflecting these types of relocation benefits. The new relocation policies apply only in the case of a company-requested relocation and provide different levels of benefits based on the employee’s level within the organization. In connection with his promotion to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of CCOH, Mr. Eccleshare relocated from our offices in London to the offices in New York. Through the negotiation of his employment agreement, CCOH agreed to provide Mr. Eccleshare with the additional benefits described under “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements with the Named Executive Officers” below in consideration of his international relocation.

Mr. Pittman has been a member of, and an investor in, Pilot Group, a private equity investment company, since April 2003. In connection with Mr. Pittman’s appointment as our Chief Executive Officer, Pilot Group and certain of its portfolio investments in other media companies incurred restructuring expenses to ensure their continued compliance with applicable Federal Communications Commission regulations. CCMH reimbursed Pilot Group and the impacted portfolio companies for their legal and related fees associated with those restructuring activities to ensure continued compliance. CCOH also paid Mr. Eccleshare’s legal fees incurred in connection with the negotiation of his new employment agreement during 2012 and, similarly, CCMH reimbursed legal fees incurred by Mr. Hogan in connection with the negotiation of his amendment to his employment agreement in February 2012.

CCMH’s Compensation Committee believes that the above benefits provide a more tangible incentive than an equivalent amount of cash compensation. In determining the named executive officers’ total compensation, the Compensation Committee will consider these benefits. However, as these benefits and perquisites represent a relatively small portion of the named executive officers’ total compensation (or, in the case of benefits such as relocation benefits, are not intended to occur frequently for each named executive officer), it is unlikely that they will materially influence the Compensation Committee’s decision in setting such named executive officers’ total compensation. For further discussion of these benefits and perquisites, including the methodology for computing their costs, please refer to the Summary Compensation Table included in this prospectus, as well as the All Other Compensation table included in footnote (d) to the Summary Compensation Table. For further information about other benefits provided to the named executive officers, please refer to “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements with the Named Executive Officers.”

Severance Arrangements

Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, each of CCMH’s named executive officers is entitled to certain payments and benefits in certain termination situations or upon a change in control. CCMH believes that its severance arrangements facilitate an orderly transition in the event of changes in management. For further discussion of severance payments and benefits, see “Executive Compensation—Potential Post-Employment Payments” set forth below in this prospectus.

Roles and Responsibilities

Role of the Compensation Committee.  As described above, CCMH’s Compensation Committee primarily is responsible for conducting reviews of CCMH’s executive compensation policies and strategies, overseeing and

 

133


Table of Contents

evaluating CCMH’s overall compensation structure and programs, setting executive compensation, and setting performance goals and evaluating the performance of executive officers against those goals, with the full board of directors approving equity awards. With respect to executive officers who are employed exclusively by CCMH’s Outdoor divisions, CCMH’s Compensation Committee reviews compensation; however, CCOH’s Compensation Committee has the responsibility for conducting reviews of CCOH’s executive compensation policies and strategies, overseeing and evaluating CCOH’s overall compensation structure and programs, setting executive compensation, setting performance goals and evaluating the performance of executive officers against those goals, and approving equity awards. The responsibilities of CCMH’s Compensation Committee are described above under “The Board of Directors—Committees of the Board.”

Role of the Chief Executive Officer.  CCMH’s Chief Executive Officer provides reviews and recommendations for CCMH’s Compensation Committee’s consideration regarding CCMH’s executive compensation programs, policies and governance. In the case of CCMH’s Outdoor divisions, his recommendations incorporate the recommendations from CCOH’s Chief Executive Officer (other than for himself). CCMH’s Chief Executive Officer’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to:

 

    providing an ongoing review of the effectiveness of the compensation programs, including their level of competitiveness and their alignment with CCMH’s objectives;
    recommending changes and new programs, if necessary, to ensure achievement of all program objectives; and
    recommending pay levels, payout and awards for the named executive officers other than himself.

Use of Compensation Consultants.  During 2012, CCMH’s Compensation Committee engaged Hay Group, Inc. (“Hay”) to prepare employee communication materials with respect to the 2012 Exchange Program. Management also retained Hay during 2012 to assist management with its review of executive compensation matters as well as to provide other services to the company. The services provided to management by Hay included assisting with overall market analysis of executive compensation structures generally and providing volatility analysis and equity valuation support in connection with stock options issued by CCMH and CCOH. Hay used existing sources of data for its market analysis.

CCMH requested and received responses from Hay addressing its independence, including the following factors: (1) other services provided to any Clear Channel entity by Hay; (2) fees paid by any Clear Channel entity as a percentage of Hay’s total revenue; (3) policies or procedures maintained by Hay that are designed to prevent a conflict of interest; (4) any business or personal relationships between the individual consultants involved in the engagements and a member of the Compensation Committee; (5) any CCMH or CCOH stock owned by the individual consultants involved in the engagements; and (6) any business or personal relationships between the executive officers and Hay or the individual consultants involved in the engagements. Pursuant to SEC regulations, the Compensation Committee discussed these considerations and concluded that Hay’s work does not raise any conflict of interest.

TAX AND ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

Although Section 162(m) of the Code places a limit of $1,000,000 on the amount of compensation a publicly held corporation may deduct for federal income tax purposes in any one year with respect to certain senior executives, in 2012, CCMH was not a “publicly held corporation” within the meaning of applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code and Treasury regulations. This is because, following the July 2008 merger (the “Merger”) pursuant to which Clear Channel became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of CCMH, CCMH was not required to register its Class A common stock and, on December 31, 2012, CCMH would not have been subject to the reporting obligations of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act had CCMH not voluntarily registered its Class A common stock by filing a registration statement on Form 8-A on July 30, 2008. In the event that CCMH subsequently becomes a “publicly held corporation” within the meaning of Section 162(m), CCMH’s Compensation Committee will consider the anticipated tax treatment to CCMH and to senior executives covered by these rules of various payments and benefits. In that event, CCMH’s Compensation Committee may consider various alternatives to preserving the deductibility of compensation and benefits to the extent reasonably practicable and consistent with its other compensation objectives.

 

134


Table of Contents

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

CCMH accounts for stock-based payments, including awards under the CCMH Incentive Plan and the CCOH Incentive Plan, in accordance with the requirements of ASC 718 (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R)).

CORPORATE SERVICES AGREEMENT

In connection with CCOH’s initial public offering, CCOH entered into a corporate services agreement (the “Corporate Services Agreement”) with Clear Channel Management Services, L.P., now known as Clear Channel Management Services, Inc., an indirect subsidiary of CCMH. Under the terms of the agreement, Clear Channel Management Services, Inc. provides, among other things, certain executive officer services to CCOH. These executive officer services are allocated to CCOH based on CCOH’s OIBDAN as a percentage of Clear Channel’s total OIBDAN for the prior year, each as reported in connection with year-end financial results. For purposes of these allocations, OIBDAN is defined as: consolidated net income (loss) adjusted to exclude non-cash compensation expense and the following line items presented in the Statement of Operations: income tax benefit (expense); other income (expense) - net; equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates; gain (loss) on marketable securities; gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt; interest expense; other operating income (expense) – net; depreciation & amortization; and impairment charges.

For 2012, CCOH was allocated 40.62% of certain personnel costs for Mr. Casey for his service as Chief Financial Officer. CCMH and CCOH considered these allocations to be a reflection of the utilization of services provided based on 2011 OIBDAN. Please refer to footnote (g) to the Summary Compensation Table in this prospectus for the allocations for 2012, 2011 and 2010. For additional information regarding the Corporate Services Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Services Agreement.”

 

135


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The Summary Compensation Table below provides compensation information for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 for the principal executive officer (“PEO”) and the principal financial officer (“PFO”) serving during 2012 and each of the three next most highly compensated executive officers of CCMH for services rendered in all capacities (collectively, the “named executive officers”). Thomas W. Casey served as CCMH’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer during 2012, 2011 and 2010 and until Richard J. Bressler’s appointment as CCMH’s President and Chief Financial Officer on July 29, 2013. Accordingly, the following discussion reflects Mr. Casey’s compensation during those years rather than Mr. Bressler’s compensation.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Summary Compensation Table

 

        Name and

 Principal Position

   Year          Salary      
      ($)       
          Bonus(a)      
       ($)      
    Stock
    Awards(b)      
($)
    Option
    Awards(b)      
($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
 Compensation(c)     
($)
    All Other
  Compensation(d)    

($)
          Total      
      ($)       
 

Robert W. Pittman

– Chief Executive Officer (PEO)(e)

  2012
2011
   
 
1,000,000
250,000
  
  
   
 
597,200
1,435,500
  
  
   
 
260,000
  
  
   
 

1,146,064
  
  
   

 

902,800

  

  

   
 
885,145
570,190
  
  
   
 
3,645,145
3,401,754
  
  

Thomas W. Casey

– Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (PFO)(f)

  2012
2011
2010
   
 
 
791,667(g)
750,000(g)
750,000(g)
  
  
  
   
 
 
230,000(g)
439,380(g)
650,000(g)
  
  
  
   
 

 

2,675,187

  
  

  

   

 
 



1,169,350

  

  
  

   
 
 
562,152(g)
710,620(g)
1,314,650(g)
  
  
  
   
 
 
6,250(g)
64,953(g)
1,150,391(g)
  
  
  
   
 
 
4,265,256
1,964,953
5,034,391
  
  
  

C. William Eccleshare

– Chief Executive Officer –Outdoor (h)

  2012
2011
   
 
1,057,296
798,260
  
  
   
 
405,096
  
  
   
 
1,860,760
  
  
   
 
374,094
1,256,729(i)
  
  
   
 
540,186
920,134
  
  
   
 
1,191,919
126,970
  
  
   
 
5,429,351
3,102,093
  
  

John E. Hogan

– Chairman and Chief Executive Officer – Clear Channel Media & Entertainment

  2012
2011
2010
   
 
 
1,000,000
1,000,000
825,758
  
  
  
   
 
 
655,013
758,333
225,000
  
  
  
   
 

 

804,602

  
  

  

   

 
 


59,834(j)
831,385

  

  
  

   
 
 
685,323
612,864
1,648,435
  
  
  
   
 
 
190,386
46,276
51,203
  
  
  
   
 
 
3,335,324
2,477,307
3,581,781
  
  
  

Robert H. Walls, Jr.

– Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary(k)

  2012
2011
2010
   
 
 
750,000
600,000
547,917
  
  
  
   
 
 
115,250
273,694(g)
600,000
  
  
  
   
 

 

2,422,983

  
  

  

   

 

 


489,050

  

  

  

   
 
 
523,474
476,306
1,224,750
  
  
  
   
 
 
10,279
6,125
123,331
  
  
  
   
 
 
3,821,986
1,356,125
2,985,048
  
  
  

 

(a) The amounts reflect:

 

    For Mr. Pittman, cash payments for 2012 and 2011 as discretionary bonus awards from CCMH;

 

    For Mr. Casey, (1) cash payments for 2012, 2011 and 2010 as discretionary bonus awards from CCMH; (2) for 2011, a $250,000 bonus that Mr. Casey received from CCMH for his service in the Office of the Chief Executive Officer; and (3) for 2010, a $500,000 signing bonus that Mr. Casey received from CCMH upon joining CCMH;

 

    For Mr. Eccleshare, a cash payment for 2012 as a discretionary bonus award from CCOH;

 

    For Mr. Hogan, (1) cash payments for 2012, 2011 and 2010 as discretionary bonus awards from CCMH; (2) for 2011, (a) a $25,000 discretionary bonus payment for 2011 approved by CCMH’s Compensation Committee in March 2011 and (b) a $333,333 payment pursuant to an additional bonus opportunity approved by CCMH’s Compensation Committee in November 2011 with respect to 2011 performance; and (3) for 2012, the second $333,333 payment under the 2011 additional bonus opportunity (the final $333,334 payment of which will be paid in the following year if Mr. Hogan remains employed at the payment date); and

 

136


Table of Contents
    For Mr. Walls, (1) cash payments for 2012, 2011 and 2010 as discretionary bonus awards from CCMH; (2) for 2011, a $250,000 bonus that Mr. Walls received from CCMH for his service in the Office of the Chief Executive Officer; and (3) for 2010, a $500,000 signing bonus that Mr. Walls received from CCMH upon joining CCMH.

See “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Incentive Bonus.”

 

(b) CCMH Stock Awards.  On October 15, 2012, Messrs. Pittman and Walls received restricted stock awards with respect to 200,000 shares and 60,000 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock, respectively, 50% of which contain performance-based vesting conditions and 50% of which contain time-vesting provisions. The amounts shown in the Stock Awards column for Messrs. Pittman and Walls for 2012 include $260,000 and $78,000, respectively, as the full grant date fair value of the time-vesting portion of the October 15, 2012 restricted stock awards based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, computed in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 718, but excluding any impact of estimated forfeiture rates as required by SEC regulations. Assuming that all of the performance-based vesting conditions will be achieved with respect to the performance-based restricted stock awards that Messrs. Pittman and Walls received on October 15, 2012, the grant date fair value of those performance-based restricted stock awards would have been $260,000 and $78,000, respectively. However, on the date of grant, the actual fair market value of those performance-based restricted stock awards was $0 based on the determination on the grant date that the achievement of the performance-based vesting conditions was not probable and, accordingly, no amount is reflected for those performance-based restricted stock awards in the Stock Awards column.

On October 22, 2012, CCMH commenced the 2012 Exchange Program, pursuant to which CCMH offered to exchange certain outstanding options to purchase shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock granted under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan that had a per share exercise price equal to $10.00 for restricted Replacement Shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock in an amount equal to 90.0% of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying such person’s eligible options. In addition, on October 22, 2012, CCMH granted fully-vested Additional Shares of stock pursuant to a tax assistance program offered in connection with the 2012 Exchange Program. The Replacement Shares and Additional Shares were granted on October 22, 2012, the date of the commencement of the offer. If an individual participated in the 2012 Exchange Program, that person was required to tender his or her eligible options prior to November 19, 2012, the expiration date of the offer, in order to retain his or her Replacement Shares. If participants in the 2012 Exchange Program timely delivered a properly completed election form under Internal Revenue Code Section 83(b), CCMH repurchased a portion of their Additional Shares with a value sufficient to fund a portion of the tax withholdings in connection with the award of the Replacement Shares, subject to an aggregate maximum amount. Additional Shares that were not repurchased were forfeited at the expiration of the offer on November 19, 2012. If an individual declined to participate in the 2012 Exchange Program, that person’s Replacement Shares and Additional Shares were forfeited on November 19, 2012, the date of the expiration of the offer, and that person retained his or her eligible options.

Because the Replacement Shares and the Additional Shares were granted at the commencement of the offer, subject to forfeiture, $877,723, $804,602 and $344,987 included in the Stock Awards column for 2012 for Messrs. Casey, Hogan and Walls, respectively, represents the incremental fair value of their time-vesting Replacement Shares and all of their Additional Shares (including those forfeited as described below) based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, computed in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 718, but excluding any impact of estimated forfeiture rates as required by SEC regulations. Assuming that all of the performance-based vesting conditions will be achieved with respect to the performance-based Replacement Shares that Mr. Hogan received on October 22, 2012, the grant date fair value of those performance-based Replacement Shares would have been $110,016. However, on the date of grant, the actual fair market value of those performance-based Replacement Shares was $0 based on the determination on the grant date that the achievement of the performance-based vesting conditions was not probable and, accordingly, no amount is reflected for those performance-based Replacement Shares in the Stock Awards column.

Mr. Casey received 225,000 Replacement Shares and 162,500 Additional Shares at the commencement of the offer. Mr. Casey declined to participate in the 2012 Exchange Program and forfeited the 225,000 Replacement Shares and 162,500 Additional Shares on November 19, 2012. He retained his existing options that were eligible for exchange, with no changes to the terms. As a result, the entire $877,723 grant date fair value in respect of his Replacement Shares and Additional Shares included in the Stock Awards column for 2012 was forfeited.

Mr. Hogan received 226,101 Replacement Shares and 163,295 Additional Shares at the commencement of the offer. Mr. Hogan participated in the 2012 Exchange Program and exchanged his eligible options for the 226,101 Replacement Shares. In addition, 124,187 of Mr. Hogan’s Additional Shares were repurchased pursuant to the tax assistance program and the remaining 39,108 of Mr. Hogan’s Additional Shares were forfeited. As a result, $117,715 of the grant date fair value in respect of his Additional Shares included in the Stock Awards column for 2012 was forfeited.

Mr. Walls received 90,000 Replacement Shares and 65,000 Additional Shares at the commencement of the offer. Mr. Walls participated in the 2012 Exchange Program and exchanged his eligible options for the 90,000 Replacement Shares. In addition, 30,994 of Mr. Walls’ Additional Shares were repurchased pursuant to the tax assistance program and the remaining 34,006 of Mr. Walls’ Additional Shares were forfeited. As a result, $102,358 of the grant date fair value in respect of his Additional Shares included in the Stock Awards column for 2012 was forfeited.

For further discussion of the 2012 Exchange Program, see “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation” and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2012 table below.

CCOH Stock Awards.  The amounts shown in the Stock Awards column for Messrs. Casey and Walls for 2012 include $1,797,464 and $1,999,996, respectively, as the full grant date fair value of time-vesting restricted stock units awarded to them by CCOH on May 10, 2012 and March 26, 2012, respectively, computed in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 718, but excluding any impact of estimated forfeiture rates as required by SEC regulations. For time-vesting restricted stock unit awards, the grant date fair value is based on the closing price of CCOH’s Class A common stock on the date of grant.

 

137


Table of Contents

On July 26, 2012, Mr. Eccleshare was awarded a restricted stock unit award with respect to (1) 126,582 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock that contain performance-based vesting conditions and (2) 379,747 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock that contain time-vesting provisions. The amount shown in the Stock Awards column for Mr. Eccleshare for 2012 includes $1,860,760 as the full grant date fair value of the time-vesting restricted stock units based on the closing price of CCOH’s Class A common stock on the date of grant, as described above. Assuming that all of the performance-based vesting conditions will be achieved with respect to the performance-based restricted stock units that Mr. Eccleshare received, the grant date fair value of those performance-based restricted stock units would have been $620,252. However, on the date of grant, the actual fair market value of those performance-based restricted stock units was $0 based on the determination on the grant date that the achievement of the performance-based vesting conditions was not probable and, accordingly, no amount is reflected for the performance-based restricted stock units in the Stock Awards column.

CCMH Option Awards. The amounts shown in the Option Awards column for 2011 for Mr. Pittman and for 2010 for Messrs. Casey, Hogan and Walls reflect the full grant date fair value of time-vesting CCMH stock options awarded to them in the respective years, computed in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 718, but excluding any impact of estimated forfeiture rates as required by SEC regulations.

For Mr. Hogan, the amount shown in the Option Awards column for 2011 reflects the incremental fair value of stock option awards to Mr. Hogan on February 17, 2011 in exchange for stock option awards originally granted in 2008 pursuant to an Offer to Exchange that commenced in February 2011 (the “2011 Exchange Program”). For a description of the 2011 Exchange Program, see footnote (j) below.

As described above, Messrs. Hogan and Walls participated in the 2012 Exchange Program and exchanged the stock options reflected in the Option Awards column for 2011 and 2010 for Replacement Shares included in the 2012 Stock Awards column.

CCOH Option Awards.  The amounts shown in the Option Awards column for 2012 and 2011 for Mr. Eccleshare reflect the full grant date fair value of time-vesting stock options awarded to Mr. Eccleshare by CCOH in 2012 and 2011, respectively, computed in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 718, but excluding any impact of estimated forfeiture rates as required by SEC regulations.

The fair value of the time-vesting stock options awarded to Mr. Eccleshare in 2012 was estimated, based on several assumptions, on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. The fair value and assumptions used for the stock options awarded to Mr. Eccleshare in 2012 are shown below:

 

     Eccleshare
  March 26, 2012  
Grant

Fair value per share of options granted

   $4.16

Fair value assumptions:

  

Expected volatility

   54.01%

Expected life, in years

   6.3

Risk-free interest rate

   1.48%

Dividend yield

   0.00%

For Mr. Eccleshare, the amount shown in the Option Awards column for 2011 also includes the incremental fair value of modifications made on August 11, 2011 to certain of his outstanding stock option awards originally granted on September 10, 2009 and September 10, 2010. For a description of Mr. Eccleshare’s award modifications, see footnote (i) below.

For further discussion of the assumptions made in valuation, see also Note 10—Shareholders’ Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(c) The amounts reflect:

For Messrs. Pittman, Casey, Hogan and Walls, cash payments from CCMH as annual incentive bonus awards for 2012, 2011 and 2010, as applicable, under its 2008 Annual Incentive Plan pursuant to pre-established performance goals; and

For Mr. Eccleshare, (1) cash payments from CCOH as annual incentive bonus awards for 2012 and 2011 under its 2006 Annual Incentive Plan pursuant to pre-established performance goals and (2) for 2012, a cash payment in 2013 of one-third ($99,000) of the $297,000 earned pursuant to an additional bonus opportunity based on pre-established performance goals with respect to 2012, the remaining $198,000 of which will be paid in approximately equal installments in the following two years if Mr. Eccleshare remains employed at the payment dates.

Messrs. Casey and Hogan also earned an additional $198,000 and $900,000, respectively, that is not reflected in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column with respect to 2012. These amounts were earned pursuant to additional bonus opportunities based on pre-established performance goals with respect to 2012, and will be paid 36 months after the performance goals were established if they remain employed through the payment date. For discussion of the 2012 pre-established performance goals and payments, see “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Incentive Bonus.”

 

138


Table of Contents
(d) As described below, for 2012 the All Other Compensation column reflects:

 

    amounts we contributed under our 401(k) plan as a matching contribution for the benefit of the named executive officers in the United States or payments in lieu of pension contributions for the benefit of Mr. Eccleshare in the United Kingdom;
    club membership dues paid by us;
    the value of personal use of company aircraft by the named executive officers;
    personal tax services paid by us;
    tax gross-ups on tax services;
    relocation expenses for Mr. Eccleshare;
    the cost of travel to the United States for Mr. Eccleshare’s family;
    legal, immigration and other fees in connection with employment and other related matters;
    the cost of private medical insurance for the benefit of Mr. Eccleshare in the United Kingdom;
    an automobile allowance for the benefit of Mr. Eccleshare in the United Kingdom and amounts reimbursed for chauffeured car service expenses incurred by Mr. Eccleshare in the United States;
    amounts reimbursed for chauffeured car service expenses incurred by Mr. Pittman;
    housing, furnishings and related expenses for Mr. Eccleshare in the United States;
    tax gross-ups on housing, furnishings and related expenses for Mr. Eccleshare; and
    the cost of supplemental life insurance for Mr. Eccleshare.

 

               Pittman                        Casey                        Eccleshare                        Hogan                        Walls          

Plan contributions (or payment in lieu thereof)

     $6,250      $6,250      $155,887      $6,250      $6,250

Club dues

           1,823      

Aircraft usage

     680,669            177,825      4,029

Tax services

           25,579      

Tax services tax gross-up

           28,474      

Relocation expenses

           286,009      

Family travel expenses

           63,040      

Legal, immigration and other fees

     79,280         55,921      6,311   

Private medical insurance

           3,252      

Automobile allowance

           23,305      

Car service

     118,946         1,591      

Housing, furnishings and related expenses

           251,572      

Housing, furnishings and related expenses tax gross-up

           284,744      

Supplemental life insurance

           10,722      
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total

     $885,145      $6,250      $1,191,919      $190,386      $10,279
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Except as described below with respect to aircraft usage, the value of all benefits included in the All Other Compensation column is based on CCMH’s actual costs.

From time to time, our officers use the company aircraft for personal air travel, pursuant to the company’s Aircraft Policy. In addition, during the term of his employment, CCMH agreed to make an aircraft available to Mr. Pittman for his business and personal use (including flights on which Mr. Pittman is not present) and will pay all costs associated with the provision of the aircraft. CCMH leases an airplane for Mr. Pittman’s use, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

The value of personal aircraft usage reported above is based on CCMH’s direct variable operating costs. This methodology calculates an average variable cost per hour of flight. CCMH applies the same methodology to aircraft that are covered by contracts with an outside aircraft management company under which CCMH reimburses the aircraft management company for costs that would otherwise be incurred directly by CCMH (including crew salaries, insurance, fuel and hangar rent) and pays them a monthly management fee for the oversight and administrative services that would otherwise have to be provided by CCMH. On certain occasions, an executive’s spouse or other family members and guests may accompany the executive on a flight and the additional direct operating cost incurred in such situations is included under the foregoing methodology.

Mr. Pittman has been a member of, and an investor in, Pilot Group, a private equity investment company, since April 2003. In connection with Mr. Pittman’s appointment as our Chief Executive Officer, Pilot Group and certain of its portfolio investments in other media companies incurred restructuring expenses to ensure their continued compliance with applicable Federal Communications Commission regulations. The $79,280 of legal and other fees reflected in the table above for Mr. Pittman represents payments by CCMH during 2012 of fees incurred by Pilot Group and the impacted portfolio companies in connection with those restructuring activities to ensure continued compliance.

Messrs. Pittman and Eccleshare are reimbursed for chauffeured car service use for commuting and other personal purposes.

Pursuant to his employment agreement and in connection with his relocation to the United States, Mr. Eccleshare is entitled to receive certain relocation, immigration, housing, tax and other services. Of the amounts in the table above for Mr. Eccleshare, the amounts

 

139


Table of Contents

reflected for relocation expenses ($286,009) and legal, immigration and other fees ($55,921) are directly related to Mr. Eccleshare’s initial relocation from London to the United States and, accordingly, would not be expected to recur during the term of his employment. For a description of these services and the other items reflected in the table above, see “—Employment Agreements with the Named Executive Officers” below.

 

(e) Mr. Pittman became our Chief Executive Officer on October 2, 2011. The summary compensation information presented above for Mr. Pittman reflects his service in that capacity since October 2, 2011. Prior to becoming our Chief Executive Officer and an employee of ours on October 2, 2011, Mr. Pittman served as our Chairman of Media and Entertainment Platforms pursuant to a consulting agreement since November 2010. During 2011, we paid Mr. Pittman $375,000 for his services under the consulting agreement.

 

(f) Mr. Casey became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on January 4, 2010. The summary compensation information presented above for Mr. Casey reflects his service in that capacity since January 4, 2010, as well as his service as a member of the Office of the Chief Executive Officer of CCMH from March 31, 2011 until October 2, 2011 and of CCOH from March 31, 2011 through January 24, 2012.

 

(g) As described above under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Corporate Services Agreement,” Clear Channel Management Services, Inc. provides, among other things, certain executive officer services to CCOH. The Salary, Bonus, Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation and All Other Compensation columns presented above reflect 100% of the amounts for each of Messrs. Casey and Walls. However, pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, based on CCOH’s OIBDAN as a percentage of Clear Channel’s total OIBDAN, CCOH was allocated 40.62% of certain amounts for Mr. Casey for 2012, 38.95% for 2011 and 41% for 2010 and CCOH was allocated 38.95% of certain amounts for Mr. Walls for 2011, as described below:

 

    With respect to Mr. Casey: (1) 40.62% of the amounts reflected in the Salary, Bonus, Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation and All Other Compensation columns for 2012; (2) 38.95% of the amounts reflected in the Salary and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation columns and 38.95% of certain of the amounts reflected in the All Other Compensation column for 2011 based on his service as Chief Financial Officer; (3) $73,764 of the amount reflected in the Bonus column for 2011, reflecting 38.95% of his discretionary bonus provided for his service as Chief Financial Officer during 2011; (4) $148,250 of the amount reflected in the Bonus column for 2011, reflecting a pro rata portion of his discretionary bonus provided for his service as a member of the Office of the Chief Executive Officer for CCOH; and (5) 41% of the amounts reflected in the Salary, Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation columns and 41% of certain amounts reflected in the All Other Compensation column for 2010; and

 

    With respect to Mr. Walls, $148,250 of the amount reflected in the Bonus column for 2011, reflecting a pro rata portion of his discretionary bonus provided for his service as a member of the Office of the Chief Executive Officer for CCOH.

 

     Salary
Allocated to CCOH
                 2012                            2011                            2010            

Thomas W. Casey

   $321,575    $292,125    $307,500
               Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan  Compensation          
Allocated to CCOH
     2012    2011    2010

Thomas W. Casey

   $321,772    $498,800    $805,507

Robert H. Walls, Jr.

      148,250   
     All Other Compensation
Allocated to CCOH
     2012    2011    2010

Thomas W. Casey

   $2,539    $25,299    $471,660

 

(h) On January 24, 2012, Mr. Eccleshare was promoted to Chief Executive Officer of CCOH, overseeing both our Americas and International Outdoor divisions. Prior thereto, Mr. Eccleshare served as our Chief Executive Officer—Clear Channel Outdoor—International since September 1, 2009 but was not a named executive officer of ours prior to 2011. The summary compensation information presented above for Mr. Eccleshare reflects his compensation from CCOH for service in those capacities during the relevant periods of 2012 and 2011. Mr. Eccleshare is a citizen of the United Kingdom, and his compensation from CCOH reported in the Summary Compensation Table that was originally denominated in British pounds has been converted to U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates of £1=$1.5848 and £1=$1.60359 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

In addition to his compensation paid by CCOH, the amounts in the Salary column for Mr. Eccleshare include $18,046 and $17,990 paid in 2012 and 2011, respectively, by our majority-owned subsidiary, Clear Media Limited, for his service as a director of Clear Media Limited. Clear Media Limited is listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. The amounts paid by Clear Media Limited have been converted from Hong Kong dollars to U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates of HK$1=$0.1289 and HK$1=$0.1285 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

140


Table of Contents
(i) The amount in the Option Awards column for Mr. Eccleshare for 2011 reflects the full grant date fair value of time-vesting stock options awarded by CCOH, as described in footnote (b) above.

On August 11, 2011, CCOH’s Compensation Committee amended and restated certain of Mr. Eccleshare’s outstanding stock options. As part of the amendment and restatement, the performance-based vesting conditions applicable to Mr. Eccleshare’s outstanding stock options originally awarded on September 10, 2009 and September 10, 2010 were replaced with time-vesting conditions. Accordingly, as described in footnote (b) above, the amount in the Option Awards column for 2011 also includes the incremental fair value of the August 11, 2011 modifications made to his September 10, 2009 and September 10, 2010 stock option awards.

 

(j) During 2008 Mr. Hogan received stock options to purchase 108,297 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock that contained performance-based vesting conditions and received time-vesting stock options to purchase 54,148 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock. The 108,297 performance-based stock options awarded to Mr. Hogan in 2008 were cancelled on March 21, 2011 in exchange for a grant of 54,149 new performance-based stock options pursuant to the 2011 Exchange Program. Similarly, the 54,148 time-vesting stock options to purchase CCMH Class A common stock awarded to Mr. Hogan in 2008 were cancelled on March 21, 2011 in exchange for a grant of 27,074 new time-vesting stock options pursuant to the 2011 Exchange Program.

The amount in the Option Awards column for Mr. Hogan for 2011 reflects the incremental fair value of the time-vesting stock options awarded to Mr. Hogan by CCMH in the 2011 Exchange Program, as described in footnote (b) above. Assuming that all of the performance-based vesting conditions will be achieved with respect to the performance-based vesting stock options that Mr. Hogan received in the 2011 Exchange Program, the grant date fair value of those performance-based vesting stock options would have been $184,648. However, on the date of the 2011 Exchange Program, the actual fair value of those options was $0 based on the determination on the grant date that the achievement of the performance-based vesting conditions was not probable and, accordingly, no amount is reflected for the performance-based options in the Option Awards column.

 

(k) Mr. Walls became our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary on January 1, 2010. The summary compensation information presented above for Mr. Walls reflects his service in that capacity since January 1, 2010, as well as his service as a member of the Office of the Chief Executive Officer of CCMH from March 31, 2011 until October 2, 2011 and of CCOH from March 31, 2011 through January 24, 2012.

 

141


Table of Contents

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS WITH THE NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Certain elements of the compensation of the named executive officers are determined based on their respective employment agreements. The descriptions of the employment agreements set forth herein do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by the employment agreements. Each of the employment agreements discussed below provides for severance and change in control payments as more fully described under the heading “—Potential Post-Employment Payments” in this prospectus, which descriptions are incorporated herein by reference. For further discussion of the amounts of salary and bonus and other forms of compensation, see “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above.

Robert W. Pittman

On October 2, 2011, CCMH entered into an employment agreement with Robert W. Pittman, pursuant to which he serves as Chief Executive Officer of CCMH and as Executive Chairman of the board of directors of CCOH. His employment agreement supersedes the consulting agreement that Mr. Pittman previously entered into with CCMH and Pilot Group Manager LLC, dated November 15, 2010. The employment agreement has an initial term that ends on December 31, 2016 and thereafter provides for automatic 12-month extensions, beginning on January 1, 2017, unless either party gives prior notice electing not to extend the employment agreement.

Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Pittman will receive a base salary at a rate no less than $1,000,000 per year, which may be increased at the discretion of CCMH’s board of directors or its Compensation Committee. Mr. Pittman’s current annual base salary is $1,000,000. Mr. Pittman also has the opportunity to earn an annual performance bonus for the achievement of reasonable performance goals established annually by CCMH’s board of directors or its Compensation Committee after consultation with Mr. Pittman. Pursuant to his employment agreement, the aggregate target performance bonus that may be earned upon achievement of all of Mr. Pittman’s performance objectives will be not less than $1,650,000 (prorated for the portion of 2011 during which he served as our Chief Executive Officer). For 2012, Mr. Pittman received an annual bonus of $1,500,000, including a discretionary bonus of $597,200. See “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Incentive Bonus.”

Mr. Pittman is entitled to participate in all pension, profit sharing, and other retirement plans, all incentive compensation plans, and all group health, hospitalization and disability or other insurance plans, paid vacation, sick leave and other employee welfare benefit plans in which other similarly situated employees of CCMH may participate. In addition, during the term of his employment, CCMH will make an aircraft (which, to the extent available, will be a Dassault-Breguet Mystere Falcon 900) available to Mr. Pittman for his business and personal use (including flights on which Mr. Pittman is not present) and will pay all costs associated with the provision of the aircraft. CCMH leases this aircraft from a company controlled by Mr. Pittman. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transaction—Commercial Transactions.” If a company aircraft is not available due to service or maintenance issues, CCMH will charter a private aircraft for Mr. Pittman’s business and personal use. CCMH also will make a car and driver available for Mr. Pittman’s business and personal use in and around the New York area as well as anywhere else on company business. CCMH also paid for legal and other fees in connection with the negotiation of the employment agreement and related matters, as reflected in the All Other Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table.

Additionally, pursuant to his employment agreement, on October 2, 2011, Mr. Pittman was granted a stock option to purchase 830,000 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock. See “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End” below.

Under the employment agreement, Mr. Pittman is required to protect the secrecy of CCMH’s confidential information. He also is prohibited by the agreement from engaging in certain activities that compete with CCMH for 18 months after his employment terminates, and he is prohibited from soliciting employees or customers for 18 months after termination of employment. CCMH agreed to defend and indemnify Mr. Pittman for acts committed in the course and scope of his employment.

 

142


Table of Contents

Thomas W. Casey

On December 15, 2009, Thomas W. Casey entered into an employment agreement with Clear Channel. Mr. Casey ceased serving as our Chief Financial Officer on July 29, 2013 and entered into a Severance Agreement and General Release with Clear Channel on September 11, 2013.

Under his agreement, Mr. Casey received compensation consisting of a base salary, incentive awards and other benefits and perquisites. Mr. Casey’s annual base salary initially was set at $750,000, with eligibility for additional annual raises commensurate with company policy. Mr. Casey’s 2012 annual base salary was $800,000. During 2010, Mr. Casey received a $500,000 signing bonus, half of which he would have been required to reimburse if he terminated his employment within the first twelve months of his employment or Clear Channel terminated his employment for cause during that period. No later than March 15 of each calendar year during his employment, Mr. Casey was eligible to receive a performance bonus. For 2010 and each year thereafter during his employment (subject to annual increases as may be approved by Clear Channel), Mr. Casey’s target bonus was $1,000,000, with bonus criteria being 70% company financial performance-based and 30% MBO-based. For 2012, Mr. Casey received an annual bonus of $792,152, including a discretionary bonus of $230,000. Mr. Casey also earned an additional bonus of $198,000 pursuant to an additional bonus opportunity with respect to 2012 performance. See “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Incentive Bonus.” He was entitled to participate in all employee welfare benefit plans in which other similarly situated employees may participate.

Mr. Casey also was entitled to receive certain relocation benefits in connection with his relocation to San Antonio, Texas for a period of 24 months after entering into his employment agreement. During 2010, Mr. Casey’s relocation benefits included a $15,000 relocation allowance, $21,678 to reimburse him for duplicate housing expenses, $82,901 for travel, temporary living and miscellaneous relocation expenses and $19,372 for closing costs related to the purchase of his new home. We also engaged a third party relocation company, which purchased Mr. Casey’s home in Washington, with the purchase price based on appraisals obtained by the relocation company. In addition, we paid Mr. Casey $270,000 to compensate him for losses to him on the sale of his Washington home (after the first 10% of any such losses) and $163,812 to compensate him for taxes resulting from these relocation benefits. We bore the costs associated with the relocation company’s purchase and subsequent resale of Mr. Casey’s Washington home, as well as the costs of maintaining the home during the resale process and the loss to the relocation company on the resale of Mr. Casey’s Washington home, paying the relocation company an aggregate amount of $577,628 for these items. During 2011, Mr. Casey completed his relocation and received relocation benefits from Clear Channel of $37,385 with respect to the transfer tax on the deed to his home, plus $21,443 to compensate him for the taxes on those relocation benefits.

Additionally, pursuant to his employment agreement, on December 31, 2010, Mr. Casey was granted a stock option to purchase 250,000 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock. See “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End” below.

Under the employment agreement, Mr. Casey is required to protect the secrecy of Clear Channel’s confidential information and to assign certain intellectual property rights to Clear Channel. He also is prohibited by the agreement from engaging in certain activities that compete with Clear Channel for 18 months after his employment terminates, and he is prohibited from soliciting employees for employment or clients for advertising sales which compete with Clear Channel for 18 months after termination of employment. Clear Channel agreed to defend and indemnify Mr. Casey for acts committed in the course and scope of his employment.

C. William Eccleshare

August 31, 2009 Contract of Employment.  On August 31, 2009, Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd., a subsidiary of CCOH, entered into an employment agreement with C. William Eccleshare, pursuant to which he served as Chief Executive Officer of our International Outdoor division. The agreement had no specified term, but generally could be terminated by Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd. without cause upon 12 months prior written notice or by Mr. Eccleshare without cause upon six months prior written notice.

The agreement set Mr. Eccleshare’s initial base salary at £402,685 (or $638,175 using the average exchange rate of £1=$1.5848 for the year ended December 31, 2012), subject to additional annual raises at the sole

 

143


Table of Contents

discretion of Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd. As described below, in connection with his promotion to Chief Executive Officer of CCOH, Mr. Eccleshare’s annual base salary was increased to $1,000,000. Mr. Eccleshare also received a car allowance, was eligible to receive a performance bonus as decided at the sole discretion of the then-Chief Executive Officer and Compensation Committee of CCOH, and was entitled to certain other employee benefits.

In addition, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Eccleshare was entitled to have Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd. contribute a portion of his annual base salary to a personal pension plan (not sponsored by Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd.) registered under Chapter 2, Part 4 of the Finance Act of 2004 in the United Kingdom. Mr. Eccleshare’s employment agreement also contained non-compete and non-solicitation provisions, each with a nine-month term, and a confidentiality provision with a perpetual term.

New Employment Agreement.  On January 24, 2012, Mr. Eccleshare was promoted to serve as Chief Executive Officer of CCOH, overseeing both our Americas and International Outdoor divisions. In connection with his promotion, CCOH and Mr. Eccleshare entered into a new employment agreement. Mr. Eccleshare’s employment agreement has an initial term beginning on January 24, 2012 and continuing until December 31, 2014, with automatic 12-month extensions thereafter, beginning on January 1, 2015, unless either CCOH or Mr. Eccleshare gives prior notice electing not to extend the employment agreement. The employment agreement replaces Mr. Eccleshare’s Contract of Employment dated August 31, 2009.

As Chief Executive Officer of CCOH, Mr. Eccleshare relocated from CCOH’s offices in London to CCOH’s offices in New York City. In his new position, Mr. Eccleshare receives an annual base salary from CCOH of $1,000,000. His salary will be reviewed at least annually for possible increase by the CCOH board of directors. During the term of the employment agreement, Mr. Eccleshare will be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus from CCOH with a target of not less than $1,000,000 and the opportunity to earn up to 200% of the target amount based on the achievement of the performance goals specified in his employment agreement for 2012 and the performance goals to be set by CCOH’s Compensation Committee for years after 2012. In addition to the annual bonus, Mr. Eccleshare will be eligible to receive an additional annual bonus from CCOH of up to $300,000 (the “Additional Bonus Opportunity”), based on the achievement of one or more annual performance goals determined by CCOH’s board of directors or a subcommittee thereof. Any bonus earned under the Additional Bonus Opportunity will be paid by CCOH in equal cash installments on or about the first, second and third anniversary of the beginning of the applicable performance period and will be contingent in each case upon his continued employment through the applicable payment date. For 2012, Mr. Eccleshare received an annual bonus of $846,282, including a discretionary bonus of $405,096. Mr. Eccleshare also earned an additional bonus of $297,000, to be paid in three equal annual installments, pursuant to the Additional Bonus Opportunity described above. See “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Incentive Bonus.”

CCOH continues to contribute to Mr. Eccleshare’s personal pension plan registered under Chapter 2, Part 4 of the Finance Act of 2004 in the United Kingdom, as provided in his previous Contract of Employment. CCOH also agreed to reimburse Mr. Eccleshare for the reasonable costs and expenses (not to exceed $25,000 annually, fully grossed-up for applicable taxes) associated with filing his U.S. and U.K. personal income tax returns, as applicable. If Mr. Eccleshare’s actual U.S. and U.K. income tax and Social Security/National Insurance in a given year exceeds the tax obligations that he would have incurred on the same income (excluding all taxable income not paid by CCOH or a subsidiary or affiliate) had he remained subject only to U.K. income tax and National Insurance over the same period, CCOH will reimburse this excess tax on a fully-grossed up basis for applicable taxes. CCOH also agreed to make a car service available for Mr. Eccleshare’s business use and paid all fees associated with the immigration applications for Mr. Eccleshare and his spouse. After his relocation, Mr. Eccleshare is eligible to receive health, medical, welfare and life insurance benefits on a basis no less favorable than provided to similarly-situated senior executives of CCOH; provided, however, that his life insurance benefit shall be for an amount equal to four times his annual base salary. He also is entitled to vacation, pursuant to CCOH policy.

In connection with Mr. Eccleshare’s relocation to New York City, CCOH reimbursed Mr. Eccleshare for all reasonable expenses associated with his relocation to New York City pursuant to CCOH’s relocation policy. In addition, CCOH agreed to: (1) pay Mr. Eccleshare an additional $200,000 (less applicable taxes) for relocation-related expenses not otherwise covered by CCOH’s relocation policy; (2) provide a reasonable number of flights during the first 12 months after Mr. Eccleshare’s permanent relocation for his family to visit New York City; and (3) reimburse Mr. Eccleshare up to $20,000 per month, fully grossed-up for applicable taxes, for housing in New York City during any portion of his employment period in which he is based in New York City.

 

144


Table of Contents

During Mr. Eccleshare’s employment with CCOH and for 18 months thereafter, Mr. Eccleshare is subject to non-competition, non-interference and non-solicitation covenants substantially consistent with other senior executives of CCOH. Mr. Eccleshare also is subject to customary confidentiality, work product and trade secret provisions.

During the term of the employment agreement, Mr. Eccleshare may continue to perform non-executive services with Hays plc. Upon his service with Hays plc ceasing, Mr. Eccleshare will be permitted to perform another non-executive role at any time with a business that does not compete with CCOH or its affiliates, subject to CCOH’s prior written consent that will not be unreasonably withheld.

As provided in the employment agreement, Mr. Eccleshare was awarded 506,329 CCOH restricted stock units on July 26, 2012 in connection with his promotion.

John E. Hogan

Effective June 29, 2008, subject to the consummation of the Merger, John E. Hogan entered into an employment agreement with Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. (“CCB”), a wholly owned subsidiary of CCMH, with such employment agreement amending and restating in its entirety his previous employment agreement with CCB. On November 15, 2010, Mr. Hogan entered into a new amended and restated employment agreement, pursuant to which he would serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of our Media and Entertainment division through December 31, 2013, with automatic extensions from year to year thereafter unless either party gives prior notice of non-renewal. Mr. Hogan and CCB further amended his amended and restated employment agreement on February 23, 2012, pursuant to which he serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of our Media and Entertainment division through December 31, 2015, with automatic extensions from year to year thereafter unless either party gives prior notice of non-renewal. In connection with the 2012 Exchange Program described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation,” the guaranteed value provisions of his February 2012 amendment were amended on November 19, 2012 to reflect the exchange of his stock options for restricted stock in the 2012 Exchange Program so that, as described below, the guaranteed value provisions are now offset by the value of the restricted stock received in the 2012 Exchange Program rather than the stock option awards, which no longer exist after the closing of the 2012 Exchange Program. Mr. Hogan’s employment agreement was further amended in June 2013 in connection with his relocation from our offices in San Antonio to our offices in New York.

Under his agreement, Mr. Hogan receives compensation consisting of a base salary, incentive awards and other benefits and perquisites. Pursuant to the June 2013 amendment to his employment agreement with CCB, Mr. Hogan’s annual base salary increased from $1,000,000 to $1,125,000, with eligibility for additional annual raises commensurate with company policy. No later than March 15 of each calendar year, Mr. Hogan is eligible to receive a performance bonus of not less than 120% of his annual base salary for the year if all of his performance objectives are achieved for the year. Pursuant to the February 2012 amendment to his agreement, Mr. Hogan is eligible to earn an incremental bonus with a target of $900,000 with respect to 2012, based upon criteria approved by the Compensation Committee, in addition to his annual performance bonus. For 2012, Mr. Hogan received an annual bonus of $1,007,003, including a discretionary bonus of $321,680. Mr. Hogan also (1) received an additional bonus payment of $333,333 provided pursuant to an additional bonus opportunity awarded by the Compensation Committee in November 2011 with respect to 2011 performance and (2) earned an additional bonus of $900,000, to be paid 36 months after the performance goals were established if he remains employed on the payment date, pursuant to the incremental bonus opportunity with respect to 2012 performance described above. See “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Incentive Bonus.” Pursuant to the June 2013 amendment to his employment agreement, Mr. Hogan’s target bonus with respect to 2013 increased to $1,375,000 from $1,200,000 (prorated beginning June 3, 2013). Pursuant to the June 2013 amendment, in connection with his relocation, Mr. Hogan is entitled to a monthly housing allowance of $25,000 for 18 months, which will be grossed-up to cover the tax liability associated with the housing allowance. Mr. Hogan also received a $100,000 payment to assist with the costs of his relocation. Mr. Hogan also is entitled to participate in all pension, profit sharing and other retirement plans, all incentive compensation plans, and all group health, hospitalization and disability or other insurance plans, paid vacation, sick leave and other employee welfare benefit plans in which other similarly situated employees may participate. He also was entitled to reimbursement of his legal expenses in connection with the negotiation of his November 2010 amended and restated employment agreement and the February 2012 and June 2013 amendments thereto.

 

145


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the November 2012 amendment, if the after tax value of the Replacement Shares that Mr. Hogan received in the 2012 Exchange Program is less than the after tax value of $5,000,000 on December 31, 2015, as long as Mr. Hogan is employed by CCB on that date, he will receive a grant of CCMH restricted stock units on December 31, 2015 with a fair market value equal to $5,000,000 minus the restricted stock value specified in the amendment (the lesser of (1) 226,101 times the fair market value of a share of CCMH’s Class A common stock on that date and (2) if any of the 226,101 Replacement Shares received by Mr. Hogan in the 2012 Exchange Program have been sold in an arms-length transaction prior to that date, an amount equal to the sum of the gross proceeds received in that sale and the fair market value of any remaining unsold Replacement Shares as of that date). Any CCMH restricted stock units so awarded would vest on December 31, 2016 as long as Mr. Hogan is employed by CCB on that date.

Under the employment agreement, Mr. Hogan is required to protect the secrecy of CCB’s confidential information and to assign certain intellectual property rights to CCB. Mr. Hogan is prohibited by the agreement from activities that compete with CCB or its affiliates for 12 months after he leaves CCB, and he is prohibited from soliciting CCB’s employees for employment for 12 months after termination regardless of the reason for termination of employment. However, after Mr. Hogan’s employment with CCB has terminated, upon receiving written permission from the board of directors, Mr. Hogan is permitted to engage in competing activities that would otherwise be prohibited by his employment agreement if such activities are determined in the sole discretion of the board of directors in good faith to be immaterial to the operations of CCB, or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, in the location in question. Mr. Hogan also is prohibited from using CCB’s confidential information at any time following the termination of his employment in competing, directly or indirectly, with CCB.

Mr. Hogan is entitled to reimbursement of reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and full indemnification from any losses related to any proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of his being or having been an officer of CCB or any of its subsidiaries (other than any dispute, claim, or controversy arising under or relating to his employment agreement).

Robert H. Walls, Jr.

Effective January 1, 2010, Robert H. Walls, Jr. entered into an employment agreement with Clear Channel Management Services, Inc. (“CCMS”), an indirect subsidiary of CCMH. Pursuant to his agreement, Mr. Walls will serve as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary until his agreement is terminated by either party as permitted in the agreement.

Under his agreement, Mr. Walls receives compensation consisting of a base salary, incentive awards and other benefits and perquisites. Mr. Walls’ annual base salary initially was set at $550,000, with eligibility for additional annual raises commensurate with company policy. Mr. Walls’ current annual base salary is $750,000. During 2010, Mr. Walls received a $500,000 signing bonus, a prorated portion of which he would have been required to reimburse if he terminated his employment without good reason within the first twelve months of his employment or CCMS terminated his employment for cause during that period. No later than March 15 of each calendar year, Mr. Walls is eligible to receive a performance bonus. For 2010, Mr. Walls’ target bonus was $1,000,000, with the criteria being 50% EBITDA-based and 50% MBO-based. For purposes of his agreement, (1) EBITDA-based means performance criteria selected by the board of directors with respect to the annual bonus and with target performance determined on the same basis as determined for other similarly situated employees of CCMS and its affiliates and (2) MBO-based means the subjective performance criteria agreed to on an annual basis between the Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Walls at about the same time as established for other similarly situated employees. For 2011, Mr. Walls’ target bonus was required to be no less than 100% of his base salary for 2011, with the criteria being 50% EBITDA-based and 50% MBO-based. For 2012 and thereafter, Mr. Walls’ target bonus will be no less than his base salary for the year to which the bonus relates and the criteria will be set by management in consultation with Mr. Walls. For 2012, Mr. Walls received an annual bonus of $638,724, including a discretionary bonus of $115,250. See “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Incentive Bonus.” He is entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans and perquisites in which other similarly situated employees may participate.

Mr. Walls also received certain other benefits, including reimbursement of legal expenses in connection with the negotiation of his employment agreement and certain relocation benefits in connection with his relocation to San Antonio, Texas, such as reimbursement of living expenses and commuting expenses until September 1, 2010, reimbursement of taxes associated with the relocation benefits as well as other relocation benefits in accordance with company policy.

 

146


Table of Contents

Additionally, pursuant to his employment agreement, on December 31, 2010, Mr. Walls was granted a stock option to purchase 100,000 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock, which Mr. Walls exchanged for shares of restricted stock in the 2012 Exchange Program described in “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation.” See “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End” below.

Under the employment agreement, Mr. Walls is required to protect the secrecy of confidential information of CCMS and its affiliates and to assign certain intellectual property rights. He also is prohibited by the agreement from engaging in certain activities that compete with CCMS and its affiliates for 12 months after his employment terminates, and he is prohibited from soliciting employees for employment for 12 months after termination of employment. CCMS agreed to defend and indemnify Mr. Walls for acts committed in the course and scope of his employment.

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

Stock Incentive Plans

2008 Executive Incentive Plan. CCMH grants equity incentive awards to named executive officers and other eligible participants under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan adopted in connection with, and prior to, the consummation of the Merger. The 2008 Executive Incentive Plan is intended to advance the interests of CCMH and its affiliates by providing for the grant of stock-based and other incentive awards to the key employees and directors of, and consultants and advisors to, CCMH or its affiliates who are in a position to make a significant contribution to the success of CCMH and its affiliates.

The 2008 Executive Incentive Plan allows for the issuance of restricted stock, restricted stock units, incentive and non-statutory stock options, cash awards and stock appreciation rights to eligible participants, who include the key employees of CCMH and its subsidiaries in the case of incentive stock options, and the key employees and directors of, and consultants and advisors to, CCMH or any of its affiliates in the case of other awards.

The 2008 Executive Incentive Plan is administered by the board of directors of CCMH. The board of directors determines which eligible persons receive an award and the types of awards to be granted as well as the amounts, terms and conditions of each award, including, if relevant, the exercise price, the form of payment of the exercise price, the number of shares, cash or other consideration subject to the award and the vesting schedule. These terms and conditions will be set forth in the award agreement furnished to each participant at the time an award is granted to him or her under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan. The board of directors also makes other determinations and interpretations necessary to carry out the purposes of the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan. For a description of the treatment of awards upon a participant’s termination of employment or change in control, see “—Potential Post-Employment Payments.”

Certain key participants who receive equity awards under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan are subject to additional restrictions on their ability to transfer the shares they receive pursuant to awards granted under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan. In addition, all participants in the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan would be required to enter into a “lock up” or similar agreement with respect to the shares they receive pursuant to awards granted under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan in connection with a public offering of CCMH’s shares on terms and conditions requested by CCMH or its underwriters.

CCOH Stock Incentive Plans.  CCOH grants equity incentive awards to named executive officers in our outdoor businesses and other eligible participants under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan and, prior to obtaining stockholder approval of the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan on May 18, 2012, the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (collectively, the “CCOH Stock Incentive Plan”). The CCOH Stock Incentive Plan is intended to facilitate the ability of CCOH to attract, motivate and retain employees, directors and other personnel through the use of equity-based and other incentive compensation opportunities.

 

147


Table of Contents

The CCOH Stock Incentive Plan allows for the issuance of restricted stock, incentive and non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, director shares, deferred stock rights and other types of stock-based and/or performance-based awards to any present or future director, officer, employee, consultant or advisor of or to CCOH or its subsidiaries.

The CCOH Stock Incentive Plan is administered by CCOH’s Compensation Committee, except that the entire CCOH board of directors has sole authority for granting and administering awards to CCOH’s non-employee directors. The CCOH Compensation Committee determines which eligible persons receive an award and the types of awards to be granted as well as the amounts, terms and conditions of each award, including, if relevant, the exercise price, the form of payment of the exercise price, the number of shares, cash or other consideration subject to the award and the vesting schedule. These terms and conditions will be set forth in the award agreement furnished to each participant at the time an award is granted to him or her under the CCOH Stock Incentive Plan. The CCOH Compensation Committee also makes other determinations and interpretations necessary to carry out the purposes of the CCOH Stock Incentive Plan. For a description of the treatment of awards upon a participant’s termination of employment or change in control, see “—Potential Post-Employment Payments.”

Cash Incentive Plans

As discussed above, CCMH provides awards to Messrs. Pittman, Casey, Hogan and Walls under the 2008 Annual Incentive Plan (the “CCMH Annual Incentive Plan”) and CCOH provides awards to Mr. Eccleshare under the Amended and Restated 2006 Annual Incentive Plan (the “CCOH Annual Incentive Plan”). In addition, Messrs. Casey, Eccleshare and Hogan were eligible to participate in additional bonus opportunities with respect to performance in 2012, subject to continued employment. See “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Incentive Bonus” for a more detailed description of the CCMH Annual Incentive Plan, the CCOH Annual Incentive Plan and the grant of awards to the named executive officers thereunder, as well as the additional bonus opportunities available to Messrs. Casey, Eccleshare and Hogan.

 

148


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information concerning plan-based awards granted to the named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2012

 

Name

  Grant Date  

 

Estimated Possible Payouts
Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards

            Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
    All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price
of Option
Awards
($/Sh)
    Grant
Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards(a)
($)
 
     Threshold 
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
     Threshold 
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
         

Robert W. Pittman

  N/A (b)            1,650,000        3,300,000                                                    
  10/15/12(c)                                 100,000               100,000                      260,000   

Thomas W. Casey

  N/A(b)            1,000,000        2,000,000                                                    
  N/A(b)                   200,000                                                    
  05/10/12(d)                                               253,164                      1,797,464   
  10/22/12(e)                                               225,000                      388,598   
  10/22/12(e)                                               162,500                      489,125   

C. William

Eccleshare

  N/A(b)            1,000,000        2,000,000                                                    
  N/A(b)                   300,000                                                    
  03/26/12(f)                                                      90,000        7.90        374,094   
  07/26/12(f)                                 126,582               379,747                      1,860,760   

John E. Hogan

  N/A(b)            1,200,000        2,400,000                                                    
  N/A(b)                   900,000                                                    
  10/22/12(e)                                 36,550               189,551                      313,084   
  10/22/12(e)                                               163,295                      491,518   

Robert H. Walls,

Jr.

  N/A(b)            750,000        1,500,000                                                    
  03/26/12(g)                                               253,164                      1,999,996   
  10/15/12(g)                                 30,000               30,000                      78,000   
  10/22/12(e)                                               90,000                      149,337   
  10/22/12(e)                                               65,000                      195,650   

 

 

 

(a) For all equity awards other than the Replacement Shares and the Additional Shares provided as part of the 2012 Exchange Program described in footnote (e) below, the amounts in the table reflect the full grant date fair value of time-vesting stock and option awards computed in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 718, but excluding any impact of estimated forfeiture rates as required by SEC regulations. For the Replacement Shares and the Additional Shares provided as part of the 2012 Exchange Program, the amounts in the table reflect the incremental fair value of the time-vesting Replacement Shares and all of the Additional Shares based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, computed in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 718, but excluding any impact of estimated forfeiture rates as required by SEC regulations. For assumptions made in the valuation, see footnote (b) to the Summary Compensation Table above and Note 10—Shareholders’ Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(b) Each of Messrs. Pittman, Casey, Hogan and Walls was granted a cash incentive award by CCMH under the CCMH Annual Incentive Plan based on the achievement of pre-established performance goals. Mr. Eccleshare was granted a cash incentive award by CCOH under the CCOH Annual Incentive Plan based on the achievement of pre-established performance goals. In addition, each of Messrs. Casey, Eccleshare and Hogan was eligible to participate in an additional bonus opportunity with respect to CCMH’s 2012 performance in the case of Messrs. Casey and Hogan and CCOH’s 2012 performance in the case of Mr. Eccleshare. Mr. Casey had the opportunity to earn up to $200,000 from CCMH under this additional bonus opportunity and earned $198,000 based on 2012 performance. Mr. Eccleshare had the opportunity to earn up to $300,000 from CCOH under this additional bonus opportunity and earned $297,000 based on 2012 performance, of which $99,000 was paid at the end of February 2013 and is included under the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column in the Summary Compensation Table, and the remaining $198,000 will be paid at the same time as the annual incentive bonus payments in 2014 and 2015 if Mr. Eccleshare remains employed at that time. Mr. Hogan had the opportunity to earn up to $900,000 from CCMH under this additional bonus opportunity and earned $900,000 based on 2012 performance, which will be paid in 2015 if Mr. Hogan remains employed at that time. For further discussion of the 2012 cash incentive awards, see “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Incentive Bonus.”

 

(c) On October 15, 2012, Mr. Pittman was granted an award of 200,000 restricted shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan. The restricted stock will vest as follows: (1) 50% of the award is time-vesting, with half vesting on each of October 15, 2016 and October 15, 2017; and (2) 50% of the award will vest only if the Sponsors receive a 100% return on their investment in CCMH in the form of cash returns. For further discussion of this award, see “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation.”

 

(d)

On May 10, 2012, Mr. Casey was granted restricted stock units with respect to 253,164 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock under CCOH’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The restricted stock units would have vested 50% on each of March 26, 2015 and

 

149


Table of Contents
  March 26, 2016. For further discussion of Mr. Casey’s restricted stock unit award, see “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation.” These restricted stock units were forfeited in connection with Mr. Casey’s July 29, 2013 cessation of employment.

 

(e) On October 22, 2012, CCMH commenced the 2012 Exchange Program, pursuant to which CCMH offered to exchange certain outstanding options to purchase shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock granted under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan that had a per share exercise price equal to $10.00 for restricted Replacement Shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock in an amount equal to 90.0% of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying such person’s eligible options. In addition, on October 22, 2012, CCMH granted fully-vested Additional Shares of stock pursuant to a tax assistance program offered in connection with the 2012 Exchange Program. The Replacement Shares and Additional Shares were granted on October 22, 2012, the date of the commencement of the offer. If an individual participated in the 2012 Exchange Program, that person was required to tender his or her eligible options prior to November 19, 2012, the expiration date of the offer, in order to retain his or her Replacement Shares. If participants in the 2012 Exchange Program timely delivered a properly completed election form under Internal Revenue Code Section 83(b), CCMH repurchased a portion of their Additional Shares with a value sufficient to fund a portion of the tax withholdings in connection with the award of the Replacement Shares, subject to an aggregate maximum amount. Additional Shares that were not repurchased were forfeited at the expiration of the offer on November 19, 2012. If an individual declined to participate in the 2012 Exchange Program, that person’s Replacement Shares and Additional Shares were forfeited on November 19, 2012, the date of the expiration of the offer, and that person retained his or her eligible options.

Because the Replacement Shares and the Additional Shares were granted at the commencement of the offer, subject to forfeiture, $877,723, $804,602 and $344,987 included in the Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards column for Messrs. Casey, Hogan and Walls, respectively, represents the incremental fair value of their time-vesting Replacement Shares and all of their Additional Shares (including those forfeited as described below) based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, computed in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 718, but excluding any impact of estimated forfeiture rates as required by SEC regulations. Assuming that all of the performance-based vesting conditions will be achieved with respect to the performance-based Replacement Shares that Mr. Hogan received on October 22, 2012, the grant date fair value of those performance-based Replacement Shares would have been $110,016. However, on the date of grant, the actual fair market value of those performance-based Replacement Shares was $0 based on the determination on the grant date that the achievement of the performance-based vesting conditions was not probable and, accordingly, no amount is reflected for those performance-based Replacement Shares in the Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards column.

Mr. Casey received 225,000 Replacement Shares and 162,500 Additional Shares at the commencement of the offer. Mr. Casey declined to participate in the 2012 Exchange Program and forfeited the 225,000 Replacement Shares and 162,500 Additional Shares on November 19, 2012. He retained his existing options that were eligible for exchange, with no changes to the terms. As a result, the entire grant date fair value in respect of his Replacement Shares and Additional Shares set forth above under the Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards column was forfeited.

Mr. Hogan received 226,101 Replacement Shares and 163,295 Additional Shares at the commencement of the offer. Mr. Hogan participated in the 2012 Exchange Program and exchanged his eligible options for the 226,101 Replacement Shares. Mr. Hogan’s Replacement Shares vest as follows: (1) 153,000 shares vest 25% on each of the first, second, third and fourth annual anniversaries of December 31, 2010; (2) 36,551 shares vest 25% on each of the first, second, third and fourth annual anniversaries of February 17, 2011; and (3) 36,550 shares vest only if the Sponsors receive a 100% return on their investment in CCMH in the form of cash returns. In addition, 124,187 of Mr. Hogan’s Additional Shares were repurchased pursuant to the tax assistance program and the remaining 39,108 of Mr. Hogan’s Additional Shares were forfeited. As a result, $117,715 of the grant date fair value in respect of his Additional Shares set forth above under the Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards column was forfeited.

Mr. Walls received 90,000 Replacement Shares and 65,000 Additional Shares at the commencement of the offer. Mr. Walls participated in the 2012 Exchange Program and exchanged his eligible options for the 90,000 Replacement Shares. Mr. Walls’ Replacement Shares vest 25% on each of the first, second, third and fourth annual anniversaries of December 31, 2010. In addition, 30,994 of Mr. Walls’ Additional Shares were repurchased pursuant to the tax assistance program and the remaining 34,006 of Mr. Walls’ Additional Shares were forfeited. As a result, $102,358 of the grant date fair value in respect of his Additional Shares set forth above under the Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards column was forfeited.

For further discussion of the 2012 Exchange Program, see “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation.”

 

(f) On March 26, 2012, Mr. Eccleshare was granted stock options to purchase 90,000 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock under CCOH’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The options vest in 25% increments annually, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date.

On July 26, 2012, Mr. Eccleshare was granted restricted stock units with respect to 506,329 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock under CCOH’s 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. The restricted stock units vest as follows: (1) 379,747 of the units are time-vesting, with 189,873 vesting on January 24, 2015 and 189,874 vesting on January 24, 2016; and (2) 126,582 of the units will vest upon CCOH achieving an OIBDAN equal to or greater than the OIBDAN target indicated below for the years set forth below:

 

Performance Vesting Schedule

Year

  

OIBDAN target

2013

   907

2014

   1,009

2015

   1,085

2016

   1,166

 

150


Table of Contents

For further discussion of Mr. Eccleshare’s equity awards, see “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation.”

 

(g) On March 26, 2012, Mr. Walls was granted restricted stock units with respect to 253,164 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock under CCOH’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The restricted stock units vest 50% on each of March 26, 2015 and March 26, 2016.

On October 15, 2012, Mr. Walls was granted an award of 60,000 restricted shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan. The restricted stock will vest as follows: (1) 50% of the award is time-vesting, with 20% vesting annually, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date; and (2) 50% of the award will vest only if the Sponsors receive a 100% return on their investment in CCMH in the form of cash returns.

For further discussion of Mr. Walls’ awards, see “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation.”

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END

The following table sets forth certain information concerning outstanding equity awards of the named executive officers at December 31, 2012. In connection with the payment by CCOH of a special cash dividend of $6.0832 on March 15, 2012 to its stockholders of record on March 12, 2012, CCOH made the following anti-dilution adjustments to awards outstanding under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan as of March 16, 2012 and March 26, 2012 (other than those awarded on March 26, 2012): (1) the exercise price of CCOH options with a per share exercise price of $7.75 or greater was adjusted downward by $6.09; (2) CCOH options with a per share exercise price of less than $7.75 were adjusted by (A) dividing the exercise price by the “Conversion Ratio” and (B) multiplying the number of shares of common stock subject to such award by the “Conversion Ratio” (where the “Conversion Ratio” was equal to 1.736, which was (x) the closing price of a share of CCOH Class A common stock as of March 15, 2012 divided by (y) the opening price of a share of CCOH Class A common stock on the ex dividend date, March 16, 2012); and (3) each award of CCOH restricted stock units was amended such that the number of restricted stock units subject to such award was increased to an amount equal to B+((AxB)/C), where A was equal to $6.09, B was equal to the number of restricted stock units underlying such award and C was equal to $8.27. All other terms and conditions governing each such award remained unchanged. The table below reflects the terms of each award outstanding at December 31, 2012 and, accordingly, reflects such adjustments.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2012

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
Name  

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

   

 Option 

 Exercise 

 Price ($) 

   

 Option 

 Expiration 
 Date 

   

 Number of 
 Shares or 

 Units of 

 Stock That 

 Have Not 
 Vested (#) 

   

  Market  

  Value  

  of Shares  

  or Units of  

  Stock That  

  Have Not  
  Vested(a) ($)  

   

 Equity 
 Incentive Plan 
 Awards: 
 Number of 
 Unearned 
 Shares, 

 Units or Other 

 Rights 

 That Have Not 

 Vested (#) 

   

 

  Equity  
  Incentive  

  Plan  

  Awards:  

  Market or  
  Payout  

  Value of  
  Unearned  
  Shares,  

  Units or Other  

  Rights That  

  Have Not  

  Vested ($)(a)  

 
 

(#)

  Exercisable  

   

(#)

  Unexercisable  

             

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Robert W. Pittman     166,000(b)        664,000(b)        36.00        10/02/21                               
                                100,000(c)        340,000        100,000(c)        340,000   
Thomas W. Casey     187,500(d)        62,500(d)        10.00        12/31/20                               
                                253,164(e)        1,777,211                 

C. William

Eccleshare

    162,804(f)        40,009(f)        4.05        09/10/19                               
    31,047(g)        31,047(g)        3.48        02/24/20                               
    31,791(h)        31,792(h)        4.31        09/10/20                               

 

151


Table of Contents
    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
Name  

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

   

 Option 

 Exercise 

 Price ($) 

   

 Option 

 Expiration 
 Date 

   

 Number of 
 Shares or 

 Units of 

 Stock That 

 Have Not 
 Vested (#) 

   

  Market  

  Value  

  of Shares  

  or Units of  

  Stock That  

  Have Not  
  Vested(a) ($)  

   

 Equity 
 Incentive Plan 
 Awards: 
 Number of 
 Unearned 
 Shares, 

 Units or Other 

 Rights 

 That Have Not 

 Vested (#) 

   

 

  Equity  
  Incentive  

  Plan  

  Awards:  

  Market or  
  Payout  

  Value of  
  Unearned  
  Shares,  

  Units or Other  

  Rights That  

  Have Not  

  Vested ($)(a)  

 
 

(#)

  Exercisable  

   

(#)

  Unexercisable  

             

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    10,240(i)        5,120(i)        7.66        12/13/20                               
    22,500(j)        67,500(j)        8.97        02/21/21                               
           90,000(k)        7.90        03/26/22                               
                                4,346(l)        30,509                 
                                379,747(m)        2,665,824        126,582(m)        888,606   
John E. Hogan                                 76,500(n)        260,100                 
                                27,414(o)        93,208        36,550(o)        124,270   
Robert H. Walls, Jr.                                 30,000(p)        102,000        30,000(p)        102,000   
                                45,000(q)        153,000                 
                                253,164(r)        1,777,211                 

 

(a) For equity awards with respect to the Class A common stock of CCMH, this value is based upon the closing sale price of CCMH’s Class A common stock on December 31, 2012 of $3.40. For equity awards with respect to the Class A common stock of CCOH, this value is based upon the closing sale price of CCOH’s Class A common stock on December 31, 2012 of $7.02.

 

(b) Options to purchase 166,000 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock vested on October 2, 2012. The remaining options vest in three equal annual installments, beginning on October 2, 2013.

 

(c) This unvested restricted stock award representing 200,000 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock vests as follows: (1) 50% of the award is time-vesting, with 50% vesting on each of October 15, 2016 and October 15, 2017; and (2) 50% of the award will vest only if the Sponsors receive a 100% return on their investment in CCMH in the form of cash returns.

 

(d) Options to purchase 62,500 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock vested on each of December 31, 2010, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012. The remaining options would have vested on December 31, 2013. These options were forfeited in connection with Mr. Casey’s July 29, 2013 cessation of employment.

 

(e) This unvested restricted stock unit award representing 253,164 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock would have vested 50% on each of March 26, 2015 and March 26, 2016. These restricted stock units were forfeited in connection with Mr. Casey’s July 29, 2013 cessation of employment.

 

(f) Options to purchase 202,813 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock vest as follows: (1) options with respect to 48,062 shares vested on September 10, 2010; (2) options with respect to 74,736 shares vested on September 10, 2011; (3) options with respect to 40,006 shares vested on September 10, 2012; and (4) the remaining options vest on September 10, 2013.

 

(g) Options to purchase 62,094 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock vest as follows: (1) options with respect to 15,523 shares vested on February 24, 2011; (2) options with respect to 15,524 shares vested on February 24, 2012; and (3) the remaining options vest in two approximately equal annual installments, beginning on February 24, 2013.

 

(h) Options to purchase 63,583 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock vest as follows: (1) options with respect to 15,895 shares vested on September 10, 2011; (2) options with respect to 15,896 shares vested on September 10, 2012; and (3) the remaining options vest in two approximately equal annual installments, beginning on September 10, 2013.

 

(i) Options to purchase 15,360 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock vest as follows: (1) 5,120 vested on each of September 10, 2011 and September 10, 2012; and (2) the remaining options vest on September 10, 2013.

 

(j) Options to purchase 22,500 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock vested on February 21, 2012. The remaining options vest in three equal annual installments, beginning on February 21, 2013.

 

(k) These options to purchase 90,000 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock vest in four equal annual installments, beginning on March 26, 2013.

 

(l) This unvested restricted stock unit award representing 4,346 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock vests on September 10, 2013.

 

152


Table of Contents
(m) This unvested restricted stock unit award representing 506,329 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock vests as follows: (1) 379,747 of the units are time-vesting, with 189,873 vesting on January 24, 2015 and 189,874 vesting on January 24, 2016; and (2) 126,582 of the units will vest upon CCOH achieving an OIBDAN equal to or greater than the OIBDAN target indicated below for the years set forth below:

 

Performance Vesting Schedule

Year

  

OIBDAN target

2013

   907

2014

   1,009

2015

   1,085

2016

   1,166

 

(n) This unvested restricted stock award representing 76,500 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock was issued pursuant to the 2012 Exchange Program described in “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation” and vests 50% on each of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014.

 

(o) This unvested restricted stock award representing 63,964 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock was issued pursuant to the 2012 Exchange Program described in “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation” and vests as follows: (1) restricted stock representing 27,414 shares vest in three equal annual installments, beginning on February 17, 2013; and (2) restricted stock representing 36,550 shares vest only if the Sponsors receive a 100% return on their investment in CCMH in the form of cash returns.

 

(p) This unvested restricted stock award representing 60,000 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock vests as follows: (1) 50% of the award is time-vesting, with 20% vesting annually, beginning October 15, 2013; and (2) 50% of the award will vest only if the Sponsors receive a 100% return on their investment in CCMH in the form of cash returns.

 

(q) This unvested restricted stock award representing 45,000 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock was issued pursuant to the 2012 Exchange Program described in “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation” and vests 50% on each of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014.

 

(r) This unvested restricted stock unit award representing 253,164 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock vests 50% on each of March 26, 2015 and March 26, 2016.

 

153


Table of Contents

OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED

The following table sets forth certain information concerning option exercises by and stock vesting for the named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested During 2012

 

    Option Awards   Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Shares
     Acquired on     
Exercise (#)
     Value Realized on   
Exercise ($)
     Number of Shares   
Acquired on

Vesting(a) (#)
       Value Realized on   
Vesting(b) ($)
 

Robert W.

Pittman

                 

Thomas W.

Casey

                 

C. William

Eccleshare

        4,344        23,371   

John E. Hogan

        209,824        646,488   

Robert H. Walls,

Jr

        75,994        237,517   

 

 

(a) In the case of Mr. Eccleshare, the amount shown represents the gross number of shares acquired on vesting of restricted stock units, without taking into account any shares withheld to satisfy applicable tax obligations. In the case of Messrs. Hogan and Walls, the amounts shown represent (1) for Mr. Hogan, 47,387 Replacement Shares that were awarded on October 22, 2012 and vested immediately pursuant to the 2012 Exchange Program, 124,187 Additional Shares that were repurchased by CCMH to fund tax withholdings under the 2012 Exchange Program and 38,250 Replacement Shares that vested on December 31, 2012 and (2) for Mr. Walls, 22,500 Replacement Shares that were awarded on October 22, 2012 and vested immediately pursuant to the 2012 Exchange Program, 30,994 Additional Shares that were repurchased by CCMH to fund tax withholdings under the 2012 Exchange Program and 22,500 Replacement Shares that vested on December 31, 2012. Replacement Shares and Additional Shares that were forfeited in the 2012 Exchange Program are not reflected in the table above because no value was received by the named executive officers for those shares. Such shares are reported in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2012 table above.

 

(b) In the case of Mr. Eccleshare, the amount shown represents the value of vested restricted stock units, calculated by multiplying (1) the number of vested restricted stock units by (2) the closing price of CCOH’s Class A common stock on the vesting date. In the case of Messrs. Hogan and Walls, the amounts shown represent the value of the vested Replacement Shares and the Additional Shares repurchased by CCMH to fund tax withholdings under the 2012 Exchange Program multiplied by the closing price of CCMH’s Class A common stock on October 22, 2012, the date of the commencement of the 2012 Exchange Program. Replacement Shares and Additional Shares that were forfeited in the 2012 Exchange Program are not reflected in the table above because no value was received by the named executive officers for those shares. The incremental fair value of the time-vesting Replacement Shares and all of the Additional Shares is reported in the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2012 table above.

PENSION BENEFITS

CCMH, Clear Channel and CCOH do not have any pension plans in which the named executive officers participate.

NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

CCMH historically has offered a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for its highly compensated executives, pursuant to which participants could make an annual election to defer up to 50% of their annual salary and up to 80% of their bonus before taxes. Any matching credits on amounts deferred would be made in CCMH’s sole discretion and CCMH retains ownership of all assets until distributed. Participants in the plan could allocate their deferrals and any CCMH matching credits among different investment options, the performance of which would be used to determine the amounts to be paid to participants under the plan.

 

154


Table of Contents

The committee that administers the nonqualified deferred compensation plan decided to suspend all salary and bonus deferral contributions and company matching contributions for the 2010 plan year and all succeeding plan years until reinstated by such committee.

Payments under the plan must begin upon separation from service, death, disability or change in control; however, key employees generally must wait six months after separation from service for distributions to begin. Payments will be made in accordance with the participant’s elections if the participant reaches retirement under the plan (age 65, or age 55 and 10 years of service) and has an account balance of $25,000 or more. If a participant terminates employment and does not meet both of these criteria, the participant’s account balance will be distributed on the 10th of the month on or following 60 days after termination. Distributions due to financial hardship (as determined by CCMH’s Compensation Committee) are permitted, but other unscheduled withdrawals are not allowed. In the event of a change in control, all deferral account balances will be distributed in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible.

The following table sets forth certain information for the named executive officers with respect to the nonqualified deferred compensation plan for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

Name

   Executive
  Contributions  

in 2012($)
   Registrant
 Contributions 

in 2012 ($)
   Aggregate
    Earnings in    

2012 ($)
   Aggregate
Withdrawals/
 Distributions ($) 
   Aggregate
Balance at
   December 31,   
2012(a) ($)

Robert W.

Pittman

              

Thomas W.

Casey

              

C. William

Eccleshare

              

John E.

Hogan

         18,488       226,816

Robert H. Walls,

Jr

              

 

 

(a) Of the $226,816 shown in the Aggregate Balance at December 31, 2012 column, $35,012 is reflected for Mr. Hogan in the Summary Compensation Table for years prior to 2012.

POTENTIAL POST-EMPLOYMENT PAYMENTS

The following narrative and table describe the potential payments or benefits upon termination, change in control or other post-employment scenarios for each of our named executive officers, using an assumed December 31, 2012 trigger event for each scenario. In addition, in the case of Mr. Casey, whose employment with Clear Channel terminated on July 29, 2013, the following narrative also describes his actual severance arrangements.

Robert W. Pittman

Termination by CCMH for Cause, by Mr. Pittman without Good Cause or Upon Non-Renewal of the Agreement by Mr. Pittman.  Robert W. Pittman’s employment agreement provides for the following payments and benefits upon termination by us for “Cause,” by Mr. Pittman without “Good Cause” or due to the non-renewal of the agreement by Mr. Pittman.

Under the agreement, “Cause” is defined as: (1) conduct by Mr. Pittman constituting a material act of willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties; (2) continued, willful and deliberate non-performance by Mr. Pittman of his duties under the agreement (other than by reason of physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) where such non-performance has continued for more than 15 business days after written notice; (3) Mr. Pittman’s refusal or failure to follow lawful directives consistent with his job responsibilities where such refusal or failure has continued for more than 15 business days after written notice; (4) a criminal conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere by, Mr. Pittman for a felony or material violation of any securities law, including

 

155


Table of Contents

without limitation a conviction of fraud, theft or embezzlement or a crime involving moral turpitude; (5) a material breach of the agreement by Mr. Pittman; or (6) a material violation by Mr. Pittman of CCMH’s employment policies regarding harassment. In the case of (1), (2), (3), (5) or (6), those acts will not constitute Cause unless Mr. Pittman has been given written notice specifying the conduct qualifying for Cause and Mr. Pittman fails to cure within 15 business days after receipt of the notice.

The term “Good Cause” includes, subject to certain exceptions: (1) a repeated willful failure by CCMH to comply with a material term of the agreement after written notice by Mr. Pittman specifying the alleged failure; (2) a substantial and adverse change in Mr. Pittman’s position, material duties, responsibilities or authority; or (3) a substantial reduction in Mr. Pittman’s material duties, responsibilities or authority. To terminate for Good Cause, Mr. Pittman must provide CCMH with 30 days’ notice, after which CCMH has 15 days to cure.

If CCMH terminates Mr. Pittman’s employment for Cause, CCMH will pay Mr. Pittman a lump sum cash payment equal to Mr. Pittman’s accrued and unpaid base salary through the date of termination. If Mr. Pittman terminates his employment without Good Cause or elects not to renew his employment agreement, CCMH will pay Mr. Pittman a lump sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary and any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to a previous year.

Termination by CCMH without Cause, by Mr. Pittman for Good Cause, Upon Non-Renewal of the Agreement by CCMH or Upon Change in Control. If CCMH terminates Mr. Pittman’s employment without Cause, if Mr. Pittman terminates his employment for Good Cause or if Mr. Pittman’s employment is terminated without Cause by CCMH after giving notice of non-renewal, Mr. Pittman will receive a lump-sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination and any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to a previous year. In addition, provided he signs and returns a release of claims in the time period required, CCMH will: (1) pay Mr. Pittman, over a period of two years, an amount equal to two times the sum of his base salary and target bonus; (2) reimburse Mr. Pittman for all COBRA premium payments paid by Mr. Pittman for continuation of healthcare coverage during the 18-month period following the date of Mr. Pittman’s termination; and (3) pay Mr. Pittman a prorated annual bonus with respect to the days he was employed in the year that includes the termination, calculated as if he had remained employed through the normal payment date. Mr. Pittman’s employment agreement does not provide for payments or benefits upon a change in control. Accordingly, if he is terminated without Cause after a change in control, Mr. Pittman will be entitled to the benefits described for a termination without Cause.

Termination due to Disability. If Mr. Pittman is unable to perform his duties under the agreement on a full-time basis for more than 180 days in any 12 month period, CCMH may terminate his employment. If Mr. Pittman’s employment is terminated he will receive: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination; (2) any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to a previous year; and (3) a prorated annual bonus with respect to the days he was employed in the year that includes the termination, calculated as if he had remained employed through the normal payment date. If a release of claims is signed and returned in the time period required, CCMH will reimburse Mr. Pittman for all COBRA premium payments paid by Mr. Pittman for continuation of healthcare coverage during the 18-month period following Mr. Pittman’s date of termination.

Termination due to Death. If Mr. Pittman’s employment is terminated due to his death, CCMH will pay to his designee or, if no designee, to his estate: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination; (2) any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to a previous year; and (3) a prorated annual bonus with respect to the days he was employed in the year that includes the termination, calculated as if he had remained employed through the normal payment date. If a release of claims is signed and returned in the time period required, CCMH will reimburse all COBRA premium payments paid by Mr. Pittman’s estate for continuation of healthcare coverage during the 18-month period following Mr. Pittman’s date of termination.

Impact of Termination on Equity Awards.  Except as described below, upon termination of Mr. Pittman’s employment, all of his outstanding and unvested CCMH stock options and restricted stock will be cancelled. If Mr. Pittman’s employment is terminated by CCMH without Cause or by Mr. Pittman for Good Cause within 12 months after a change of control of CCMH where the Sponsors do not receive cash as a direct result of such transaction in an amount equal to at least 75% of their equity interest in CCMH immediately prior to the transaction, his unvested options will vest and become immediately exercisable. If Mr. Pittman’s employment is terminated by CCMH

 

156


Table of Contents

without Cause or by Mr. Pittman for Good Cause (in circumstances other than as described in the previous sentence), the portion of his unvested options that would have vested within 12 months after the date of termination will vest on the date of termination and become immediately exercisable. Upon termination of his employment due to death or disability, Mr. Pittman’s vested stock options will continue to be exercisable for the shorter of one year or the remaining 10-year term of the options. In the case of any termination of employment for a reason other than death or disability, Mr. Pittman’s vested stock options will continue to be exercisable for the shorter of six months or the remaining 10-year term of the options. If both of the following conditions occur during the six month period after termination of Mr. Pittman’s employment, the period in which to exercise a vested option will be extended by an additional six months (in no event beyond the 10-year term of the options): (1) the average closing value of the Dow Jones Industrial Average for the 10 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date the options would otherwise expire pursuant to the previous two sentences (the “Exercise Measurement Period”) is at least 20% less than for the 10 consecutive trading days ending on the date Mr. Pittman’s employment terminated (the “Base Measurement Period”) and (2) the average closing price of the Class A common stock as reported on the principle exchange on which it is listed for trading during the Exercise Measurement Period is at least 25% less than the average closing price of the Class A common stock reported on such exchange for the Base Measurement Period. If Mr. Pittman’s employment is terminated by CCMH without Cause within 12 months after a change of control, his time-vesting CCMH restricted stock will vest.

Impact of Termination on Repurchase Rights.  Mr. Pittman’s employment agreement amends the Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated November 15, 2010, by and among CCMH, CC IV, CC V and Pittman CC LLC with respect to certain repurchase rights in favor of CCMH and its affiliates relating to 706,215 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock (the “Purchased Shares”) purchased by Pittman CC LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Pittman, in November 2010. The amendment provides that the repurchase rights in the Purchase Agreement will lapse so that CCMH will not be permitted to exercise the repurchase rights and Mr. Pittman will be deemed vested in all of the Purchased Shares unless Mr. Pittman’s employment terminates for any reason before November 15, 2013, in which case the repurchase rights and related vesting provisions will be reinstated and may be exercised as follows: (1) 100% of the Purchased Shares that may otherwise be repurchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement if such termination occurs before October 2, 2013 and (ii) 50% of the Purchased Shares that may otherwise be repurchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement if such termination occurs on and after October 2, 2013 and before November 15, 2013. The terms of CCMH’s repurchase right will be governed by the Purchase Agreement, except that if Mr. Pittman’s employment is terminated by CCMH without Cause or by him with Good Cause prior to November 15, 2013 and CCMH elects to repurchase any of the Purchased Shares and the repurchase date is the Exit Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the repurchase price would be the number of Purchased Shares to be repurchased multiplied by the higher of (A) the original per share cost of such Purchased Shares, plus interest, compounded quarterly, accruing from November 15, 2010 to the date of repurchase at a rate of four percent (4%) and (B) the fair market value of such shares as of the date his Employment Agreement is terminated. Mr. Pittman’s right to demand that CCMH repurchase a specified number of Purchased Shares as set forth in the Purchase Agreement shall apply in the event that Mr. Pittman’s employment is terminated by CCMH without Cause or by Mr. Pittman for Good Cause.

Thomas W. Casey

Mr. Casey served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CCMH, Clear Channel and CCOH until July 29, 2013. In connection with Mr. Casey’s termination of employment, on September 11, 2013 Clear Channel and Mr. Casey entered into a Severance Agreement and General Release (the “Agreement”) pursuant to which Clear Channel agreed to pay Mr. Casey: (1) $198,000, representing the amount previously earned by Mr. Casey pursuant to a supplemental incentive plan with respect to 2012 performance, and (2) as provided in Mr. Casey’s previous Employment Agreement dated December 15, 2009 (the “Previous Employment Agreement”) for a termination without “Cause” (as defined in the Previous Employment Agreement), and in exchange for the Agreement and Mr. Casey’s release of claims: (a) a prorated annual bonus with respect to the days he was employed during 2013, calculated as provided in the Previous Employment Agreement; (b) an “equity value preservation payment” equal to $5,000,000; and (c) a $2,700,000 severance payment paid over 18 months. However, if Mr. Casey violates the non-compete provision of Section 7 of the Previous Employment Agreement during the 18-month period above (but without regard to whether Mr. Casey’s activities are within or outside the non-compete area specified in such provision), the severance payments referred to in (c) above shall cease. Mr. Casey’s vested CCMH stock options remained exercisable for 90 days after his termination, and then forfeited. Mr. Casey’s unvested CCMH stock options and his unvested CCOH restricted stock forfeited upon his termination.

 

157


Table of Contents

The discussion below describes the termination provisions of Mr. Casey’s Previous Employment Agreement:

Termination by Clear Channel for Cause or by Mr. Casey without Good Reason.  Mr. Casey’s Previous Employment Agreement provided for the following payments and benefits upon termination by Clear Channel for “Cause” or by Mr. Casey without “Good Reason.”

Under the Previous Employment Agreement, “Cause” was defined as Mr. Casey’s: (1) willful and continued failure to perform substantially his duties with us (other than due to disability or following his notice to us of termination for Good Reason), after a demand for substantial performance is delivered by our board of directors or the Compensation Committee specifically identifying the manner in which he has not performed; (2) willful and material misconduct that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to Clear Channel; (3) willful disregard or violation of published company policies and procedures or codes of ethics; (4) fraud, dishonesty, breach of fiduciary duty, misappropriation, embezzlement or gross misfeasance of duty; or (5) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude. In the case of (1), (2) or (3), unless the action by its nature was not curable or was a recurrence of a previously cured act with respect to which Mr. Casey had previously been provided notice, those acts would not have constituted Cause unless the board of directors provided Mr. Casey with notice specifying (a) the conduct qualifying for Cause, (b) reasonable action that would remedy it and (c) a reasonable time (not less than 30 days) within which Mr. Casey could take the remedial action, and Mr. Casey failed to take the remedial action within the specified time.

The term “Good Reason” included, subject to certain exceptions: (1) Clear Channel’s repeated failure to comply with a material term of the agreement after written notice from Mr. Casey specifying the failure; (2) a substantial and unusual increase in responsibilities and authority without an offer of additional reasonable compensation; or (3) a substantial and unusual reduction in responsibilities or authority. To terminate for Good Reason, Mr. Casey would have had to provide Clear Channel with 30 days’ notice, after which Clear Channel would have had 30 days to cure.

If Mr. Casey had been terminated for Cause, he would have received a lump-sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination. If Mr. Casey resigned without Good Reason, he would have received his base salary for the 90-day notice period and any accrued but unpaid base salary and prior year annual bonus. If he was terminated for Cause or if he resigned without Good Reason, his CCMH stock options would have been cancelled and any unvested CCOH restricted stock units would have been forfeited. If his employment had terminated due to retirement (resignation from employment when the sum of his full years of age and full years of service equals at least 70, and he is at least 60 years of age with five full years of service at the time), any unvested CCOH restricted stock units would have continued to vest as if he were employed.

Termination by Clear Channel without Cause, by Mr. Casey for Good Reason or Upon Change in Control.  In the case of Mr. Casey’s termination by Clear Channel without Cause or Mr. Casey’s resignation for Good Reason: (1) he would have received a lump-sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination; (2) provided he signed and returned a release of claims in the time period required, he would have received (a) a lump sum cash payment equal to any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to the year prior to his termination, (b) a prorated annual bonus with respect to the days he was employed in the year that includes the termination, calculated as if he had remained employed through the normal payment date, had 100% of his bonus opportunity been based on Clear Channel’s financial performance criteria and based on Clear Channel’s actual performance against those criteria as of the end of the performance period, (c) an “equity value preservation payment” equal to $3,750,000 for a termination that occurs in 2012 (with the amount equaling $5,000,000 for a termination occurring during 2013), and (d) a severance payment paid over 18 months in an amount equal to 1.5 times the sum of (i) his annual base salary at the termination date and (ii) his target bonus for the year that includes the termination. However, if Mr. Casey violates the non-compete provisions of his agreement during the 18-month period above, Clear Channel may cease the severance payment referred to in (d) above.

Furthermore, in a termination by Clear Channel without Cause, Mr. Casey’s vested CCMH stock options would continue to be exercisable for the shorter of 90 days or the remaining 10-year term of the options and any

 

158


Table of Contents

unvested CCOH restricted stock units would be forfeited. Mr. Casey’s employment agreement did not provide for payments or benefits upon a change in control. Accordingly, if he was terminated without Cause after a change in control, Mr. Casey would have been entitled to the benefits described for a termination without Cause. Mr. Casey’s unvested CCMH stock options would have vested if his employment had been terminated without Cause during the 12 months after a change in control and would be exercisable as described above. Mr. Casey’s unvested CCOH restricted stock units would have vested upon a change in control, with or without termination.

Termination due to Disability.  If Mr. Casey had been unable to perform the essential functions of his full-time position for more than 180 days in any 12 month period, Clear Channel could have terminated his employment. If Mr. Casey’s employment terminated: (1) he would have received a lump-sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination; (2) provided he signed and returned a release of claims in the time period required, he would have received (a) a lump sum cash payment equal to any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to the year prior to his termination and (b) a prorated annual bonus with respect to the days he was employed in the year that includes the termination, calculated as if he had remained employed through the normal payment date, had 100% of his bonus opportunity been based on Clear Channel’s financial performance criteria and based on Clear Channel’s actual performance against those criteria as of the end of the performance period. Furthermore, Mr. Casey’s vested CCMH stock options would have continued to be exercisable for the shorter of one year or the remaining 10-year term of the options and any unvested CCOH restricted stock units would have continued to vest as if he were employed.

Termination due to Death.  If Mr. Casey’s employment had been terminated by his death, Clear Channel would have paid in a lump sum to his designee or, if no designee, to his estate, his accrued but unpaid base salary and any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to the year prior to the termination. Furthermore, Mr. Casey’s vested CCMH stock options would have continued to be exercisable for the shorter of one year or the remaining 10-year term of the options and any unvested CCOH restricted stock units would have vested.

C. William Eccleshare

Termination by CCOH for Cause or by Mr. Eccleshare without Good Reason.  Mr. Eccleshare’s employment agreement provides for the following payments and benefits upon termination by CCOH for “Cause” or by Mr. Eccleshare without “Good Reason.”

Under the agreement, “Cause” is defined as: (1) conduct by Mr. Eccleshare constituting a material act of willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties; (2) continued, willful and deliberate non-performance by Mr. Eccleshare of his duties (other than by reason of physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) where such non-performance has continued for more than 15 business days following written notice of such non-performance; (3) Mr. Eccleshare’s refusal or failure to follow lawful and reasonable directives consistent with his job responsibilities where such refusal or failure has continued for more than 15 business days following written notice of such refusal or failure; (4) a criminal conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendere by, Mr. Eccleshare for a felony or material violation of any securities law, including, without limitation, conviction of fraud, theft, or embezzlement or a crime involving moral turpitude; (5) a material breach by Mr. Eccleshare of any of the provisions of his employment agreement; or (6) a material violation by Mr. Eccleshare of CCOH’s employment policies regarding harassment; provided, however, that Cause shall not exist under clauses (1), (2), (3), (5) or (6) unless Mr. Eccleshare has been given written notice specifying the act, omission, or circumstances alleged to constitute Cause and he fails to cure or remedy such act, omission, or circumstances within 15 business days after receipt of such notice.

The term “Good Reason” includes: (1) a change in Mr. Eccleshare’s reporting line; (2) a material change in his titles, duties or authorities (other than if, after a restructuring or reorganization of CCOH or a sale or spinoff of all or a portion of CCOH’s operations, Mr. Eccleshare continues as Chief Executive Officer of CCOH or Clear Channel International (or either of their respective successors)); (3) a reduction in Mr. Eccleshare’s base salary or target bonus, other than an across-the-board reduction applicable to all senior executive officers of CCOH; (4) a required relocation within the domestic United States of more than 50 miles of his primary place of employment; or (5) a material breach by CCOH of the terms of the employment agreement. To terminate for Good Reason, Mr. Eccleshare must provide CCOH with 30 days’ notice, after which CCOH has 30 days to cure.

 

159


Table of Contents

If Mr. Eccleshare’s employment is terminated by CCOH for Cause or by Mr. Eccleshare without Good Reason, CCOH will pay to Mr. Eccleshare his earned but unpaid base salary (the “Accrued Base Salary”) and any unreimbursed business expenses and payments or benefits required under applicable benefit plans or equity plans (the “Accrued Obligations”). In addition, if Mr. Eccleshare terminates his employment without Good Reason and he signs and returns a release of claims in the time period required, CCOH will pay to Mr. Eccleshare any annual bonus and Additional Bonus Opportunity earned but unpaid with respect to the calendar year prior to the year of termination (the “Unpaid Prior Year Bonus”) and, if CCOH terminates Mr. Eccleshare’s employment after receipt of Mr. Eccleshare’s notice of termination, CCOH will pay any base salary for the remaining portion of the 90-day advance notice period.

If Mr. Eccleshare is terminated for Cause, his CCOH stock options will be cancelled and any unvested CCOH restricted stock units will be forfeited. If Mr. Eccleshare terminates his employment without Good Reason, any unvested CCOH stock options will be cancelled, he will have three months to exercise any vested CCOH stock options and any unvested CCOH restricted stock units will be forfeited. If his employment is terminated due to retirement (resignation from employment when the sum of his full years of age and full years of service equals at least 70, and he is at least 60 years of age with five full years of service at the time), all of his issued CCOH stock options will continue to vest for the shorter of five years or the remainder of their original 10-year terms, and any unvested CCOH restricted stock units will continue to vest as if he were employed.

Termination by CCOH without Cause, by Mr. Eccleshare for Good Reason, Upon Non-Renewal of the Agreement by CCOH or Upon Change in Control. If CCOH terminates Mr. Eccleshare’s employment without Cause (and not by reason of disability), if CCOH does not renew the initial term or any subsequent renewal terms of the employment agreement or if Mr. Eccleshare terminates his employment for Good Reason, CCOH will pay to Mr. Eccleshare any Accrued Base Salary and Accrued Obligations. In addition, if Mr. Eccleshare signs and returns a release of claims in the time period required, CCOH will: (1) pay to Mr. Eccleshare a severance payment in an amount equal to 120% of his then-applicable base salary and 100% of his then-applicable target annual bonus in respect of the year of termination (the “Severance Payment”), with such Severance Payment to be paid in equal monthly installments for a period of 12 months after such termination; (2) reimburse his family’s reasonable relocation expenses from New York City to London that are incurred within 12 months after his termination, including reimbursement of the New York apartment lease breakage fee (the “Relocation Fee”); (3) pay to Mr. Eccleshare any Unpaid Prior Year Bonus; (4) pay to Mr. Eccleshare a pro rata portion of his annual bonus for the year of termination, calculated based upon performance as of the termination date as related to overall performance at the end of the calendar year for which pro rata portion of the annual bonus Mr. Eccleshare shall be eligible only if a bonus would have been earned by the end of the calendar year (the “Pro-Rata Bonus”); and (5) provide for him and his dependents continued participation in CCOH’s group health plan that covers Mr. Eccleshare at CCOH’s expense for a period of three months as long as he timely elects continued coverage and continues to pay copayment premiums at the same level and cost as Mr. Eccleshare paid immediately prior to the termination (the “COBRA Coverage Benefit”). If Mr. Eccleshare violates the non-competition, non-interference or non-solicitation covenants contained in the employment agreement (after being provided a 10-day cure opportunity to the extent such violation is curable), Mr. Eccleshare will forfeit any right to the pro rata portion of the Severance Payment for the number of months remaining in the 18-month non-compete period after termination. In addition, no Relocation Fee or COBRA Coverage Benefit will be paid in the event of a violation of the non-competition, non-interference or non-solicitation covenants contained in the employment agreement (after being provided a 10-day cure opportunity to the extent such violation is curable) and Mr. Eccleshare will reimburse CCOH for any Relocation Fee and/or COBRA Coverage Benefit already paid.

Furthermore, in the event that Mr. Eccleshare’s employment is terminated by CCOH without Cause or by Mr. Eccleshare for Good Reason, his unvested CCOH restricted stock units awarded on July 26, 2012 will vest, his unvested CCOH restricted stock units awarded on December 20, 2010 will be forfeited, his unvested CCOH stock options will be cancelled and his vested CCOH stock options will continue to be exercisable for three months. Mr. Eccleshare’s employment agreement does not provide for payments or benefits upon a change in control. Accordingly, if he is terminated without Cause after a change in control, Mr. Eccleshare will be entitled to the benefits described for a termination without Cause. Mr. Eccleshare’s unvested CCOH stock options and CCOH restricted stock units will vest upon a change in control, with or without termination.

 

160


Table of Contents

Termination due to Disability.  If Mr. Eccleshare is unable to perform the essential functions of his full-time position for more than 180 consecutive days in any 12 month period, CCOH may terminate his employment. If Mr. Eccleshare’s employment is terminated, CCOH will pay to Mr. Eccleshare or his designee any Accrued Base Salary, Accrued Obligations and the Relocation Fee for Mr. Eccleshare and his family. In addition, if Mr. Eccleshare signs and returns a release of claims in the time period required, CCOH will pay to Mr. Eccleshare or his designee any Unpaid Prior Year Bonus, Pro-Rata Bonus and the COBRA Coverage Benefit. If his employment is terminated due to disability, his unvested CCOH stock options will continue to vest for the shorter of five years or the remainder of their original 10-year terms, and any unvested CCOH restricted stock units will continue to vest as if he were employed.

Termination due to Death.  If Mr. Eccleshare’s employment is terminated by his death, CCOH will pay to his designee or estate: (1) the Accrued Base Salary; (2) the Unpaid Prior Year Bonus; (3) the Pro-Rata Bonus; (4) the Accrued Obligations; and (5) the Relocation Fee. In addition, if Mr. Eccleshare’s employment is terminated due to his death, CCOH will provide the COBRA Coverage Benefit. If Mr. Eccleshare is terminated due to his death, his unvested CCOH stock options will vest and continue to be exercisable for the shorter of one-year or the remainder of the original 10-year term and his unvested CCOH restricted stock units will vest.

John E. Hogan

Termination by CCB for Cause or by Mr. Hogan without Good Cause.  Mr. Hogan’s employment agreement provides for the following payments and benefits upon termination by CCB for “Cause” or by Mr. Hogan without “Good Cause.”

A termination for “Cause” must be for one or more of the following reasons: (1) conduct by Mr. Hogan constituting a material act of willful misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties, including violation of CCB’s policy on sexual harassment, misappropriation of funds or property of CCB or any of its affiliates, or other willful misconduct as determined in the sole reasonable discretion of CCB; (2) continued, willful and deliberate non-performance by Mr. Hogan of his duties under his employment agreement (other than by reason of Mr. Hogan’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) where such non-performance has continued for more than 10 days following written notice of such non-performance; (3) Mr. Hogan’s refusal or failure to follow lawful directives where such refusal or failure has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such refusal or failure; (4) a criminal or civil conviction of Mr. Hogan, a plea of nolo contendere by Mr. Hogan, or other conduct by Mr. Hogan that, as determined in the sole reasonable discretion of the board of directors, has resulted in, or would result in if he were retained in his position with CCB, material injury to the reputation of CCB, including conviction of fraud, theft, embezzlement, or a crime involving moral turpitude; (5) a material breach by Mr. Hogan of any of the provisions of his employment agreement; or (6) a material violation by Mr. Hogan of CCB’s employment policies.

The term “Good Cause” includes: (1) a repeated willful failure of CCB to comply with a material term of the employment agreement following notice by Mr. Hogan of the alleged failure; (2) a substantial and unusual change in Mr. Hogan’s position, material duties, responsibilities or authority without an offer of additional reasonable compensation; or (3) a substantial and unusual reduction in Mr. Hogan’s material duties, responsibilities or authority. To terminate for Good Cause, Mr. Hogan must provide CCB with 30 days’ notice, after which CCB has 30 days to cure.

If Mr. Hogan’s employment is terminated by CCB for Cause or by Mr. Hogan without Good Cause, CCB will pay in a lump sum to Mr. Hogan his accrued and unpaid base salary. Furthermore, his CCMH restricted stock will be forfeited.

Termination by CCB without Cause, by Mr. Hogan for Good Cause, Upon Non-Renewal of the Agreement or Upon Change in Control.  If Mr. Hogan’s employment with CCB is terminated by CCB without Cause, by CCB after giving notice of non-renewal or by Mr. Hogan for Good Cause: (1) CCB will pay Mr. Hogan his accrued and unpaid base salary; (2) provided he signs and returns a release of claims in the time period required, CCB will pay Mr. Hogan (a) over a period of three years, an amount equal to three times his average annualized salary for the current and prior full year of employment, (b) a lump sum cash payment equal to the difference between (i) two times the sum of (x) his average annualized salary for the current and prior full year of employment plus (y) 120% of his average annualized salary for the current and prior full year of employment, and (ii) three times his average

 

161


Table of Contents

annualized salary for the current and prior full year of employment, and (c) an outplacement cash lump sum benefit equal to $20,000. In addition, provided Mr. Hogan signs and returns a release of claims in the time period required: (1) he and his dependents will be allowed to participate in CCB’s health benefit plans under which they were covered as of the date of termination for a period of three years, provided that he pays the applicable COBRA premium, which CCB will reimburse; and (2) he will have access to secretarial services, at CCB’s expense, for a period of six months after termination of employment. In addition, if his employment is terminated by CCB without cause, by CCB after giving notice of non-renewal or by Mr. Hogan for Good Cause, he will be paid (1) a prorata performance bonus if such bonus otherwise would have been earned if employment had not been terminated; and (2) an “equity value preservation payment” equal to $1,250,000 for a termination that occurs in 2012 (with amounts varying for terminations occurring in other years).

If Mr. Hogan gives notice of non-renewal of his employment agreement, CCB will pay Mr. Hogan: (1) his accrued and unpaid base salary; and (2) provided he signs and returns a release of claims in the time period required, his then current base salary for one year, payable during the one-year term of Mr. Hogan’s non-compete obligations.

Furthermore, if Mr. Hogan is terminated without Cause or if he terminates his employment for Good Cause or by non-renewal of his agreement, his CCMH restricted stock will be forfeited. Mr. Hogan’s employment agreement does not provide for payments or benefits upon a change in control. Accordingly, if he is terminated without Cause after a change in control, Mr. Hogan will be entitled to the benefits described for a termination without Cause. If he is terminated without Cause within 12 months after a change in control, his time-vesting CCMH restricted stock will vest.

Termination due to Disability.  If Mr. Hogan is unable to perform the essential functions of his full-time position for more than 180 days in any 12 month period, CCB may terminate his employment. If Mr. Hogan’s employment is terminated, he will receive: (1) a lump-sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination; and (2) a prorated annual bonus with respect to the days he was employed in the year that includes the termination, calculated as if he had remained employed through the normal payment date, had 100% of his bonus opportunity and based on CCB’s actual performance against those criteria as of the end of the performance period. If Mr. Hogan’s employment is terminated due to disability, his unvested CCMH restricted stock will be forfeited.

Termination due to Death.  If Mr. Hogan’s employment is terminated by his death, CCB will pay in a lump sum to his designee or, if no designee, to his estate, his accrued but unpaid base salary and prorated annual bonus, if any. If Mr. Hogan’s employment is terminated by his death, his unvested CCMH restricted stock will be forfeited.

Robert H. Walls, Jr.

Termination by CCMS for Cause or by Mr. Walls without Good Cause.  Mr. Walls’ employment agreement provides for the following payments and benefits upon termination by CCMS for “Cause” or by Mr. Walls without “Good Cause.”

Under the agreement, “Cause” is defined as Mr. Walls’: (1) willful and material misconduct that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to CCMS or its affiliates; (2) willful and material nonperformance of his duties (other than due to disability), willful and material failure to follow lawful directives consistent with his obligations under the agreement or other willful and material breach of the agreement, in each case after written notice specifying the failure; (3) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or (4) fraud, embezzlement, theft or other act of dishonesty that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to CCMS or its affiliates. In the case of (1) or (2), unless the action by its nature is not curable or is a recurrence of a previously cured act with respect to which Mr. Walls has previously been provided notice, those acts will not constitute Cause unless Mr. Walls is provided with 10 days to cure after written notice and has an opportunity to address the board of directors upon his written request during the cure period.

The term “Good Cause” includes, subject to certain exceptions: (1) CCMS’ material breach of the agreement after written notice from Mr. Walls specifying the alleged failure; (2) a material diminution in Mr. Walls’ base compensation; (3) a material diminution in his authority, duties or responsibilities; (4) a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the Chief Executive Officer; or (5) a change in the place of Mr. Walls’ performance of more than 50 miles. To terminate for Good Cause, Mr. Walls must provide CCMS with 30 days’ notice, after which CCMS has 30 days to cure.

 

162


Table of Contents

If Mr. Walls is terminated for Cause, he will receive a lump-sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination. If Mr. Walls resigns without Good Cause, he will receive his base salary for the 60-day notice period and any accrued but unpaid base salary and prior year annual bonus. If he is terminated with Cause or if he resigns without Good Cause, his unvested CCMH restricted stock and his unvested CCOH restricted stock units will be forfeited. If Mr. Walls’ employment is terminated due to retirement (resignation from employment when the sum of his full years of age and full years of service equals at least 70, and he is at least 60 years of age with five full years of service at the time), his unvested CCOH restricted stock units will continue to vest as if he were employed.

Termination by CCMS without Cause, by Mr. Walls for Good Cause or Upon Change in Control.  If Mr. Walls is terminated by CCMS without Cause or if Mr. Walls resigns for Good Cause: (1) he will receive a lump-sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary and prior year annual bonus; and (2) provided he signs and returns a release of claims in the time period required, he will receive a lump sum cash payment equal to (a) 1.5 times the sum of his annual rate of base salary on the date of termination plus his target bonus for the year of termination and (b) a prorated annual bonus with respect to the days he was employed in the year that includes the termination. However, if Mr. Walls violates the non-compete provisions of his agreement, he will forfeit a prorata portion of the amount described in (a) above for the amount of time remaining under the non-compete provisions.

In the event that Mr. Walls’ employment is terminated by CCMS without Cause or he terminates his employment for Good Cause, his unvested CCMH restricted stock and his unvested CCOH restricted stock units will be forfeited. Mr. Walls’ employment agreement does not provide for payments or benefits upon a change in control. Accordingly, if he is terminated without Cause after a change in control, Mr. Walls will be entitled to the benefits described for a termination without Cause. Mr. Walls’ time-vesting CCMH restricted stock will vest if he is terminated within 12 months after a change in control. His unvested CCOH restricted stock units will vest upon a change in control, with or without termination.

Termination due to Disability.  If Mr. Walls is unable to perform the essential functions of his full-time position for more than 180 days in any 12 month period, CCMS may terminate his employment. If Mr. Walls’s employment is terminated, he will receive: (1) a lump-sum cash payment equal to his accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to the year prior to his termination; and (3) provided he signs and returns a release of claims in the time period required, a prorated annual bonus with respect to the days he was employed in the year that includes the termination. In addition, Mr. Walls’ unvested CCOH restricted stock units will continue to vest as if he were employed if his employment is terminated due to disability. His unvested CCMH restricted stock will be forfeited.

Termination due to Death.  If Mr. Walls’s employment is terminated by his death, CCMS will pay in a lump sum to his designee or, if no designee, to his estate: (1) his accrued but unpaid base salary and any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to the year prior to the termination; and (2) a prorated annual bonus with respect to the days he was employed in the year that includes the termination. In addition, his unvested CCOH restricted stock units will vest if his employment is terminated due to death. His unvested CCMH restricted stock will be forfeited.

Limitation on Benefits.  To the extent that any of the payments and benefits under the agreement or otherwise would be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, then the payments will be payable either in full or as to such lesser amounts as would result in no portion of the payments being subject to an excise tax, whichever amount results in Mr. Walls’ receiving the greatest after-tax amount.

Post-Employment Table

The following table describes the potential payments or benefits upon termination, other post-employment scenarios or change in control for each of those named executive officers in connection with an assumed December 31, 2012 trigger event. The amounts in the table below show only the value of amounts payable or benefits due to enhancements in connection with each scenario, and do not reflect amounts otherwise payable or benefits otherwise due as a result of employment. In addition, the table does not include amounts payable pursuant to plans that are available generally to all salaried employees. The actual amounts to be paid out can only be determined at the time

 

163


Table of Contents

of such change in control or such executive officer’s termination of service. For a description of Mr. Casey’s actual severance payments and benefits in connection with his July 29, 2013 termination, please see “—Thomas W. Casey” above.

 

164


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control(a)

 

Name

  

Benefit

     Termination  
with

“Cause”
   Termination
without

“Cause” or
  Resignation for  
“Good Cause”
       Termination  
due to
“Disability”
       Termination  
due to

Death
     Retirement
or
  Resignation  
without
“Good
Cause”
     “Change in
  Control”(b)  
 

Robert W. Pittman

   Cash payment         $6,800,000(c)         $1,500,000(d)         $1,500,000(d)                   
   Repurchase of stock(e)         1,360,544                                   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   TOTAL         $8,160,544         $1,500,000         $1,500,000                   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Thomas W. Casey(f)

   Cash payment         $6,845,930(g)         $395,930(h)                 $197,260(i)           
   Vesting of equity awards(j)                         $1,777,211                 $1,777,211   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   TOTAL         $6,845,930         $395,930         $1,777,211         $197,260         $1,777,211   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

C. William

   Cash payment         $3,085,282(k)         $885,282(l)         $885,282(l)         $246,575(m)           

Eccleshare

   Vesting of equity awards(j)         3,554,430                 3,899,828                 $3,899,828   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   TOTAL         $6,639,712         $885,282         $4,785,110         $246,575         $3,899,828   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

John E. Hogan(n)

   Cash payment         $6,708,666(o)         $490,464(p)         $1,007,003(q)                   
   Value of benefits(r)         49,503                                   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   TOTAL         $6,758,169         $490,464         $1,007,003                   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Robert H. Walls, Jr.

   Cash payment         $2,888,724(s)         $638,724(t)         $638,724(t)         $123,288(u)           
   Vesting of equity awards(j)                         1,777,211                 $1,777,211   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   TOTAL         $2,888,724         $638,724         $2,415,935         $123,288         $1,777,211   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Amounts reflected in the table were calculated assuming the triggering event occurred on December 31, 2012.

 

(b) Amounts reflected in the “Change in Control” column were calculated assuming that no termination occurred after the change in control. The values of any additional benefits to the named executive officers that would arise only if a termination were to occur after a change in control are disclosed in the footnotes to the “Termination without Cause” column.

 

(c) Represents (1) two times the sum of Mr. Pittman’s base salary and annual bonus target for the year ended December 31, 2012 and (2) a prorated annual bonus for Mr. Pittman for the year ended December 31, 2012 pursuant to his employment agreement. If Mr. Pittman were terminated within 12 months after a change in control, his time-vesting CCMH restricted stock would vest. The value of his time-vesting CCMH restricted stock at December 31, 2012 was $340,000.

 

(d) Represents a prorated annual bonus for Mr. Pittman for the year ended December 31, 2012 pursuant to his employment agreement.

 

(e) Represents the value of the right under the Purchase Agreement that Pittman CC LLC (an entity controlled by Mr. Pittman) has to require CCMH to purchase at $7.71 per share 25% of the 706,215 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock owned by Pitman CC LLC (176,554 shares) upon CCMH’s termination of Mr. Pittman’s employment without cause or the termination by Mr. Pittman of his employment for good cause.

 

(f) Amounts reflected in the table represent the entire portion of potential post-employment payments for Mr. Casey in connection with an assumed December 31, 2012 triggering event. Pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, a percentage of payments made to Mr. Casey upon termination or a change in control, other than payments with respect to the vesting of any CCMH equity awards, would be allocated to CCOH. For 2012, this allocation is based on CCOH’s 2011 OIBDAN as a percentage of Clear Channel’s 2011 OIBDAN. For a further discussion of the Corporate Services Agreement, please refer to “–Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Corporate Services Agreement” or “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Services Agreement.” For a discussion of Mr. Casey’s severance arrangements in connection with his July 29, 2013 termination, see “—Thomas W. Casey” above.

 

(g) Represents (1) 1.5 times the sum of Mr. Casey’s base salary at termination and annual bonus target for the year ended December 31, 2012, (2) $3,750,000 payable for equity value preservation and (3) a prorated annual bonus for the year ended December 31, 2012 based on company performance pursuant to Mr. Casey’s employment agreement.

 

(h) Represents the prorated annual bonus for the year ended December 31, 2012 for Mr. Casey based on company performance pursuant to his employment agreement.

 

(i) Represents base salary during the required 90 day notice period under Mr. Casey’s employment agreement.

 

165


Table of Contents
(j) Amounts reflect the value of unvested CCMH equity awards held by the respective named executive officers on December 31, 2012 that would be subject to accelerated vesting. This value is based upon the closing sale price of CCMH’s Class A common stock on December 31, 2012 of $3.40, but it excludes stock options where the exercise price exceeds the closing sale price of CCMH’s Class A common stock on December 31, 2012. Also, in the case of Messrs. Casey, Eccleshare and Walls, the amounts reflect the value of unvested CCOH equity awards on December 31, 2012, based upon the closing sale price of CCOH’s Class A common stock on December 31, 2012 of $7.02 and excluding any stock options where the exercise price exceeds the closing sale price of CCOH’s Class A common stock on December 31, 2012. The value of vested equity awards and equity awards that continue to vest and/or remain exercisable following termination (but vesting is not accelerated) are not included in this table.

 

(k) Represents (1) the sum of 1.2 times Mr. Eccleshare’s base salary at termination and 1.0 times Mr. Eccleshare’s annual bonus target for the year ended December 31, 2012, (2) a prorated annual bonus for the year ended December 31, 2012 and (3) $39,000 as reimbursement of a lease breakage fee pursuant to Mr. Eccleshare’s employment agreement. Mr. Eccleshare also would receive reimbursement of expenses to relocate back to London after termination.

 

(l) Represents (1) a prorated annual bonus for the year ended December 31, 2012 and (2) $39,000 as reimbursement of a lease breakage fee pursuant to Mr. Eccleshare’s employment agreement. Mr. Eccleshare also would receive reimbursement of expenses to relocate back to London after termination.

 

(m) Represents base salary during the required 90 day notice period under Mr. Eccleshare’s employment agreement.

 

(n) In addition to the amounts reflected in this table, if Mr. Hogan provides notice of non-renewal of his employment agreement, Mr. Hogan is entitled to receive his then current base salary for one year during the one-year period of his non-compete obligations. His salary at December 31, 2012 was $1,000,000. The amounts reflected in this table for Mr. Hogan do not include amounts payable to him under the non-qualified deferred compensation plan because those amounts are disclosed in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table above.

 

(o) Represents (1) the prorated annual bonus for the year ended December 31, 2012 for Mr. Hogan, (2) three times the average of Mr. Hogan’s annualized base salary for 2012 and 2011, (3) a lump sum payment of $1,400,000, (4) an outplacement allowance of $20,000, (5) the continuation of secretarial services for six months, (6) an equity value preservation payment of $1,250,000 and (7) reimbursement of COBRA premiums for three years, to which he is entitled upon termination by CCB without Cause, termination by Mr. Hogan for Good Cause or CCB’s non-renewal of Mr. Hogan’s amended and restated employment agreement at the end of its term. If Mr. Hogan were terminated within 12 months after a change in control, his time-vesting CCMH restricted stock would vest. The value of his time-vesting CCMH restricted stock at December 31, 2012 was $353,308.

 

(p) Represents a prorated annual bonus based upon CCB performance for the year ended December 31, 2012 pursuant to Mr. Hogan’s amended and restated employment agreement.

 

(q) Represents a prorated annual bonus based upon CCB and individual performance for the year ended December 31, 2012 pursuant to Mr. Hogan’s amended and restated employment agreement.

 

(r) The values associated with the continued provision of health benefits are based on the 2013 premiums for medical insurance multiplied by the amount of time Mr. Hogan is entitled to those benefits pursuant to his amended and restated employment agreement.

 

(s) Represents the amount payable to Mr. Walls pursuant to his employment agreement, which includes (1) 1.5 times the sum of his base salary at termination and annual bonus target for the year ended December 31, 2012 and (2) a prorated annual bonus for the year ended December 31, 2012. If Mr. Walls were terminated within 12 months after a change in control, his time-vesting CCMH restricted stock would vest. The value of his time-vesting CCMH restricted stock at December 31, 2012 was $408,000.

 

(t) Represents the prorated annual bonus for the year ended December 31, 2012 for Mr. Walls pursuant to his employment agreement.

 

(u) Represents base salary during the required 60 day notice period under Mr. Walls’ employment agreement.

 

166


Table of Contents

RELATIONSHIP OF COMPENSATION POLICIES AND PROGRAMS TO RISK MANAGEMENT

In consultation with CCMH’s Compensation Committee, management conducted an assessment of whether CCMH’s compensation policies and practices encourage excessive or inappropriate risk taking by our employees, including employees other than our named executive officers. This assessment included discussions with members of the corporate Human Resources, Legal, Finance and Internal Audit departments, as well as personnel in the business units, and a review of corporate and operational compensation arrangements. The assessment analyzed the risk characteristics of our business and the design and structure of our incentive plans and policies. Although a significant portion of our executive compensation program is performance-based, CCMH’s Compensation Committee has focused on aligning CCMH’s compensation policies with the long-term interests of CCMH and avoiding rewards or incentive structures that could create unnecessary risks to CCMH.

Management reported its findings to CCMH’s Compensation Committee, which agreed with management’s assessment that our plans and policies do not encourage excessive or inappropriate risk taking and determined such policies or practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on CCMH.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The individuals who served as members of our board of directors during 2012 are set forth in the table below. Our non-employee directors are reimbursed for their expenses associated with their service as directors, but currently do not receive compensation for their service as directors. As employees of CCMH, Robert W. Pittman, Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays did not receive any additional compensation for their service on our board of directors during 2012. Mr. Pittman’s compensation for his service as CCMH’s Chief Executive Officer is included in the Summary Compensation Table above. Mark P. Mays’ and Randall T. Mays’ compensation for 2012 pursuant to their respective employment agreements is set forth below. Mr. Randall T. Mays’ term as a director ended on May 17, 2013.

Director Compensation Table(a)

 

Name

                  Salary                 
($)
                Bonus               
($)
            All Other Compensation          
($)
              Total            
($)

Mark P. Mays

  1,000,000   500,000(b)   438,604(c)   1,938,604

Randall T. Mays

  500,000     340,375(c)   840,375

David C. Abrams

       

Irving L. Azoff

       

Steven W. Barnes

       

Richard J. Bressler

       

Charles A. Brizius

       

John P. Connaughton

       

Blair E. Hendrix

       

Matthew J. Freeman

       

Jonathon S. Jacobson

       

Ian K. Loring

       

Robert W. Pittman

       

Scott M. Sperling

       

 

(a) As of December 31, 2012, each of Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays owned unvested CCMH stock and option awards issued prior to 2012. As of December 31, 2012, each of Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays owned unvested restricted stock awards representing 111,112 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock, which vested on July 30, 2013. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, Mr. Mark P. Mays owned options to purchase 1,108,296 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock, all of which were vested except for options with respect to 260,418 shares that vested on May 13, 2013 and options with respect to 520,834 shares that vest as follows: (1) options to purchase 260,417 shares will vest fully upon the Sponsors’ receiving a 200% return on their investment in CCMH in the form of cash returns; and (2) options to purchase an additional 260,417 shares will vest fully upon the Sponsors’ receiving a 250% return on their investment in CCMH in the form of cash returns. As of December 31, 2012, Mr. Randall T. Mays also owned options to purchase 413,850 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock, all of which were vested. As of December 31, 2012, Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays each also owned options to purchase 150,000 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock, all of which were vested. For a description of Mr. Pittman’s outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2012, see “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End.” None of the other members of our board of directors have outstanding CCMH or CCOH equity awards.

 

(b) The amount shown represents Mark P. Mays’ annual bonus provided pursuant to his employment agreement described below.

 

(c) As described below, for 2012 the All Other Compensation column reflects:

 

    amounts we contributed under our 401(k) plan as a matching contribution for the benefit of Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays;

 

167


Table of Contents
    club membership dues paid by us;

 

    personal use of company aircraft by Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays; and

 

    personal accounting and tax services.

 

                       Mark P. Mays                                 Randall T. Mays          

Plan Contributions

     $6,250           $6,250     

Club dues

     2,241           3,395     

Aircraft usage

     411,806           313,965     

Accounting/tax services

     18,307           16,765     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $438,604           $340,375     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As a result of Clear Channel’s high public profile and due in part to threats against Clear Channel, its operations and management, Clear Channel engaged an outside security consultant to assess security risks to Clear Channel’s physical plant and operations, as well as its employees, including executive management. Based upon the findings and recommendation of this security consultant, Clear Channel’s management and board of directors implemented, and CCMH’s management and board of directors intends to continue the implementation of, numerous security measures for CCMH’s operations and employees.

Pursuant to their employment agreements, for security purposes and at the direction of the board of directors of CCMH, Messrs. Mark P. Mays and Randall T. Mays used company-owned aircraft for all business and personal air travel during their employment in accordance with the Aircraft Policy. The value of personal aircraft usage reported above is based on CCMH’s direct variable operating costs. This methodology calculates an average variable cost per hour. On certain occasions, a spouse or other family members and guests accompanied them on a flight and the additional direct operating cost incurred in such situations was included under the foregoing methodology. The value of all other perquisites included in the All Other Compensation column is based upon CCMH’s actual costs.

For a description of the other items reflected in the table above, see the description of the employment agreements below.

Mark P. Mays Employment Agreement

Upon the consummation of the Merger, Mark P. Mays was employed by CCMH and Clear Channel as the Chief Executive Officer of each entity, and entered into an employment agreement with a term ending July 31, 2013. Mr. Mark P. Mays’ employment agreement was amended in January 2009 and amended and restated in June 2010 in connection with his announcement of his intention to retire as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The amended and restated agreement provided for a term through July 31, 2013, at which time Mr. Mark P. Mays ceased being an employee. Upon the consummation of the Merger, the parties agreed that Mr. Mark P. Mays would receive an annual base salary of not less than $895,000. Pursuant to the January 2009 amendment to his employment agreement, Mr. Mark P. Mays voluntarily reduced his base salary to $500,000 for 2009, which increased to not less than $1,000,000 per year thereafter. Mr. Mark P. Mays’ annual base salary during 2012 was $1,000,000. Pursuant to his June 2010 amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Mark P. Mays also received benefits and perquisites consistent with his previous arrangement with Clear Channel (including “gross-up” payments for excise taxes that may be payable by Mr. Mark P. Mays in connection with any payments made in connection with the Merger and for additional taxes that may be payable by Mr. Mark P. Mays under Section 409A of the Code). In addition, during the term of his agreement, Mr. Mark P. Mays was entitled, at company expense, to use company-provided aircraft for personal travel, in accordance with the company’s Aircraft Benefit Policy. Mr. Mark P. Mays also had a right of first refusal to purchase a specified company-owned aircraft during the term of his agreement if the company receives a bona fide offer to purchase the aircraft and, at the end of his employment term, to purchase the aircraft at fair market value.

Pursuant to his amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Mark P. Mays’ performance bonus was determined solely at the discretion of the board of directors, but could not be less than $500,000 for any year (prorated in connection with termination of employment). For 2012, Mr. Mark P. Mays received a bonus of $500,000.

Pursuant to his original employment agreement with CCMH, upon the consummation of the Merger, Mr. Mark P. Mays received a stock option award to purchase 2,083,333 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock (subject to performance and time vesting requirements) and was issued restricted shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock with a value equal to $20 million (subject to time vesting requirements). Under certain circumstances, he also had a put option to require CCMH to purchase up to 555,556 of his shares at either $36 or the

 

168


Table of Contents

price on the date he notifies CCMH that he is exercising the put option, with the price varying depending on the circumstances triggering the ability to exercise the put option. Pursuant to the June 2010 amendments made to Mr. Mark P. Mays’ employment and option agreements: (1) the put option with respect to 200,000 shares became exercisable for a 30-day period beginning August 15, 2010 (and was exercised on August 23, 2010), with the put option for the other 355,556 shares remaining subject to the original terms; and (2) upon his cessation of service as our Chief Executive Officer on March 31, 2011, one-half of his time-vesting options and one-half of his performance-vesting options granted on July 30, 2008 were cancelled, with all remaining CCMH stock options continuing pursuant to their original conditions for the remainder of the original 10-year term of the options.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Mark P. Mays is required to protect the secrecy of Clear Channel’s confidential information and to assign certain intellectual property rights to Clear Channel. He also is prohibited by the agreement from engaging in certain activities that compete against Clear Channel for six months after his employment terminates, and he is prohibited from soliciting its customers, employees and independent contractors during employment and for a period of two years after his employment terminates.

Clear Channel will indemnify Mr. Mark P. Mays from any losses incurred by him because he was made a party to a proceeding as a result of being an officer of Clear Channel. Furthermore, any expenses incurred by him in connection with any such action shall be paid by Clear Channel in advance upon request that Clear Channel pay such expenses, but only in the event that he has delivered in writing to Clear Channel (1) an undertaking to reimburse Clear Channel for such expenses with respect to which he is not entitled to indemnification and (2) an affirmation of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by Clear Channel has been met.

Randall T. Mays Employment Agreement

Upon the consummation of the Merger, Mr. Randall T. Mays was employed by CCMH and Clear Channel as the President and Chief Financial Officer of each entity. Upon ceasing to serve as President and Chief Financial Officer on January 4, 2010, Mr. Randall T. Mays became Vice Chairman of CCMH. Mr. Randall T. Mays’ employment agreement provides for a term through July 31, 2013 with automatic extensions for consecutive one-year periods unless 12 months prior notice of non-renewal is provided by the terminating party. Mr. Randall T. Mays’ employment terminated on July 31, 2013.

Upon the consummation of the Merger, the parties agreed that Mr. Randall T. Mays would receive an annual base salary of not less than $875,000. Pursuant to the January 2009 amendment to his employment agreement, Mr. Randall T. Mays voluntarily reduced his base salary to $500,000 for 2009. Pursuant to his December 2009 amended and restated employment agreement, he received an annual base salary of $1,000,000 while he served as Chief Financial Officer (until January 4, 2010) and received an annual base salary of $500,000 thereafter. Mr. Randall T. Mays also received benefits and perquisites consistent with his previous arrangement with Clear Channel (including personal use of company-owned aircraft and “gross-up” payments for excise taxes that may be payable by Mr. Randall T. Mays in connection with any payments made in connection with the Merger and for additional taxes that may be payable by Mr. Randall T. Mays under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code). Pursuant to the December 2009 amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Randall T. Mays was entitled to receive an annual bonus, to be determined at the discretion of the board of directors of CCMH. Mr. Randall T. Mays did not receive a bonus for 2012.

Pursuant to his original employment agreement with CCMH, upon the consummation of the Merger, Mr. Randall T. Mays received an equity incentive award of options to purchase 2,083,333 shares of CCMH stock (subject to vesting requirements) and was issued restricted shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock with a value equal to $20 million (subject to vesting requirements). Pursuant to the December 2009 amendments made to Mr. Randall T. Mays’ employment and option agreements, two-thirds of his time-vesting and all of his performance-vesting options were cancelled and vesting of his remaining options was accelerated.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Randall T. Mays is required to protect the secrecy of Clear Channel’s confidential information and to assign certain intellectual property rights to Clear Channel. He also is prohibited by the agreement from engaging in certain activities that compete against Clear Channel for six months after his employment terminates, and he is prohibited from soliciting its customers, employees and independent contractors during employment and for a period of two years after his employment terminates.

 

169


Table of Contents

Clear Channel will indemnify Mr. Randall T. Mays from any losses incurred by him because he was made a party to a proceeding as a result of being an officer of Clear Channel. Furthermore, any expenses incurred by him in connection with any such action shall be paid by Clear Channel in advance upon request that Clear Channel pay such expenses, but only in the event that he has delivered in writing to Clear Channel (1) an undertaking to reimburse Clear Channel for such expenses with respect to which he is not entitled to indemnification and (2) an affirmation of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by Clear Channel has been met.

 

170


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Except as otherwise stated, the table below sets forth information concerning the beneficial ownership of CCMH’s common stock as of September 30, 2013 for: (1) each director then serving on our board of directors and each of the nominees for director; (2) each of our named executive officers; (3) our directors and executive officers as a group; and (4) each person known to CCMH to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of CCMH’s outstanding shares of common stock. At the close of business on September 30, 2013, there were 28,161,363 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock, 555,556 shares of CCMH’s Class B common stock and 58,967,502 shares of CCMH’s Class C common stock outstanding. In addition, information concerning the beneficial ownership of common stock of our indirect subsidiary, CCOH, by: (1) each director then serving on our board of directors and each of the nominees for director; (2) each of our named executive officers; and (3) our directors and executive officers as a group is set forth in the footnotes to the table below. At the close of business on September 30, 2013, there were 43,367,541 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock outstanding and 315,000,000 shares of CCOH’s Class B common stock outstanding. Except as otherwise noted, each stockholder has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned.

All of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock are held by Clear Channel Capital IV, LLC (“CC IV”) and all of our outstanding shares of Class C common stock are held by Clear Channel Capital V, L.P. (“CC V”), each of which ultimately is controlled jointly by funds affiliated with the Sponsors. These shares represent in the aggregate approximately 67.9% (whether measured by voting power or economic interest) of the equity of CCMH.

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CCMH, each share of Class B common stock and each share of Class C common stock is convertible, at the election of the holder thereof, into one share of Class A common stock at any time. Each holder of shares of Class B common stock is entitled to a number of votes per share equal to the number obtained by dividing (a) the sum of total number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of the Record Date and the number of shares of Class C common stock outstanding as of the Record Date by (b) the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of the Record Date. Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of outstanding shares of Class C common stock are not entitled to any votes upon any proposals presented to stockholders of CCMH. Each share of common stock is entitled to share on a pro rata basis in any distributions by CCMH.

 

171


Table of Contents
    Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership     Percentage of
    Outstanding Common    
Stock on an
As-Converted Basis(b)
 

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner(a)

    Number of  
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
      Number of  
Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
      Number of  
Shares of
Class C
Common
Stock
   

Holders of More than 5%:

       

Bain Capital Investors, LLC and related investment funds

    —           555,556(c)           58,967,502(d)           67.9%      

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and related investment entities

    —           555,556(e)           58,967,502(f)           67.9%      

Highfields Capital Management LP and managed investment funds(g)

    9,950,510           —           —           11.4%      

Abrams Capital Management, L.P. and affiliates(h)

    6,811,407           —           —           7.8%      

Named Executive Officers, Executive Officers and Directors:

  

     

David C. Abrams(h)

    6,811,407           —           —           7.8%      

Irving L. Azoff

    —           —           —           —      

Richard J. Bressler

    910,000           —           —           1.0%      

James C. Carlisle

    —           —           —           —      

Thomas W. Casey

    —           —           —           —      

John P. Connaughton(i)

    —           —           —           —      

Julia B. Donnelly

    —           —           —           —      

C. William Eccleshare(j)

    —           —           —           —      

Matthew J. Freeman(i)

    —           —           —           —      

Blair E. Hendrix(i)

    —           —           —           —      

John E. Hogan(k)

    241,902           —           —           *      

Jonathon S. Jacobson(g)

    9,950,510           —           —           11.4%      

Ian K. Loring(i)

    —           —           —           —      

Mark P. Mays(l)

    1,042,044           —           —           1.2%      

Robert W. Pittman(m)

    1,238,215           —           —           1.4%      

Scott M. Sperling(n)

    —           —           —           —      

Robert H. Walls, Jr.(o)

    148,359           —           —           *      
All directors and executive officers as a group (17 individuals)(p)     20,369,437           —           —           23.0%      

 

* Means less than 1%.

 

(a) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial owners is c/o CC Media Holdings, Inc., 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, Texas 78209.

 

(b) Percentage of ownership calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3(d)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Securities Exchange Act”).

 

(c) Represents the 555,556 shares of Class B common stock of CCMH owned by CC IV, which represents 100% of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”) is the general partner of Bain Capital Partners (CC) IX, L.P. (“BCP IX”), which is the general partner of Bain Capital (CC) IX, L.P. (“Bain Fund IX”), which holds 50% of the limited liability company interests in CC IV. BCI disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The business address of CC IV is c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116 and c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

 

(d) Represents the 58,967,502 shares of Class C common stock of CCMH owned by CC V, which represents 100% of the outstanding shares of our Class C common stock. BCI is the sole member of Bain Capital CC Partners, LLC (“Bain CC Partners”), which is the general partner of Bain Capital CC Investors, L.P. (“Bain CC Investors”), which holds 50% of the limited partnership interests in CC V. Bain CC Investors expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities owned beneficially or of record by any person or persons other than itself for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) and Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act. BCI disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The business address of CC V is c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116 and c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

 

(e)

Represents the 555,556 shares of CCMH’s Class B common stock owned by CC IV, which represents 100% of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P. (“THL Fund VI”) holds 50% of the limited liability company

 

172


Table of Contents
  interests in CC IV. THL Holdco, LLC (“THL Holdco”) is the managing member of Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC (“THLA”), which is the general partner of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THLP”), which is the sole member of THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC (“THL Advisors”), which is the general partner of THL Fund VI. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the securities held by THL Fund VI are made by the management committee of THL Holdco. Anthony J. DiNovi and Scott M. Sperling are the members of the management committee of THL Holdco, and as such may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities held or controlled by THL Fund VI. Each of THL Holdco and Messrs. DiNovi and Sperling disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of CC IV is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 and c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

(f) Represents the 58,967,502 shares of CCMH’s Class C common stock owned by CC V, which represents 100% of the outstanding shares of our Class C common stock. THL Fund VI and THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Clear Channel), L.P. (“THL Investors Fund”) collectively hold 50% of the limited partnership interests in CC V. Each of the following entities are limited partners of the THL Investors Fund: THL Fund VI, Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P., THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P. and THL Operating Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “THL Funds”). THL Advisors is the general partner of THL Fund VI, Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P. and THL Investors Fund. THLP is the general partner of THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P. and THL Operating Partners, L.P. THL Advisors also holds 50% of the limited liability company interests in CC V Manager, which is the general partner of CC V. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the securities held by THL Funds are made by the management committee of THL Holdco. Anthony J. DiNovi and Scott M. Sperling are the members of the management committee of THL Holdco, and as such may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities held or controlled by the THL Funds. Each of THL Holdco and Messrs. DiNovi and Sperling disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) and Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act, except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of CC V is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 and c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

(g) As reported on a Schedule 13G/A filed with respect to CCMH’s Class A common stock on February 14, 2013, Highfields Capital Management LP (“Highfields Capital Management”) is the investment manager to each of Highfields Capital I LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Highfields I”), Highfields Capital II LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Highfields II”), and Highfields Capital III L.P., an exempted limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, B.W.I. (“Highfields III”). Highfields GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Highfields GP”), is the general partner of Highfields Capital Management. Highfields Associates LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Highfields Associates”), is the general partner of each of Highfields I, Highfields II and Highfields III. Mr. Jacobson is the managing member of Highfields GP and the senior managing member of Highfields Associates. Each of Highfields Capital Management, Highfields GP, Highfields Associates and Mr. Jacobson has the power to direct the receipt of dividends from or the proceeds from the sale of the shares owned by Highfields I, Highfields II and Highfields III. Each of the above disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities owned beneficially by any other person or persons. Mr. Jacobson has indicated that a portion or all of the securities described in the Schedule 13G/A may be held in margin accounts from time to time. The business address of Mr. Jacobson, Highfields Capital Management, Highfields GP, Highfields Associates, Highfields I and Highfields II is c/o Highfields Capital Management LP, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, 59th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. The business address of Highfields III is c/o State Street (Cayman) Trust Limited, d/b/a International Fund Services, Suite 3307, Gardenia Court, 45 Market Street, Camana Bay, P.O. Box 896, Grand Cayman KY1-1103, Cayman Islands. As of September 30, 2013, the shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock reported on the Schedule 13G/A represented 35.3% of the shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock.

 

(h) As reported on a Schedule 13D filed with respect to CCMH’s Class A common stock on November 29, 2011. The CCMH shares reported in the Schedule 13D for Abrams Capital Partners II, L.P. (“ACP II”) represent shares beneficially owned by ACP II and other private investment vehicles for which Abrams Capital, LLC (“Abrams Capital”) serves as general partner. Shares reported in the Schedule 13D for Abrams Capital Management, L.P. (“Abrams CM LP”) and Abrams Capital Management, LLC (“Abrams CM LLC”) represent shares beneficially owned by ACP II and other private investment vehicles (including those for which shares are reported for Abrams Capital) for which Abrams CM LP serves as investment manager. Abrams CM LLC is the general partner of Abrams CM LP. The CCMH shares reported in the Schedule 13D for Mr. Abrams represent the above referenced shares reported for Abrams Capital and Abrams CM LLC. Mr. Abrams is the managing member of Abrams Capital and Abrams CM LLC. The business address of each reporting person is c/o Abrams Capital Management, L.P., 222 Berkley Street, 22nd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. As of September 30, 2013, the shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock reported on the Schedule 13D represented 24.2% of the shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock.

As reported on a Schedule 13G/A filed with respect to CCOH’s Class A common stock on February 13, 2013, ACP II and affiliates beneficially owned 3,354,390 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock, which represented, as of September 30, 2013, 7.7% of CCOH’s Class A common stock and less than 1% of CCOH’s Class A common stock assuming all shares of CCOH’s Class B common stock are converted to shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock. Shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock reported in the Schedule 13G/A for ACP II represent shares beneficially owned by ACP II. Shares reported in the Schedule 13G/A for Abrams Capital represent shares beneficially owned by ACP II and other private investment funds for which Abrams Capital serves as general partner. Shares reported in the Schedule 13G/A for Abrams CM LP and Abrams CM LLC represent the above-referenced shares beneficially owned by Abrams Capital and shares beneficially owned by another private investment fund for which Abrams CM LP serves as investment manager. Abrams CM LLC is the general partner of Abrams CM LP. Shares reported in the Schedule 13G/A for Mr. Abrams represent the above referenced shares reported for Abrams Capital and Abrams CM LLC. Mr. Abrams is the managing member of Abrams Capital and Abrams CM LLC. Each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares reported except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of each reporting person is c/o Abrams Capital Management, L.P., 222 Berkley Street, 22nd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

(i)

John P. Connaughton, Matthew J. Freeman, Blair E. Hendrix and Ian K. Loring are managing directors or operating partners of BCI and members of BCI and, by virtue of this and the relationships described in footnotes (c) and (d) above, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all of the shares of CCMH’s Class B common stock held by CC IV and all of the shares of CCMH’s Class C common stock held by CC V. Each of Messrs. Connaughton, Freeman, Hendrix and Loring expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities owned beneficially or of record by any person or persons other than himself, including, without limitation,

 

173


Table of Contents
  CC IV or CC V, for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) and Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of each of Messrs. Connaughton, Freeman, Hendrix and Loring is c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

(j) As of September 30, 2013, Mr. Eccleshare held 9,139 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock and vested stock options representing 379,929 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock. As of September 30, 2013, Mr. Eccleshare’s holdings collectively represented less than 1% of CCOH’s Class A common stock and less than 1% of CCOH’s Class A common stock assuming all shares of CCOH’s Class B common stock are converted to shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock.

 

(k) Includes 131,326 shares of unvested restricted Class A common stock of CCMH held by Mr. Hogan. Mr. Hogan’s holdings represented less than 1% of CCMH’s Class A common stock as of September 30, 2013.

 

(l) Includes vested stock options representing 576,287 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock held by Mark P. Mays and 197,593 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock held by trusts of which Mr. Mays is the trustee. Mr. Mays’ holdings collectively represented 3.6% of CCMH’s Class A common stock as of September 30, 2013.

As of September 30, 2013, Mr. Mays also held 15,565 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock and vested stock options to purchase 150,000 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock. As of September 30, 2013, these holdings collectively represented less than 1% of CCOH’s Class A common stock and less than 1% of CCOH’s Class A common stock assuming all shares of CCOH’s Class B common are converted to shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock.

 

(m) Represents 200,000 shares of unvested restricted Class A common stock of CCMH and vested stock options and stock options that will vest within 60 days after September 30, 2013 collectively representing 332,000 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock held by Mr. Pittman and 706,215 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock beneficially owned by Pittman CC LLC, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Pittman. As of September 30, 2013, these holdings collectively represented 4.4% of CCMH’s Class A common stock.

 

(n) Scott M. Sperling is a member of THL Holdco and, by virtue of this and the relationships described in footnotes (e) and (f) above, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all of the shares of CCMH’s Class B common stock held by CC IV and all of the shares of CCMH’s Class C common stock held by CC V. Mr. Sperling expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities owned beneficially or of record by any person or persons other than himself, including, without limitation, CC IV or CC V, for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) and Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Mr. Sperling is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

 

(o) Includes 99,000 shares of unvested restricted Class A common stock of CCMH held by Mr. Walls. As of September 30, 2013, Mr. Walls’ holdings represented less than 1% of CCMH’s Class A common stock.

 

(p) Includes: (1) 6,811,407 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock beneficially owned by Abrams Capital Management, L.P. and affiliates (Mr. Abrams is one of our directors and the managing member of Abrams Capital and Abrams CM LLC); (2) 9,950,510 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock beneficially owned by Highfields Capital Management LP and managed investment funds (Mr. Jacobson is one of our directors and the managing member of Highfields GP and the senior managing member of Highfields Associates); (3) vested stock options and stock options that will vest within 60 days after September 30, 2013 collectively representing 908,287 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock held by our directors and executive officers as a group; (4) 1,360,576 shares of unvested restricted Class A common stock of CCMH held by such persons; (5) 197,593 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock held by trusts of which Mark P. Mays is the trustee; and (6) 706,215 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock held by Pittman CC LLC. As of September 30, 2013, the holdings of our directors and executive officers collectively represented 70.1% of CCMH’s Class A common stock.

As of September 30, 2013, all of CCMH’s directors and executive officers as a group also were the beneficial owners of CCOH’s Class A common stock as follows: (1) 24,704 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock held by such persons; (2) vested stock options representing 529,929 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock; and (3) 3,354,390 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock beneficially owned by Abrams Capital Management, L.P. and affiliates. As of September 30, 2013, these holdings collectively represented 8.9% of CCOH’s Class A common stock and 1.1% of CCOH’s Class A common stock assuming all shares of CCOH’s Class B common stock are converted to shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock.

 

174


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

THE MERGER AND THE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

In connection with the Merger, we became party to a management agreement with the Sponsors and certain other parties thereto, pursuant to which the Sponsors provide management and financial advisory services to us and our wholly owned subsidiaries until 2018, at a rate not greater than $15.0 million per year, plus reimbursable expenses. We paid the Sponsors an aggregate of $15.9 million in management fees and reimbursable expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENTS

We are party to a stockholders agreement with CC IV, CC V, Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays, L. Lowry Mays and certain other parties. The stockholders agreement, among other things: (1) specifies how the parties vote in elections to CCMH’s board of directors; (2) restricts the transfer of shares subject to the agreement; (3) includes the ability of CC IV to compel the parties to sell their shares in a change of control transaction or participate in a recapitalization of CCMH; (4) gives the parties the right to subscribe for their pro rata share of proposed future issuances of equity securities by CCMH or its subsidiaries to the Sponsors or their affiliates; (5) requires the parties to agree to customary lock-up agreements in connection with underwritten public offerings; and (6) provides the parties with customary demand and “piggy-back” registration rights. We, CC IV and CC V also entered into a separate agreement with Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays, L. Lowry Mays and certain other parties that set forth terms and conditions under which certain of their shares of CCMH’s common stock would be repurchased by us following the termination of their employment (through the exercise of a “call option” by us or a “put option” by Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and L. Lowry Mays, as applicable). Any shares of our common stock that Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays, L. Lowry Mays or their estate-planning entities acquired pursuant to stock elections are not subject to the stockholders agreement.

AFFILIATE TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

CCMH, the Sponsors and Clear Channel are party to an agreement under which CCMH agreed that neither it nor any of its subsidiaries will enter into or effect any affiliate transaction between CCMH or one of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Sponsor or any other private investment fund under common control with either Sponsor (collectively, the “principal investors”), on the other hand, without the prior approval of either a majority of the independent directors of CCMH or a majority of the then-outstanding shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock (excluding for purposes of such calculation from both (1) the votes cast and (2) the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, all shares held at that time by any principal investor, any affiliate of a principal investor, or members of management and directors of CCMH whose beneficial ownership information is required to be disclosed in filings with the SEC pursuant to Item 403 of Regulation S-K (the “public shares”)). That agreement expires upon the earlier of (1) an underwritten public offering and sale of CCMH’s common stock which results in aggregate proceeds in excess of $250 million to us and after which CCMH’s common stock is listed on NASDAQ’s National Market System or another national securities exchange (a “qualified public offering”) and (2) the consummation of a certain transaction resulting in a change of control (as defined in the agreement and summarized below) of CCMH.

The following are not deemed to be affiliate transactions for purposes of the affiliate transaction agreement: (1) any commercial transaction between CCMH or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any portfolio company in which any principal investor or any affiliate of a principal investor has a direct or indirect equity interest, on the other, so long as such transaction was entered into on an arms-length basis; (2) any purchase of bank debt or securities by a principal investor or an affiliate of a principal investor or any transaction between a principal investor or affiliate of a principal investor on the one hand, and CCMH or one of its subsidiaries, on the other hand, related to the ownership of bank debt or securities, provided such purchase or transaction is on terms (except with respect to relief from all or part of any underwriting or placement fee applicable thereto) comparable to those consummated within an offering made to unaffiliated third parties; (3) the payment by CCMH or one of its subsidiaries of up to $87.5 million in transaction fees to the principal investors or their affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement; (4) any payment of management, transaction, monitoring,

 

175


Table of Contents

or any other fees to the principal investors or their affiliates pursuant to an arrangement or structure whereby the holders of public shares of CCMH are made whole for the portion of such fees paid by CCMH that would otherwise be proportionate to their shareholdings; and (5) any transaction to which a principal investor or an affiliate thereof is a party in its capacity as a stockholder of CCMH that is offered generally to other stockholders of CCMH (including the holders of shares of Class A common stock) on comparable or more favorable terms.

A change of control of CCMH will be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of any of the following: (1) any consolidation or merger of CCMH with or into any other corporation or other entity, or any other corporate reorganization or transaction (including the acquisition of stock of CCMH), in which the direct and indirect stockholders of CCMH immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, reorganization, or transaction, own stock either representing less than 50% of the economic interests in and less than 50% of the voting power of CCMH or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization, or transaction or that does not have, through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise, the power to elect a majority of the entire board of directors of CCMH or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization, or transaction, excluding any bona fide primary or secondary public offering; (2) any stock sale or other transaction or series of related transactions, after giving effect to which in excess of 50% of CCMH’s voting power is owned by any person or entity and its “affiliates” or “associates” (as such terms are defined in the rules adopted by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act), other than the principal investors and their respective affiliates, excluding any bona fide primary or secondary public offering; or (3) a sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of CCMH.

The agreement described above terminates upon the earlier of a qualified public offering and the consummation of a change of control (as defined therein). Other than as described in the prior sentence, the agreement may not be terminated, amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified without the prior written approval of either (1) a majority of the independent directors of CCMH elected by the holders of Class A common stock of CCMH or (2) a majority of the then-outstanding public shares.

CORPORATE SERVICES AGREEMENT

CCMS has entered into a Corporate Services Agreement with CCOH to provide CCOH certain administrative and support services and other assistance. Pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, as long as Clear Channel continues to own greater than 50% of the total voting power of CCOH’s common stock, CCMS will provide CCOH with such services and other assistance, which CCOH must accept. These include, among other things, the following:

 

    treasury, payroll and other financial related services;
    certain executive officer services;
    human resources and employee benefits;
    legal and related services;
    information systems, network and related services;
    investment services;
    corporate services; and
    procurement and sourcing support.

The charges for the corporate services generally are intended to allow CCMS to fully recover the allocated direct costs of providing the services, plus all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, generally without profit. The allocation of cost is based on various measures depending on the service provided, which measures include relative revenue, employee headcount or number of users of a service.

Under the Corporate Services Agreement, CCMS and CCOH each have the right to purchase goods or services, use intellectual property licensed from third parties and realize other benefits and rights under the other party’s agreements with third-party vendors to the extent allowed by such vendor agreements. The agreement also provides for the lease or sublease of certain facilities used in the operation of our respective businesses and for access to each other’s computing and telecommunications systems to the extent necessary to perform or receive the corporate services.

 

176


Table of Contents

The Corporate Services Agreement provides that certain executive officers of Clear Channel will be made available to CCOH, and CCOH will be obligated to utilize, those executive officers to serve as CCOH’s executive officers. The Corporate Services Agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement or, after the date Clear Channel owns shares of CCOH’s common stock representing less than 50% of the total voting power of CCOH’s common stock, upon six months written notice by CCOH. CCMS charges an allocable portion of the compensation and benefits costs of such persons based on a ratio of CCOH’s financial performance to the financial performance of Clear Channel. The compensation and benefits costs allocated to CCOH include such executives’ base salary, bonus and other standard employee benefits, but exclude equity based compensation. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Corporate Services Agreement” and footnote (g) to the Summary Compensation Table for additional information regarding the allocations. For the year ended December 31, 2012, charges for the corporate and executive services provided to CCOH under the Corporate Services Agreement totaled $35.9 million.

COMMERCIAL TRANSACTIONS

As described elsewhere in this prospectus, entities controlled by the Sponsors hold all of the shares of CCMH’s Class B common stock and Class C common stock, representing a majority (whether measured by voting power or economic interest) of CCMH’s equity. Seven of CCMH’s current directors (James C. Carlisle, Julia B. Donnelly, John P. Connaughton, Matthew J. Freeman, Blair E. Hendrix, Ian K. Loring and Scott M. Sperling) are affiliated with the Sponsors, and Richard J. Bressler was affiliated with THL prior to his appointment as our President and Chief Financial Officer on July 29, 2013. In addition, director David C. Abrams is the managing member of the investment firm Abrams Capital Management, L.P., which beneficially owned 24.2% of CCMH’s Class A common stock as of September 30, 2013, and director Jonathon S. Jacobson is the founder and Chief Investment Officer of the investment firm Highfields Capital Management LP, which beneficially owned 35.3% of CCMH’s Class A common stock as of September 30, 2013. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

We are a leading global media and entertainment company specializing in radio, digital, out-of-home, mobile and on-demand entertainment and information services for national audiences and local communities and providing premiere opportunities for advertisers. We operate in more than 40 countries across five continents. The Sponsors are private equity firms and Mr. Abrams and Mr. Jacobson are affiliated with investment firms, each of which has investments in many companies. As a result of our worldwide reach, the nature of our business and the breadth of investments by the Sponsors and the investment firms affiliated with Mr. Abrams and Mr. Jacobson, it is not unusual for us to engage in ordinary course of business transactions with entities in which one of our directors or executive officers, or a holder of greater than 5% of CCMH’s equity or an immediate family member of any of them, may also be a director, executive officer, partner or investor or have some other direct or indirect interest.

During 2012, we provided ordinary course of business advertising and other services and/or received ordinary course of business services related to our media and entertainment and outdoor businesses exceeding $120,000 in value with respect to 14 companies in which one or both of the Sponsors directly or indirectly owned a greater than 10% equity interest. One or more of Messrs. Bressler (who at the time was affiliated with THL) and Connaughton also served as directors of three of these companies during 2012. These transactions were negotiated on an arms-length basis and, in the aggregate, we were paid $18.6 million by these entities and we paid $8.4 million to these entities with respect to these 2012 transactions. In addition, entities in which THL directly or indirectly owns a greater than 10% equity interest provided us with audio conferencing services, payroll tax processing services and commercial credit card processing services pursuant to arms-length agreements at competitive market rates, and for each of which the fees paid by us did not exceed $120,000.

From time to time the Sponsors or their affiliates or the investment firms affiliated with Mr. Abrams and Mr. Jacobson may acquire debt or debt securities issued by Clear Channel either directly from Clear Channel, in open market transactions or through loan syndications. As of December 31, 2012, the Sponsors collectively owned approximately $2.0 billion principal amount and the investment firms affiliated with Mr. Abrams and Mr. Jacobson collectively owned approximately $336.9 million principal amount of Clear Channel’s term loans under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities and other Clear Channel debt securities (collectively, the “Clear Channel Debt Securities”). During 2012, Clear Channel offered eligible lenders under its senior secured credit facility the opportunity to exchange certain outstanding term loans for newly issued Clear Channel 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019. As part of that transaction, the Sponsors collectively exchanged approximately $425.9 million principal amount of Clear Channel’s term loans for the same principal amount of Clear Channel’s 9.0% Priority

 

177


Table of Contents

Guarantee Notes due 2019 and the investment firms affiliated with Mr. Abrams and Mr. Jacobson collectively exchanged approximately $59.3 million principal amount of Clear Channel’s term loans for the same principal amount of Clear Channel’s 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019. During 2012, Clear Channel also paid an aggregate of approximately $77.4 million in interest and an aggregate of approximately $71.5 million in principal on the Clear Channel Debt Securities owned by the Sponsors and an aggregate of approximately $12.8 million in interest and an aggregate of approximately $7.4 million in principal on the Clear Channel Debt Securities owned by the investment firms affiliated with Mr. Abrams and Mr. Jacobson. The largest principal amount of the Clear Channel Debt Securities owned by the Sponsors collectively and owned by the investment firms affiliated with Mr. Abrams and Mr. Jacobson collectively was approximately $2.1 billion and $369.2 million, respectively, during 2012. The Clear Channel term loans owned by the Sponsors and the investment firms affiliated with Mr. Abrams and Mr. Jacobson bear interest at various rates between LIBOR + 3.4% and LIBOR +3.65%. The other Clear Channel Debt Securities owned by the Sponsors bear interest at 9.0% and the other Clear Channel Debt Securities owned by the investment firms affiliated with Mr. Abrams and Mr. Jacobson bear interest at various rates between 5.75% and 9.0%. On February 28, 2013, Clear Channel prepaid $846.9 million of loans outstanding under its term loan A facility. Certain affiliates of the Sponsors and the investment firms affiliated with Mr. Jacobson received a portion of the proceeds used to repay this facility.

Irving L. Azoff, a current director, and Randall T. Mays, who served as a director until May 2013, also served as directors of Live Nation during 2012. Mr. Azoff also served as Executive Chairman of the Board of Live Nation until December 31, 2012. During 2012, Live Nation paid us approximately $12.0 million for arms-length, ordinary course of business advertising services, and we paid Live Nation and its subsidiaries approximately $207,000 for entertainment-related services. In addition, Mr. Azoff or his affiliates represent certain of the musical artists who performed at our iHeartRadio Music Festival during 2012, and Mr. Azoff participated in attracting musical artists to perform at our iHeartRadio Music Festival. We are not a party to any of Mr. Azoff’s contractual arrangements with these musical artists.

As part of the employment agreement for Robert W. Pittman, who became our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors on October 2, 2011, we agreed to provide him with an aircraft for his personal and business use during the term of his employment. Subsequently, one of our subsidiaries entered into a six-year aircraft lease with Yet Again Inc., a company controlled by Mr. Pittman, to lease an airplane for his use in exchange for a one-time upfront lease payment of $3.0 million during 2011. Our subsidiary also is responsible for all related taxes, insurance, and maintenance costs during the lease term (other than discretionary upgrades, capital improvements or refurbishment). We paid Yet Again Inc. $591,633 during 2012 related to the maintenance and management of the aircraft. If the lease is terminated prior to the expiration of its term, Yet Again Inc. will be required to refund a pro rata portion of the one-time upfront lease payment and a pro rata portion of the tax associated with the amount of the lease payment refunded, based upon the period remaining in the term. In addition, we paid Mr. Pittman $16,050 during 2012 as reimbursement for Mr. Pittman’s business use of a helicopter. We also have entered into a sublease with Pilot Group Manager, LLC, an entity that Mr. Pittman is a member of and an investor in, to rent space in Rockefeller Plaza in New York City through July 29, 2014 for use by employees of CCMH and its subsidiaries, including Mr. Pittman, in the operation of our businesses. Fixed rent is approximately $560,000 annually plus a proportionate share of building expenses. In 2013, we entered into a sublease arrangement with Pilot Group Manager, LLC in which we occupy additional space in Rockefeller Plaza and Pilot Group Manager, LLC subleases space from us in a different location in New York City for $13,128 per month. We paid $658,027 for the use of its office space in Rockefeller Plaza in New York City and our share of related office expenses during 2012. In addition, on November 15, 2010, we issued and sold 706,215 shares of our Class A common stock to Pittman CC LLC, a Delaware limited liability company controlled by Mr. Pittman, for $5,000,000 in cash, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 15, 2010 by and among Pittman CC LLC, CC IV and CC V (the “Purchase Agreement”). Fifty percent of the shares were vested upon issuance and the remaining shares will vest upon certain liquidity transactions initiated by the Sponsors. The Purchase Agreement provides for certain repurchase rights in favor of us and Mr. Pittman, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Potential Post-Employment Payments.”

 

178


Table of Contents

POLICY ON REVIEW, APPROVAL OR RATIFICATION OF TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

CCMH has adopted formal written policies and procedures for the review, approval, or ratification of certain related party transactions involving us and one of our executive officers, directors or nominees for director, or owner of more than 5% of any class of CCMH’s voting securities, and which may be required to be reported under the SEC disclosure rules. Such transactions must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee of CCMH’s board of directors (other than the directors involved, if any) or by a majority of disinterested directors, except that no such pre-approval shall be required for an agreement, or series of related agreements, providing solely for ordinary course of business transactions made on standard terms and conditions where the aggregate amount to be paid to us is less than $20 million or the aggregate amount paid by us is less than $500,000. In addition, if our management, in consultation with our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, determines that it is not practicable to wait until the next Audit Committee meeting to approve or ratify a particular transaction, then the board of directors has delegated authority to the Chairman of the Audit Committee to approve or ratify such transactions. The Chairman of the Audit Committee reports to the Audit Committee any transactions reviewed by him or her pursuant to this delegated authority at the next Audit Committee meeting. The primary consideration with respect to the approval of related party transactions is the overall fairness of the terms of the transaction to us. The transactions described above in this prospectus were ratified or approved by the Audit Committee or board of directors, to the extent required, pursuant to these policies and procedures. Transactions of a similar nature have occurred throughout 2013 and we expect that they will occur in the future.

 

179


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

As of September 30, 2013, we had a total of $8,227.5 million outstanding under our senior secured credit facility, consisting of:

 

    a $3.0 billion term loan B, which matures on January 29, 2016,

 

    a $197.2 million term loan C, which matures on January 29, 2016, and

 

    a $5.0 billion term loan D, which matures on January 30, 2019.

We may raise incremental term loans of up to (a) $1.5 billion, plus (b) the excess, if any, of (x) 0.65 times pro forma consolidated EBITDA (as calculated in the manner provided in the senior secured credit facilities documentation), over (y) $1.5 billion, plus (c) the aggregate amount of certain principal prepayments made in respect of the term loans under the senior secured credit facilities. Availability of such incremental term loans is subject, among other things, to the absence of any default, pro forma compliance with the financial covenant and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.

We are the primary borrower under the senior secured credit facilities, except that certain of our domestic restricted subsidiaries are co-borrowers under a portion of the term loan facilities.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent or (B) the Federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.

The margin percentages applicable to the term loan facilities are the following percentages per annum:

 

    with respect to loans under the term loan A, (i) 2.40% in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.40% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans;

 

    with respect to loans under the term loan B and term loan C—asset sale facility, (i) 2.65%, in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.65%, in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans; and

 

    with respect to loans under the term loan D, (i) 5.75%, in the case of base rate loans, and (ii) 6.75%, in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans.

The margin percentages are subject to adjustment based upon our leverage ratio.

Prepayments

The senior secured credit facilities require us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

    50% (which percentage may be reduced to 25% and to 0% based upon our leverage ratio) of our annual excess cash flow (as calculated in accordance with our senior secured credit facilities), less any voluntary prepayments of term loans and subject to customary credits;

 

    100% of the net cash proceeds of sales or other dispositions of specified assets being marketed for sale (including casualty and condemnation events), subject to certain exceptions;

 

    100% (which percentage may be reduced to 75% and 50% based upon our leverage ratio) of the net cash proceeds of sales or other dispositions by us or our wholly owned restricted subsidiaries of assets other than specified assets being marketed for sale, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions;

 

180


Table of Contents
    100% of the net cash proceeds of (i) any incurrence of certain debt, other than debt permitted under our senior secured credit facilities, (ii) certain securitization financing, (iii) certain issuances of Permitted Additional Notes (as defined in the senior secured credit facilities) and (iv) certain issuances of Permitted Unsecured Notes and Permitted Senior Secured Notes (as defined in the senior secured credit facilities); and

 

    Net cash proceeds received by us as dividends or distributions from indebtedness incurred at CCOH provided that the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of CCOH is no greater than 7.00 to 1.00.

The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of certain debt, other than debt permitted under our senior secured credit facilities, certain securitization financing, issuances of Permitted Additional Notes and annual excess cash flow will be applied, at our option, to the term loans (on a pro rata basis, other than that non-extended classes of term loans may be prepaid prior to any corresponding extended class), in each case (i) first to the term loans other than the term loan C—asset sale facility loans (on a pro rata basis) and (ii) second to the term loan C—asset sale facility loans, in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity. The foregoing prepayments with net cash proceeds of issuances of Permitted Unsecured Notes and Permitted Senior Secured Notes and Net Cash Proceeds received by us as a distribution from indebtedness incurred by CCOH will be applied (i) to the term loan A in a manner determined by us, and (ii) to the term loans (on a pro rata basis), in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity. The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of the sale of assets (including casualty and condemnation events) will be applied (i) first to the term loan C—asset sale facility loans and (ii) second to the other term loans (on a pro rata basis), in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity.

We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency rate loans.

On October 31, 2012, we repaid and permanently cancelled the commitments under our revolving credit facility, which was set to mature July 2014.

Amortization of Term Loans

As of September 30, 2013, we are required to repay the loans under the term loan facilities, after giving effect to (i) the December 2009 prepayment of $2.0 billion of term loans with proceeds from the issuance of CCWH’s Existing Senior Notes, (ii) the February 2011 prepayment of $500.0 million of revolving credit facility and term loans with the proceeds of the February 2011 Offering, (iii) the first quarter 2012 prepayment of $1.9 billion from CCOH dividend proceeds discussed in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus, (iv) the October 2012 refinancing transaction discussed in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus, (v) the November 2012 prepayment of $215.0 million term loan A discussed elsewhere in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus, and (vi) the May 2013 amendment that extended $5,000.0 million pro rata of term loan B and term loan C through the creation of a new term loan D that matures January 30, 2019, discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” section of this prospectus, as follows (the amounts in the table do not give effect to the December 2013 Refinancing):

 

(In millions)   Tranche B   Tranche C

Year

 

Term Loan
                Amortization*                

  Term Loan
              Amortization*            

2013

  —           $1.7      

2014

  —        $7.0      

2015

  —        $3.5      

2016

   $                                         3,030.3       $                                      185.0      

2017

  —        —      
 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   $                                         3,030.3       $                                      197.2      

 

* Balance of tranche B term loan and tranche C term loan are due January 29, 2016.

 

181


Table of Contents

Collateral and Guarantees

The senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by us and each of our existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to permitted liens, including prior liens permitted by the indenture governing our senior notes, and other exceptions, by:

 

    a lien on our capital stock;

 

    100% of the capital stock of any future material wholly-owned domestic license subsidiary that is not a “Restricted Subsidiary” under the indenture governing our senior notes;

 

    certain assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our senior notes);

 

    certain specified assets of ours and the guarantors that constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our senior notes) securing obligations under the senior secured credit facilities up to the maximum amount permitted to be secured by such assets without requiring equal and ratable security under the indenture governing our senior notes; and

 

    a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing our receivables based credit facility that is junior to the lien securing our obligations under such credit facility.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The senior secured credit facilities require us to comply on a quarterly basis with a financial covenant limiting the ratio of consolidated secured debt, net of cash and cash equivalents, to consolidated EBITDA (as defined by our senior secured credit facilities) for the preceding four quarters. Our secured debt consists of the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables-based credit facility, the priority guarantee notes and certain other secured subsidiary debt. As required by the definition of consolidated EBITDA in our senior secured credit facilities, our consolidated EBITDA for the preceding four quarters of $2.0 billion is calculated as operating income (loss) before depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and other operating income (expense), net plus share-based compensation and is further adjusted for the following items: (i) costs incurred in connection with the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, consulting fees and other permitted activities; (ii) extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses or expenses and severance; (iii) non-cash charges; (iv) cash received from nonconsolidated affiliates; and (v) various other items.

The senior secured credit facilities include negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    create liens on assets;

 

    engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;

 

    sell assets;

 

    pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;

 

    make investments, loans, or advances;

 

    prepay certain junior indebtedness;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

182


Table of Contents
    amend material agreements governing certain junior indebtedness; and

 

    change our lines of business.

The senior secured credit facilities include certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, the invalidity of material provisions of the senior secured credit facilities documentation, the failure of collateral under the security documents for the senior secured credit facilities, the failure of the senior secured credit facilities to be senior debt under the subordination provisions of certain of our subordinated debt and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the senior secured credit facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Amendments

On October 25, 2012, we amended the terms of our senior secured credit facilities (the “Amendments”). The Amendments, among other things: (i) permit exchange offers of term loans for new debt securities in an aggregate principal amount of up to $5.0 billion (including the $2.0 billion exchanged in the October 2012 refinancing transaction described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”); (ii) provide us with greater flexibility to prepay tranche A term loans; (iii) following the repayment or extension of all tranche A term loans, permit below par non-pro rata purchases of term loans pursuant to customary Dutch auction procedures whereby all lenders of the class of term loans offered to be purchased will be offered an opportunity to participate; (iv) following the repayment or extension of all tranche A term loans, permits the repurchase of junior debt maturing before January 2016 with cash on hand in an amount not to exceed $200 million; (v) combine the term loan B, the delayed draw term loan 1 and the delayed draw term loan 2 under the senior secured credit facilities; (vi) preserve revolving credit facility capacity in the event we repay all amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility; and (vii) eliminate certain restrictions on the ability of CCOH and its subsidiaries to incur debt. On October 31, 2012, we repaid and permanently cancelled the commitments under our revolving credit facility, which was set to mature July 2014.

On February 28, 2013, we repaid all $846.9 million of loans outstanding under our term loan A facility.

On May 31, 2013, we further amended the terms of our senior secured credit facilities by extending a portion of Term Loan B and Term Loan C loans due 2016 through the creation of a new $5.0 billion Term Loan D due January 30, 2019. The amendment also permitted us to make applicable high yield discount obligation catch-up payments beginning after May 2018 with respect to the new Term Loan D and in June 2018 with respect to the outstanding notes, which were issued in connection with the exchange of a portion of the Outstanding 2016 Notes.

In connection with the December 2013 Refinancing, we further amended the terms of our senior secured credit facilities on December 18, 2013 to extend a portion of the Term Loan B and Term Loan C due 2016 through the creation of a new $1.3 billion Term Loan E due July 30, 2019. The new Term Loan E has the same security and guarantee package as the outstanding Term Loans B, C and D. Borrowings under the new Term Loan E bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, adjusted LIBOR plus 7.50% or a base rate plus 6.50%.

Receivables Based Credit Facility

As of September 30, 2013, we had $247.0 million borrowings outstanding under our receivables based credit facility.

The receivables based credit facility provides revolving credit commitments of $535.0 million, subject to a borrowing base. The borrowing base at any time equals 90% of our and certain of our subsidiaries’ eligible accounts receivable. The receivables based credit facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility and a swingline loan sub-facility.

We and certain subsidiary borrowers are the borrowers under the receivables based credit facility. We have the ability to designate one or more of our restricted subsidiaries as borrowers under the receivables based credit facility. The receivables based credit facility loans and letters of credit are available in U.S. dollars.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the receivables based credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the prime

 

183


Table of Contents

rate of Citibank, N.A. and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or (2) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the rate (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements for Eurocurrency liabilities) for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the receivables based credit facility is 1.75% with respect to Eurocurrency borrowings and 0.75% with respect to base-rate borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the receivables based credit facility ranges from 1.50% to 2.00% for Eurocurrency borrowings and from 0.50% to 1.00% for base-rate borrowings, depending on average daily excess availability under the receivables based credit facility during the prior fiscal quarter.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the receivables based credit facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the receivables based credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The initial commitment fee rate is 0.375% per annum. The commitment fee rate will be reduced to 0.25% per annum at any time when the average daily unused commitments for the prior quarter is less than 50% of total commitments. We must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

Maturity

Borrowings under the receivables based credit facility will mature, and lending commitments thereunder will terminate, on the fifth anniversary of the effectiveness of the receivables based credit facility (December 24, 2017), provided that, (a) the maturity date will be October 31, 2015 if on October 30, 2015, greater than $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount is owing under certain of our term loan credit facilities, (b) the maturity date will be May 3, 2016 if on May 2, 2016 greater than $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 and 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016 are outstanding and (c) in the case of any debt under clauses (a) and (b) that is amended or refinanced in any manner that extends the maturity date of such debt to a date that is on or before the date that is five years after the effectiveness of the receivables based credit facility, the maturity date will be one day prior to the maturity date of such debt after giving effect to such amendment or refinancing if greater than $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of such debt is outstanding.

Prepayments

If at any time the sum of the outstanding amounts under the receivables based credit facility exceeds the lesser of (i) the borrowing base and (ii) the aggregate commitments under the facility, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the receivables based credit facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency rate loans. Any voluntary prepayments we make will not reduce our commitments under the receivables based credit facility.

Guarantees and Security

The facility is guaranteed by, subject to certain exceptions, the guarantors of our senior secured credit facilities. All obligations under the receivables based credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by a perfected security interest in all of our and all of the guarantors’ accounts receivable and related assets and proceeds thereof that is senior to the security interest of our senior secured credit facilities in such accounts receivable and related assets and proceeds thereof, subject to permitted liens, including prior liens permitted by the indenture governing certain of our senior notes (the “legacy notes”), and certain exceptions.

 

184


Table of Contents

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

If borrowing availability is less than the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 10% of the aggregate commitments under the receivables based credit facility, in each case, for five consecutive business days (a “Liquidity Event”), we will be required to comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 for fiscal quarters ending on or after the occurrence of the Liquidity Event, and will be continued to comply with this minimum fixed charge coverage ratio until borrowing availability exceeds the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 10% of the aggregate commitments under the receivables based credit facility, in each case, for 30 consecutive calendar days, at which time the Liquidity Event shall no longer be deemed to be occurring. In addition, the receivables based credit facility includes negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    create liens on assets;

 

    engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;

 

    sell assets;

 

    pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;

 

    make investments, loans, or advances;

 

    prepay certain junior indebtedness;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    amend material agreements governing certain junior indebtedness; and

 

    change our lines of business.

The receivables based credit facility includes certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the receivables based credit facility will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the receivables based credit facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019.

The 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 mature on December 15, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 9.0% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2013. The 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 are our senior obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture. The 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 and the guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees are secured by (i) a lien on (a) our capital stock and (b) certain property and related assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our senior notes), in each case equal in priority to the liens securing the obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and the 11.25% priority guarantee notes due 2021 and the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021, subject to certain exceptions, and (ii) a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing our receivables based credit facility junior in priority to the lien securing our obligations thereunder, subject to certain exceptions. In addition to the collateral granted to secure the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019, the collateral agent and the trustee for the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 entered into an agreement with the administrative agent for the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities to turn over to the trustee under the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019, for the benefit of the holders of the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019, a pro rata share of any recovery received on account of the principal properties, subject to certain terms and conditions.

 

185


Table of Contents

We may redeem the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 at our option, in whole or part, at any time prior to July 15, 2015, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and plus an applicable premium. We may redeem the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019, in whole or in part, on or after July 15, 2015, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before July 15, 2015, we may elect to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 at a redemption price equal to 109.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings.

The indenture governing the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) modify any of our existing senior notes; (iv) transfer or sell assets; (v) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries; and (vii) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets. The indenture contains covenants that limit Clear Channel Capital I, LLC’s and our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create liens on assets and (ii) materially impair the value of the security interests taken with respect to the collateral for the benefit of the notes collateral agent and the holders of the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.

11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.25% priority guarantee notes due 2021.

The 11.25% priority guarantee notes mature on March 1, 2021 and bear interest at a rate of 11.25% per annum, payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2013. The 11.25% priority guarantee notes are the Company’s senior obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture governing such notes. The 11.25% priority guarantee notes and the guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees are secured by (i) a lien on (a) the capital stock of the Company and (b) certain property and related assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing the legacy notes of the Company), in each case equal in priority to the liens securing the obligations under the Company’s senior secured credit facilities, the Company’s 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 and the Company’s 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019, subject to certain exceptions, and (ii) a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing the Company’s receivables based credit facility junior in priority to the lien securing the Company’s obligations thereunder, subject to certain exceptions.

The Company may redeem the 11.25% priority guarantee notes at its option, in whole or part, at any time prior to March 1, 2016, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 11.25% priority guarantee notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and plus an applicable premium. The Company may redeem the 11.25% priority guarantee notes, in whole or in part, on or after March 1, 2016, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Prior to March 1, 2016, the Company may elect to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 11.25% priority guarantee notes at a redemption price equal to 111.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings.

The indenture governing the 11.25% priority guarantee notes contains covenants that limit the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) transfer or sell assets; (iv) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (v) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries; and (vi) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of the Company’s assets. The indenture contains covenants that limit the Parent Company’s and the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create liens on assets and (ii) materially impair the value of the security interests taken with respect to the collateral for the benefit of the notes collateral agent and the holders of the 11.25% priority guarantee notes. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.

 

186


Table of Contents

9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding $1.75 billion aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021.

The 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 mature on March 1, 2021 and bear interest at a rate of 9.0% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2011. The 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 are our senior obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture. The 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 and the guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees are secured by (i) a lien on (a) our capital stock and (b) certain property and related assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing our senior notes), in each case equal in priority to the liens securing the obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and our other outstanding priority guarantee notes, subject to certain exceptions, and (ii) a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing our receivables based credit facility junior in priority to the lien securing our obligations thereunder, subject to certain exceptions.

We may redeem the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 at our option, in whole or part, at any time prior to March 1, 2016, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and plus an applicable premium. We may redeem the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021, in whole or in part, on or after March 1, 2016, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before March 1, 2014, we may elect to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 at a redemption price equal to 109.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings.

The indenture governing the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) modify any of our existing senior notes; (iv) transfer or sell assets; (v) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries; and (vii) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets. The indenture contains covenants that limit Clear Channel Capital I, LLC’s and our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create liens on assets and (ii) materially impair the value of the security interests taken with respect to the collateral for the benefit of the notes collateral agent and the holders of the 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.

Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding $448.1 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 and $340.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016. In December 2013, pursuant to the December 2013 LBO Note Exchange, we exchanged a portion of the senior cash pay notes and the senior toggle notes for $622.5 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes and, as a result, $94.3 million aggregate principal amount of senior cash pay notes and $127.9 million aggregate principal amount of senior toggle notes remained outstanding.

The senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes are unsecured and are guaranteed by Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and all of our existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The senior toggle notes mature on August 1, 2016 and may require a special redemption of up to $30.0 million on August 1, 2015. We may elect on each interest election date to pay all or 50% of such interest on the senior toggle notes in cash or by increasing the principal amount of the senior toggle notes or by issuing new senior toggle notes (such increase or issuance, “PIK Interest”). Interest on the senior toggle notes payable in cash will accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum and PIK Interest will accrue at a rate of 11.75% per annum.

Prior to August 1, 2012, we were able to redeem some or all of the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date and an applicable premium, as described in the indenture governing such notes. Since

 

187


Table of Contents

August 1, 2012, we may redeem some or all of the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing such notes. If we undergo a change of control, sell certain of our assets, or issue certain debt, we may be required to offer to purchase the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes from holders.

The senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes are senior unsecured debt and rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior debt. Guarantors of obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables based credit facility and our priority guarantee notes guarantee the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes with unconditional guarantees that are unsecured and equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of such guarantors, except that the guarantees are subordinated in right of payment only to the guarantees of obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables based credit facility, our priority guarantee notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In addition, the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes and the guarantees are structurally senior to our senior notes and existing and future debt to the extent that such debt is not guaranteed by the guarantors of the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes. The senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt and that of the guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and are structurally subordinated to all obligations of subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes.

On July 16, 2010, we made the election to pay interest on the senior toggle notes entirely in cash, effective for the interest period commencing August 1, 2010.

On June 21, 2013, we exchanged a portion of the senior cash pay notes and the senior toggle notes resulting in the issuance of $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount (including $421.0 million principal amount issued to, and held by, CC Finco) of the outstanding notes. In the exchange, $348.1 million aggregate principal amount of senior cash pay notes was exchanged for $348.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes, and $917.2 million aggregate principal amount of senior toggle notes was exchanged for $853.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes and $64.2 million of cash, plus, in each case, cash in an amount equal to accrued and unpaid interest from the last interest payment date applicable on the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes to, but not including, the closing date of the exchange. In December 2013, pursuant to the December 2013 Refinancing, an additional $353.8 million aggregate principal amount of senior cash pay notes was exchanged for $389.2 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes and $10.9 million of cash, and an additional $212.1 million aggregate principal amount of senior toggle notes was exchanged for $233.3 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes and $6.7 million of cash.

Clear Channel Senior Notes

As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately $1.4 billion of aggregate principal amount of notes outstanding.

The senior notes were our obligations prior to the merger. The senior notes are senior, unsecured obligations that are effectively subordinated to our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of our assets securing such indebtedness and are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries and, as a result, are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. The senior notes rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The senior notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries.

CCWH Senior Notes

As of September 30, 2013, CCWH Senior Notes represented $2,725.0 million of aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding, which consisted of $735.75 million aggregate principal amount of Series A CCWH Senior Notes and $1,989.25 million aggregate principal amount of Series B CCWH Senior Notes. The CCWH Senior Notes are guaranteed by CCOH, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (“CCOI”) and certain of CCOH’s direct and indirect subsidiaries. The proceeds from the issuance of the CCWH Senior Notes were used to fund the repurchase of the Existing CCWH Senior Notes.

We capitalized $30.0 million in fees and expenses associated with the CCWH Senior Notes offering and an original issue discount of $7.4 million. We are amortizing the capitalized fees and discount through interest expense over the life of the CCWH Senior Notes.

 

188


Table of Contents

The CCWH Senior Notes are senior obligations that rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of CCWH and the guarantees of the CCWH Senior Notes rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the guarantors. Interest on the CCWH Senior Notes is payable to the trustee weekly in arrears and to the noteholders on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2013.

At any time prior to November 15, 2017, CCWH may redeem the CCWH Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the CCWH Senior Notes plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. CCWH may redeem the CCWH Senior Notes, in whole or in part, on or after November 15, 2017, at the redemption prices set forth in the applicable indenture governing the CCWH Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before November 15, 2015, CCWH may elect to redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the CCWH Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 106.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings, subject to certain restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither CCOH nor any of its subsidiaries is permitted to make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any Series A CCWH Senior Notes or Series B CCWH Senior Notes if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other addition with respect to any Series B CCWH Senior Notes or Series A CCWH Senior Notes, as applicable, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A CCWH Senior Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B CCWH Senior Notes shall be greater than 0.25, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Senior Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than us and our subsidiaries (other than CCOH) or issue certain preferred stock;

 

    create liens on its restricted subsidiaries assets to secure such debt;

 

    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the CCWH Senior Notes;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; and

 

    sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries, to persons other than us and our subsidiaries (other than CCOH).

In addition, the indenture governing the Series A CCWH Senior Notes provides that if CCWH (i) makes an optional redemption of the Series B CCWH Senior Notes or purchases or makes an offer to purchase the Series B CCWH Senior Notes at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption or purchase a pro rata amount of the Series A CCWH Senior Notes or (ii) makes an asset sale offer under the indenture governing the Series B CCWH Senior Notes, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an offer to purchase a pro rata amount of Series A CCWH Senior Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Senior Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.

The indenture governing the Series B CCWH Senior Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;

 

    redeem, repurchase or retire CCOH’s subordinated debt;

 

    make certain investments;

 

189


Table of Contents
    create liens on its or its restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;

 

    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to it from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the CCWH Senior Notes;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;

 

    sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;

 

    designate its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

    pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

The Series A CCWH Senior Notes indenture and Series B CCWH Senior Notes indenture restrict CCOH’s ability to incur additional indebtedness but permit CCOH to incur additional indebtedness based on an incurrence test. In order to incur (i) additional indebtedness under this test, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) must be lower than 7.0:1 and 5.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively, and (ii) additional indebtedness that is subordinated to the CCWH Senior Notes under this test, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) must be lower than 7.0:1 for total debt. The indentures contain certain other exceptions that allow CCOH to incur additional indebtedness. The Series B CCWH Senior Notes indenture also permits CCOH to pay dividends from the proceeds of indebtedness or the proceeds from asset sales if its debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) are lower than 7.0:1 and 5.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. The Series A CCWH Senior Notes indenture does not limit CCOH’s ability to pay dividends. The Series B CCWH Senior Notes indenture contains certain exceptions that allow CCOH to pay dividends, including (i) $525.0 million of dividends made pursuant to general restricted payment baskets and (ii) dividends made using proceeds received upon a demand by CCOH of amounts outstanding under the revolving promissory note issued by us to CCOH.

CCWH Senior Subordinated Notes

As of September 30, 2013, CCWH Subordinated Notes represented $2,200.0 million of aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding, which consisted of $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes and $1,925.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes. Interest on the CCWH Subordinated Notes is payable to the trustee weekly in arrears and to the noteholders on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2012.

The CCWH Subordinated Notes are CCWH’s senior subordinated obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior subordinated basis by CCOH, CCOI and certain of CCOH’s other domestic subsidiaries. The CCWH Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations that rank junior to all of CCWH’s existing and future senior debt, including the CCWH Senior Notes, equally with any of CCWH’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and ahead of all of CCWH’s existing and future debt that expressly provides that it is subordinated to the CCWH Subordinated Notes. The guarantees of the CCWH Subordinated Notes rank junior to each guarantor’s existing and future senior debt, including the CCWH Senior Notes, equally with each guarantor’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and ahead of each guarantor’s existing and future debt that expressly provides that it is subordinated to the guarantees of the CCWH Subordinated Notes.

At any time prior to March 15, 2015, CCWH may redeem the CCWH Subordinated Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the CCWH Subordinated Notes plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. CCWH may redeem the CCWH Subordinated Notes, in whole or in part, on or after March 15, 2015, at the redemption prices set forth in the applicable indenture governing the CCWH Subordinated Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before March 15, 2015, CCWH may elect to redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the CCWH Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to 107.625% of the

 

190


Table of Contents

principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings, subject to certain restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither CCOH nor any of its subsidiaries is permitted to make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes or Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other addition with respect to any Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes or Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes, as applicable, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes shall be greater than 0.25, subject to certain exceptions.

We capitalized $40.0 million in fees and expenses associated with the CCWH Subordinated Notes offering and are amortizing them through interest expense over the life of the CCWH Subordinated Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than us and our subsidiaries (other than CCOH) or issue certain preferred stock;

 

    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of CCOH’s assets; and

 

    sell certain assets, including capital stock of CCOH’s subsidiaries, to persons other than us and our subsidiaries (other than CCOH).

In addition, the indenture governing the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes provides that if CCWH (i) makes an optional redemption of the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes or purchases or makes an offer to purchase the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption or purchase a pro rata amount of the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes or (ii) makes an asset sale offer under the indenture governing the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an offer to purchase a pro rata amount of Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.

The indenture governing the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;

 

    make certain investments;

 

    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of CCOH’s assets;

 

    sell certain assets, including capital stock of CCOH’s subsidiaries;

 

    designate CCOH’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

    pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

 

191


Table of Contents

The Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture and Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture restrict CCOH’s ability to incur additional indebtedness but permit CCOH to incur additional indebtedness based on an incurrence test. In order to incur additional indebtedness under this test, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) must be lower than 7.0:1. The indentures contain certain other exceptions that allow CCOH to incur additional indebtedness. The Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture also permits CCOH to pay dividends from the proceeds of indebtedness or the proceeds from asset sales if its debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) is lower than 7.0:1. The Series A CCWH Senior Subordinated Notes indenture does not limit CCOH’s ability to pay dividends. The Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture contains certain exceptions that allow CCOH to pay dividends, including (i) $525.0 million of dividends made pursuant to general restricted payment baskets and (ii) dividends made using proceeds received upon a demand by CCOH of amounts outstanding under the revolving promissory note issued by us to CCOH.

 

192


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (i) the term “Issuer” refers to Clear Channel Communications, Inc., and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) the terms “we,” “our” and “us” each refer to the Issuer and its consolidated Subsidiaries and (iii) the term “Holdings” refers to Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, and not to any of its Subsidiaries.

We issued $1,826,114,748 aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior notes due 2021 under the indenture dated as of June 21, 2013 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuer, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent (the “Paying Agent”), registrar and transfer agent. The exchange notes will also be issued under the Indenture. Any outstanding note that remains outstanding after completion of the exchange offer, together with the exchange notes issued in connection with the exchange offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The outstanding notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the exchange offer and exchange notes issued in the exchange offer are collectively referred to in this section as the “Notes.”

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of those documents, including the definitions therein of certain terms used in this “Description of the Exchange Notes.” We urge you to read the Indenture and the Notes because those documents, not this description, define your rights as Holders of the Notes. Copies of the Indenture may be obtained from the Issuer when available.

Brief Description of the Notes

The Notes:

 

    are the unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer;

 

    rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes and the Existing Senior Notes);

 

    are effectively subordinated to all existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes);

 

    are senior in right of payment to all Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer;

 

    are guaranteed by Holdings and each of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the General Credit Facilities (i) on an unsecured senior subordinated basis with respect to such Guarantor’s guarantee under Designated Senior Indebtedness and (ii) on a senior unsecured basis with respect to all of the applicable Guarantor’s existing and future unsecured senior debt other than such Guarantor’s guarantee under Designated Senior Indebtedness; and

 

    are structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations of any existing or future Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not guarantee the Notes, including the obligations of CCO and its Subsidiaries.

Guarantees

The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis solely with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness, and on an unsecured senior basis in all other instances, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture or a supplemental indenture.

 

193


Table of Contents

Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary that guarantees the General Credit Facilities guarantee the Notes, subject to release as provided below and in the ABL Facility. Each Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes is a general unsecured obligation of such Guarantor, is subordinated to such Guarantor’s guarantee under any Designated Senior Indebtedness, is pari passu in right of payment with all other existing and future unsubordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, and is effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness and ranks senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor. The Notes are structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not guarantee the Notes, including CCO and its subsidiaries.

Not all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries guarantee the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute or contribute, as the case may be, any of their assets to a Guarantor or the Issuer. The non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for $2,974.1 million, or 48%, of our revenue and approximately $268.5 million, or 25%, of our operating income, in each case, for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $2,160.6 million, or 47%, of our revenue and approximately $180.9 million, or 27%, of our operating income, in each case, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Our non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for approximately $8.1 billion, or 53%, of our total assets as of September 30, 2013. As of September 30, 2013, our non-guarantor Subsidiaries had $6.7 billion of total liabilities (including trade payables) to which the Notes are structurally subordinated.

The obligations of each Restricted Guarantor under its Guarantee are limited as necessary to prevent such Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment (such net assets determined in accordance with GAAP).

If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero.

Each Guarantee by a Guarantor provides by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(1)    (a)      any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;
   (b)      the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the General Credit Facilities or the guarantee of any other Indebtedness which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
   (c)      the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or
   (d)      the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in a manner not in violation of the terms of the Indenture; and
(2)    such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

194


Table of Contents

The Guarantee by Holdings provides by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (1) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; provided, however, that if Holdings immediately prior thereto was a guarantor of other Indebtedness of the Issuer or another Guarantor and continues after such sale, exchange or transfer to be a guarantor of such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or another Guarantor, no such release shall occur, (2) the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or (3) the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in a manner in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Ranking

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes by the Issuer ranks pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, including the obligations of the Issuer under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes and the Existing Senior Notes.

The payment of any Guarantee of the Notes will be subordinated to obligations of such Guarantor under its Designated Senior Indebtedness and ranks pari passu in right of payment to all other unsubordinated indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor.

Each Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantees of the Notes are subordinated to the obligations of that Guarantor under its Designated Senior Indebtedness. As such, the rights of Holders to receive payment pursuant to such Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of the holders of such Guarantor’s Designated Senior Indebtedness.

Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Designated Senior Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

No Guarantor is permitted to make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes if either of the following occurs (a “Payment Default”):

 

  (1) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not paid in full in cash when due; or

 

  (2) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, each Guarantor is permitted to make a payment or distribution under its Guarantee of the Notes if the Issuer and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “Non-Payment Default”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, no Guarantor is permitted to make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuer) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:

 

  (1) by written notice to the Trustee, the relevant Guarantor and the Issuer from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;

 

195


Table of Contents
  (2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or

 

  (3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

Notwithstanding the provisions described above (but subject to the subordination provisions of the immediately succeeding paragraph), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representatives of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Payment Default has occurred and is continuing, each Guarantor is permitted to make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to its Obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Guarantees shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of Non-Payment Defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period.

However, in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the Guarantees are in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no Non-Payment Default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness and that was the basis for the initiation of such Payment Blockage Period will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Period unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of such initial Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

In connection with the Guarantees, in the event of any payment or distribution of the assets of a Guarantor upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property:

 

  (1) the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Designated Senior Indebtedness before the Holders of the Notes are entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on, or related to, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; and

 

  (2) until the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders of the Notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.

If a distribution is made to Holders of the Notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders of the Notes are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

The subordination and payment blockage provisions described above will not prevent a Default from occurring under the Indenture upon the failure of the Issuer to pay cash interest or principal (including any accretion) with respect to the Notes when due by their terms. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on any Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee, the Guarantors must promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration, provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the subordination provisions described herein. So long as any Designated Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities remains outstanding and the relevant Guarantor is a guarantor thereof, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the respective Representatives thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor may not make any payment or distribution under its Guarantee of the Notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may make any payment or distribution under its Guarantee of the Notes only if the Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

 

196


Table of Contents

A Holder by its acceptance of Notes agrees to be bound by the provisions described in this section and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency proceeding, creditors of the Guarantor who are holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Notes, and creditors who are not holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Notes.

The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to payments from money or the proceeds of government securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal (including any accretion) of and interest on the Notes pursuant to the provisions described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge,” if the foregoing subordination provisions were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to such provisions and the respective deposit in the trust was otherwise made in accordance with such provisions.

The Notes are effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and each Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.

Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be unsubordinated Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The Issuer will maintain one or more Paying Agents for the Notes. The initial Paying Agent for the Notes is Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

The Issuer will also maintain a registrar in respect of the Notes, initially Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. If the Issuer fails to appoint a registrar, the Trustee will act as such. The registrar for the Notes will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of the Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

The Issuer may change the Paying Agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of a Restricted Subsidiary may act as a Paying Agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Any registrar or the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before the sending of a notice of redemption of Notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuer issued $1,826,114,748 aggregate principal amount of Notes. The Notes will mature on February 1, 2021. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer may issue additional Notes from time to time (such additional Notes, the “Additional Notes”). In addition, in connection with the payment of Partial PIK Interest in respect of the Notes, the Issuer is entitled to, without the consent of the

 

197


Table of Contents

Holders, increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue additional Notes (the “PIK Notes”) under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Notes offered hereby (in each case, a “PIK Payment”). The Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional Notes and PIK Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Exchange Notes,” references to “Note” or “Notes” include any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes that are actually issued and references to “principal amount” of the Notes include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of a PIK Payment.

Interest accrues on the Notes from August 1, 2013, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest is payable semi-annually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months to Holders of record at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2013. If a payment date is not on a Business Day at the place of payment, payment may be made at the place on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.

Interest on the Notes is paid at the rate of (i) 12.0% per annum in cash (“Cash Interest”) and (ii) 2.0% per annum through the issuance of PIK Notes (“Partial PIK Interest”). The Issuer issued $2,668,871 of PIK Notes on August 1, 2013 as Partial PIK Interest with respect to such interest period.

Cash Interest on the Notes accrues at a rate of 12.0% per annum and be payable in cash. Partial PIK Interest on the Notes accrues at a rate of 2.0% per annum and be payable (x) with respect to Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of any outstanding global Notes by an amount equal to the amount of Partial PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) (or, if necessary, pursuant to the requirements of the depositary or otherwise, to authenticate new global notes executed by the Issuer with such increased principal amounts) and (y) with respect to Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of Partial PIK Interest for the applicable period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the registrar of Holders. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Notes as a result of a Partial PIK Payment, the global Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such Partial PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a Partial PIK Payment will mature on February 1, 2021 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the outstanding Notes. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description PIK on the face of such PIK Note.

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of Cash Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and Cash Interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency will be the office of the Paying Agent maintained for such purpose.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

On the first interest payment date following the fifth anniversary of the “issue date” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1273-2 of the Notes, and on each interest payment date thereafter, the Issuer shall redeem a portion of the principal amount of the then outstanding Notes in an amount equal to the AHYDO Catch-Up Payment for such interest payment date with respect to the Notes. The “AHYDO Catch-Up Payment” for a particular interest payment date with respect to the Notes means the minimum principal prepayment sufficient to ensure that as of the close of such interest payment date, the aggregate amount which would be includible in gross income with respect to the Notes before the close of such interest payment date (as described in Section 163(i)(2)(A) of the Code) does not exceed the sum (described in Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code) of (i) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid on the Notes (including for this purpose any AHYDO Catch-Up Payments) before the close of such interest payment

 

198


Table of Contents

date plus (ii) the product of the issue price of the Notes as defined in Section 1273(b) of the Code and its yield to maturity (within the meaning of Section 163(i)(2)(B) of the Code), with the result that the Notes are not treated as having “significant original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1)(C) of the Code. It is intended that no Note will be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” (an “AHYDO”) within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, and this provision will be interpreted consistently with such intent. The computations and determinations required in connection with any AHYDO Catch-Up Payment will be made by the Issuer in its good faith reasonable discretion and will be binding upon the Holders absent manifest error.

The Issuer is not required to make any sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” We and our affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market, in negotiated transactions or otherwise.

Optional Redemption

At any time prior to August 1, 2015, the Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person and may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent.

On and after August 1, 2015, the Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “Selection and Notice,” at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person and may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. The Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

       Percentage    

2015

   106.000%

2016 and thereafter

   100.000%

In addition, until August 1, 2015, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 60% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to (x) with respect to the first 30% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes, 109.00% of the aggregate principal amount thereof and (y) with respect to the next 30% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes, 112.00% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Junior Capital Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 40% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further, that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Junior Capital Offering.

The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Junior Capital Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Junior Capital Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Junior Capital Offering.

 

199


Table of Contents

The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Selection and Notice.”

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

The Notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently sent a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

 

  (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control,” and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

  (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

  (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

  (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

  (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

  (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date a facsimile or electronic mail transmission (via pdf) or a letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

  (7) that the Holders whose Notes are being repurchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1 in principal amount; provided, however, in the case of PIK Notes or Partial PIK Interest, the principal amount of such unpurchased portion may equal a minimum of $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00;

 

  (8) if such notice is sent prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

 

  (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

 

200


Table of Contents

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

 

  (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

  (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

 

  (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation (and delivery to the Paying Agent) the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

The Senior Credit Facilities do, and future credit agreements or other agreements to which the Issuer may become a party may, provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under our Senior Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable and cause a Receivables Facility to be wound down.

Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control and holders of the notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the notes repurchased has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of our assets.”

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Dealer Managers and us. As of date of this prospectus, we had no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction. These limitations are subject to a number of important exceptions, baskets and qualifications.

We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

201


Table of Contents

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

Except as described in clause (11) of the second paragraph under “Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” the provisions in the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified at any time with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes under the Indenture.

Asset Sales

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

 

  (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

  (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

  (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or that are owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

  (b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

 

  (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $300.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Within 18 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

 

  (1) to permanently reduce:

 

  (a) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

202


Table of Contents
  (b) Obligations under Pari passu Indebtedness (as defined below) that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

  (c) Obligations under (i) the Notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other Pari passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under “Optional Redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase a pro rata amount of Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest; or

 

  (d) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (2) to (a) make an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) acquire properties, (c) make capital expenditures or (d) acquire other assets that, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) either (x) are used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within the later of 18 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds and 180 days following such commitment; provided that if such commitment is cancelled or terminated after the later of such 18 month or 180 day period for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale described in the preceding paragraph that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds,” except the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reduced by an amount equal to the difference between (x) the principal amount of the Notes offered to be purchased in a bona fide offer pursuant to clause (1)(c) above and (y) the principal amount of the Notes that were purchased pursuant to such offer. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with such Notes (“Pari passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of such Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1 thereof, or in the case of PIK Notes or Partial PIK Interest, a minimum of $1.00 and an integral multiple of $1.00 (in each case in aggregate principal amount), that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if applicable) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100.0 million by sending the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 18-month period (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $100.0 million or less.

To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess

 

203


Table of Contents

Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Pari passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such Pari passu Indebtedness will select such other Pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under any Senior Credit Facilities, or otherwise invest or apply such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Except as described in clause (11) of the second paragraph under “Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” the provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes.

 

204


Table of Contents

Selection and Notice

If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes at any time, the Trustee or the Paying Agent will select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if such Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason by lot or by such other method as the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall deem appropriate and in accordance with the procedures of DTC.

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be sent at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to (x) each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, (y) to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, or (z) otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

The Issuer will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are summaries of certain of the principal covenants that are contained in the Indenture.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

  (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than:

 

  (a)  dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

 

205


Table of Contents
  (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

  (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

  (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than:

 

  (a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

  (b) the payment of principal on or the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment or principal or such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

  (4) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

  (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

  (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

 

  (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Reference Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (c) thereof only), (6)(c) and (8) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

  (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter commencing after the Reference Date to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

  (b)

100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since immediately after the Reference Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to

 

206


Table of Contents
  incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause 12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:

 

(i)  

(A)

 

Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

 

  (x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, after the Reference Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and

 

  (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

  (B) to the extent such proceeds or other property are actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

 

  (ii) debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer or a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

 

       provided, however, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities sold to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

  (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of net proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Reference Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”, (ii) by a Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) from any Excluded Contributions); plus

 

  (d) 100% of the aggregate amount of proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

 

  (i)  the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case with respect to Restricted Investments made after the Reference Date; or

 

  (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Reference Date; plus

 

207


Table of Contents
  (e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Reference Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if such fair market value may exceed $100.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

 

  (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

 

  (2) (a) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any (i) Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)(a) or (b) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to purchase, redeem, defease, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

  (3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:

 

  (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

 

  (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value;

 

  (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired; and

 

  (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

 

208


Table of Contents
  (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $50.0 million with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $75.0 million in any calendar year; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

  (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Issuer, in each case to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus

 

  (b) the cash proceeds of key-man life insurance policies received by the Issuer (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent actually contributed in cash to the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

 

  (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4); and

provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

 

  (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

(6)  

(a)

 

the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;

 

  (b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

 

209


Table of Contents
  (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

provided, however, that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

  (8) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Issuer in or from any such public Equity Offering;

 

  (9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

  (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed $400.0 million;

 

  (11) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and Securitization Fees;

 

  (12) any Restricted Payment used to fund or effect the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

 

  (13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;

 

  (14) the declaration and payment of dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

 

  (a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their legal existence;

 

  (b) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise and similar taxes; provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments shall not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year (and to the extent of any amounts actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries);

 

210


Table of Contents
  (c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (d) general operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (e)  amounts payable to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement;

 

  (f)  fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to (i) any equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful) and (ii) any Investment otherwise permitted under this covenant (whether or not successful);

 

  (g)  cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; and

 

  (h) to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this covenant; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment; (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by the covenant “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” below) in order to consummate such Investment; (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with the Indenture; (D) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by another provision of this covenant (other than pursuant to clause (10) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause (9) thereof);

 

  (15) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (16) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”; provided that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer and that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;

 

  (17) any Restricted Payments relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Financing; and

 

  (18) the purchase of Equity Interests of CCO not owned by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether by tender offer, open market purchase, merger or otherwise);

 

211


Table of Contents

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10), (15) and (17), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

As of the date of this prospectus, all of the Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Issuer, other than CC Finco, LLC and Clear Channel Investments Holdings, LLC, were Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time pursuant to this covenant or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “Incur” or “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that (1) the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if, in each case, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 7.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided, further, however, that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $750.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

 

  (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $16,770,638,000 outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate amount of proceeds received from the sale of any Securitization Assets made since the Issue Date;

 

  (2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any PIK Notes and any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional Notes) including any MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in an MFN Exchange Offer in exchange therefor;

 

  (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the Notes (including any PIK Notes but excluding any Additional Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) any MFN Permitted Debt A/B Exchange Notes and related guarantees of any MFN Permitted Debt A/B Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for any MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes and related guarantees pursuant to the registration rights agreement applicable to such MFN Permitted Debt Exchange Notes;

 

212


Table of Contents
  (4) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));

 

  (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed $150.0 million at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;

 

  (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

  (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of ASC 460-10 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under ASC 805-10) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));

 

  (8) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness (other than pursuant to the CCU Mirror Note) owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

 

  (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);

 

  (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

 

213


Table of Contents
  (11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition thereof); provided, however, that any amounts in excess of 100.0% shall be Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that has a Stated Maturity that is no earlier than 90 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that has a Stated Maturity that is no earlier than 90 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder, and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then-outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $1,000.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

 

  (13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease:

 

  (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) and (12)(a) above and clause (14) below, or

 

  (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause (a) above,

including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith or incurred as a result of original issue discount, accreted value in excess of the proceeds thereof or the stated principal amount thereof being in excess of the fair value thereof at issuance, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Issuer (collectively, the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

  (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),

 

214


Table of Contents
  (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

 

  (C) shall not include:

 

  (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;

 

  (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; or

 

  (iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) will not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility;

 

  (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:

 

  (i) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, or

 

  (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

  (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

 

  (16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

(17)      (a)      any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or
     (b)      any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the covenant described below under “Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

 

215


Table of Contents
  (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $250.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));

 

  (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

  (20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and

 

  (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant and the covenant under “—Liens”:

 

  (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or under the first paragraph of this covenant; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date and the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes and the CCWH Notes outstanding on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) and/or clause 12(b) of the preceding paragraph; and

 

  (2) at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

 

216


Table of Contents

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor (other than Indebtedness constituting Designated Senior Indebtedness), as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be. The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Limitation on Modification of Existing Senior Notes

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, amend any of the Existing Senior Notes or any Existing Senior Notes Indenture, or any supplemental indenture in respect thereof, to create, incur or assume any Lien that secures any of the Existing Senior Notes other than to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.

Limitation on Layering

The Issuer will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

 

  (1) equal in right of payment with the such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; or

 

  (2) expressly subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes.

The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Liens

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures Obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

 

  (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

  (2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.

The foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the Notes (including PIK Notes) and the related Guarantees or the Exchange Notes (including PIK Notes issued in respect thereof) and related guarantees, (b) Liens securing Obligations under any Indebtedness and related guarantees under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (c) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described above under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 6.75 to 1.0.

 

217


Table of Contents

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) above.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind-up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), and may not sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

  (1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

 

  (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

 

  (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or (b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;

 

  (5) each Restricted Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture, the Guarantee and the Notes; and

 

  (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

 

  (1) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; and

 

  (2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

218


Table of Contents

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Restricted Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind-up into (whether or not the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)  

(a)

 

such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 

  (b) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

  (d) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

  (2) the transaction complies with clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

In the case of clause (1) above, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind-up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as the survivor thereof is a Restricted Guarantor).

Transactions with Affiliates

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, unless:

 

  (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

  (2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $40.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

 

219


Table of Contents

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

 

  (1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Investments constituting Permitted Investments;

 

  (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and termination fees and related expenses and indemnities, directly or indirectly, to the Investors, in each case pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement;

 

  (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

  (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement), or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

 

  (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole;

 

  (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;

 

  (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

  (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or any Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

220


Table of Contents
  (12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith or as otherwise permitted by the Indenture;

 

  (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith; and

 

  (14) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any payments in respect thereof so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (1) pay (a) dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (b) any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

  (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

  (a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including without limitation, pursuant to the Existing Priority Guarantee Notes and the related indentures, the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Notes Indentures;

 

  (b) (x) the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation, (y) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees and (z) the Exchange Notes and the related indenture and guarantees;

 

  (c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

 

  (d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

  (e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;

 

  (f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Issuer or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

 

221


Table of Contents
  (g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

  (h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (j) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;

 

  (k) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (l) any encumbrances or restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing; and

 

  (m) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (l) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor, a Foreign Subsidiary or a Securitization Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor unless:

 

  (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a related Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee; and

 

  (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

222


Table of Contents

provided, that this covenant shall not be applicable to (i) any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) guarantees of any Qualified Securitization Financing by any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) guarantees of Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary by any other Foreign Subsidiary. The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Domestic Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Restricted Guarantor to become a Restricted Guarantor, in which case such Domestic Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods described above.

Reports and Other Information

Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture requires the Issuer to file with the SEC from and after the Issue Date no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below,

 

  (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

 

  (2) within 45 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

 

  (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

 

  (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 5 days after the time the Issuer would have been required to file such information with the SEC as required pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph. To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently furnished (including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided, that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under “Events of Default and Remedies” if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

For so long as Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer is a guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture permits the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

223


Table of Contents

In connection with the filings with the SEC required pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, in connection therewith, the Issuer shall provide notice of, and host, a conference call open to the public to discuss the results for the applicable period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

Reports filed by the Issuer with the SEC via the EDGAR system will be deemed to be filed with the Trustee as of the time such reports are filed via EDGAR it being understood that the Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine if such filings have been made.

Events of Default and Remedies

The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default with respect to the Notes:

 

  (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

  (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;

 

  (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Notes;

 

  (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

 

  (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated final maturity; and

 

  (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

  (5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $100.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

  (6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Party;

 

  (7) failure of any Person required by the terms of the Indenture to be a Guarantor as of the Issue Date to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture within five (5) Business Days following the Issue Date; or

 

224


Table of Contents
  (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes under the Indenture by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

  (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

 

  (2) Holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

 

  (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

  (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

  (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

  (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

 

  (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

  (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

225


Table of Contents

Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have each Guarantor’s obligations discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“Legal Defeasance”) and cure all then-existing Events of Default except for:

 

  (1) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

 

  (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

  (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

  (4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. If the Issuer exercises either its Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance option with respect to the Notes, the Guarantees of Holdings and the Restricted Guarantors will be released and each of Holdings and the Restricted Guarantors will be released from all of its obligations with respect to the Notes upon the occurrence of such defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

 

  (1)

the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the

 

226


Table of Contents
  stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

  (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

  (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

  (b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

  (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

  (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor or others; and

 

  (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when either:

 

  (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

227


Table of Contents
(2)      (a)      all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;
     (b)      no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (c)      the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and
     (d)      the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then-outstanding, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

  (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

  (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

 

  (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

228


Table of Contents
  (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;

 

  (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

 

  (6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

 

  (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

 

  (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

  (9) make any change to the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes; or

 

  (10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes; or

 

  (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Guarantors may amend or supplement any Guarantee issued under the Indenture, in each case, without the consent of any Holder;

 

  (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

  (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

  (3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

 

  (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

 

  (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

 

  (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

  (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

  (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

 

  (9) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;

 

229


Table of Contents
  (10) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Guarantees or the Notes issued thereunder to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Circular, dated May 21, 2013, relating to the issuance of the outstanding notes to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Notes;

 

  (11) to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable;

 

  (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; or

 

  (13) to provide for Permitted Liens in favor of the Holders.

However, no amendment to, or waiver of, the subordination provisions of the Indenture with respect to the Guarantees (or the component definitions used therein), if adverse to the interests of the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors, may be made without the consent of the holders of a majority of such Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative). In addition, no amendment or supplement to the Indenture or the Notes that modifies or waives the specific rights or obligations of the Paying Agent, registrar or transfer agent may be made without the consent of such agent (it being understood that the Trustee’s execution of any such amendment or supplement will constitute such consent if the Trustee is then also acting as such agent).

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing (or, the case of Notes in global form, on date the notice is sent pursuant to the applicable procedures of DTC).

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee provide that they will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

230


Table of Contents

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

“ABL Facility” means the asset-based revolving Credit Facility provided under the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among the Issuer, the co-borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.

Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

  (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

  (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

  (a) .0% of the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; and

 

  (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price (after giving effect to the increase in the principal amount of such Note that would result if all PIK Payments through such date had occurred) of such Note at August 1, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under “Optional Redemption”), plus (B) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such Note through August 1, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date.

Asset Sale” means:

 

  (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition and in the covenant under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” as a “disposition”); or

 

231


Table of Contents
  (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

 

  (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b) (i) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or (ii) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

 

  (c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or the making of any Permitted Investment;

 

  (d) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

 

  (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property or assets (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

  (g) the sale, lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the Indenture;

 

  (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or any Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

  (k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;

 

  (l) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

  (m) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

  (n) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

 

  (o) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;

 

232


Table of Contents
  (p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (q) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

 

  (r) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law; or

 

  (s) any disposition of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties as set forth in binding joint venture or similar agreements.

Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock” means:

 

  (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;

 

  (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

 

  (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

  (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)  

United States dollars;

(2)  

(a)

    

Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 

(b)

    

in the case of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3)  

securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4)  

certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and

 

233


Table of Contents
 

overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5)  

repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6)  

commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7)  

marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8)  

readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(9)  

Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10)  

Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and

(11)  

investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Interest” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

CCO” means Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto.

CCU Mirror Note” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Issuer, as maker, CCO, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time not in violation of the Indenture.

CCWH Notes” means Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s 6.50% Series A Senior Notes due 2022, 6.50% Series B Senior Notes due 2022, 7.625% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 and 7.625% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:

 

  (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

 

  (2)

the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act,

 

234


Table of Contents
  or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

  (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any Special Interest, any “special interest” with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility or Qualified Securitization Financing and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus

 

  (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

  (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

235


Table of Contents

Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Reference Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided, that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,

 

  (1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded,

 

236


Table of Contents
  (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

 

  (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations to the extent included in discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Reference Date)) prior to consummation of the disposition thereof) and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

  (4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

 

  (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period,

 

  (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

  (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

  (8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

  (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

  (10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded,

 

  (11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and

 

237


Table of Contents
  (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.

Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Reference Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Reference Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided, that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.

 

238


Table of Contents

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

  (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

  (2) to advance or supply funds

 

  (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

  (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

  (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt or credit facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

Dealer Managers” means Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration” means (1) the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less (2) the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.

 

239


Table of Contents

Designated Senior Indebtedness” means:

 

  (1) all Indebtedness of any Guarantor under its guarantee of (i) the Senior Credit Facilities permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” plus (ii) the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (12)(b) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” plus (iii) the amount of additional Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by such Guarantor under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” that is also permitted to be and is secured by a Lien pursuant to (A) the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio test set forth in clause (c) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Liens” or (B) clause (20) of the definition of Permitted Liens (in each case plus interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

 

  (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into); and

 

  (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2); provided, however, that Designated Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

  (a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

  (b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

  (c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; provided that obligations incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (c);

 

  (d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

 

  (e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members), of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries.

 

240


Table of Contents

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.

EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

 

  (1) increased (without duplication) by:

 

  (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall not exceed $2.0 million; plus

 

  (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, asset sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with ASC 805-10 and gains or losses associated with ASC 460-10)), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including (i) the offering, any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities and any amendment or modification of the Existing Senior Notes and (ii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (e) (x) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (y) the amount of any severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans and (z) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus

 

  (f)

any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any

 

241


Table of Contents
  impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

  (g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (h) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (i) the amount of cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 18 months after the Issue Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters; plus

 

  (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

  (2) decreased by (without duplication) (a) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) the minority interest income consisting of subsidiary losses attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent such minority interest income is included in Consolidated Net Income; and

 

  (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

  (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable, and

 

242


Table of Contents
  (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

  (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

 

  (2) issuances to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

 

  (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the Registration Rights Agreement.

Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer from,

 

  (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

  (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clauses (3)(b) and 3(c) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Existing Priority Guarantee Notes” means the Issuer’s (i) 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021, (ii) 9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 and (iii) 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021.

Existing Senior Notes” means the Issuer’s 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016, 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 (the “Cash Pay LBO Notes”), 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 (together with the Cash Pay LBO Notes, the “LBO Notes”), 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027.

Existing Senior Notes Indentures” means (a) the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997, between the Issuer and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and (b) the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2008, among the Issuer (as successor in interest to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.), Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, pursuant to which the LBO Notes were issued, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date.

 

243


Table of Contents

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

 

  (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus

 

  (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect on the Issue Date. At any time after adoption of IFRS by the Issuer for financial reporting purposes, the Issuer may elect to apply IFRS for all purposes of the Indenture, in lieu of GAAP, and, upon any such election (the date of such election, the “IFRS Election Date”), references herein to GAAP shall be construed to mean IFRS as in effect on the Issue Date; provided that (1) any such election once made shall be irrevocable (and shall only be made once), (2) all financial statements and reports required to be provided after such election pursuant to the Indenture shall be prepared on the basis of IFRS and (3) from and after such election, all ratios, computations and other determinations (A) based on GAAP contained in the Indenture shall be computed in conformity with IFRS and (B) in the Indenture that require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer shall give notice of any election to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes with 15 days of such election. Solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

General Credit Facilities” means the term and revolving credit facilities under that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 2008 and amended and restated as of February 23, 2011, by Amendment No. 1 dated October 25, 2012, and by Amendment No. 2 to be dated as of the closing date of the Term Loan Extension described under “Summary—Recent Developments”, by and among Holdings, the Issuer, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.

Government Securities” means securities that are:

 

  (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

  (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

244


Table of Contents

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.

Guaranteed Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that any Guarantor (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio is made (the “Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Reference Date)) (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation (other than the Specified Assets (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Reference Date)) or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided, that actions to realize such cost savings and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.

Guarantor” means, each Person that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

245


Table of Contents

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

Holdings” means Clear Channel Capital I, LLC or any successor in interest thereto.

IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as in effect on the IFRS Election Date.

Immediate Family Member” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

  (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

  (a) in respect of borrowed money;

 

  (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

  (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

 

  (d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities or any Qualified Securitization Financing.

 

246


Table of Contents

Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

  (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

  (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and the Subsidiaries of the Issuer;

 

  (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

  (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

 

  (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

  (a) the Issuer’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

  (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

  (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

Investors” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Issue Date” means June 21, 2013.

Junior Capital Offering” means (i) any Equity Offering or (ii) any public or private offering of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including, in the case of clause

 

247


Table of Contents

(ii), any such Indebtedness that is convertible into common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or such parent of the Issuer; provided that in the case of any Preferred Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness, the total coupon/dividend shall not exceed 7% per annum, the maturity date shall not occur prior to the date that is 12 months following the maturity date of the Notes and no payments shall be made on such Preferred Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness other than regularly scheduled coupon/dividend payments.

Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

LTM Cost Base” means, for any consecutive four-quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on unsubordinated Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, and in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, a portion of the aggregate cash proceeds equal to the portion of the outstanding Equity Interests of such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Issuer and any other Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent such proceeds are committed to be distributed to such Persons).

Obligations” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

 

248


Table of Contents

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

Partial PIK Interest” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Holder” means any of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent or CC Media Holdings, Inc.) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control”) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments” means:

 

  (1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

  (3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

  (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

  (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

  (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (y) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

 

249


Table of Contents
  (6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

  (a) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable; or

 

  (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

  (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (8) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

  (9) Indebtedness (including any guarantee thereof) permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

 

  (11) any Investment consisting of a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

 

  (12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $600.0 million and (y) 2.00% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

  (13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

 

  (14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees, directors, officers and consultants not in excess of $20.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

 

  (15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees consistent with industry practice or past practice, as well as for moving expenses and other similar expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

 

  (16) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

 

250


Table of Contents
  (17) Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to a “local marketing agreement” or similar arrangement relating to a station owned or licensed by such Person;

 

  (18) any performance guarantee and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants – Liens”;

 

  (19) any purchase or repurchase of the Notes; and

 

  (20) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at that time outstanding, that does not exceed $200.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds or letters of credit to which such Person is a party or account party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

 

  (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;

 

  (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

251


Table of Contents
  (6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (5), (12)(b) or (18) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries;

 

  (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

  (8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (10) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under the Indenture;

 

  (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

  (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

  (16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (17) Liens on (x) accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility, and (y) any Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

  (18)

Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9); provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under

 

252


Table of Contents
  clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

  (19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

  (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

 

  (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

  (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

  (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

  (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

  (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (27) Liens securing the Existing Senior Notes (other than the LBO Notes) to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

  (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

 

  (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

  (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

253


Table of Contents
  (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted; and

 

  (32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.

Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith.

Qualified Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which such Person may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (A) one or more Securitization Subsidiaries or (B) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets of CCO or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any assets that have been transferred or contributed to CCO or its Subsidiaries by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions similar to the Qualified Securitization Financing entered into of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (a) the board of directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including the terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (b) all sales, transfers and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value, (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), (d) after giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would be (A) less than 8.0 to 1.0 and (B) lower than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing and (y) the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would be (A) less than 6.5 to 1.0 and (B) lower than the Guaranteed Leverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, (e) the proceeds from such sale will be used by the Issuer to permanently reduce Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto and (f) the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying that all of the requirements of clauses (a) through (e) have been satisfied.

Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

254


Table of Contents

Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Reference Date” means July 30, 2008.

Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Dealer Managers and any similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional Notes.

Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Representative” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor.

Restricted Guarantor” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Securitization Assets” means any properties, assets and revenue streams associated with the Americas Outdoor Advertising segment of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, and any other assets related thereto, subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing and the proceeds thereof.

Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary or direct Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Issuer) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers Securitization Assets and related assets that engages in no activities other than in connection with the ownership and financing of Securitization Assets, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other

 

255


Table of Contents

assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the board of directors of the Issuer or such other Person as provided below as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings, the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer and (c) to which none of Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Senior Credit Facilities” means (i) any ABL Facility and (ii) the General Credit Facilities.

Significant Party” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Special Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain management companies associated with the Investors and the Issuer and/or any direct or indirect parent company, in substantially the form delivered to the Dealer Managers prior to the Issue Date and as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however, that the terms of any such amendment, supplement, amendment and restatement or replacement agreement are not, taken as a whole, less favorable to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the agreement in effect on the Issue Date.

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) or any of its Subsidiaries that the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a securitization financing.

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means:

 

  (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and

 

  (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

 

256


Table of Contents

Total Assets” means total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.

Transactions ” means (a) the offering and exchange of the Notes for the LBO Notes on the Issue Date and (b) the extension of the maturity date of our outstanding term loan B loans and term loan C loans under the General Credit Facilities.

Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to August 1, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

 

  (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

  (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

 

  (2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants —Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

 

  (3) each of:

 

  (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

 

  (b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

257


Table of Contents

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

  (1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

  (2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation;

provided, however, that in each case, such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

  (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

  (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

258


Table of Contents

BOOK ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

The certificates representing the exchange notes will be issued in fully registered form without interest coupons. Except as set forth below, notes will be issued in registered, global form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof. Each series of exchange notes initially will be represented by one or more notes in registered global form without interest coupons (the “Global Notes”). The Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with the trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.

The Global Notes

We expect that, pursuant to procedures established by DTC, (i) upon the issuance of the Global Notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial interests represented by such Global Notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary (“participants”) and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). Such accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of holders of outstanding notes and ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be limited to participants or persons who hold interests through participants. Holders may hold their interests in the Global Notes directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such system.

So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of the notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such Global Notes for all purposes under the indenture. No beneficial owner of an interest in the Global Notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC’s procedures, in addition to those provided for under the indenture with respect to the notes.

Payments of the principal of, and premium (if any) and interest (including additional interest, if any) on, the Global Notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of the issuer, any trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.

We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal of, and premium (if any) and interest (including additional interest, if any) on the Global Notes, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the Global Notes as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC’s same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds.

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes (including the presentation of notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the Global Notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction.

DTC has advised us as follows: DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under New York banking law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York banking law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity, corporate and municipal debt issues that participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among participants of sales and other securities

 

259


Table of Contents

transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the DTC system is also available to indirect participants such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of us, any trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Securities

A Global Note is exchangeable for certificated notes in fully registered form without interest coupons (“Certificated Securities”) only in the following limited circumstances:

 

    DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes and we fail to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days of such notice, or

 

    there shall have occurred and be continuing an event of default with respect to the notes under the indenture and DTC shall have requested the issuance of Certificated Securities.

Certificated Securities may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in any Global Note unless the transferor first delivers to the trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such notes.

The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer the notes will be limited to such extent.

 

260


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer. It does not contain a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating to the exchange. This summary is limited to holders of outstanding notes who hold the outstanding notes as “capital assets” (in general, assets held for investment). Special situations, such as the following, are not addressed:

 

    tax consequences to holders who may be subject to special tax treatment, such as tax-exempt entities, dealers in securities or currencies, banks, other financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;

 

    tax consequences to persons holding notes as part of a hedging, integrated, constructive sale or conversion transaction or a straddle or other risk reduction transaction;

 

    tax consequences to holders whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar;

 

    tax consequences to persons who hold notes through a partnership or similar pass-through entity;

 

    United States federal gift tax, estate tax or alternative minimum tax consequences, if any; or

 

    any state, local or non-United States tax consequences.

The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and rulings, judicial decisions and administrative interpretations thereunder, as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

Consequences of Tendering Outstanding Notes

The exchange of your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer should not constitute an exchange for United States federal income tax purposes because the exchange notes should not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the outstanding notes. Accordingly, the exchange offer should have no United States federal income tax consequences to you if you exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes. For example, there should be no change in your tax basis and your holding period should carry over to the exchange notes. In addition, the United States federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of your exchange notes should be the same as those applicable to your outstanding notes.

The preceding discussion of certain United States federal income tax considerations of the exchange offer is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, each investor should consult its own tax advisor as to particular tax consequences to it of exchanging outstanding notes for exchange notes, including the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws, and of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

261


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each participating broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a participating broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received by it in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the exchange notes by participating broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by participating broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such participating broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any participating broker-dealer that resells the exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a participating broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any participating broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal.

 

262


Table of Contents

CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO U.S. RETIREMENT PLANS AND ARRANGEMENTS

General Fiduciary Matters

The U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), imposes certain requirements on employee benefit plans subject to Title I of ERISA and on entities that are deemed to hold the “plan assets” of such plans (collectively, “ERISA Plans”), and on those persons who are fiduciaries with respect to ERISA Plans. Investments by ERISA Plans are subject to ERISA’s general fiduciary requirements, including, but not limited to, the requirement of investment prudence and diversification and the requirement that an ERISA Plan’s investments be made in accordance with the documents governing the ERISA Plan.

Non-U.S. plans, U.S. governmental plans and certain U.S. church plans, while not subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA or the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code (as discussed below), may nevertheless be subject to non-U.S., state, local or other federal laws or regulations that are substantially similar to the foregoing provisions of ERISA and the Code (“Similar Law”). Fiduciaries of any such plans should consult with their counsel before exchanging outstanding notes to determine the suitability of the exchange notes for such plan and the need for, and the availability, if necessary, of any exemptive relief under any such laws or regulations.

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan (as well as those plans that are not subject to ERISA but which are subject to Section 4975 of the Code, such as individual retirement accounts (together with ERISA Plans, “Plans”)) and certain persons (referred to as “parties in interest” or “disqualified persons”) having certain relationships to such Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption is applicable to the transaction. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to exchange outstanding notes for exchange notes should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code to such an investment, and to confirm that such an exchange and holding is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction or any other violation of an applicable requirement of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

The fiduciary of a Plan that proposes to exchange its outstanding notes for exchange notes should consider, among other things, whether such exchange and holding may involve a prohibited transaction, including without limitation (i) the direct or indirect extension of credit between a Plan and a party in interest or a disqualified person, (ii) the sale or exchange of any property between a Plan and a party in interest or a disqualified person, or (iii) the transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of, a party in interest or disqualified person, of any Plan assets. Exchange and/or holding of the exchange notes by a Plan with respect to which the issuer, any guarantor, Bain Capital, THL, the trustee, or the exchange agent, among others, is or becomes a party in interest or disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the exchange notes are acquired and held in accordance with an applicable exemption.

Certain exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the exchange of the outstanding notes for exchange notes and the holding of exchange notes by a Plan, depending on the type and circumstances of the fiduciary making the decision to participate in such exchange and the relationship of the party in interest or disqualified person to the Plan. Included among these exemptions are Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code for certain transactions between a Plan and non-fiduciary service providers to the Plan. In addition, the U.S. Department of Labor has issued certain administrative prohibited transaction exemptions that may apply to the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes and the holding of exchange notes, including Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 84-14 (relating to transactions effected by a “qualified professional asset manager”), PTCE 90-1 (relating to investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTCE 91-38 (relating to investments by bank collective investment funds), PTCE 95-60 (relating to investments by insurance company general accounts) or PTCE 96-23 (relating to transactions directed by an in-house asset manager) (collectively, the “Class Exemptions”).

 

263


Table of Contents

Each of these exemptions contains conditions and limitations on its application, and there can be no assurance that any Class Exemption or any other exemption will be available with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes or the holding of exchange notes.

Consultation with Counsel

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be comprehensive; by its offer of the exchange notes, the issuer makes no representation that the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes or the holding of exchange notes meets the relevant legal requirements with respect to any particular investor. The complexity of these rules, and the severity of potential penalties, make it particularly important that fiduciaries or other persons considering an exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes on behalf of or with the plan assets of any Plan, or plan subject to Similar Law, consult with its counsel regarding the suitability of such exchange in light of such prospective participant’s particular circumstances.

Deemed Representation

By its acceptance of any exchange note or any interest therein, the exchanging party and subsequent transferee will be deemed to have represented, warranted and covenanted that either:

(1) no assets of a Plan or non-U.S., governmental or church plan have been used to tender an outstanding note for such exchange note or an interest therein; or

(2) the tender of an outstanding note for an exchange note and the holding of such exchange note or an interest therein by such person does not and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any violation of Similar Law.

 

264


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain matters relating to the validity of the exchange notes will be passed upon on our behalf by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, a limited liability partnership that includes professional corporations, Chicago, Illinois. Kirkland & Ellis LLP has from time to time represented, and may continue to represent, Bain Capital, THL and some of their respective affiliates in connection with various legal matters. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, through various entities, are investors in investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital and THL. Certain matters under Nevada law will be passed upon by Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. Certain matters under Washington law will be passed upon by Perkins Coie LLP. Certain matters under Ohio law will be passed upon by Keating Muething & Klekamp PLL. Certain matters under Texas law will be passed upon by Cox Smith Matthews Incorporated.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

265


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file reports and other information with the SEC. You can inspect and copy these reports, and other information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain copies of these materials from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to you on the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.

In addition, we make available, free of charge, on or through our web site, copies of such reports and other information. We maintain a web site at http://www.clearchannel.com. The information contained in or connected to our web site is not part of this prospectus unless expressly provided otherwise herein.

This prospectus summarizes documents that are not delivered herewith. Copies of such documents are available upon your request, without charge, by writing or telephoning us at:

Clear Channel Communications, Inc.

Attn: Investor Relations

200 East Basse Road

San Antonio, Texas 78209

(210) 822-2828

 

266


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and subsidiaries

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the three and nine month periods ended September  30, 2013 and 2012

   F-3

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine month periods ended September  30, 2013 and 2012

   F-4

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-5

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and subsidiaries

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-26

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011

   F-27

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

   F-28

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Member’s Deficit as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

   F-29

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

   F-30

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-32

 

F-1


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(In thousands)       September 30,     
2013
       
    (Unaudited)     December 31, 2012  
CURRENT ASSETS    

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 711,052      $ 1,225,010   

Accounts receivable, net

    1,424,367        1,440,169   

Prepaid expenses

    185,693        187,639   

Other current assets

    158,633        134,935   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

    2,479,745        2,987,753   
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT    

Structures, net

    1,778,064        1,890,693   

Other property, plant and equipment, net

    1,103,206        1,146,161   
INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL    

Indefinite-lived intangibles - licenses

    2,423,953        2,423,979   

Indefinite-lived intangibles - permits

    1,070,135        1,070,720   

Other intangibles, net

    1,527,736        1,740,792   

Goodwill

    4,212,381        4,216,085   
OTHER ASSETS    

Other assets

    635,961        816,530   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 15,231,181      $ 16,292,713   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
   
CURRENT LIABILITIES    

Accounts payable

  $ 121,274      $ 133,226   

Accrued expenses

    767,285        776,055   

Accrued interest

    132,114        180,572   

Deferred income

    193,589        172,672   

Other current liabilities

    45,080        137,889   

Current portion of long-term debt

    433,458        381,728   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

    1,692,800        1,782,142   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

    19,977,777        20,365,369   

Deferred income taxes

    1,473,869        1,689,876   

Other long-term liabilities

    457,487        450,517   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 6)

   
MEMBER’S DEFICIT    

Noncontrolling interest

    266,890        303,997   

Member’s interest

    2,142,114        2,135,842   

Accumulated deficit

    (10,579,402)        (10,281,746)   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (200,354)        (153,284)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Member’s Deficit

    (8,370,752)        (7,995,191)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Member’s Deficit

  $ 15,231,181      $ 16,292,713   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(UNAUDITED)

 

(In thousands)    Three Months Ended September 30,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
                 2013                              2012                              2013                              2012              

Revenue

   $ 1,587,522       $ 1,587,331       $ 4,548,677       $ 4,550,548   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     623,872         617,221         1,840,121         1,826,917   

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     433,595         424,050         1,257,224         1,253,290   

Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     92,204         73,921         253,524         218,621   

Depreciation and amortization

     177,330         182,350         539,246         539,555   

Other operating income, net

     6,186         42,118         9,694         47,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     266,707         331,907         668,256         759,324   

Interest expense

     438,404         388,210         1,231,437         1,148,093   

Gain on marketable securities

     31         -         130,929         -   

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates

     3,983         3,663         13,595         11,914   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     -         -         (3,888)         (15,167)   

Other income (expense), net

     1,709         824         (17,389)         (1,679)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (165,974)         (51,816)         (439,934)         (393,701)   

Income tax benefit

     73,802         13,232         158,650         179,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated net loss

     (92,172)         (38,584)         (281,284)         (214,408)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     9,683         11,977         16,372         18,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the Company

   $ (101,855)       $ (50,561)       $ (297,656)       $ (233,215)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     40,502         21,219         (28,526)         17,928   

Unrealized gain on securities and derivatives:

           

Unrealized holding gain on marketable securities

     13         16,668         15,619         17,399   

Unrealized holding gain on cash flow derivatives

     17,114         11,808         48,180         36,322   

Other adjustments to comprehensive income (loss)

     -         (688)         (998)         (534)   

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on securities included in net income (loss)

     (1,433)         -         (83,753)         -   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     56,196         49,007         (49,478)         71,115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (45,659)         (1,554)         (347,134)         (162,100)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     9,169         2,960         (2,408)         877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to the Company

   $ (54,828)       $ (4,514)       $ (344,726)       $ (162,977)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

(In thousands)   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
                2013                         2012              

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Consolidated net loss

    $ (281,284)        $ (214,408)   

Reconciling items:

   

Depreciation and amortization

    539,246        539,555   

Deferred taxes

    (195,356)        (157,962)   

Provision for doubtful accounts

    13,710        11,009   

Amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts, net

    93,258        124,262   

Share-based compensation

    14,093        20,090   

Gain on disposal of operating and fixed assets

    (9,694)        (47,159)   

Gain on marketable securities

    (130,929)        -   

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (13,595)        (11,914)   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    3,888        15,167   

Other reconciling items, net

    18,591        18,420   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:

   

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

    3,705        (24,803)   

Increase in deferred income

    28,176        37,945   

Decrease in accrued expenses

    (15,314)        (11,301)   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

    (12,128)        1,561   

Decrease in accrued interest

    (46,716)        (83,180)   

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities

    (10,808)        (62,604)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

    (1,157)        154,678   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (197,260)        (260,481)   

Purchases of other operating assets

    (2,587)        (33,738)   

Proceeds from sale of investment securities

    135,571        -   

Proceeds from disposal of assets

    39,797        58,915   

Change in other, net

    (3,507)        (9,832)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

    (27,986)        (245,136)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Draws on credit facilities

    272,252        604,563   

Payments on credit facilities

    (23,844)        (1,919,973)   

Proceeds from long-term debt

    575,051        2,200,000   

Payments on long-term debt

    (1,223,336)        (438,422)   

Payments to repurchase noncontrolling interests

    (61,143)        (7,040)   

Dividends and other payments to noncontrolling interests

    (13,862)        (247,764)   

Deferred financing charges

    (10,222)        (40,002)   

Change in other, net

    2,003        5,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    (483,101)        156,926   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

 

 

(1,714)

 

  

 

 

 

 

1,493

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

(513,958)

 

  

 

 

 

 

67,961

 

  

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

 

 

1,225,010

 

  

 

 

 

 

1,228,682

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

 

  $

 

711,052

 

  

 

 

  $

 

1,296,643

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1 – BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Preparation of Interim Financial Statements

Clear Channel Capital I, LLC (the “Company” or the “Parent Company”) is the direct parent of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Clear Channel” or the “Subsidiary Issuer”). The Company and certain of Clear Channel’s direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee on a joint and several basis certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding indebtedness. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Company’s unaudited financial statements and related footnotes included in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contain certain footnote disclosures regarding the financial information of the Company, Clear Channel and Clear Channel’s domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries that guarantee certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding indebtedness.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC and, in the opinion of management, include all normal and recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the results of the interim periods shown. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such SEC rules and regulations. Management believes that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. Due to seasonality and other factors, the results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year. The financial statements contained herein should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Clear Channel’s 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Also included in the consolidated financial statements are entities for which the Company has a controlling financial interest or is the primary beneficiary. Investments in companies in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the voting common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over operating and financial policies of the Company are accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidation process. Certain prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 presentation.

Information Regarding the Company

The Company is a limited liability company organized under Delaware law, with all of its interests being held by Clear Channel Capital II, LLC, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“CCMH”). CCMH was formed in May 2007 by private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (together, the “Sponsors”) for the purpose of acquiring the business of Clear Channel.

Omission of Per Share Information

Net loss per share information is not presented as Clear Channel Capital II, LLC is the sole member of the Company and owns 100% of the limited liability company interests. The Company does not have any publicly traded common stock or potential common stock.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

During the first quarter of 2013, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments are effective for fiscal years (and interim periods within) beginning after December 15, 2012 and sets requirements for presenting information about amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and their corresponding effect on net income. Substantially all of the information required to be disclosed under this amendment are required to be disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements under GAAP. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

During the first quarter of 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-04, Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date. This update provides guidance for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this guidance is fixed at the reporting date. The amendments are effective for fiscal years (and interim periods within) beginning after December 15, 2013 and are to be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for such obligations that exist at the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year of adoption. Early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt the standard on a retrospective basis for the first quarter of 2014 for any existing obligations within the scope of this update. The Company is currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact, if any, the adoption may have on its financial results and disclosures.

During the first quarter of 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity of an Investment in a Foreign Entity. The amendments are effective prospectively for the fiscal years (and interim periods within) beginning after December 15, 2013 and provide clarification guidance for the release of the cumulative translation adjustment under the current GAAP. Early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt the standard for the first quarter of 2014. The Company is currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact, if any, the adoption may have on its financial results and disclosures.

During the third quarter of 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. This update requires unrecognized tax benefits to be offset against a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward in certain situations. The amendments are effective prospectively for the fiscal years (and interim periods within) beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt the standard for the first quarter of 2014. The Company does not expect any material impact upon adopting the standard.

NOTE 2 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Property, Plant and Equipment

The Company’s property, plant and equipment consisted of the following classes of assets at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

(In thousands)     September 30, 2013        December 31, 2012   

Land, buildings and improvements

    $ 696,753        $ 685,431   

Structures

     3,008,298         2,949,458   

Towers, transmitters and studio equipment

     439,603         427,679   

Furniture and other equipment

     456,260         431,757   

Construction in progress

     112,640         105,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,713,554         4,599,719   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     1,832,284         1,562,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

    $ 2,881,270        $ 3,036,854   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) broadcast licenses in its Media and Entertainment (“CCME”) segment and billboard permits in its Americas outdoor advertising segment. Due to significant differences in both business practices and regulations, billboards in the International outdoor advertising segment are subject to long-term, finite contracts unlike the Company’s permits in the United States and Canada. Accordingly, there are no indefinite-lived intangible assets in the International outdoor advertising segment.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets include definite-lived intangible assets and permanent easements. The Company’s definite-lived intangible assets include primarily transit and street furniture contracts, talent and representation contracts, customer and advertiser relationships, and site-leases, all of which are amortized over the respective lives of the agreements, or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows. Permanent easements are indefinite-lived intangible assets which include certain rights to use real property not owned by the Company. The Company periodically reviews the appropriateness of the amortization periods related to its definite-lived intangible assets. These assets are recorded at cost.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

The following table presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of other intangible assets at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively:

 

(In thousands)    September 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  
        Gross Carrying   
Amount
          Accumulated     
Amortization
        Gross Carrying   
Amount
          Accumulated     
Amortization
 

Transit, street furniture and other outdoor contractual rights

     $ 775,701         $ (450,211)         $ 785,303         $ (403,955)   

Customer / advertiser relationships

     1,212,745         (616,138)         1,210,245         (526,197)   

Talent contracts

     342,816         (203,873)         344,255         (177,527)   

Representation contracts

     243,861         (193,051)         243,970         (171,069)   

Permanent easements

     173,757         -         173,374         -   

Other

     387,664         (145,535)         387,973         (125,580)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $ 3,136,544         $ (1,608,808)         $ 3,145,120         $ (1,404,328)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets was $70.2 million and $74.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $213.2 million and $225.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years for definite-lived intangible assets:

 

(In thousands)       

2014

 

   $

 

 257,198     

 

  

 

2015

 

    

 

238,328     

 

  

 

2016

 

    

 

219,683     

 

  

 

2017

 

    

 

193,684     

 

  

 

2018

 

    

 

124,643     

 

  

 

Goodwill

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reportable segments.

 

(In thousands)                              
            CCME             Americas Outdoor
Advertising
        International    
Outdoor
Advertising
              Other                    Consolidated       

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    $ 3,212,427        $ 571,932        $ 285,261        $ 117,098        $ 4,186,718   

Acquisitions

    24,842        -        -        51        24,893   

Dispositions

    (489)        -        (2,729)        -        (3,218)   

Foreign currency

    -        -        7,784        -        7,784   

Other

    (92)        -        -        -        (92)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    $ 3,236,688        $ 571,932        $ 290,316        $ 117,149        $ 4,216,085   

Acquisitions

    -        -        -        97        97   

Foreign currency

    -        -        (1,952)        -        (1,952)   

Other

    (1,849)        -        -        -        (1,849)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

    $ 3,234,839        $ 571,932        $ 288,364        $ 117,246        $ 4,212,381   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 3 – LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, consisted of the following:

 

(In thousands)     September 30, 2013        December 31, 2012   

 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities (1)

  

 

$

 

8,227,494

 

  

  

 

$

 

9,075,465

 

  

Receivables Based Facility due 2017

     247,000         -   

9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019

     1,999,815         1,999,815   

9.0% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021

     1,750,000         1,750,000   

11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021

     575,000         -   

Subsidiary senior revolving credit facility due 2018

     -         -   

 

Other secured subsidiary long-term debt (2)

  

 

 

 

22,348

 

  

  

 

 

 

25,507

 

  

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consolidated secured debt

     12,821,657         12,850,787   
     

Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016

     448,128         796,250   

 

Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 (3)

  

 

 

 

340,009

 

  

  

 

 

 

829,831

 

  

 

Senior Notes due 2021 (4)

  

 

 

 

781,748

 

  

  

 

 

 

-

 

  

 

Clear Channel Senior Notes (5)

  

 

 

 

1,436,455

 

  

  

 

 

 

1,748,564

 

  

Subsidiary Senior Notes due 2022

     2,725,000         2,725,000   

Subsidiary Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020

     2,200,000         2,200,000   

Other subsidiary debt due 2013

     3,455         5,586   

Purchase accounting adjustments and original issue discount

     (345,217)         (408,921)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     20,411,235         20,747,097   

Less: current portion

     433,458         381,728   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 19,977,777       $ 20,365,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)  Term Loan A would have matured during 2014. The outstanding balance was prepaid during the first quarter of 2013. Term Loan B matures 2016. Term Loan C is subject to an amortization schedule with required payments at various dates from 2013 through 2016. Term Loan D, as discussed below, matures 2019.
  (2)  Other secured subsidiary long-term debt matures at various dates from 2013 through 2028.
  (3)  Senior Toggle Notes are subject to required payments at various dates from 2013 through 2016.
  (4)  The Senior Notes due 2021 are subject to required payments at various dates from 2018 through 2021.
  (5)  Clear Channel’s Senior Notes mature at various dates from 2014 through 2027.

The Company’s weighted average interest rate at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were 7.2% and 6.7%, respectively. The aggregate market value of the Company’s debt based on market prices for which quotes were available was approximately $19.9 billion and $18.6 billion at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Under the fair value hierarchy established by ASC 820-10-35, the market value of the Company’s debt is classified as Level 2.

Senior Secured Credit Facility Amendment

During the second quarter of 2013, Clear Channel amended its senior secured credit facility by extending a portion of Term Loan B and Term Loan C loans due 2016 through the creation of a new $5.0 billion Term Loan D due January 30, 2019. The amendment also permitted Clear Channel to make applicable high yield discount obligation catch-up payments beginning in May 2018 with respect to the new Term Loan D and any notes issued in connection with Clear Channel’s exchange of its outstanding 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 and 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 discussed below.

As of September 30, 2013, Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facility consisted of a $3.0 billion Term Loan B, which matures on January 30, 2016, a $197.2 million Term Loan C, which matures on January 30, 2016, and a $5.0 billion Term Loan D, which matures on January 30, 2019.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

The new Term Loan D has the same security and guarantee package as the outstanding Term Loans B and C and borrowings under the new Term Loan D bear interest at a rate equal to, at Clear Channel’s option, adjusted LIBOR plus 6.75% or a base rate plus 5.75%.

Senior Notes Exchange

During the second quarter of 2013, Clear Channel completed an exchange offer (the “Note Exchange”) with certain holders of its 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016 (the “Outstanding Cash Pay Notes”) and 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016 (the “Outstanding Toggle Notes” and collectively with the Outstanding Cash Pay Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”) pursuant to which Clear Channel issued $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount (including $421.0 million principal amount issued to, and held by, a subsidiary of Clear Channel) of 14.00% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Senior Notes due 2021”). In the Note Exchange, $348.1 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Cash Pay Notes was exchanged for $348.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2021, and $917.2 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Toggle Notes was exchanged for $853.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021 and $64.2 million of cash, plus, in each case, cash in an amount equal to accrued and unpaid interest from the last interest payment date applicable on the Outstanding Notes to, but not including, the closing date of the Note Exchange. The Senior Notes due 2021 mature on February 1, 2021. Interest on the Senior Notes due 2021 is payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2013. Interest on the Senior Notes due 2021 will be paid at the rate of (i) 12.0% per annum in cash and (ii) 2.0% per annum through the issuance of payment-in-kind notes (the “PIK Notes”). Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All PIK Notes issued will mature on February 1, 2021 and have the same rights and benefits as the Senior Notes due 2021. The Senior Notes due 2021 are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture governing such notes. The guarantee is structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any subsidiary of the applicable subsidiary guarantor that is not also a guarantor of the Senior Notes due 2021. The guarantees are subordinated to the guarantees of Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facility and certain other permitted debt, but rank equal to all other senior indebtedness of the guarantors.

Clear Channel may redeem or purchase the Senior Notes due 2021 at its option, in whole or in part, at any time prior to August 1, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021 redeemed plus an applicable premium. In addition, until August 1, 2015, Clear Channel may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 60% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021 at a redemption price equal to (x) with respect to the first 30% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2021, 109.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof and (y) with respect to the next 30% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2021, 112.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date. Clear Channel may redeem the Senior Notes due 2021, in whole or in part, on or after August 1, 2015, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

The indenture governing the Senior Notes due 2021 contains covenants that limit Clear Channel’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends on, or make distributions in respect of, their capital stock or repurchase their capital stock; (iii) make certain investments or other restricted payments; (iv) sell certain assets; (v) create liens or use assets as security in other transactions; (vi) merge, consolidate or transfer or dispose of substantially all of their assets; (vii) engage in transactions with affiliates; and (viii) designate their subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes Issuance

During the first quarter of 2013, Clear Channel issued $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 (the “11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes”). The 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes mature on March 1, 2021 and bear interest at a rate of 11.25% per annum, payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on September 1, 2013. The 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes are Clear Channel’s senior obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture governing such notes. The 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes and the guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees are secured by (i) a lien on (a) the capital stock of Clear Channel and (b) certain property and related assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing the legacy notes of Clear Channel), in each case equal in priority to the liens securing the obligations under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities, Clear Channel’s 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 and Clear Channel’s 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019, subject to certain exceptions, and (ii) a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing Clear Channel’s receivables based credit facility junior in priority to the lien securing Clear Channel’s obligations thereunder, subject to certain exceptions.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

Clear Channel may redeem the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes at its option, in whole or part, at any time prior to March 1, 2016, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and plus an applicable premium. In addition, until March 1, 2016, Clear Channel may elect to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings. Clear Channel may redeem the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes, in whole or in part, on or after March 1, 2016, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

The indenture governing the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes contains covenants that limit Clear Channel’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) transfer or sell assets; (iv) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (v) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries; and (vi) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of Clear Channel’s assets. The indenture contains covenants that limit the Company’s and Clear Channel’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create liens on assets and (ii) materially impair the value of the security interests taken with respect to the collateral for the benefit of the notes collateral agent and the holders of the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.

Subsidiary Senior Revolving Credit Facility Due 2018

During the third quarter of 2013, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCOH”), an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of Clear Channel, which is, in turn, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a five-year senior secured revolving credit facility with an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million. The revolving credit facility may be used for working capital, to issue letters of credit and for other general corporate purposes. At September 30, 2013, there were no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility, and $32.6 million of letters of credit under the revolving credit facility, which reduce availability under the facility.

Debt Repayments, Maturities and Other

During the third quarter of 2013, Clear Channel made a $25.3 million scheduled applicable high-yield discount obligation payment to the holders of the Outstanding Toggle Notes as of the payment date.

During the second quarter of 2013, Clear Channel exchanged $348.1 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Cash Pay Notes for $348.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes due 2021 and $917.2 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Toggle Notes (including $452.7 million aggregate principal amount held by a subsidiary of Clear Channel) for $853.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021 (including $421.0 million aggregate principal amount issued to the subsidiary of Clear Channel) and $64.2 million of cash (including $31.7 million of cash paid to the subsidiary of Clear Channel), pursuant to the Note Exchange. In connection with the Note Exchange and the senior secured credit facility amendment, both of which were accounted for as modifications of existing debt in accordance with ASC 470-50, the Company incurred expenses of $17.9 million which are included in “Other expenses”.

During the first quarter of 2013, Clear Channel repaid its 5.75% senior notes at maturity for $312.1 million (net of $187.9 million principal amount repaid to a subsidiary of Clear Channel with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, using cash on hand.

In addition, during the first quarter of 2013, using the proceeds from the issuance of the 11.25% Priority Guarantee Notes along with borrowings under the receivables based credit facility of $269.5 million and cash on hand, Clear Channel prepaid all $846.9 million outstanding under its Term Loan A under its senior secured credit facilities. The Company recorded a loss of $3.9 million in “Loss on extinguishment of debt” related to the accelerated expensing of loan fees.

NOTE 4 – SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES

Divestiture Trusts

Clear Channel owns certain radio stations which, under current FCC rules, are not permitted to be owned or transferred to another Clear Channel entity. These radio stations were placed in a trust in order to comply with FCC rules at the time of the closing of the merger that resulted in the Company’s acquisition of Clear Channel. Clear Channel is the beneficial owner of the trust, but the radio stations are managed by an independent trustee. Clear Channel will have to divest all of these radio stations unless any stations may

 

F-10


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

be owned by Clear Channel under then-current FCC rules, in which case the trust will be terminated with respect to such stations. The trust agreement stipulates that Clear Channel must fund any operating shortfalls of the trust activities, and any excess cash flow generated by the trust is distributed to Clear Channel. Clear Channel is also the beneficiary of proceeds from the sale of stations held in the trust. The Company consolidates the trust in accordance with ASC 810-10-05, which requires an enterprise involved with variable interest entities to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in the variable interest entity, as the trust was determined to be a variable interest entity and the Company (through its subsidiary, Clear Channel) is its primary beneficiary.

Income Tax Benefit

The Company’s income tax benefit for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, consisted of the following components:

 

(In thousands)       Three Months Ended September 30,         Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2013     2012     2013     2012  

Current tax benefit (expense)

    $ 2,088        $ (21,148)        $ (36,706)        $ 21,331   

Deferred tax benefit

    71,714        34,380        195,356        157,962   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

    $               73,802        $                   13,232        $                 158,650        $                 179,293   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effective tax rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 were 44.5% and 36.1%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2013 was primarily impacted by the settlement of tax examinations during the period that resulted in a reduction of tax expense of approximately $13.4 million during the period. The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was primarily impacted by the settlement of tax examinations mentioned above as well as the cancellation of indebtedness income recognized during the period.

The effective tax rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 were 25.5% and 45.5%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily impacted by additional tax expense recorded related to uncertain tax positions, the effects of which were partially offset by reduced non-U.S. tax rates of financial reporting gains resulting from the disposition of certain foreign subsidiaries. The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily impacted by the completion of income tax examinations in various jurisdictions during the period which resulted in a reduction to income tax expense of approximately $61.0 million.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, cash paid for interest and income taxes, net of income tax refunds of $1.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively, was as follows:

 

(In thousands)   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
                2013                             2012              

Interest

   $             1,189,876       $             1,110,139   

Income taxes

    38,366        44,989   

NOTE 5 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company’s marketable equity securities and interest rate swap are measured at fair value on each reporting date.

Marketable Equity Securities

The marketable equity securities are measured at fair value using quoted prices in active markets. Due to the fact that the inputs used to measure the marketable equity securities at fair value are observable, the Company has categorized the fair value measurements of the securities as Level 1 in accordance with ASC 820-10-35. The Company records its investments in these marketable equity securities on the balance sheet as “Other assets.”

 

F-11


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

The cost, unrealized holding gains or losses, and fair value of the Company’s investments at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)    September 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Cost

   $ 625       $ 5,207   

Gross unrealized losses

    -        -   

Gross unrealized gains

    334        106,220   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value

   $                       959       $                   111,427   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the second quarter of 2013, the Company sold shares of Sirius XM Radio, Inc. held by it for $135.5 million, recognizing a gain on the sale of securities of $130.9 million.

Interest Rate Swap Agreement

The Company previously entered into a $2.5 billion notional amount interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate debt to a fixed basis, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. The interest rate swap agreement matured on September 30, 2013. The swap was designated as a cash flow hedge with the effective portion of the gain or loss on the swap reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). Ineffective portions of a cash flow hedging derivative’s change in fair value are recognized currently in earnings. In accordance with ASC 815-20-35-9, as the critical terms of the swap and the floating-rate debt being hedged were the same at inception and remained the same during the current period, no ineffectiveness was recorded in earnings for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013.

The swap agreement was valued using a discounted cash flow model taking into account the present value of the future cash flows under the terms of the agreement by using market information available as of the reporting date, including prevailing interest rates and credit spread. Due to the fact that the inputs were either directly or indirectly observable, the Company classified the fair value measurements of its swap agreement as Level 2 in accordance with ASC 820-10-35.

The fair value of the Company’s $2.5 billion notional amount interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument and recorded in “Other current liabilities” was $76.9 million at December 31, 2012. There was no liability at September 30, 2013 because the swap matured on September 30, 2013.

The following table details the beginning and ending accumulated other comprehensive loss and the current period activity related to the interest rate swap agreement:

 

(In thousands)    Accumulated other
comprehensive loss
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    $                           48,180   

Other comprehensive income

     (48,180)   
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013

    $ -   
  

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table discloses the deferred income tax (asset) liability related to each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively:

 

(In thousands)      Three Months Ended September 30,          Nine Months Ended September 30,    
             2013                      2012                      2013                      2012          

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     $ 3,742         $ 1,659         $ (12,385)         $ 3,009   

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities

     28,199         10,599         (11,010)         11,028   

Unrealized holding gain on cash flow derivatives

     10,254         7,048         28,759         20,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total increase in deferred tax liabilities

     $             42,195         $             19,306         $             5,364         $             34,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 6 – COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in certain legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business and, as required, have accrued an estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of those claims for which the occurrence of loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions or the effectiveness of the Company’s strategies related to these proceedings. Additionally, due to the inherent uncertainty of litigation, there can be no assurance that the resolution of any particular claim or proceeding would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Although the Company is involved in a variety of legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, a large portion of the Company’s litigation arises in the following contexts: commercial disputes; defamation matters; employment and benefits related claims; governmental fines; intellectual property claims; and tax disputes.

Stockholder Litigation

Two derivative lawsuits were filed in March 2012 in Delaware Chancery Court by stockholders of CCOH. The consolidated lawsuits were captioned In re Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Consolidated Case No. 7315-CS. The complaints named as defendants certain of Clear Channel’s and CCOH’s current and former directors and Clear Channel, as well as Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. CCOH also was named as a nominal defendant. The complaints alleged, among other things, that in December 2009 Clear Channel breached fiduciary duties to CCOH and its stockholders by allegedly requiring CCOH to agree to amend the terms of a revolving promissory note payable by Clear Channel to CCOH (the “Note”) to extend the maturity date of the Note and to amend the interest rate payable on the Note. According to the complaints, the terms of the amended Note were unfair to CCOH because, among other things, the interest rate was below market. The complaints further alleged that Clear Channel was unjustly enriched as a result of that transaction. The complaints also alleged that the director defendants breached fiduciary duties to CCOH in connection with that transaction and that the transaction constituted corporate waste. On March 28, 2013, to avoid the costs, disruption and distraction of further litigation, and without admitting the validity of any allegations made in the complaint, legal counsel for the defendants entered into a binding memorandum of understanding (the “MOU”) with legal counsel for a special litigation committee consisting of certain independent directors of CCOH and the plaintiffs to settle the litigation. On July 8, 2013, the parties executed a Stipulation of Settlement, on terms consistent with the MOU, and presented the Stipulation of Settlement to the Delaware Chancery Court for approval. The Company, CCOH and Clear Channel filed the Stipulation of Settlement with the SEC as an exhibit to their respective Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on July 9, 2013. On September 9, 2013, the Delaware Chancery Court approved the settlement and, on October 9, 2013, the right to appeal expired. On October 19, 2013, in accordance with the terms of the settlement, CCOH’s board of directors (i) notified Clear Channel of its intent to make a demand for repayment of $200 million outstanding under the Note on November 8, 2013, (ii) declared a dividend of $200 million, which is conditioned upon Clear Channel having satisfied such demand, to be paid on November 8, 2013, and (iii) established a committee of the board of directors for the specific purpose of monitoring the Note. On October 23, 2013, Clear Channel and CCOH amended the Note in accordance with the terms of the settlement. The Company, CCOH and Clear Channel announced CCOH’s intent to make a demand for repayment of $200 million outstanding under the Note and CCOH’s declaration of the dividend in their respective Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2013, and filed a copy of the amendment to the Note as an exhibit to their respective Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2013.

Los Angeles Litigation

In 2008, Summit Media, LLC, one of the Company’s competitors, sued the City of Los Angeles (the “City”), Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and CBS Outdoor in Los Angeles Superior Court (Case No. BS116611) challenging the validity of a settlement agreement that had been entered into in November 2006 among the parties. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. had taken down existing billboards and converted 83 existing signs from static displays to digital displays pursuant to modernization permits issued through an administrative process of the City. The Los Angeles Superior Court ruled in January 2010 that the settlement agreement constituted an ultra vires act of the City and nullified its existence, but did not invalidate the modernization permits issued to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and CBS. All parties appealed the ruling by the Los Angeles Superior Court to Court of Appeal for the State of California, Second Appellate District, Division 8. On December 10, 2012, the Court of Appeal issued an order upholding the Superior Court’s finding that the settlement agreement was ultra vires and remanding the case to the Superior Court for the purpose of invalidating the modernization permits issued to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and CBS for the digital displays that were the subject of the settlement agreement. On January 22, 2013, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. filed a petition with the California Supreme Court requesting its review of the matter, and the Supreme Court denied that petition on February 27, 2013. On April 12,

 

F-13


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

2013, the Los Angeles Superior Court invalidated 82 digital modernization permits issued to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and 13 issued to CBS and ordered that the companies turn off the electrical power to affected digital displays by the close of business on April 15, 2013. Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. has complied with the order. On April 16, 2013, the Court conducted further proceedings during which it held that it was not invalidating two additional digital modernization permits that Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. had secured through a special zoning plan and confirmed that its April 12 order invalidated only digital modernization permits – no other types of permits the companies may have secured for the signs at issue. Summit Media, LLC has filed a further motion requesting that the Court order the demolition of the 82 sign structures on which the now-invalidated digital signs operated, as well as the invalidation of several other permits for traditional signs allegedly issued under the settlement agreement. At a hearing held on September 16, 2013 the Court ordered Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. to produce evidence on a sign-by-sign basis of the permitting history of each sign. This evidentiary hearing is scheduled for November 8, 2013. Additionally, Summit Media, LLC has filed a motion for attorney’s fees under a private attorney general theory. That motion currently is scheduled to be heard on December 11, 2013.

Guarantees

As of September 30, 2013, Clear Channel had outstanding surety bonds and commercial standby letters of credit of $53.1 million and $121.0 million, respectively, of which $36.3 million of letters of credit were cash secured. Letters of credit in the amount of $2.0 million are collateral in support of surety bonds and these amounts would only be drawn under the letter of credit in the event the associated surety bonds were funded and Clear Channel did not honor its reimbursement obligation to the issuers. These letters of credit and surety bonds relate to various operational matters including insurance, bid, and performance bonds as well as other items.

As of September 30, 2013, Clear Channel had outstanding bank guarantees of $51.4 million related to international subsidiaries, of which $13.7 million were backed by cash collateral.

NOTE 7 – CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Clear Channel is a party to a management agreement with certain affiliates of the Sponsors and certain other parties pursuant to which such affiliates of the Sponsors will provide management and financial advisory services until 2018. These agreements require management fees to be paid to such affiliates of the Sponsors for such services at a rate not greater than $15.0 million per year, plus reimbursable expenses. For the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized management fees and reimbursable expenses of $3.8 million and $3.9 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized management fees and reimbursable expenses of $11.9 million and $11.9 million, respectively.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 8 – MEMBER’S DEFICIT AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The Company reports its noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries as a component of equity separate from the Company’s equity. The following table shows the changes in member’s deficit attributable to the Company and the noncontrolling interests of subsidiaries in which the Company has a majority, but not total ownership interest:

 

(In thousands)        The Company              Noncontrolling    
Interests
           Consolidated        

Balances at January 1, 2013

    $ (8,299,188)        $ 303,997        $ (7,995,191)   

Net income (loss)

     (297,656)         16,372         (281,284)   

Dividends and other payments to noncontrolling interests (1)

     -         (58,942)         (58,942)   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (26,374)         (2,152)         (28,526)   

Unrealized holding gain on marketable securities

     15,594         25         15,619   

Unrealized holding gain on cash flow derivatives

     48,180         -         48,180   

Other adjustments to comprehensive loss

     (884)         (114)         (998)   

Other, net

     6,271         7,872         14,143   

Reclassifications

     (83,585)         (168)         (83,753)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at September 30, 2013

    $         (8,637,642)        $         266,890        $         (8,370,752)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        

Balances at January 1, 2012

    $ (7,993,735)        $ 521,794        $ (7,471,941)   

Net income (loss)

     (233,215)         18,807         (214,408)   

Dividends and other payments to noncontrolling interests

     -         (247,764)         (247,764)   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     16,867         1,061         17,928   

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities

     17,522         (123)         17,399   

Unrealized holding gain on cash flow derivatives

     36,322         -         36,322   

Other adjustments to comprehensive loss

     (473)         (61)         (534)   

Other, net

     2,204         13,457         15,661   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at September 30, 2012

    $ (8,154,508)        $ 307,171        $ (7,847,337)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)  Included in “Dividends and other payments to noncontrolling interests” are $45.1 million in dividends declared but not yet paid by an entity for which the Company has a controlling financial interest and whose results are consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. This amount will be paid by that entity during the fourth quarter of 2013 and, therefore, is accrued in “Other current liabilities” at September 30, 2013.

The Company does not have any compensation plans under which it grants awards to employees. CCMH and CCOH have granted options to purchase shares of their Class A common stock to certain key individuals, as well as restricted stock and restricted stock units.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by Component

In connection with the sale of shares of Sirius XM Radio, Inc. as discussed in Note 5, a realized gain of $130.9 million and income tax expense of $48.6 million were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into “Gain on marketable securities” and “Income tax benefit,” respectively. The net difference of $82.3 million is reported as a reduction of “Other comprehensive income (loss).”

NOTE 9 – SEGMENT DATA

The Company’s reportable segments, which it believes best reflect how the Company is currently managed, are CCME, Americas outdoor advertising and International outdoor advertising. Revenue and expenses earned and charged between segments are recorded at estimated fair value and eliminated in consolidation. The CCME segment provides media and entertainment services via broadcast and digital delivery and also includes the Company’s national syndication business. The Americas outdoor advertising segment consists of operations primarily in the United States and Canada. The International outdoor advertising segment primarily includes operations in Europe, Asia, Australia and Latin America. The Americas outdoor and International outdoor display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays. The Other category includes the Company’s media representation business as well as other general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to the Company’s other businesses. Corporate includes infrastructure and support, including information technology, human resources, legal, finance and administrative functions of each of the Company’s reportable segments, as well as overall executive, administrative and support functions. Share-based payments are recorded in corporate expenses.

The following table presents the Company’s reportable segment results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012.

 

(In thousands)   CCME     Americas
Outdoor
Advertising
    International
Outdoor
Advertising
    Other     Corporate
and other
reconciling
items
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Three Months Ended September 30, 2013

  

         

Revenue

    $       823,863        $       331,346        $       391,667        $       57,460        $ -        $       (16,814)        $     1,587,522   

Direct operating expenses

    224,213        140,972        255,122        5,718        -        (2,153)        623,872   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    282,505        55,739        75,698        34,314        -        (14,661)        433,595   

Depreciation and amortization

    64,745        48,530        49,090        9,925        5,040        -        177,330   

Corporate expenses

    -        -        -        -        92,204        -        92,204   

Other operating income, net

    -        -        -        -        6,186        -        6,186   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    $ 252,400        $ 86,105        $ 11,757        $ 7,503        $       (91,058)        $ -        $ 266,707   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
             

Intersegment revenues

    $ -        $ 1,110        $ -        $ 15,704        $ -        $ -        $ 16,814   

Capital expenditures

    $ 22,171        $ 13,838        $ 19,983        $ 2,070        $ 6,518        $ -        $ 64,580   

Share-based compensation expense

    $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 2,754        $ -        $ 2,754   

 

F-16


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

(In thousands)   CCME     Americas
Outdoor
Advertising
    International
Outdoor
Advertising
    Other     Corporate
and other
reconciling
items
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012

  

Revenue

    $ 798,759        $ 335,021        $ 396,120        $ 76,067        $ -        $ (18,636)        $ 1,587,331   

Direct operating expenses

    225,233        144,721        245,918        6,529        -        (5,180)        617,221   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    264,962        54,225        82,357        35,962        -        (13,456)        424,050   

Depreciation and amortization

    67,956        50,177        49,740        10,663        3,814        -        182,350   

Corporate expenses

    -        -        -        -        73,921        -        73,921   

Other operating income, net

    -        -        -        -        42,118        -        42,118   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    $ 240,608        $ 85,898        $ 18,105        $ 22,913        $ (35,617)        $ -        $ 331,907   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
             

Intersegment revenues

    $ -        $ 314        $ -        $ 18,322        $ -        $ -        $ 18,636   

Capital expenditures

    $ 16,885        $ 25,633        $ 30,238        $ 2,812        $ 10,621        $ -        $ 86,189   

Share-based compensation expense

    $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 7,378        $ -        $ 7,378   
             

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013

  

           

Revenue

    $ 2,286,040        $ 952,832        $     1,187,262        $     167,778        $ -        $       (45,235)        $ 4,548,677   

Direct operating expenses

    646,111        419,676        762,167        18,535        -        (6,368)        1,840,121   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    786,517        165,232        238,786        105,556        -        (38,867)        1,257,224   

Depreciation and amortization

    200,615        144,256        150,013        29,797        14,565        -        539,246   

Corporate expenses

    -        -        -        -        253,524        -        253,524   

Other operating income, net

    -        -        -        -        9,694        -        9,694   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    $ 652,797        $       223,668        $ 36,296        $ 13,890        $ (258,395)        $ -        $ 668,256   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
             

Intersegment revenues

    $ -        $ 1,253        $ -        $ 43,982        $ -        $ -        $ 45,235   

Capital expenditures

    $ 58,335        $ 43,489        $ 68,683        $ 6,765        $ 19,988        $ -        $ 197,260   

Share-based compensation expense

    $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 14,093        $ -        $ 14,093   
             

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

  

           

Revenue

    $     2,263,308        $ 935,850        $ 1,207,900        $ 191,909        $ -        $ (48,419)        $     4,550,548   

Direct operating expenses

    630,043        429,989        757,682        18,855        -        (9,652)        1,826,917   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    757,920        150,658        270,019        113,460        -        (38,767)        1,253,290   

Depreciation and amortization

    202,935        141,702        149,485        34,871        10,562        -        539,555   

Corporate expenses

    -        -        -        -        218,621        -        218,621   

Other operating income, net

    -        -        -        -        47,159        -        47,159   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    $ 672,410        $ 213,501        $ 30,714        $ 24,723        $     (182,024)        $ -        $ 759,324   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
             

Intersegment revenues

    $ -        $ 1,084        $ -        $ 47,335        $ -        $ -        $ 48,419   

Capital expenditures

    $ 43,711        $ 84,749        $ 97,147        $ 11,817        $ 23,057        $ -        $ 260,481   

Share-based compensation expense

    $ -        $ -        $ -        $ -        $ 20,090        $ -        $ 20,090   

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 10 – GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

The Company and certain of Clear Channel’s direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”) fully and unconditionally guarantee on a joint and several basis certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding indebtedness. The following consolidating schedules present financial information on a combined basis in conformity with the SEC’s Regulation S-X Rule 3-10(d):

 

(In thousands)   As of September 30, 2013  
    Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ -       $ 10       $ 79,591       $ 631,451       $ -       $ 711,052   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

    -        -        718,041        706,326        -        1,424,367   

Intercompany receivables (1)

    -        3,219,737        -        97,026        (3,316,763)        -   

Prepaid expenses

    -        3,889        40,042        141,762        -        185,693   

Other current assets

    -        24,948        69,784        304,044        (240,143)        158,633   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

    -        3,248,584        907,458        1,880,609        (3,556,906)        2,479,745   

Structures, net

    -        -        -        1,778,064        -        1,778,064   

Other property, plant and equipment, net

    -        -        808,660        294,546        -        1,103,206   

Indefinite-lived intangibles - licenses

    -        -        2,423,953        -        -        2,423,953   

Indefinite-lived intangibles - permits

    -        -        -        1,070,135        -        1,070,135   

Other intangibles, net

    -        -        1,019,608        508,128        -        1,527,736   

Goodwill

    -        -        3,348,331        864,050        -        4,212,381   

Intercompany notes receivable

    -        962,000        -        -        (962,000)        -   

Long-term intercompany receivable

    -        -        -        944,628        (944,628)        -   

Investment in subsidiaries

    (8,783,548)        3,860,633        465,292        -        4,457,623        -   

Other assets

    -        108,884        52,689        784,140        (309,752)        635,961   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $     (8,783,548)       $       8,180,101       $     9,025,991       $     8,124,300       $     (1,315,663)       $     15,231,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           

Accounts payable

   $ -       $ -       $ 47,356       $ 73,918       $ -       $ 121,274   

Accrued expenses

    -        (142,612)        374,807        535,090        -        767,285   

Intercompany payable (1)

    -        -        3,316,763        -        (3,316,763)        -   

Accrued interest

    -        139,805        -        2,859        (10,550)        132,114   

Deferred income

    -        -        62,103        131,486        -        193,589   

Other current liabilities

    -        -        -        45,080        -        45,080   

Current portion of long-term debt

    -        427,047        -        6,411        -        433,458   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

    -        424,240        3,801,029        794,844        (3,327,313)        1,692,800   

Long-term debt

    -        15,724,871        4,001        4,933,496        (684,591)        19,977,777   

Long-term intercompany payable

    -        944,628        -        -        (944,628)        -   

Intercompany long-term debt

    -        -        962,000        -        (962,000)        -   

Deferred income taxes

    -        (146,333)        946,953        671,838        1,411        1,473,869   

Other long-term liabilities

    -        16,241        190,161        251,085        -        457,487   

Total member’s interest (deficit)

    (8,783,548)        (8,783,546)        3,121,847        1,473,037        4,601,458        (8,370,752)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Member’s Equity (Deficit)

   $ (8,783,548)       $ 8,180,101       $ 9,025,991       $ 8,124,300       $ (1,315,663)       $ 15,231,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)  The intercompany payable balance includes approximately $7.3 billion of designated amounts of borrowing under the senior secured credit facilities by certain Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers and primary obligors thereunder with respect to these amounts. These amounts were incurred by the Co-Borrowers at the time of the closing of the merger, but were funded and will be repaid through accounts of the Subsidiary Issuer. The intercompany receivables balance includes the amount of such borrowings, which are required to be repaid to the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities by the Guarantor Subsidiaries as Co-Borrowers and primary obligors thereunder.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

(In thousands)   As of December 31, 2012  
    Parent
Company
    Subsidiary
Issuer
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ -       $ 11       $ 333,768       $ 891,231       $ -       $ 1,225,010   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

    -        -        683,072        757,097        -        1,440,169   

Intercompany receivables (1)

    -        4,032,992        166,019        -        (4,199,011)        -   

Prepaid expenses

    -        2,397        33,190        152,052          187,639   

Other current assets

    -        36,446        64,894        248,325        (214,730)        134,935   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

    -        4,071,846        1,280,943        2,048,705        (4,413,741)        2,987,753   

Structures, net

    -        -        -        1,890,693        -        1,890,693   

Other property, plant and equipment, net

    -        -        827,623        318,538        -        1,146,161   

Indefinite-lived intangibles - licenses

    -        -        2,423,979        -        -        2,423,979   

Indefinite-lived intangibles - permits

    -        -        -        1,070,720        -        1,070,720   

Other intangibles, net

    -        -        1,174,818        565,974        -        1,740,792   

Goodwill

    -        -        3,350,083        866,002        -        4,216,085   

Intercompany notes receivable

    -        962,000        -        -        (962,000)        -   

Long-term intercompany receivable

    -        -        -        729,157        (729,157)        -   

Investment in subsidiaries

    (8,518,574)        3,848,000        552,184        -        4,118,390        -   

Other assets

    -        115,188        333,607        848,431        (480,696)        816,530   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $     (8,518,574)       $       8,997,034       $       9,943,237       $       8,338,220       $     (2,467,204)       $     16,292,713   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           

Accounts payable

   $ -       $ -       $ 37,436       $ 95,790       $ -       $ 133,226   

Accrued expenses

    -        (104,972)        319,466        561,561        -        776,055   

Intercompany payable (1)

    -        -        4,032,992        166,019        (4,199,011)        -   

Accrued interest

    -        210,874        -        (113)        (30,189)        180,572   

Deferred income

    -        -        62,901        109,771        -        172,672   

Other current liabilities

    -        76,939        -        60,950        -        137,889   

Current portion of long-term debt

    -        372,321        -        9,407        -        381,728   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

   $ -       $ 555,162       $ 4,452,795       $ 1,003,385       $ (4,229,200)       $ 1,782,142   

Long-term debt

    -        16,310,694        4,000        4,935,388        (884,713)        20,365,369   

Long-term intercompany payable

    -        729,157        -        -        (729,157)        -   

Intercompany long-term debt

    -        -        962,000        -        (962,000)        -   

Deferred income taxes

    -        (107,878)        1,089,659        705,935        2,160        1,689,876   

Other long-term liabilities

    -        28,473        182,142        239,902        -        450,517   

Total member’s interest (deficit)

    (8,518,574)        (8,518,574)        3,252,641        1,453,610        4,335,706        (7,995,191)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Member’s Equity (Deficit)

   $ (8,518,574)       $ 8,997,034       $ 9,943,237       $ 8,338,220       $ (2,467,204)       $ 16,292,713   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)  The intercompany payable balance includes approximately $7.3 billion of designated amounts of borrowing under the senior secured credit facilities by certain Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers and primary obligors thereunder with respect to these amounts. These amounts were incurred by the Co-Borrowers at the time of the closing of the merger, but were funded and will be repaid through accounts of the Subsidiary Issuer. The intercompany receivables balance includes the amount of such borrowings, which are required to be repaid to the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities by the Guarantor Subsidiaries as Co-Borrowers and primary obligors thereunder.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

(In thousands)    Three Months Ended September 30, 2013  
     Parent
  Company  
       Subsidiary  
Issuer
     Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
      Eliminations        Consolidated   

Revenue

    $ -        $ -        $ 862,813        $ 729,887        $ (5,178)        $ 1,587,522   

Operating expenses:

                 

Direct operating expenses

     -         -         227,057         398,591         (1,776)         623,872   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     -         -         302,033         134,964         (3,402)         433,595   

Corporate expenses

     -         2,609         59,876         29,719         -         92,204   

Depreciation and amortization

     -         -         78,627         98,703         -         177,330   

Other operating income (expense), net

     -         -         (418)         6,604         -         6,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     -         (2,609)         194,802         74,514         -         266,707   

Interest expense, net

     -         377,789         13,125         39,804         7,686         438,404   

Gain (loss) on marketable securities

     -         -         49         (18)         -         31   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (94,169)         130,633         7,210         4,030         (43,721)         3,983   

Other income (expense), net

     -         (156)         440         1,425         -         1,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (94,169)         (249,921)         189,376         40,147         (51,407)         (165,974)   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     -         155,752         (77,584)         (4,366)         -         73,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

     (94,169)         (94,169)         111,792         35,781         (51,407)         (92,172)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     -         -         1,911         7,772         -         9,683   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

    $     (94,169)        $ (94,169)        $ 109,881        $ 28,009        $ (51,407)        $ (101,855)   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     -         -         (3,985)         44,487         -         40,502   

Unrealized gain on securities and derivatives:

                 

Unrealized holding gain on marketable securities

     -         -         -         710         (697)         13   

Unrealized holding gain on cash flow derivatives

     -         17,114         -         -         -         17,114   

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on securities included in net income (loss)

     -         -         (1)         (1,432)         -         (1,433)   

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income

     47,724         30,610         37,724         -         (116,058)         -   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     (46,445)         (46,445)         143,619         71,774         (168,162)         (45,659)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     -         -         3,128         6,041         -         9,169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

    $ (46,445)        $       (46,445)        $       140,491        $         65,733        $     (168,162)        $       (54,828)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

(In thousands)   Three Months Ended September 30, 2012  
    Parent
    Company    
       Subsidiary   
Issuer
    Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Eliminations       Consolidated   

Revenue

   $ -       $ -       $ 853,665       $ 737,693       $ (4,027)       $ 1,587,331   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses

    -        -        226,224        393,337        (2,340)        617,221   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    -        -        285,715        140,022        (1,687)        424,050   

Corporate expenses

    -        2,661        42,440        28,820        -        73,921   

Depreciation and amortization

    -        -        81,650        100,700        -        182,350   

Other operating income (expense), net

    -        -        (279)        42,397        -        42,118   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    -        (2,661)        217,357        117,211        -        331,907   

Interest expense, net

    -        319,407        5,845        43,158        19,800        388,210   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (30,761)        171,077        17,166        3,702        (157,521)        3,663   

Other income (expense), net

    -        -        1,745        (921)        -        824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (30,761)        (150,991)        230,423        76,834        (177,321)        (51,816)   

Income tax benefit (expense)

    -        120,230        (81,474)        (25,524)        -        13,232   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (30,761)        (30,761)        148,949        51,310        (177,321)        (38,584)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    -        -        4,436        7,541        -        11,977   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (30,761)       $ (30,761)       $ 144,513       $ 43,769       $ (177,321)       $ (50,561)   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    -        -        (257)        21,476        -        21,219   

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:

           

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities

    -        -        17,755        (1,376)        289        16,668   

Unrealized holding gain on cash flow derivatives

    -        11,808        -        -        -        11,808   

Other adjustments to comprehensive income (loss)

    -        -        -        (688)        -        (688)   

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income

    45,758        33,950        18,228        -        (97,936)        -   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

    14,997        14,997        180,239        63,181        (274,968)        (1,554)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    -        -        1,776        1,184        -        2,960   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to the Company

   $ 14,997       $ 14,997       $ 178,463       $ 61,997       $ (274,968)       $ (4,514)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

(In thousands)   Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013  
    Parent
    Company    
       Subsidiary   
Issuer
    Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Eliminations       Consolidated   

Revenue

   $ -       $ -       $ 2,401,245       $ 2,160,620       $ (13,188)       $ 4,548,677   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses

    -        -        656,234        1,188,887        (5,000)        1,840,121   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    -        -        850,970        414,442        (8,188)        1,257,224   

Corporate expenses

    -        8,126        153,963        91,435        -        253,524   

Depreciation and amortization

    -        -        241,904        297,342        -        539,246   

Other operating income (expense), net

    -        -        (2,710)        12,404        -        9,694   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    -        (8,126)        495,464        180,918        -        668,256   

Interest expense, net

    -        1,039,587        26,798        132,068        32,984        1,231,437   

Gain (loss) on marketable securities

    -        -        170,182        (18)        (39,235)        130,929   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (225,437)        430,607        (51,315)        13,878        (154,138)        13,595   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    -        (3,888)        -        -        -        (3,888)   

Other income (expense), net

    -        (18,060)        644        27        -        (17,389)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (225,437)        (639,054)        588,177        62,737        (226,357)        (439,934)   

Income tax benefit (expense)

    -        413,617        (216,801)        (38,166)        -        158,650   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (225,437)        (225,437)        371,376        24,571        (226,357)        (281,284)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    -        -        (1,351)        17,723        -        16,372   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (225,437)       $ (225,437)       $ 372,727       $ 6,848       $ (226,357)       $ (297,656)   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    -        -        11,875        (40,401)        -        (28,526)   

Unrealized gain on securities and derivatives:

           

Unrealized holding gain on marketable securities

    -        -        15,390        1,491        (1,262)        15,619   

Unrealized holding gain on cash flow derivatives

    -        48,180        -        -        -        48,180   

Other adjustments to comprehensive income (loss)

    -        -        -        (998)        -        (998)   

 

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on securities included in net income (loss)

    -        -        (82,321)        (1,432)        -        (83,753)   

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive loss

    (45,808)        (93,988)        (40,551)        -        180,347        -   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

    (271,245)        (271,245)        277,120        (34,492)        (47,272)        (347,134)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    -        -        (1,619)        (789)        -        (2,408)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (271,245)       $ (271,245)       $ 278,739       $ (33,703)       $ (47,272)       $ (344,726)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

(In thousands)   Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012  
    Parent
    Company    
       Subsidiary   
Issuer
    Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Eliminations       Consolidated   

Revenue

   $ -       $ -       $ 2,398,690       $ 2,163,928       $ (12,070)       $ 4,550,548   

Operating expenses:

           

Direct operating expenses

    -        -        637,823        1,195,141        (6,047)        1,826,917   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    -        -        827,925        431,388        (6,023)        1,253,290   

Corporate expenses

    -        8,130        124,268        86,223        -        218,621   

Depreciation and amortization

    -        -        246,165        293,390        -        539,555   

Other operating income (expense), net

    -        -        (1,987)        49,146        -        47,159   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    -        (8,130)        560,522        206,932        -        759,324   

Interest expense, net

    -        975,090        17,566        99,887        55,550        1,148,093   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (168,213)        440,803        (30,015)        12,332        (242,993)        11,914   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    -        (15,167)        -        -        -        (15,167)   

Other income, net

    -        -        1,931        5,842        (9,452)        (1,679)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (168,213)        (557,584)        514,872        125,219        (307,995)        (393,701)   

Income tax benefit (expense)

    -        389,371        (154,024)        (56,054)        -        179,293   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (168,213)        (168,213)        360,848        69,165        (307,995)        (214,408)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    -        -        3,821        14,986        -        18,807   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (168,213)       $ (168,213)       $ 357,027       $ 54,179       $ (307,995)       $ (233,215)   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    -        -        (724)        18,652        -        17,928   

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:

           

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities

    -        -        18,476        (7,743)        6,666        17,399   

Unrealized holding gain on cash flow derivatives

    -        36,322        -        -        -        36,322   

Other adjustments to comprehensive income (loss)

    2        (2)        -        (534)        -        (534)   

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income

    63,570        27,250        10,926        -        (101,746)        -   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

    (104,641)        (104,643)        385,705        64,554        (403,075)        (162,100)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    -        -        1,428        (551)        -        877   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (104,641)       $ (104,643)       $ 384,277       $ 65,105       $ (403,075)       $ (162,977)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

(In thousands)   Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013  
    Parent
      Company      
         Subsidiary     
Issuer
    Guarantor
    Subsidiaries    
       Non-Guarantor   
Subsidiaries
        Eliminations             Consolidated      

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Consolidated net income (loss)

    $ (225,437)        $ (225,437)        $ 371,376        $ 24,571        $ (226,357)        $ (281,284)   

Reconciling items:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    -        -        241,904        297,342        -        539,246   

Deferred taxes

    -        (67,214)        (94,804)        (33,338)        -        (195,356)   

Provision for doubtful accounts

    -        -        10,172        3,538        -        13,710   

 

Amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts, net

    -        106,150        (3,622)        (42,254)        32,984        93,258   

Share-based compensation

    -        -        8,446        5,647        -        14,093   

(Gain) loss on disposal of operating assets

    -        -        2,710        (12,404)        -        (9,694)   

(Gain) loss on marketable securities

    -        -        (170,182)        18        39,235        (130,929)   

 

Equity in (earnings) loss of nonconsolidated affiliates

    225,437        (430,607)        51,315        (13,878)        154,138        (13,595)   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    -        3,888        -        -        -        3,888   

Other reconciling items, net

    -        1        (152)        18,742        -        18,591   

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:

           

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

    -        -        (45,500)        49,205        -        3,705   

Increase in deferred income

    -        -        6,469        21,707        -        28,176   

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses

    -        (37,640)        50,331        (28,005)        -        (15,314)   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

    -        -        9,921        (22,049)        -        (12,128)   

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest

    -        (68,401)        37,546        2,981        (18,842)        (46,716)   

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities

    -        (14,407)        (33,450)        18,207        18,842        (10,808)   
 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

    -        (733,667)        442,480        290,030        -        (1,157)   
 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    -        -        (82,677)        (114,583)        -        (197,260)   

Acquisition of operating assets

    -        -        (1,745)        (842)        -        (2,587)   

Proceeds from sale of investment securities

    -        -        75        355,073        (219,577)        135,571   

Proceeds from disposal of assets

    -        -        22,318        17,479        -        39,797   

Dividends from subsidiaries

    (393)        329,867        -        -        (329,474)        -   

Change in other, net

    -        -        (1,236)        (2,271)        -        (3,507)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

    (393)        329,867        (63,265)        254,856        (549,051)        (27,986)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Draws on credit facilities

    -        269,500        -        2,752        -        272,252   

Payments on credit facilities

    -        (22,500)        -        (1,344)        -        (23,844)   

Intercompany funding

    -        1,028,726        (549,015)        (479,711)        -        -   

Proceeds from long-term debt

    -        575,000        -        51        -        575,051   

Payments on long-term debt

    -        (1,437,435)        -        (5,478)        219,577        (1,223,336)   

 

Payments to repurchase noncontrolling interests

    -        -        -        (61,143)        -        (61,143)   

 

Dividends and other payments to noncontrolling interests

    -        -        (84,377)        (259,352)        329,867        (13,862)   

Deferred financing charges

    -        (9,885)        -        (337)        -        (10,222)   

Change in other, net

    393        393        -        1,610        (393)        2,003   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    393        403,799        (633,392)        (802,952)        549,051        (483,101)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    -        -        -        (1,714)        -        (1,714)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    -        (1)        (254,177)        (259,780)        -        (513,958)   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    -        11        333,768        891,231        -        1,225,010   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    $ -        $ 10        $ 79,591        $ 631,451        $ -        $ 711,052   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(UNAUDITED)

 

(In thousands)    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012  
     Parent
      Company      
           Subsidiary      
Issuer
     Guarantor
    Subsidiaries    
         Non-Guarantor    
Subsidiaries
         Eliminations              Consolidated      

Cash flows from operating activities:

                 

Consolidated net income (loss)

     $ (168,213)         $ (168,213)         $ 360,848         $ 69,165         $ (307,995)         $ (214,408)   

Reconciling items:

                 

Depreciation and amortization

     -         -         246,165         293,390         -         539,555   

Deferred taxes

     -         (136,099)         13,989         (35,852)         -         (157,962)   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     -         -         6,209         4,800         -         11,009   

 

Amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts, net

     -         147,096         (4,507)         (73,877)         55,550         124,262   

Share-based compensation

     -         -         11,074         9,016         -         20,090   

(Gain) loss on disposal of operating assets

     -         -         1,987         (49,146)         -         (47,159)   

 

Equity in (earnings) loss of non consolidated affiliates

     168,213         (440,803)         30,015         (12,332)         242,993         (11,914)   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     -         15,167         -         -         -         15,167   

Other reconciling items, net

     -         -         1,196         17,224         -         18,420   

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:

                 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

     -         -         (24,839)         36         -         (24,803)   

Increase in deferred income

     -         -         12,209         25,736         -         37,945   

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses

     -         (42,224)         43,989         (13,066)         -         (11,301)   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     -         -         8,978         (7,417)         -         1,561   

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest

     -         (103,117)         5,393         88         14,456         (83,180)   

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities

     -         (19,519)         (52,408)         23,779         (14,456)         (62,604)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

     -         (747,712)         660,298         251,544         (9,452)         154,678   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

                 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     -         -         (72,542)         (187,939)         -         (260,481)   

Acquisition of other operating assets

     -         -         (24,340)         (9,398)         -         (33,738)   

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     -         -         4,868         54,047         -         58,915   

Dividends from subsidiaries

     -         1,925,661         1,916,209         -         (3,841,870)         -   

Change in other, net

     -         -         (6,057)         45,681         (49,456)         (9,832)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

     -         1,925,661         1,818,138         (97,609)         (3,891,326)         (245,136)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

                 

Draws on credit facilities

     -         602,500         -         2,063         -         604,563   

Payments on credit facilities

     -         (1,918,051)         -         (1,922)         -         (1,919,973)   

Intercompany funding

     -         617,944         (591,649)         (26,295)         -         -   

Proceeds from long-term debt

     -         -         -         2,200,000         -         2,200,000   

Payments on long-term debt

     -         (480,342)         (928)         (7,301)         50,149         (438,422)   

Payments to repurchase noncontrolling interests

     -         -         -         (7,040)         -         (7,040)   

 

Dividends and other payments to noncontrolling interests

     -         -         (1,916,207)         (2,182,879)         3,851,322         (247,764)   

Deferred financing charges

     -         -         -         (40,002)         -         (40,002)   

Change in other, net

     -         -         4         6,253         (693)         5,564   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used for financing activities

     -         (1,177,949)         (2,508,780)         (57,123)         3,900,778         156,926   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     -         -         -         1,493         -         1,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     -         -         (30,344)         98,305         -         67,961   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     -         1         461,572         767,109         -         1,228,682   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     $ -         $ 1         $ 431,228         $ 865,414         $ -         $ 1,296,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Member

Clear Channel Capital I, LLC

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, changes in member’s deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Clear Channel Capital I, LLC and subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 19, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Antonio, Texas

February 19, 2013

 

F-26


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS OF

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC

 

(In thousands)   

December 31,

2012

   

December 31,

2011

 
CURRENT ASSETS     

Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 1,225,010        $     1,228,682   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $55,917 in 2012 and $63,098 in 2011

     1,423,999        1,399,135   

Prepaid expenses

     177,590        161,317   

Other current assets

     167,208        196,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     2,993,807        2,985,285   
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT     

Structures, net

     1,890,693        1,950,437   

Other property, plant and equipment, net

     1,146,161        1,112,890   
INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL     

Indefinite-lived intangibles - licenses

     2,423,979        2,411,367   

Indefinite-lived intangibles - permits

     1,070,720        1,105,704   

Other intangibles, net

     1,740,792        2,017,760   

Goodwill

     4,216,085        4,186,718   
OTHER ASSETS     

Other assets

     810,476        771,878   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

     $     16,292,713        $ 16,542,039   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
CURRENT LIABILITIES     

Accounts payable

     $ 136,318        $ 121,575   

Accrued expenses

     772,963        735,152   

Accrued interest

     180,572        160,361   

Current portion of long-term debt

     381,728        268,638   

Deferred income

     172,672        143,236   

Other current liabilities

     137,889        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     1,782,142        1,428,962   

Long-term debt

     20,365,369        19,938,531   

Deferred income taxes

     1,689,876        1,938,599   

Other long-term liabilities

     450,517        707,888   

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 7)

    
MEMBER’S DEFICIT     

Noncontrolling interest

     303,997        521,794   

Member’s interest

     2,135,842        2,129,575   

Retained deficit

     (10,281,746)        (9,857,267)   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (153,284)        (266,043)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Member’s Deficit

     (7,995,191)            (7,471,941)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Member’s Deficit

     $ 16,292,713        $ 16,542,039   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-27


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS OF

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC

 

(In thousands)                    Years Ended December 31,                      
           2012                  2011                    2010         

Revenue

       $   6,246,884           $   6,161,352           $   5,865,685    

Operating expenses:

      

Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     2,496,550        2,504,036        2,381,647   

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     1,673,447        1,617,258        1,570,212   

Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     288,028        227,096        284,042   

Depreciation and amortization

     729,285        763,306        732,869   

Impairment charges

     37,651        7,614        15,364   

Other operating income (expense) - net

     48,127        12,682        (16,710)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     1,070,050        1,054,724        864,841   

Interest expense

     1,549,023        1,466,246        1,533,341   

Loss on marketable securities

     (4,580)        (4,827)        (6,490)   

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates

     18,557        26,958        5,702   

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt

     (254,723)        (1,447)        60,289   

Other income (expense) - net

     250        (3,169)        (13,834)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (719,469)        (394,007)        (622,833)   

Income tax benefit

     308,279        125,978        159,980   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net loss

     (411,190)        (268,029)        (462,853)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     13,289        34,065        16,236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the Company

    $     (424,479)       $     (302,094)       $     (479,089)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     40,242        (29,647)        26,301   

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:

      

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities

     23,103        (224)        17,187   

Unrealized holding gain on cash flow derivatives

     52,112        33,775        15,112   

Reclassification adjustment for realized loss on securities included in net loss and other

     3,180        3,787        14,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     118,637        7,691        73,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (305,842)        (294,403)        (405,739)   

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     5,878        4,324        8,857   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to the Company

    $    (311,720)       $ (298,727)       $ (414,596)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBER’S DEFICIT OF

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC

 

     Controlling Interest  
(In thousands, except share data)    Non-
controlling
Interest
      Member’s 
Interest
         Retained    
Deficit
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
           Total        

Balances at December 31, 2009

         $ 455,648           $ 2,109,007           $ (9,076,084)           $ (333,309)             $   (6,844,738)   

Net income (loss)

     16,236         -         (479,089)         -         (462,853)   

Shares issued through stock purchase agreement

     -         5,000         -         -         5,000   

Issuance (forfeiture) of restricted stock

     792         (1,908)         -         -         (1,116)   

Amortization of share-based compensation

     12,046         22,200         -         -         34,246   

Other

     (2,659)         (5,916)         -         -         (8,575)   

Other comprehensive income

     8,857         -         -         64,493         73,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

         $ 490,920           $ 2,128,383           $ (9,555,173)           $ (268,816)           $    (7,204,686)   

Net income (loss)

     34,065         -         (302,094)         -         (268,029)   

Issuance (forfeiture) of restricted stock

     735         (305)         -         -         430   

Amortization of share-based compensation

     10,705         9,962         -         -         20,667   

Purchases of additional noncontrolling interest

     (14,428)         (5,492)         -         (594)         (20,514)   

Other

     (4,527)         (2,973)         -         -         (7,500)   

Other comprehensive income

     4,324         -         -         3,367         7,691   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

         $ 521,794           $   2,129,575           $ (9,857,267)           $ (266,043)           $    (7,471,941)   

Net income (loss)

     13,289         -         (424,479)         -         (411,190)   

Issuance (forfeiture) of restricted stock

     6381         (3,290)         -         -         3,091   

Amortization of share-based compensation

     10,589         17,951         -         -         28,540   

Purchases of additional noncontrolling interest

     28         -         -         -         28   

Dividend declared and paid ($6.0832/share)

     (244,734)         -         -         -         (244,734)   

Other

     (9,228)         (8,394)         -         -         (17,622)   

Other comprehensive income

     5,878         -         -         112,759         118,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

         $ 303,997           $   2,135,842           $  (10,281,746)           $ (153,284)             $   (7,995,191)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-29


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS OF

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(In thousands)                  Years Ended December 31,                  
          2012                2011                2010       

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Consolidated net loss

     $     (411,190)         $     (268,029)         $     (462,853)   

Reconciling items:

        

Impairment charges

     37,651         7,614         15,364   

Depreciation and amortization

     729,285         763,306         732,869   

Deferred taxes

     (304,611)         (143,944)         (211,180)   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     11,715         13,723         23,118   

Amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts, net

     164,097         188,034         214,950   

Share-based compensation

     28,540         20,667         34,246   

(Gain) loss on disposal of operating and fixed assets

     (48,127)         (12,682)         16,710   

Loss on marketable securities

     4,580         4,827         6,490   

Equity in (earnings) of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (18,557)         (26,958)         (5,702)   

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

     254,723         1,447         (60,289)   

Other reconciling items – net

     17,800         16,120         26,090   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:

        

(Increase) in accounts receivable

     (34,238)         (7,835)         (119,860)   

Decrease in Federal income taxes receivable

     -         -         132,309   

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses

     34,874         (127,242)         117,432   

(Decrease) in accounts payable and other liabilities

     (19,048)         (15,131)         (6,924)   

Increase in accrued interest

     20,223         39,170         87,053   

Increase (decrease) in deferred income

     33,482         (10,776)         796   

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities

     (12,501)         (68,353)         41,754   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     488,698         373,958         582,373   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Proceeds from sale of other investments

     -         6,894         1,200   

Purchases of businesses

     (50,116)         (46,356)         -   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (390,280)         (362,281)         (241,464)   

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     59,665         54,270         28,637   

Purchases of other operating assets

     (14,826)         (20,995)         (16,110)   

Change in other – net

     (1,464)         382         (12,460)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

     (397,021)         (368,086)         (240,197)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Draws on credit facilities

     604,563         55,000         198,670   

Payments on credit facilities

     (1,931,419)         (960,332)         (152,595)   

Proceeds from long-term debt

     4,917,643         1,731,266         145,639   

Payments on long-term debt

     (3,346,906)         (1,398,299)         (369,372)   

Repurchases of long-term debt

     -         (55,250)         (125,000)   

Dividends paid

     (244,734)         -         -   

Deferred financing charges

     (83,617)         (46,659)         -   

Change in other – net

     (10,879)         (23,842)         (2,586)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used for financing activities

     (95,349)         (698,116)         (305,244)   

 

F-30


Table of Contents
(In thousands)  

                Years Ended  December 31,                

 
   

      2012      

   

      2011      

   

      2010      

 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (3,672)        (692,244)        36,932   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    1,228,682        1,920,926        1,883,994   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    $     1,225,010        $     1,228,682        $     1,920,926   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:

     

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 1,381,396         $ 1,260,767         $ 1,235,755   

Cash paid during the year for taxes

    52,517        81,162        -   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL CAPITAL I, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the financial statements and related footnotes included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are those of Clear Channel Capital I, LLC (the “Company” or the “Parent Company”), the direct parent of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Clear Channel” or “Subsidiary Issuer”), and contain certain footnote disclosures regarding the financial information of Clear Channel and Clear Channel’s domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries that guarantee certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding indebtedness.

Nature of Business

The Company is a limited liability company organized under Delaware law, with all of its interests being held by Clear Channel Capital II, LLC, a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“CCMH”). CCMH was formed in May 2007 by private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (together, the “Sponsors”) for the purpose of acquiring the business of Clear Channel. The acquisition was completed on July 30, 2008 pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 16, 2006, as amended on April 18, 2007, May 17, 2007 and May 13, 2008 (the “Merger Agreement”).

Clear Channel is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Upon the consummation of the merger, CCMH became a public company and Clear Channel was no longer a public company. Prior to the acquisition, the Company had not conducted any activities, other than activities incident to its formation and in connection with the acquisition, and did not have any assets or liabilities, other than as related to the acquisition. Subsequent to the acquisition, Clear Channel became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and the business of the Company became that of Clear Channel and its subsidiaries. As a result, all of the operations of the Company are conducted by Clear Channel.

The Company’s reportable operating segments are Media and Entertainment (“CCME”), Americas outdoor advertising (“Americas outdoor”), and International outdoor advertising (“International outdoor”). The CCME segment provides media and entertainment services via broadcast and digital delivery. The Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments provide outdoor advertising services in their respective geographic regions using various digital and traditional display types. Included in the “Other” segment are the Company’s media representation business, Katz Media Group, as well as other general support services and initiatives, which are ancillary to its other businesses.

During the first quarter of 2012, and in connection with the appointment of the new chief executive officer of the Company’s indirect subsidiary, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCOH”), the Company reevaluated its segment reporting and determined that its Latin American operations were more appropriately aligned with the operations of its International outdoor advertising segment. As a result, the operations of Latin America are no longer reflected within the Company’s Americas outdoor advertising segment and are currently included in the results of its International outdoor advertising segment. Accordingly, the Company has recast the corresponding segment disclosures for prior periods.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes including, but not limited to, legal, tax and insurance accruals. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Also included in the consolidated financial statements are entities for which the Company has a controlling financial interest or is the primary beneficiary. Investments in companies in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the voting common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over operating and financial policies of the Company are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2012 presentation.

The Company owns certain radio stations which, under current Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) rules, are not permitted or transferable. These radio stations were placed in a trust in order to comply with FCC rules at the time of the closing of the merger that resulted in the Company’s acquisition of Clear Channel. The Company is the beneficial owner of the trust, but the radio stations are managed by an independent trustee. The Company will have to divest all of these radio stations unless any stations may be owned by the Company under then-current FCC rules, in which case the trust will be terminated with respect to such stations. The trust agreement stipulates that the Company must fund any operating shortfalls of the trust activities, and any excess cash flow generated by the trust is distributed to the Company. The Company is also the beneficiary of proceeds from the sale of stations held in the trust. The Company consolidates the trust in accordance with ASC 810-10, which requires an enterprise involved with variable interest entities to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in the variable interest entity, as the trust was determined to be a variable interest entity and the Company is its primary beneficiary.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where it is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, it records a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what it believes will be collected. For all other customers, it recognizes reserves for bad debt based on historical experience of bad debts as a percent of revenue for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions. The Company believes its concentration of credit risk is limited due to the large number and the geographic diversification of its customers.

Purchase Accounting

The Company accounts for its business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. The total cost of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying identifiable net assets, based on their respective estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. Various acquisition agreements may include contingent purchase consideration based on performance requirements of the investee. The Company accounts for these payments in conformity with the provisions of ASC 805-20-30, which establish the requirements related to recognition of certain assets and liabilities arising from contingencies.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method at rates that, in the opinion of management, are adequate to allocate the cost of such assets over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows:

Buildings and improvements – 10 to 39 years

Structures – 5 to 15 years

Towers, transmitters and studio equipment – 7 to 20 years

Furniture and other equipment – 3 to 20 years

Leasehold improvements – shorter of economic life or lease term assuming renewal periods, if appropriate

For assets associated with a lease or contract, the assets are depreciated at the shorter of the economic life or the lease or contract term, assuming renewal periods, if appropriate. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The Company tests for possible impairment of property, plant, and equipment whenever events and circumstances indicate that depreciable assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amounts of those assets. When specific assets are determined to be unrecoverable, the cost basis of the asset is reduced to reflect the current fair market value.

Land Leases and Other Structure Licenses

Most of the Company’s outdoor advertising structures are located on leased land. Americas outdoor land leases are typically paid in advance for periods ranging from one to 12 months. International outdoor land leases are paid both in advance and in arrears, for periods ranging from one to 12 months. Most international street furniture display faces are operated through contracts with municipalities for up to 20 years. The leased land and street furniture contracts often include a percent of revenue to be paid along with a base rent payment. Prepaid land leases are recorded as an asset and expensed ratably over the related rental term and license and rent payments in arrears are recorded as an accrued liability.

Intangible Assets

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets include FCC broadcast licenses in its CCME segment and billboard permits in its Americas outdoor advertising segment. The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests for possible impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a significant reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner for which the asset is intended to be used indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.

The Company performs its annual impairment test for its FCC licenses and permits using a direct valuation technique as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. The Company engages Mesirow Financial Consulting LLC (“Mesirow Financial”), a third party valuation firm, to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its FCC licenses and permits.

Other intangible assets include definite-lived intangible assets and permanent easements. The Company’s definite-lived intangible assets include primarily transit and street furniture contracts, talent and representation contracts, customer and advertiser relationships, and site-leases, all of which are amortized over the respective lives of the agreements, or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows. The Company periodically reviews the appropriateness of the amortization periods related to its definite-lived intangible assets. These assets are recorded at cost. Permanent easements are indefinite-lived intangible assets which include certain rights to use real property not owned by the Company.

The Company tests for possible impairment of other intangible assets whenever events and circumstances indicate that they might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amounts of those assets. When specific assets are determined to be unrecoverable, the cost basis of the asset is reduced to reflect the current fair market value.

Goodwill

At least annually, the Company performs its impairment test for each reporting unit’s goodwill. In 2012, the Company used a discounted cash flow model to determine if the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, is less than the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company identified its reporting units in accordance with ASC 350-20-55. The U.S. radio markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit and the Company’s U.S. outdoor advertising markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit for purposes of the goodwill impairment test. The Company also determined that within its Americas outdoor segment, Canada constitutes a separate reporting unit and each country in its International outdoor segment constitutes a separate reporting unit. The Company had no impairment of goodwill for 2012.

In 2011, the Company utilized the option to assess qualitative factors under ASC 350-20-35 to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting units was less than their carrying amounts, including goodwill. If, after the qualitative approach, further testing is required, the Company used a discounted cash flow model to determine if the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, was less than the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $1.1 million to reduce goodwill in one country within its International outdoor segment for 2011. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test during 2010, and recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $2.1 million related to a specific reporting unit in its International outdoor segment. See Note 2 for further discussion.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Nonconsolidated Affiliates

In general, investments in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over the investee are accounted for under the equity method. The Company does not recognize gains or losses upon the issuance of securities by any of its equity method investees. The Company reviews the value of equity method investments and records impairment charges in the statement of operations as a component of “Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates” for any decline in value that is determined to be other-than-temporary.

For 2010, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $8.3 million related to certain equity investments in its International outdoor segment.

Other Investments

Other investments are composed primarily of equity securities. These securities are classified as available-for-sale or trading and are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices. Securities are carried at historical value when quoted market prices are unavailable. The net unrealized gains or losses on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, are reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a component of member’s deficit. In addition, the Company holds investments that do not have quoted market prices. The Company periodically assesses the value of available-for-sale and non-marketable securities and records impairment charges in the statement of comprehensive loss for any decline in value that is determined to be other-than-temporary. The average cost method is used to compute the realized gains and losses on sales of equity securities.

The Company periodically assesses the value of its available-for-sale securities. Based on these assessments, the Company concluded that other-than-temporary impairments existed at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and recorded non-cash impairment charges of $4.6 million, $4.8 million and $6.5 million, respectively, during each of these years. Such charges are recorded on the statement of operations in “Loss on marketable securities”.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The provisions of ASC 815-10 require the Company to recognize its interest rate swap agreement as either an asset or liability in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship, and further, on the type of hedging relationship. The interest rate swap is designated and qualifies as a hedging instrument, and is characterized as a cash flow hedge. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company formally assesses, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting.

Financial Instruments

Due to their short maturity, the carrying amounts of accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and short-term borrowings approximated their fair values at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances if the Company believes it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire asset will not be realized. As all earnings from the Company’s foreign operations are permanently reinvested and not distributed, the Company’s income tax provision does not include additional U.S. taxes on foreign operations. It is not practical to determine the amount of Federal income taxes, if any, that might become due in the event that the earnings were distributed.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

CCME revenue is recognized as advertisements or programs are broadcast and is generally billed monthly. Outdoor advertising contracts typically cover periods of a few weeks up to one year and are generally billed monthly. Revenue for outdoor advertising space rental is recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Advertising revenue is reported net of agency commissions. Agency commissions are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing revenue for the Company’s media and entertainment and outdoor operations. Payments received in advance of being earned are recorded as deferred income. Revenue arrangements typically contain multiple products and services and revenues are allocated based on the relative fair value of each delivered item and recognized in accordance with the applicable revenue recognition criteria for the specific unit of accounting.

Barter transactions represent the exchange of advertising spots or display space for merchandise or services. These transactions are recorded at the estimated fair market value of the advertising spots or display space or the fair value of the merchandise or services received, whichever is most readily determinable. Revenue is recognized on barter and trade transactions when the advertisements are broadcasted or displayed. Expenses are recorded ratably over a period that estimates when the merchandise or service received is utilized, or when the event occurs. Barter and trade revenues and expenses from continuing operations are included in consolidated revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively. Barter and trade revenues and expenses from continuing operations were as follows:

 

(In millions)                             Years Ended December 31,                                         
        

            2012           

       

            2011         

       

             2010            

 

Barter and trade revenues

  $                     56.5              $                     61.2              $                     67.0           

Barter and trade expenses

      58.8                  63.4                            66.4           

Advertising Expense

The Company records advertising expense as it is incurred. Advertising expenses were $113.4 million, $92.2 million and $82.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation

Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10, share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. For awards that vest based on service conditions, this cost is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For awards that will vest based on market or performance conditions, this cost will be recognized when it becomes probable that the performance conditions will be satisfied. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors.

The Company does not have any equity incentive plans under which it grants stock awards to employees. Employees of subsidiaries of the Company receive equity awards from CCMH’s equity incentive plan or CCOH’s equity incentive plan. Prior to the merger, Clear Channel granted equity awards to its employees under its own equity incentive plans.

Foreign Currency

Results of operations for foreign subsidiaries and foreign equity investees are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates during the year. The assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries and investees are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The related translation adjustments are recorded in a separate component of shareholders’ equity, “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)”. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in operations.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. Under the revised guidance, entities testing goodwill for impairment have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit (i.e., step 1 of the goodwill impairment test). If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would be required. The ASU does not change how goodwill is calculated or assigned to reporting units, nor does it revise the requirement to test goodwill annually for impairment. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill

 

F-36


Table of Contents

impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted the provisions of this ASU as of October 1, 2011 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations. However, for its annual impairment test as of October 1, 2012, the Company elected to perform a quantitative assessment and applied the two-step impairment test.

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (ASC 210). Under the ASU, new disclosures will be required for recognized financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either offset on the balance sheet in accordance with the offsetting guidance in ASC 210-20-45 or ASC 815-10-45, or are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, regardless of whether they are offset in accordance with the offsetting guidance. The disclosure requirements will be effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and are to be applied retrospectively. The Company does not expect the provisions of ASU 2011-11 to have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. The ASU gives entities the option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If an entity determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of such an asset exceeds its carrying amount, it would not need to calculate the fair value of the asset in that year. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, it must calculate the fair value of the asset, compare that value with its carrying amount and record an impairment charge, if any. The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The Company did not early adopt the provisions of this ASU during 2012 in connection with its annual impairment test for indefinite-lived intangibles. The Company does not expect the provisions of ASU 2012-02 to have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

NOTE 2 – Property, plant and equipment, INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Acquisitions

During 2012, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company completed the acquisition of WOR-AM in New York City for $30.0 million and WFNX-FM in Boston for $14.5 million. These acquisitions resulted in an aggregate increase of $5.3 million to property plant and equipment, $15.2 million to intangible assets and $24.7 million to goodwill, in addition to $0.7 million of assumed liabilities.

During 2011, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company purchased a complementary traffic operation to its existing traffic business for $24.3 million. Immediately after closing, the acquired subsidiaries repaid pre-existing, intercompany debt owed in the amount of $95.0 million. The acquisition resulted in an increase of $17.2 million to property, plant and equipment, $35.0 million to intangible assets and $70.6 million to goodwill. During 2011, a subsidiary of the Company also acquired Brouwer& Partners, a street furniture business in Holland, for $12.5 million.

Property, Plant and Equipment

The Company’s property, plant and equipment consisted of the following classes of assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

(In thousands)                     December 31,       
2012
                   December 31,      
2011
 

Land, buildings and improvements

      $       685,431                  $     657,346         

Structures

          2,949,458                    2,783,434         

Towers, transmitters and studio equipment

          427,679                    400,832         

Furniture and other equipment

          431,757                    365,137         

Construction in progress

          105,394                    68,658         
 

 

   

 

 
          4,599,719                    4,275,407         

Less: accumulated depreciation

          1,562,865                    1,212,080         
       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

      $       3,036,854                  $     3,063,327         
       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The Company impaired outdoor advertising structures in its Americas outdoor segment by $1.7 million and $4.0 million during 2012 and 2010, respectively.

Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of FCC broadcast licenses and billboard permits. FCC broadcast licenses are granted to radio stations for up to eight years under the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “Act”). The Act requires the FCC to renew a broadcast license if the FCC finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity, there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act of 1934 or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee, and there have been no other serious violations which taken together constitute a pattern of abuse. The licenses may be renewed indefinitely at little or no cost. The Company does not believe that the technology of wireless broadcasting will be replaced in the foreseeable future.

The Company’s billboard permits are granted for the right to operate an advertising structure at the specified location as long as the structure is in compliance with the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction. The Company’s permits are located on owned land, leased land or land for which we have acquired permanent easements. In cases where the Company’s permits are located on leased land, the leases typically have initial terms of between 10 and 20 years and renew indefinitely, with rental payments generally escalating at an inflation-based index. If the Company loses its lease, the Company will typically obtain permission to relocate the permit or bank it with the municipality for future use. Due to significant differences in both business practices and regulations, billboards in the International outdoor segment are subject to long-term, finite contracts unlike the Company’s permits in the United States and Canada. Accordingly, there are no indefinite-lived intangible assets in the International outdoor segment.

The impairment tests for indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of a comparison between the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset at the market level with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to that excess. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the indefinite-lived asset is its new accounting basis. The fair value of the indefinite-lived asset is determined using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the fair value of the indefinite-lived assets is calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial, a third-party valuation firm, to assist it in the development of the assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets.

The application of the direct valuation method attempts to isolate the income that is properly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible asset alone (that is, apart from tangible and identified intangible assets and goodwill). It is based upon modeling a hypothetical “greenfield” build-up to a “normalized” enterprise that, by design, lacks inherent goodwill and whose only other assets have essentially been paid for (or added) as part of the build-up process. The Company forecasts revenue, expenses, and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of its markets in its application of the direct valuation method. The Company also calculates a “normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each market. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the licenses in each market.

Under the direct valuation method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically develops indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flow model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.

The key assumptions using the direct valuation method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average FCC license or billboard permit within a market.

Annual Impairment Test to FCC Licenses and Billboard Permits

The Company performs its annual impairment test on October 1 of each year.

During 2012, the Company recognized a $35.9 million impairment charge related to billboard permits in certain markets due to a change in the Company’s forecast of revenue growth within the markets. During 2011, the Company recognized a $6.5 million impairment charge related to billboard permits in one market due to significant declines in permit value resulting from flat revenues, a

 

F-38


Table of Contents

slight decline in margin and increased capital expenditures within the market. There was no impairment of FCC licenses during 2012 or 2011. During 2010, although the aggregate fair values of FCC licenses and billboard permits increased, certain markets experienced continuing declines. As a result, impairment charges were recorded in 2010 for FCC licenses and billboard permits of $0.5 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets include definite-lived intangible assets and permanent easements. The Company’s definite-lived intangible assets include primarily transit and street furniture contracts, talent and representation contracts, customer and advertiser relationships, and site-leases, all of which are amortized over the respective lives of the agreements, or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows. Permanent easements are indefinite-lived intangible assets which include certain rights to use real property not owned by the Company. There were no impairments of other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The Company impaired certain definite-lived intangible assets primarily related to a talent contract in its CCME segment by $3.9 million in 2010.

The following table presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of other intangible assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

 

(In thousands)       December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
          Gross Carrying  
Amount
        Accumulated
   Amortization    
          Gross Carrying  
Amount
        Accumulated
  Amortization  
 
Transit, street furniture and other outdoor contractual rights       $  785,303        $     (403,955)       $     773,238          $     (329,563)   

Customer / advertiser relationships

      1,210,245             (526,197)           1,210,269            (409,794)   

Talent contracts

      344,255             (177,527)           347,489            (139,154)   

Representation contracts

      243,970             (171,069)           237,451            (137,058)   

Permanent easements

      173,374             -            171,918              

Other

      387,973             (125,580)           389,060            (96,096)   
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total

  $     3,145,120         $     (1,404,328)      $     3,129,425            $     (1,111,665
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets was $300.0 million, $328.3 million and $332.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future, amortization expense may vary. The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years for definite-lived intangible assets:

 

(In thousands)       

2013

   $       283,942   

2014

     264,221   

2015

     239,211   

2016

     223,293   

2017

     196,681   

Annual Impairment Test to Goodwill

The Company performs its annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. Each of the Company’s U.S. radio markets and outdoor advertising markets are components. The U.S. radio markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit and the U.S. outdoor advertising markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit for purposes of the goodwill impairment test using the guidance in ASC 350-20-55. The Company also determined that within its Americas outdoor segment, Canada constitutes a separate reporting unit and each country in its International outdoor segment constitutes a separate reporting unit.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first step, used to screen for potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If applicable, the second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.

Each of the Company’s reporting units is valued using a discounted cash flow model which requires estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the reporting unit, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values were also estimated and discounted to their present value. Assessing the recoverability of goodwill requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates based on its budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. The Company recognized no goodwill impairment for the year ended December 31, 2012.

In 2011, the Company utilized the option to assess qualitative factors under ASC 350-20-35 to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting units was less than their carrying amounts, including goodwill. Based on a qualitative assessment, the Company concluded that no further testing of goodwill for impairment was required for its CCME reporting unit and for all of the reporting units within its Americas outdoor segment. Further testing was required for four of the countries within its International outdoor segment.

If further testing of goodwill for impairment is required after assessing qualitative factors, the Company follows the two-step impairment testing approach in accordance with ASC 350-20-35. The first step, used to screen for potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If applicable, the second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge to goodwill of $1.1 million due to a decline in the fair value of one country within the Company’s International outdoor segment.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company performed a quantitative assessment as of October 1, 2010 and recognized a non-cash impairment charge to goodwill of $2.1 million due to a decline in fair value in one country within the Company’s International outdoor segment.

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reportable segments. The provisions of ASC 350-20-50-1 require the disclosure of cumulative impairment. As a result of the merger, a new basis in goodwill was recorded in accordance with ASC 805-10. All impairments shown in the table below have been recorded subsequent to the merger and, therefore, do not include any pre-merger impairment.

 

(In thousands)                 CCME                 

Americas
Outdoor
 Advertising 

            

International
Outdoor
 Advertising 

                 Other                 

 Consolidated 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    $      3,140,198        $      571,932        $      290,310        $      116,886           $ 4,119,326   

Impairment

         -             -             (1,146)             -             (1,146)   

Acquisitions

         82,844             -             2,995             212             86,051   

Dispositions

         (10,542)             -             -             -             (10,542)   

Foreign currency

         -             -             (6,898)             -             (6,898)   

Other

         (73)             -             -             -             (73)   
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    $      3,212,427        $      571,932        $      285,261        $      117,098           $       4,186,718   

Acquisitions

         24,842             -             -             51             24,893   

Dispositions

         (489)             -             (2,729)             -             (3,218)   

Foreign currency

         -             -             7,784             -             7,784   

Other

         (92)             -             -             -             (92)   
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    $      3,236,688        $      571,932        $      290,316        $      117,149           $ 4,216,085   
      

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

The balance at December 31, 2010 is net of cumulative impairments of $3.5 billion, $2.6 billion, $314.8 million and $212.0 million in the Company’s CCME, Americas outdoor, International outdoor and Other segments, respectively.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – INVESTMENTS

The Company’s most significant investments in nonconsolidated affiliates are listed below:

Australian Radio Network

The Company owns a fifty-percent (50%) interest in Australian Radio Network (“ARN”), an Australian company that owns and operates radio stations in Australia and New Zealand.

Summarized Financial Information

The following table summarizes the Company’s investments in nonconsolidated affiliates:

 

(In thousands)                 ARN                     All
      Others      
                  Total         

Balance at December 31, 2010

    $     342,785        $          14,966        $     357,751   

Cash advances (repayments)

        -            (929)            (929)   

Dispositions of investments, net

        -            (6,316)            (6,316)   

Equity in earnings

        20,958            6,000            26,958   

Foreign currency transaction adjustment

        (153)            -            (153)   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

        (1,125)            290            (835)   

Distributions received

        (15,088)            (1,701)            (16,789)   

Other

        -            -            -   
 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    $     347,377        $          12,310        $     359,687   

Cash advances (repayments)

        (8,758)            3,082            (5,676)   

Acquisitions of investments, net

        -            2,704            2,704   

Equity in earnings (loss)

        18,621            (64)            18,557   

Foreign currency transaction adjustment

        (1,189)            -            (1,189)   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

        8,085            (10)            8,075   

Distributions received

        (11,074)            (642)            (11,716)   

Other

        -            470            470   
 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    $     353,062        $          17,850        $     370,912   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

The investments in the table above are not consolidated, but are accounted for under the equity method of accounting, whereby the Company records its investments in these entities in the balance sheet as “Other assets.” The Company’s interests in their operations are recorded in the statement of comprehensive loss as “Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates.”

NOTE 4 – ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATION

The Company’s asset retirement obligation is reported in “Other long-term liabilities” with the current portion recorded in “Accrued liabilities” and relates to its obligation to dismantle and remove outdoor advertising displays from leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition upon the termination or non-renewal of a lease. When the liability is recorded, the cost is capitalized as part of the related long-lived assets’ carrying value. Due to the high rate of lease renewals over a long period of time, the calculation assumes that all related assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. An estimate of third-party cost information is used with respect to the dismantling of the structures and the reclamation of the site. The interest rate used to calculate the present value of such costs over the retirement period is based on an estimated risk adjusted credit rate for the same period.

The following table presents the activity related to the Company’s asset retirement obligation:

 

(In thousands)             Years Ended December 31,        
                 2012                         2011         

Beginning balance

  $     51,295             $     52,099        

Adjustment due to change in estimate of related costs

      3,570                 (3,174)       

Accretion of liability

      4,920                 5,001        

Liabilities settled

      (2,936)                (2,631)       
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $     56,849                 $         51,295        
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

(In thousands)          December 31, 
2012
             December 31,   
2011
 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities:

         

Term Loan A Facility Due 2014

   $     846,890           $     1,087,090         

Term Loan B Facility Due 2016

       7,714,843               8,735,912         

Term Loan C - Asset Sale Facility Due 2016 (1)

       513,732               670,845         

Revolving Credit Facility Due 2014

       -               1,325,550         

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facilities Due 2016

       -               976,776         

Receivables Based Facility Due 2014

       -               -         

Priority Guarantee Notes Due 2019

       1,999,815               -         

Priority Guarantee Notes Due 2021

       1,750,000               1,750,000         

Other Secured Subsidiary Debt

       25,507               30,976         
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Consolidated Secured Debt

       12,850,787               14,577,149         

Senior Cash Pay Notes Due 2016

       796,250               796,250         

Senior Toggle Notes Due 2016

       829,831               829,831         

Clear Channel Senior Notes:

         

5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012

       -               249,851         

5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013

       312,109               312,109         

5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014

       461,455               461,455         

4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015

       250,000               250,000         

5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016

       250,000               250,000         

6.875% Senior Notes Due 2018

       175,000               175,000         

7.25% Senior Notes Due 2027

       300,000               300,000         

Subsidiary Senior Notes:

         

9.25 % Series A Senior Notes Due 2017

       -               500,000         

9.25 % Series B Senior Notes Due 2017

       -               2,000,000         

6.5 % Series A Senior Notes Due 2022

       735,750               -         

6.5 % Series B Senior Notes Due 2022

       1,989,250               -         

Subsidiary Senior Subordinated Notes:

         

7.625 % Series A Senior Notes Due 2020

       275,000               -         

7.625 % Series B Senior Notes Due 2020

       1,925,000               -         

Other Clear Channel Subsidiary Debt

       5,586               19,860         

Purchase accounting adjustments and original issue discount

       (408,921)              (514,336)        
    

 

 

      

 

 

 
       20,747,097               20,207,169         

Less: current portion

       381,728               268,638         
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $     20,365,369            $     19,938,531         
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) Term Loan C is subject to an amortization schedule with the final payment due 2016.

The Company’s weighted average interest rates at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were 6.7% and 6.2%, respectively. The aggregate market value of the Company’s debt based on market prices for which quotes were available was approximately $18.6 billion and $16.2 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Under the fair value hierarchy established by ASC 820-10-35, the market value of the Company’s debt is classified as Level 1.

The Company and its subsidiaries have from time to time repurchased certain debt obligations of Clear Channel and outstanding equity securities of CCMH and CCOH, and may in the future, as part of various financing and investment strategies, purchase

 

F-42


Table of Contents

additional outstanding indebtedness of Clear Channel or its subsidiaries or CCMH’s outstanding equity securities or outstanding equity securities of CCOH, in tender offers, open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The Company or its subsidiaries may also sell certain assets or properties and use the proceeds to reduce its indebtedness. These purchases or sales, if any, could have a material positive or negative impact on the Company’s liquidity available to repay outstanding debt obligations or on the Company’s consolidated results of operations. These transactions could also require or result in amendments to the agreements governing outstanding debt obligations or changes in the Company’s leverage or other financial ratios, which could have a material positive or negative impact on the Company’s ability to comply with the covenants contained in Clear Channel’s debt agreements. These transactions, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, the Company’s liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

As of December 31, 2012, Clear Channel had a total of $9,075.5 million outstanding under its senior secured credit facilities, consisting of:

 

   an $846.9 million term loan A facility which matures in July 2014;
   a $7,714.9 million term loan B facility which matures in January 2016; and
   a $513.7 million term loan C—asset sale facility, subject to reduction as described below, which matures in January 2016.

Clear Channel may raise incremental term loans of up to (a) $1.5 billion, plus (b) the excess, if any, of (x) 0.65 times pro forma consolidated EBITDA (as calculated in the manner provided in the senior secured credit facilities documentation), over (y) $1.5 billion, plus (c) the aggregate amount of certain principal prepayments made in respect of the term loans under the senior secured credit facilities. Availability of such incremental term loans is subject, among other things, to the absence of any default, pro forma compliance with the financial covenant and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.

Clear Channel is the primary borrower under the senior secured credit facilities, except that certain of its domestic restricted subsidiaries are co-borrowers under a portion of the term loan facilities.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at Clear Channel’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent or (B) the Federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.

The margin percentages applicable to the term loan facilities are the following percentages per annum:

 

   with respect to loans under the term loan A facility, (i) 2.40% in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.40% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans; and
   with respect to loans under the term loan B facility, term loan C—asset sale facility, (i) 2.65%, in the case of base rate loans and (ii) 3.65%, in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans.

The margin percentages are subject to adjustment based upon Clear Channel’s leverage ratio.

Prepayments

The senior secured credit facilities require Clear Channel to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

   50% (which percentage may be reduced to 25% and to 0% based upon Clear Channel’s leverage ratio) of Clear Channel’s annual excess cash flow (as calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facilities), less any voluntary prepayments of term loans and subject to customary credits;
   100% of the net cash proceeds of sales or other dispositions of specified assets being marketed for sale (including casualty and condemnation events), subject to certain exceptions;

 

F-43


Table of Contents
   100% (which percentage may be reduced to 75% and 50% based upon Clear Channel’s leverage ratio) of the net cash proceeds of sales or other dispositions by Clear Channel or its wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries of assets other than specified assets being marketed for sale, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions;
   100% of the net cash proceeds of (i) any incurrence of certain debt, other than debt permitted under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities. (ii) certain securitization financing and (iii) certain issuances of Permitted Additional Notes (as defined in the senior secured credit facilities) and (iv) certain issuances of Permitted Unsecured Notes and Permitted Senior Secured Notes (as defined in the senior secured credit facilities); and
   Net Cash Proceeds received by Clear Channel as dividends or distributions from indebtedness incurred at CCOH provided that the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of CCOH is no greater than 7.00 to 1.00.

The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of certain debt, other than debt permitted under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities, certain securitization financing, issuances of Permitted Additional Notes and annual excess cash flow will be applied, at Clear Channel’s option, to the term loans (on a pro rata basis, other than that non-extended classes of term loans may be prepaid prior to any corresponding extended class), in each case (i) first to the term loans other than the term loan C—asset sale facility loans (on a pro rata basis) and (ii) second to the term loan C—asset sale facility loans, in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity. The foregoing prepayments with net cash proceeds of issuances of Permitted Unsecured Notes and Permitted Senior Secured Notes and Net Cash Proceeds received by Clear Channel as a distribution from indebtedness incurred by CCOH will be applied (i) to the term loan A in a manner determined by Clear Channel, and (ii) to the term loans (on a pro rata basis), in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity. The foregoing prepayments with the net cash proceeds of the sale of assets (including casualty and condemnation events) will be applied (i) first to the term loan C—asset sale facility loans and (ii) second to the other term loans (on a pro rata basis), in each case to the remaining installments thereof in direct order of maturity.

Clear Channel may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency rate loans.

Amendments

During the fourth quarter of 2012, Clear Channel amended the terms of its senior secured credit facilities (the “Amendments”). The Amendments, among other things: (i) permit exchange offers of term loans for new debt securities in an aggregate principal amount of up to $5.0 billion (including the $2.0 billion issued as described under “Refinancing Transactions” below); (ii) provide Clear Channel with greater flexibility to prepay tranche A term loans; (iii) following the repayment or extension of all tranche A term loans, permit below par non-pro rata purchases of term loans pursuant to customary Dutch auction procedures whereby all lenders of the class of term loans offered to be purchased will be offered an opportunity to participate; (iv) following the repayment or extension of all tranche A term loans, permit the repurchase of junior debt maturing before January 2016 with cash on hand in an amount not to exceed $200.0 million; (v) combine the term loan B, the delayed draw term loan 1 and the delayed draw term loan 2 under the senior secured credit facilities; (vi) preserve revolving credit facility capacity in the event Clear Channel repays all amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility; and (vii) eliminate certain restrictions on the ability of CCOH and its subsidiaries to incur debt. On October 31, 2012, Clear Channel repaid and permanently cancelled the commitments under its revolving credit facility, which was set to mature July 2014.

Collateral and Guarantees

The senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by Clear Channel and each of Clear Channel’s existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to permitted liens, including prior liens permitted by the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes, and other exceptions, by:

 

   a lien on the capital stock of Clear Channel;
   100% of the capital stock of any future material wholly-owned domestic license subsidiary that is not a “Restricted Subsidiary” under the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes;
   certain assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes);
   certain specified assets of Clear Channel and the guarantors that constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes) securing obligations under the senior secured credit facilities up to the maximum amount permitted to be secured by such assets without requiring equal and ratable security under the indenture governing the Clear Channel senior notes; and
   a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing Clear Channel’s receivables based credit facility that is junior to the lien securing Clear Channel’s obligations under such credit facility.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The senior secured credit facilities require Clear Channel to comply on a quarterly basis with a financial covenant limiting the ratio of consolidated secured debt, net of cash and cash equivalents, to consolidated EBITDA for the preceding four quarters. Clear Channel’s secured debt consists of the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables-based credit facility, the priority guarantee notes and certain other secured subsidiary debt. Clear Channel’s consolidated EBITDA for the preceding four quarters of $2.0 billion is calculated as operating income (loss) before depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and other operating income (expense) – net, plus non-cash compensation, and is further adjusted for the following items: (i) an increase of $80.2 million related to costs incurred in connection with the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, consulting fees and other permitted activities; (ii) an increase of $51.0 million for non-recurring or unusual gains or losses; (iii) an increase of $45.5 million for non-cash items; (iv) an increase of $18.5 million for various other items; and (v) an increase of $20.1 million for cash received from nonconsolidated affiliates. The maximum ratio under this financial covenant is currently set at 9.5:1 and reduces to 9.25:1, 9:1 and 8.75:1 for the quarters ended June 30, 2013, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2012, the ratio was 5.9:1.

In addition, the senior secured credit facilities include negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit Clear Channel’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   incur additional indebtedness;
   create liens on assets;
   engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;
   sell assets;
   pay dividends and distributions or repurchase Clear Channel’s capital stock;
   make investments, loans, or advances;
   prepay certain junior indebtedness;
   engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
   amend material agreements governing certain junior indebtedness; and
   change lines of business.

The senior secured credit facilities include certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, the invalidity of material provisions of the senior secured credit facilities documentation, the failure of collateral under the security documents for the senior secured credit facilities, the failure of the senior secured credit facilities to be senior debt under the subordination provisions of certain of Clear Channel’s subordinated debt and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the senior secured credit facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Receivables Based Credit Facility

As of December 31, 2012, Clear Channel had no borrowings outstanding under Clear Channel’s receivables based credit facility. On June 8, 2011, Clear Channel made a voluntary paydown of all amounts outstanding under this facility using cash on hand. Clear Channel’s voluntary paydown did not reduce its commitments under this facility and Clear Channel may reborrow under this facility at any time. The agreement was amended and restated on December 24, 2012.

The receivables based credit facility provides revolving credit commitments of $535.0 million, subject to a borrowing base. The borrowing base at any time equals 90% of the eligible accounts receivable of Clear Channel and certain of its subsidiaries. The receivables based credit facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility and a swingline loan sub-facility.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Clear Channel and certain subsidiary borrowers are the borrowers under the receivables based credit facility. Clear Channel has the ability to designate one or more of its restricted subsidiaries as borrowers under the receivables based credit facility. The receivables based credit facility loans and letters of credit are available in U.S. dollars.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the receivables based credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at Clear Channel’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the rate (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements for Eurocurrency liabilities) for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the receivables based credit facility is 1.75% with respect to Eurocurrency borrowings and 0.75% with respect to base-rate borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the receivables based credit facility ranges from 1.50% to 2.00% for Eurocurrency borrowings and from 0.50% to 1.00% for base-rate borrowings, depending on average excess availability under the receivables based credit facility during the prior fiscal quarter.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the receivables based credit facility, Clear Channel is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the receivables based credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The initial commitment fee rate is 0.375% per annum. The commitment fee rate will be reduced to 0.25% per annum at any time when the average daily unused commitments for the prior quarter is less than 50% of total commitments. Clear Channel must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

Maturity

Borrowings under the receivables based credit facility will mature, and lending commitments thereunder will terminate, on the fifth anniversary of the effectiveness of the receivables based credit facility (December 24, 2017), provided that, (a) the maturity date will be October 31, 2015 if on October 30, 2015, greater than $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount is owing under certain of Clear Channel’s term loan credit facilities, (b) the maturity date will be May 3, 2016 if on May 2, 2016 greater than $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Clear Channel’s 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 and 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016 are outstanding and (c) in the case of any debt under clauses (a) and (b) that is amended or refinanced in any manner that extends the maturity date of such debt to a date that is on or before the date that is five years after the effectiveness of the receivables based credit facility, the maturity date will be one day prior to the maturity date of such debt after giving effect to such amendment or refinancing if greater than $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of such debt is outstanding.

Prepayments

If at any time the sum of the outstanding amounts under the receivables based credit facility exceeds the lesser of (i) the borrowing base and (ii) the aggregate commitments under the facility, Clear Channel will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. Clear Channel may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the receivables based credit facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency rate loans. Any voluntary prepayments Clear Channel makes will not reduce its commitments under the receivables based credit facility.

Guarantees and Security

The facility is guaranteed by, subject to certain exceptions, the guarantors of Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities. All obligations under the receivables based credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by a perfected security interest in all of Clear Channel’s and all of the guarantors’ accounts receivable and related assets and proceeds thereof that is senior to the security interest of Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities in such accounts receivable and related assets and proceeds thereof, subject to permitted liens, including prior liens permitted by the indenture governing certain of Clear Channel’s senior notes (the “legacy notes”), and certain exceptions.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

If borrowing availability is less than the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 10% of the aggregate commitments under the receivables based credit facility, in each case, for five consecutive business days (a “Liquidity Event”), Clear Channel will be required to comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 for fiscal quarters ending on or after the occurrence of the

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Liquidity Event, and will be continued to comply with this minimum fixed charge coverage ratio until borrowing availability exceeds the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 10% of the aggregate commitments under the receivables based credit facility, in each case, for 30 consecutive calendar days, at which time the Liquidity Event shall no longer be deemed to be occurring. In addition, the receivables based credit facility includes negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit Clear Channel’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   incur additional indebtedness;
   create liens on assets;
   engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;
   sell assets;
   pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;
   make investments, loans, or advances;
   prepay certain junior indebtedness;
   engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
   amend material agreements governing certain junior indebtedness; and
   change lines of business.

The receivables based credit facility includes certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the receivables based credit facility will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under Clear Channel’s receivables based credit facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Priority Guarantee Notes Due 2019

As of December 31, 2012, Clear Channel had outstanding $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2019 (the “Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019”).

The Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 mature on December 15, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 9.0% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2013. The Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 are Clear Channel’s senior obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture. The Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 and the guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees are secured by (i) a lien on (a) the capital stock of Clear Channel and (b) certain property and related assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing certain legacy notes of Clear Channel), in each case equal in priority to the liens securing the obligations under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities and Clear Channel’s priority guarantee notes due 2021, subject to certain exceptions, and (ii) a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing Clear Channel’s receivables based credit facility junior in priority to the lien securing Clear Channel’s obligations thereunder, subject to certain exceptions. In addition to the collateral granted to secure the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019, the collateral agent and the trustee for the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 entered into an agreement with the administrative agent for the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities to turn over to the trustee under the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019, for the benefit of the holders of the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019, a pro rata share of any recovery received on account of the principal properties, subject to certain terms and conditions.

Clear Channel may redeem the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 at its option, in whole or part, at any time prior to July 15, 2015, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and plus an applicable premium. Clear Channel may redeem the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019, in whole or in part, on or after July 15, 2015, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Prior to July 15, 2015, Clear Channel may elect to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 at a redemption price equal to 109.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings.

The indenture governing the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 contains covenants that limit Clear Channel’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) modify any of Clear Channel’s existing senior notes; (iv) transfer or sell assets; (v) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries;

 

F-47


Table of Contents

and (vii) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of Clear Channel’s assets. The indenture contains covenants that limit the Company’s and Clear Channel’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create liens on assets and (ii) materially impair the value of the security interests taken with respect to the collateral for the benefit of the notes collateral agent and the holders of the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.

Priority Guarantee Notes Due 2021

As of December 31, 2012, Clear Channel had outstanding $1.75 billion aggregate principal amount of 9.0% priority guarantee notes due 2021 (the “Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021”).

The Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 mature on March 1, 2021 and bear interest at a rate of 9.0% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, which began on September 1, 2011. The Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 are Clear Channel’s senior obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by the guarantors named in the indenture. The Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and the guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees are secured by (i) a lien on (a) the capital stock of Clear Channel and (b) certain property and related assets that do not constitute “principal property” (as defined in the indenture governing certain legacy notes of Clear Channel), in each case equal in priority to the liens securing the obligations under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities and the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019, subject to certain exceptions, and (ii) a lien on the accounts receivable and related assets securing Clear Channel’s receivables based credit facility junior in priority to the lien securing Clear Channel’s obligations thereunder, subject to certain exceptions.

Clear Channel may redeem the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 at its option, in whole or part, at any time prior to March 1, 2016, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and plus an applicable premium. Clear Channel may redeem the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021, in whole or in part, on or after March 1, 2016, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before March 1, 2014, Clear Channel may elect to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 at a redemption price equal to 109.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings.

The indenture governing the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 contains covenants that limit Clear Channel’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or investments; (ii) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (iii) modify any of Clear Channel’s existing senior notes; (iv) transfer or sell assets; (v) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries; and (vii) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of Clear Channel’s assets. The indenture contains covenants that limit the Company’s and Clear Channel’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create liens on assets and (ii) materially impair the value of the security interests taken with respect to the collateral for the benefit of the notes collateral agent and the holders of the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.

Senior Cash Pay Notes and Senior Toggle Notes

As of December 31, 2012, Clear Channel had outstanding $796.3 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior cash pay notes due 2016 and $829.8 million aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% senior toggle notes due 2016.

The senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes are unsecured and are guaranteed by the Company and each of Clear Channel’s existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The senior toggle notes mature on August 1, 2016 and may require a special redemption of up to $30.0 million on August 1, 2015. Clear Channel may elect on each interest election date to pay all or 50% of such interest on the senior toggle notes in cash or by increasing the principal amount of the senior toggle notes or by issuing new senior toggle notes (such increase or issuance, “PIK Interest”). Interest on the senior toggle notes payable in cash will accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum and PIK Interest will accrue at a rate of 11.75% per annum.

Prior to August 1, 2012, Clear Channel was able to redeem some or all of the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date and an applicable premium, as described in the indenture governing such notes. Since August 1, 2012, Clear Channel may redeem some or all of the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing such notes. If Clear Channel undergoes a change of control, sells certain its assets, or issues certain debt, it may be required to offer to purchase the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes from holders.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes are senior unsecured debt and rank equal in right of payment with all of Clear Channel’s existing and future senior debt. Guarantors of obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables based credit facility, the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 guarantee the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes with unconditional guarantees that are unsecured and equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of such guarantors, except that the guarantees are subordinated in right of payment only to the guarantees of obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, the receivables based credit facility, the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In addition, the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes and the guarantees are structurally senior to the Clear Channel senior notes and existing and future debt to the extent that such debt is not guaranteed by the guarantors of the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes. The senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to Clear Channel’s existing and future secured debt and that of the guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and are structurally subordinated to all obligations of subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes.

On July 16, 2010, Clear Channel made the election to pay interest on the senior toggle notes entirely in cash, effective for the interest period commencing August 1, 2010. Assuming the cash interest election remains in effect for the remaining term of the notes, Clear Channel will be contractually obligated to make a payment to bondholders of $57.4 million on August 1, 2013.

Clear Channel Senior Notes

As of December 31, 2012, Clear Channel’s senior notes represented approximately $1.7 billion of aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding.

The senior notes were the obligations of Clear Channel prior to the merger. The senior notes are senior, unsecured obligations that are effectively subordinated to Clear Channel’s secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of Clear Channel’s assets securing such indebtedness and are not guaranteed by any of Clear Channel’s subsidiaries and, as a result, are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities of Clear Channel’s subsidiaries. The senior notes rank equally in right of payment with all of Clear Channel’s existing and future senior indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The senior notes are not guaranteed by Clear Channel’s subsidiaries.

CCWH Senior Notes

During the fourth quarter of 2012, CCWH issued $2.7 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes, which consisted of $735.8 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Series A CCWH Senior Notes”) and $1,989.25 million aggregate principal amount of Series B CCWH Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Series B CCWH Senior Notes” and, together with the Series A CCWH Senior Notes, the “CCWH Senior Notes”). The CCWH Senior Notes are guaranteed by CCOH, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (“CCOI”) and certain of CCOH’s direct and indirect subsidiaries. The proceeds from the issuance of the CCWH Senior Notes were used to fund the repurchase of CCWH’s Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and CCWH’s Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “Existing CCWH Senior Notes”).

The Company capitalized $30.0 million in fees and expenses associated with the CCWH Senior Notes offering and an original issue discount of $7.4 million. The Company is amortizing the capitalized fees and discount through interest expense over the life of the CCWH Senior Notes.

The CCWH Senior Notes are senior obligations that rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of CCWH and the guarantees of the CCWH Senior Notes rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the guarantors. Interest on the CCWH Senior Notes is payable to the trustee weekly in arrears and to the noteholders on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2013.

At any time prior to November 15, 2017, CCWH may redeem the CCWH Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the CCWH Senior Notes plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. CCWH may redeem the CCWH Senior Notes, in whole or in part, on or after November 15, 2017, at the redemption prices set forth in the applicable indenture governing the CCWH Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before November 15, 2015, CCWH may elect to redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the CCWH Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 106.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings, subject to certain restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither CCOH nor any of its subsidiaries is permitted to make any purchase of, or

 

F-49


Table of Contents

otherwise effectively cancel or retire any Series A CCWH Senior Notes or Series B CCWH Senior Notes if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other addition with respect to any Series B CCWH Senior Notes or Series A CCWH Senior Notes, as applicable, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A CCWH Senior Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B CCWH Senior Notes shall be greater than 0.25, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Senior Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than Clear Channel and its subsidiaries (other than CCOH) or issue certain preferred stock;
   create liens on its restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure such debt;
   create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the CCWH Senior Notes;
   enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
   merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; and
   sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries, to persons other than Clear Channel and its subsidiaries (other than CCOH).

In addition, the indenture governing the Series A CCWH Senior Notes provides that if CCWH (i) makes an optional redemption of the Series B CCWH Senior Notes or purchases or makes an offer to purchase the Series B CCWH Senior Notes at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption or purchase a pro rata amount of the Series A CCWH Senior Notes or (ii) makes an asset sale offer under the indenture governing the Series B CCWH Senior Notes, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an offer to purchase a pro rata amount of Series A CCWH Senior Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Senior Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.

The indenture governing the Series B CCWH Senior Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;
   redeem, repurchase or retire CCOH’s subordinated debt;
   make certain investments;
   create liens on its or its restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;
   create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to it from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the CCWH Senior Notes;
   enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
   merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;
   sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;
   designate its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and
   pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

The Series A CCWH Senior Notes indenture and Series B CCWH Senior Notes indenture restrict CCOH’s ability to incur additional indebtedness but permit CCOH to incur additional indebtedness based on an incurrence test. In order to incur (i) additional indebtedness under this test, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) must be lower than 7.0:1 and 5.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively, and (ii) additional indebtedness that is subordinated to the CCWH Senior Notes under this test, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) must not be lower than 7.0:1 for total debt. The indentures contain certain other exceptions that allow CCOH to incur additional indebtedness. The Series B CCWH Senior Notes indenture also permits CCOH to pay dividends from the proceeds of indebtedness or the proceeds from asset sales if its debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) are lower than 7.0:1 and 5.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. The Series A CCWH Senior Notes indenture does not limit CCOH’s ability to pay dividends. The Series B CCWH Senior Notes indenture contains certain exceptions that allow CCOH to pay dividends, including (i) $525.0 million of dividends made pursuant to general restricted payment baskets and (ii) dividends made using proceeds received upon a demand by CCOH of amounts outstanding under the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel to CCOH.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

CCWH Senior Subordinated Notes

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company’s indirect subsidiary, CCWH issued $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 (the “Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes”) and $1,925.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 (the “Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes, the “CCWH Subordinated Notes”). Interest on the CCWH Subordinated Notes is payable to the trustee weekly in arrears and to the noteholders on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2012.

The CCWH Subordinated Notes are CCWH’s senior subordinated obligations and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior subordinated basis by CCOH, CCOI and certain of CCOH’s other domestic subsidiaries. The CCWH Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations that rank junior to all of CCWH’s existing and future senior debt, including the CCWH Senior Notes, equally with any of CCWH’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and ahead of all of CCWH’s existing and future debt that expressly provides that it is subordinated to the CCWH Subordinated Notes. The guarantees of the CCWH Subordinated Notes rank junior to each guarantor’s existing and future senior debt, including the CCWH Senior Notes, equally with each guarantor’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and ahead of each guarantor’s existing and future debt that expressly provides that it is subordinated to the guarantees of the CCWH Subordinated Notes.

At any time prior to March 15, 2015, CCWH may redeem the CCWH Subordinated Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the CCWH Subordinated Notes plus a “make-whole” premium, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. CCWH may redeem the CCWH Subordinated Notes, in whole or in part, on or after March 15, 2015, at the redemption prices set forth in the applicable indenture governing the CCWH Subordinated Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or before March 15, 2015, CCWH may elect to redeem up to 40% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the CCWH Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to 107.625% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings, subject to certain restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither CCOH nor any of its subsidiaries is permitted to make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes or Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other addition with respect to any Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes or Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes, as applicable, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes shall be greater than 0.25, subject to certain exceptions.

The Company capitalized $40.0 million in fees and expenses associated with the CCWH Subordinated Notes offering and are amortizing them through interest expense over the life of the CCWH Subordinated Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than Clear Channel and its subsidiaries (other than CCOH) or issue certain preferred stock;
   create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;
   enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
   merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of CCOH’s assets; and
   sell certain assets, including capital stock of CCOH’s subsidiaries, to persons other than Clear Channel and its subsidiaries (other than CCOH).

In addition, the indenture governing the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes provides that if CCWH (i) makes an optional redemption of the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes or purchases or makes an offer to purchase the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption or purchase a pro rata amount of the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes or (ii) makes an asset sale offer under the indenture governing the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes, then CCWH shall apply a pro rata amount to make an offer to purchase a pro rata amount of Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

The indenture governing the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.

The indenture governing the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes contains covenants that limit CCOH and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;
   make certain investments;
   create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to CCOH from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;
   enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
   merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of CCOH’s assets;
   sell certain assets, including capital stock of CCOH’s subsidiaries;
   designate CCOH’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and
   pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

The Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture and Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture restrict CCOH’s ability to incur additional indebtedness but permit CCOH to incur additional indebtedness based on an incurrence test. In order to incur additional indebtedness under this test, CCOH’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) must be lower than 7.0:1. The indentures contain certain other exceptions that allow CCOH to incur additional indebtedness. The Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture also permits CCOH to pay dividends from the proceeds of indebtedness or the proceeds from asset sales if its debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indentures) is lower than 7.0:1. The Series A CCWH Senior Subordinated Notes indenture does not limit CCOH’s ability to pay dividends. The Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes indenture contains certain exceptions that allow CCOH to pay dividends, including (i) $525.0 million of dividends made pursuant to general restricted payment baskets and (ii) dividends made using proceeds received upon a demand by CCOH of amounts outstanding under the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel to CCOH.

With the proceeds of the CCWH Subordinated Notes (net of the initial purchasers’ discount of $33.0 million), CCWH loaned an aggregate amount equal to $2,167.0 million to CCOI. CCOI paid all other fees and expenses of the offering using cash on hand and, with the proceeds of the loans, made a special cash dividend to CCOH, which in turn made a special cash dividend on March 15, 2012 in an amount equal to $6.0832 per share to its Class A and Class B stockholders of record at the close of business on March 12, 2012, including Clear Channel Holdings, Inc. (“CC Holdings”) and CC Finco, LLC (“CC Finco”), both wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company. Of the $2,170.4 million special cash dividend paid by CCOH, an aggregate of $1,925.7 million was distributed to CC Holdings and CC Finco, with the remaining $244.7 million distributed to other stockholders. As a result, the Company recorded a reduction of $244.7 million in “Noncontrolling interest” on the consolidated balance sheet.

Refinancing Transactions

During the first quarter of 2011, Clear Channel amended its senior secured credit facilities and its receivables based credit facility and issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 (the “Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021”). The Company capitalized $39.5 million in fees and expenses associated with the offering of the Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and is amortizing them through interest expense over the life of the Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021.

Clear Channel used the proceeds of the Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 offering to prepay $500.0 million of the indebtedness outstanding under its senior secured credit facilities. The $500.0 million prepayment was allocated on a ratable basis between outstanding term loans and revolving credit commitments under Clear Channel’s revolving credit facility. The prepayment resulted in the accelerated expensing of $5.7 million of loan fees recorded in “Loss on extinguishment of debt”.

Clear Channel obtained, concurrent with the offering of the Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021, amendments to its credit agreements with respect to its senior secured credit facilities and its receivables based credit facility (revolving credit commitments under the receivables based facility were reduced from $783.5 million to $625.0 million), which were required as a condition to complete the offering. The amendments, among other things, permit Clear Channel to request future extensions of the maturities of its senior secured credit facilities, provide Clear Channel with greater flexibility in the use of its accordion capacity, provide Clear Channel with greater flexibility to incur new debt, provided that the proceeds from such new debt are used to pay down senior secured credit facility indebtedness, and provide greater flexibility for CCOH and its subsidiaries to incur new debt, provided that the net proceeds distributed to Clear Channel from the issuance of such new debt are used to pay down senior secured credit facility indebtedness.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

In June 2011, Clear Channel issued an additional $750.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 (the “Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021”) at an issue price of 93.845% of the principal amount of the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021. Interest on the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 accrued from February 23, 2011, and accrued interest was paid by the purchaser at the time of delivery of the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 on June 14, 2011. The Initial Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 have identical terms and are treated as a single class. Of the $703.8 million of proceeds from the issuance of the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 ($750.0 million aggregate principal amount net of $46.2 million of discount), Clear Channel used $500.0 million for general corporate purposes (to replenish cash on hand that Clear Channel previously used to pay senior notes at maturity on March 15, 2011 and May 15, 2011) and used the remaining $203.8 million to repay at maturity a portion of Clear Channel’s 5% senior notes that matured in March 2012.

The Company capitalized an additional $7.1 million in fees and expenses associated with the offering of the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021 and is amortizing them through interest expense over the life of the Additional Priority Guarantee Notes due 2021.

In March 2012, CCWH issued $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Series A CCWH Subordinated Notes and $1,925.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Series B CCWH Subordinated Notes and in connection therewith, CCOH distributed the CCOH Dividend of $6.0832 per share to its stockholders of record. Using CCOH Dividend proceeds distributed to the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, together with cash on hand, Clear Channel repaid $2,096.2 million of indebtedness under its senior secured credit facilities.

During the fourth quarter of 2012, Clear Channel exchanged $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of term loans under its senior secured credit facilities for a like principal amount of newly issued Clear Channel Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019. The exchange offer, which was offered to eligible existing lenders under Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities, was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company capitalized $11.9 million in fees and expenses associated with the offering and are amortizing them through interest expense over the life of the notes.

In November 2012, CCWH issued $735.75 million aggregate principal amount of the Series A CCWH Senior Notes, which were issued at an issue price of 99.0% of par, and $1,989.25 million aggregate principal amount of the Series B CCWH Senior Notes, which were issued at par. CCWH used the net proceeds from the offering of the CCWH Senior Notes, together with cash on hand, to fund the tender offer for and redemption of the Existing CCWH Senior Notes.

Debt Repurchases, Maturities and Other

During November 2012, CCWH repurchased $1,724.7 million aggregate principal amount of the Existing CCWH Senior Notes in a tender offer for the Existing CCWH Senior Notes. Simultaneously with the early settlement of the tender offer, CCWH called for redemption all of the remaining $775.3 million aggregate principal amount of Existing CCWH Senior Notes that were not purchased on the early settlement date of the tender offer. In connection with the redemption, CCWH satisfied and discharged its obligations under the Existing CCWH Senior Notes indentures by depositing with the trustee sufficient funds to pay the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the remaining outstanding Existing CCWH Senior Notes to, but not including, the December 19, 2012 redemption date.

During October 2012, Clear Channel consummated a private exchange offer of $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of term loans under its senior secured credit facilities for a like principal amount of newly issued Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019. The exchange offer was available only to eligible lenders under the senior secured credit facilities, and the Priority Guarantee Notes due 2019 were offered only in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

In connection with the issuance of the CCWH Subordinated Notes, CCOH paid the $2,170.4 million CCOH Dividend on March 15, 2012 to its Class A and Class B stockholders, consisting of $1,925.7 million distributed to CC Holdings and CC Finco and $244.7 million distributed to other stockholders. In connection with the Subordinated Notes issuance and CCOH Dividend, Clear Channel repaid indebtedness under its senior secured credit facilities in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of dividend proceeds distributed to CC Holdings and CC Finco, or $1,925.7 million. Of this amount, a prepayment of $1,918.1 million was applied to indebtedness outstanding under Clear Channel’s revolving credit facility, thus permanently reducing the revolving credit commitments

 

F-53


Table of Contents

under Clear Channel’s revolving credit facility to $10.0 million. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the revolving credit facility was permanently paid off and terminated using available cash on hand. The remaining $7.6 million prepayment was allocated on a pro rata basis to Clear Channel’s term loan facilities.

In addition, on March 15, 2012, using cash on hand, Clear Channel made voluntary prepayments under its senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate amount equal to $170.5 million, as follows: (i) $16.2 million under its term loan A due 2014, (ii) $129.8 million under its term loan B due 2016, (iii) $10.0 million under its term loan C due 2016 and (iv) $14.5 million under its delayed draw term loans due 2016. In connection with the prepayments on Clear Channel’s senior secured credit facilities, we recorded a loss of $15.2 million in “Loss on extinguishment of debt” related to the accelerated expensing of loan fees.

During March 2012, Clear Channel repaid its 5.0% senior notes at maturity for $249.9 million (net of $50.1 million principal amount repaid to a subsidiary of Clear Channel with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, using a portion of the proceeds from the June 2011 Offering of the Additional Notes, along with cash on hand.

During 2011 and 2010, CC Investments, Inc. (“CC Investments”) and CC Finco, indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company, repurchased certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding senior notes, senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes through open market repurchases, privately negotiated transactions and tenders as shown in the table below. These entities did not repurchase any debt during 2012. Notes repurchased and held by CC Investments and CC Finco are eliminated in consolidation.

 

(In thousands)       Years Ended December 31,  
   

      2012      

   

2011

    

2010

 

CC Investments

             

Principal amount of debt repurchased

 

$

    -      $     -           $      185,185     

Deferred loan costs and other

          -                104     

Gain recorded in “Other income (expense) - net”(2)

          -                (60,289)    
   

 

 

   

 

    

 

 

Cash paid for repurchases of long-term debt

 

$

    -      $     -           $      125,000     
   

 

 

   

 

    

 

 

CC Finco, LLC

             

Principal amount of debt repurchased

 

$

    -      $     80,000           $      -     

Purchase accounting adjustments(1)

          (20,476)               -     

Gain recorded in “Other income (expense) - net”(2)

          (4,274)               -     
   

 

 

   

 

    

 

 

Cash paid for repurchases of long-term debt

 

$

                -      $         55,250           $      -     
   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

  (1) Represents unamortized fair value purchase accounting discounts recorded as a result of the merger.
  (2) CC Investments and CC Finco repurchased certain of Clear Channel’s senior notes, senior cash pay notes and senior toggle notes at a discount, resulting in a gain on the extinguishment of debt.

During 2011, Clear Channel repaid its 6.25% senior notes at maturity for $692.7 million (net of $57.3 million principal amount repaid to a subsidiary of Clear Channel with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, using a portion of the proceeds from the February 2011 Offering of the Initial Notes, along with available cash on hand. Clear Channel also repaid its 4.4% senior notes at maturity for $140.2 million (net of $109.8 million principal amount repaid to a subsidiary of Clear Channel with respect to notes repurchased and held by such entity), plus accrued interest, with available cash on hand. Prior to, and in connection with the June 2011 Offering, Clear Channel repaid all amounts outstanding under its receivables based credit facility on June 8, 2011, using cash on hand. This voluntary repayment did not reduce the commitments under this facility and Clear Channel may reborrow amounts under this facility at any time. In addition, on June 27, 2011, Clear Channel made a voluntary payment of $500.0 million on its revolving credit facility. Furthermore, CC Finco repurchased $80.0 million aggregate principal amount of Clear Channel’s outstanding 5.5% senior notes due 2014 for $57.1 million, including accrued interest, through an open market purchase.

During 2010, Clear Channel repaid its remaining 7.65% senior notes upon maturity for $138.8 million, including $5.1 million of accrued interest, with proceeds from its delayed draw term loan facility that was specifically designated for this purpose. Also during 2010, Clear Channel repaid its remaining 4.5% senior notes upon maturity for $240.0 million with available cash on hand.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Future maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(in thousands)       

2013

   $ 381,729       

2014

     1,331,856       

2015

     270,959       

2016

     10,016,646       

2017

     74       

Thereafter

     9,154,754       
  

 

 

 

Total (1)

   $   21,156,018       
  

 

 

 

(1)       Excludes purchase accounting adjustments and original issue discount of $408.9 million, which is amortized through interest expense over the life of the underlying debt obligations.

NOTE 6 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

ASC 820-10-35 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

Marketable Equity Securities

The Company’s marketable equity securities and interest rate swap are measured at fair value on each reporting date.

The marketable equity securities are measured at fair value using quoted prices in active markets. Due to the fact that the inputs used to measure the marketable equity securities at fair value are observable, the Company has categorized the fair value measurements of the securities as Level 1.

The cost, unrealized holding gains or losses, and fair value of the Company’s investments at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

Investments

                   Cost                   Gross
    Unrealized    
Losses
         Gross
      Unrealized      
Gains
                 Fair Value        

2012

                    

Available-for-sale

    $     5,207           $     -           $     106,220               $     111,427         

Other cost investments

        7,769               -               -                   7,769         
   

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Total

    $     12,976           $     -           $     106,220               $     119,196         
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

2011

                    

Available-for-sale

    $     7,786           $     -           $     65,214               $     73,000         

Other cost investments

        4,766               -               -                   4,766         
   

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Total

    $     12,552           $                 -           $             65,214               $     77,766         
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other cost investments include various investments in companies for which there is no readily determinable market value. The Company recognized other-than-temporary impairments of $2.0 million on a cost investment for the year ended December 31, 2012, which was a non-cash impairment charge recorded in “Loss on marketable securities.”

The Company’s available-for-sale security, Independent News & Media PLC (“INM”), was in an unrealized loss position for an extended period of time. As a result, the Company considered the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99 and reviewed the length of the time and the extent to which the market value was less than cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. After this assessment, the Company concluded that the impairment was other than temporary and recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $2.6 million, $4.8 million and $6.5 million in “Loss on marketable securities” for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Swap

The Company’s $2.5 billion notional amount interest rate swap agreement is designated as a cash flow hedge and the effective portion of the gain or loss on the swap is reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). Ineffective portions of a cash flow hedging derivative’s change in fair value are recognized currently in earnings. In accordance with ASC 815-20-35-9, as the critical terms of the swap and the floating-rate debt being hedged were the same at inception and remained the same during the current period, no ineffectiveness was recorded in earnings.

The Company entered into its swap agreement to effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate debt to a fixed basis, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. The Company assesses at inception, and on an ongoing basis, whether its interest rate swap agreement is highly effective in offsetting changes in the interest expense of its floating rate debt. A derivative that is not a highly effective hedge does not qualify for hedge accounting.

The Company continually monitors its positions with, and credit quality of, the financial institution which is counterparty to its interest rate swap. The Company may be exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by its counterparty to the interest rate swap. However, the Company considers this risk to be low. If a derivative instrument no longer qualifies as a cash flow hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued and the gain or loss that was recorded in other comprehensive income is recognized currently in income.

The swap agreement is valued using a discounted cash flow model that takes into account the present value of the future cash flows under the terms of the agreements by using market information available as of the reporting date, including prevailing interest rates and credit spread. Due to the fact that the inputs are either directly or indirectly observable, the Company classified the fair value measurement of the agreement as Level 2.

The fair value of the Company’s $2.5 billion notional amount interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument was $76.9 million and recorded in “Other current liabilities” and $159.1 million and recorded in “Other long-term liabilities” at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The swap agreement matures on September 30, 2013.

The following table provides the beginning and ending accumulated other comprehensive loss and the current period activity related to the interest rate swap agreement:

 

(In thousands)       Accumulated other
          comprehensive loss        

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $                   134,067               

Other comprehensive income

        33,775               
 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

        100,292               

Other comprehensive income

        52,112               
 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $       48,180               
     

 

 

 

NOTE 7 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company accounts for its rentals that include renewal options, annual rent escalation clauses, minimum franchise payments and maintenance related to displays under the guidance in ASC 840.

The Company considers its non-cancelable contracts that enable it to display advertising on buses, bus shelters, trains, etc. to be leases in accordance with the guidance in ASC 840-10. These contracts may contain minimum annual franchise payments which generally escalate each year. The Company accounts for these minimum franchise payments on a straight-line basis. If the rental increases are not scheduled in the lease, such as an increase based on subsequent changes in the index or rate, those rents are considered contingent rentals and are recorded as expense when accruable. Other contracts may contain a variable rent component based on revenue. The Company accounts for these variable components as contingent rentals and records these payments as expense when accruable.

The Company accounts for annual rent escalation clauses included in the lease term on a straight-line basis under the guidance in ASC 840-20-25. The Company considers renewal periods in determining its lease terms if at inception of the lease there is reasonable assurance the lease will be renewed. Expenditures for maintenance are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The Company leases office space, certain broadcasting facilities, equipment and the majority of the land occupied by its outdoor advertising structures under long-term operating leases. The Company accounts for these leases in accordance with the policies described above.

The Company’s contracts with municipal bodies or private companies relating to street furniture, billboards, transit and malls generally require the Company to build bus stops, kiosks and other public amenities or advertising structures during the term of the contract. The Company owns these structures and is generally allowed to advertise on them for the remaining term of the contract. Once the Company has built the structure, the cost is capitalized and expensed over the shorter of the economic life of the asset or the remaining life of the contract.

In addition, the Company has commitments relating to required purchases of property, plant and equipment under certain street furniture contracts. Certain of the Company’s contracts contain penalties for not fulfilling its commitments related to its obligations to build bus stops, kiosks and other public amenities or advertising structures. Historically, any such penalties have not materially impacted the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Certain acquisition agreements include deferred consideration payments based on performance requirements by the seller typically involving the completion of a development or obtaining appropriate permits that enable the Company to construct additional advertising displays. At December 31, 2012, the Company believes its maximum aggregate contingency, which is subject to performance requirements by the seller, is approximately $30.0 million. As the contingencies have not been met or resolved as of December 31, 2012, these amounts are not recorded.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements with terms in excess of one year, minimum payments under non-cancelable contracts in excess of one year, capital expenditure commitments and employment/talent contracts consist of the following:

 

(In thousands)       Non-Cancelable
    Operating Lease    
            Non-Cancelable    
Contracts
         Capital
Expenditure
    Commitments    
               Employment/Talent    
Contracts
 

2013

  $     380,288          $     561,837            $      80,143        $        85,762               

2014

      330,397              473,937                 25,426               66,304               

2015

      316,951              418,056                 21,273               60,383               

2016

      255,262              311,889                 7,688               58,320               

2017

      210,444              154,668                 11,112               17,536               

Thereafter

      1,283,847              450,526                 932               -               
 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $     2,777,189          $     2,370,923            $      146,574        $        288,305               
   

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

        

 

 

 

Rent expense charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $1.14 billion, $1.16 billion and $1.10 billion, respectively.

In various areas in which the Company operates, outdoor advertising is the object of restrictive and, in some cases, prohibitive zoning and other regulatory provisions, either enacted or proposed. The impact to the Company of loss of displays due to governmental action has been somewhat mitigated by Federal and state laws mandating compensation for such loss and constitutional restraints.

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in certain legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business and, as required, have accrued an estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of those claims for which the occurrence of loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions or the effectiveness of its strategies related to these proceedings. Additionally, due to the inherent uncertainty of litigation, there can be no assurance that the resolution of any particular claim or proceeding would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Although the Company is involved in a variety of legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, a large portion of its litigation arises in the following contexts: commercial disputes; defamation matters; employment and benefits related claims; governmental fines; intellectual property claims; and tax disputes.

Brazil Litigation

On or about July 12, 2006 and April 12, 2007, two of the Company’s operating businesses (L&C Outdoor Ltda. (“L&C”) and Publicidad Klimes São Paulo Ltda. (“Klimes”), respectively) in the São Paulo, Brazil market received notices of infraction from the state taxing authority, seeking to impose a value added tax (“VAT”) on such businesses, retroactively for the period from December 31, 2001 through January 31, 2006. The taxing authority contends that these businesses fall within the definition of “communication services” and as such are subject to the VAT. L&C and Klimes filed separate petitions to challenge the imposition of this tax.

On August 8, 2011, Brazil’s National Council of Fiscal Policy (CONFAZ) published a convenio authorizing sixteen states, including the State of São Paulo, to issue an amnesty that would reduce the principal amount of VAT allegedly owed and reduce or waive related interest and penalties. The State of São Paulo ratified the amnesty in late August 2011. On May 10, 2012, the State of São Paulo published an amnesty decree that mirrors the convenio. Klimes and L&C accepted the amnesty on May 24, 2012 by making the aggregate required payment of $10.9 million. On that same day, Klimes and L&C filed petitions to discontinue the tax litigation based on the amnesty payments. The Company was notified in January 2013 that the petitions to discontinue the litigation were granted and the lawsuits filed by Klimes and L&C were dismissed effective June 1, 2012 and July 11, 2012, respectively.

Stockholder Litigation

Two derivative lawsuits were filed in March 2012 in Delaware Chancery Court by stockholders of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., which is, in turn, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The consolidated lawsuits are captioned In re Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Consolidated Case No. 7315-CS. The complaints name as defendants certain of Clear Channel Communications, Inc.’s and Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.’s current and former directors and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as well as Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. also is named as a nominal defendant. The complaints allege, among other things, that in December 2009 Clear Channel Communications, Inc. breached fiduciary duties to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and its stockholders by allegedly requiring Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. to agree to amend the terms of a revolving promissory note payable by Clear Channel Communications, Inc. to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. to extend the maturity date of the note and to amend the interest rate payable on the note. According to the complaints, the terms of the amended promissory note were unfair to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. because, among other things, the interest rate was below market. The complaints further allege that Clear Channel Communications, Inc. was unjustly enriched as a result of that transaction. The complaints also allege that the director defendants breached fiduciary duties to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. in connection with that transaction and that the transaction constituted corporate waste. On April 4, 2012, the board of directors of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. formed a special litigation committee consisting of independent directors (the “SLC”) to review and investigate plaintiffs’ claims and determine the course of action that serves the best interests of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and its stockholders. On June 20, 2012, the SLC filed a motion to stay the lawsuits for six months while it completes its review and investigation. In response, on June 27, 2012, plaintiffs filed a motion for an expedited trial, asking the Court to schedule a trial on the merits in October 2012. On July 23, 2012, the Court issued an order granting the motion to stay and denying the motion for an expedited trial. On January 23, 2013, the SLC filed a motion to extend the stay for thirty days, and on January 24, 2013, the Court granted that motion, extending the stay for thirty days from the date of the order.

Los Angeles Litigation

In 2008, Summit Media, LLC, one of the Company’s competitors, sued the City of Los Angeles, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and CBS Outdoor in Los Angeles Superior Court (Case No. BS116611) challenging the validity of a Stipulated Judgment that had been entered into in November 2006 among the parties. Pursuant to the Stipulated Judgment, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. had taken down existing billboards and converted 83 existing signs from static displays to digital displays pursuant to modernization permits issued through an administrative process of the City. The Los Angeles Superior Court ruled in January 2010 that the Stipulated Judgment constituted an ultra vires act of the City and nullified its existence, but did not invalidate the modernization permits issued to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and CBS. All parties appealed the ruling by the Los Angeles Superior Court to Court of Appeal for the State of California, Second Appellate District, Division 8. At an October 30, 2012 oral argument by the parties, the California Court of Appeal read a preliminary ruling from the bench prior to the argument indicating it would uphold the Los Angeles Superior Court’s finding

 

F-58


Table of Contents

that the Stipulated Judgment was ultra vires and would remand the case to the Los Angeles Superior Court for the purpose of invalidating the permits issued to Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. and CBS for the digital displays that were the subject of the Stipulated Judgment. The Court of Appeal issued its written ruling in this matter on December 10, 2012, consistent with its October 30, 2012 preliminary ruling. Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. filed a motion for rehearing on December 26, 2012. The Court of Appeal denied the motion for rehearing. On January 22, 2013, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. filed a petition with the California Supreme Court requesting its review of the matter.

NOTE 8 – GUARANTEES

As of December 31, 2012, Clear Channel had outstanding surety bonds and commercial standby letters of credit of $50.0 million and $137.7 million, respectively, of which $70.7 million of letters of credit were cash secured. Letters of credit in the amount of $5.0 million are collateral in support of surety bonds and these amounts would only be drawn under the letters of credit in the event the associated surety bonds were funded and Clear Channel did not honor its reimbursement obligation to the issuers. These letters of credit and surety bonds relate to various operational matters including insurance, bid, and performance bonds as well as other items.

As of December 31, 2012, Clear Channel had outstanding bank guarantees of $51.8 million. Bank guarantees in the amount of $4.6 million are backed by cash collateral.

NOTE 9 – INCOME TAXES

Significant components of the provision for income tax benefit (expense) are as follows:

 

(In thousands)        Years Ended December 31,  
                 2012                              2011                              2010              

Current - Federal

  $      61,655         $      18,608         $      (4,534)     

Current - foreign

       (48,579)             (51,293)             (41,388)     

Current - state

       (9,408)             14,719              (5,278)     
 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total current benefit (expense)

       3,668              (17,966)             (51,200)     

Deferred - Federal

       261,014              126,078              211,137      

Deferred - foreign

       27,970              13,708              (3,859)     

Deferred - state

       15,627              4,158              3,902      
 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total deferred benefit

       304,611              143,944              211,180      
 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Income tax benefit

  $      308,279         $      125,978         $      159,980      
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Current tax benefits of $3.7 million were recorded for 2012 as compared to current tax expenses of $18.0 million for 2011 primarily due to the Company’s settlement of U.S. Federal and foreign tax examinations during 2012. Pursuant to the settlements, the Company recorded a reduction to current income tax expense of approximately $67.3 million during 2012 to reflect the net current tax benefits of the settlements.

Current tax expenses of $18.0 million were recorded for 2011 as compared to current tax expenses of $51.2 million for 2010 primarily due to the Company’s settlement of U.S. Federal, foreign and state tax examinations during 2011. Pursuant to the settlements, the Company recorded a reduction to current income tax expense of approximately $51.1 million during 2011 to reflect the net current tax benefits of the settlements.

Deferred tax benefits of $304.6 million for 2012 primarily relate to future benefits of net operating loss carryforwards, and were higher when compared with deferred tax benefits of $143.9 million for 2011. The increase in deferred tax benefits in 2012 is primarily due to additional loss before income taxes in 2012 compared to 2011.

Deferred tax benefits of $143.9 million for 2011 primarily relate to future benefits of net operating loss carryforwards, and were lower when compared with deferred tax benefits of $211.2 million for 2010. The decrease in deferred tax benefits in 2011 is primarily due to a decrease in Federal tax losses. Additional decreases are a result of the deferred tax impacts from the Company’s settlement of U.S. Federal and state tax examinations during 2011 along with the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the 2011 vesting of certain equity awards.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)       2012         2011  

Deferred tax liabilities:

       

Intangibles and fixed assets

  $     2,418,558            $     2,381,177         

Long-term debt

      381,712                465,201         

Foreign

      21,828                43,305         

Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates

      49,654                46,502         

Unrealized loss in marketable securities

      13,768                -         

Other investments

      2,122                7,068         

Other

      5,480                25,834         
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

      2,893,122                2,969,087         

Deferred tax assets:

       

Accrued expenses

      82,550                92,038         

Unrealized gain in marketable securities

      -                6,833         

Net operating losses

      1,107,594                917,078         

Bad debt reserves

      8,418                10,767         

Deferred Income

      553                590         

Other

      35,693                33,931         
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

      1,234,808                1,061,237         

Less: Valuation allowance

      12,312                14,177         
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

      1,222,496                1,047,060         
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $           1,670,626            $           1,922,027         
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Included in the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities are $19.2 million and $16.6 million of current net deferred tax assets for 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company presents these assets in “Other current assets” on its consolidated balance sheets. The remaining $1.7 billion and $1.9 billion of net deferred tax liabilities for 2012 and 2011, respectively, are presented in “Deferred tax liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets.

At December 31, 2012, the Company had recorded net operating loss carryforwards (tax effected) for federal and state income tax purposes of $1.1 billion, expiring in various amounts through 2032. The Company expects to realize the benefits of the majority of net operating losses based on its expectations as to future taxable income from deferred tax liabilities that reverse in the relevant carryforward period and, therefore, the Company has not recorded a valuation allowance against those losses.

At December 31, 2012, net deferred tax liabilities include a deferred tax asset of $28.7 million relating to stock-based compensation expense under ASC 718-10, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Full realization of this deferred tax asset requires stock options to be exercised at a price equaling or exceeding the sum of the grant price plus the fair value of the option at the grant date and restricted stock to vest at a price equaling or exceeding the fair market value at the grant date. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the stock price of the Company’s common stock will rise to levels sufficient to realize the entire deferred tax benefit currently reflected in its balance sheet.

The deferred tax liability related to intangibles and fixed assets primarily relates to the difference in book and tax basis of acquired FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill created from the Company’s various stock acquisitions. In accordance with ASC 350-10, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, the Company does not amortize FCC licenses and permits. As a result, this deferred tax liability will not reverse over time unless the Company recognizes future impairment charges related to its FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill or sells its FCC licenses or permits. As the Company continues to amortize its tax basis in its FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill, the deferred tax liability will increase over time.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. Federal statutory tax rates to income tax benefit is:

 

        Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)       2012         2011         2010  
         Amount        Percent           Amount            Percent            Amount         Percent   

Income tax benefit at statutory rates

  $     251,814          35%         $     137,903          35%         $     217,991          35

State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

      6,218          1%           18,877          5%          (1,376)         (0 %) 

Foreign taxes

      8,782          2%           (4,683)          (1%)          (30,967)         (5 %) 

Nondeductible items

      (4,617)          (1%)           (3,154)          (1%)          (3,165)         (0 %) 

Changes in valuation allowance and other estimates

      50,697          7%           (15,816)          (4%)          (16,263)         (3 %) 

Impairment charge

              0%                   0%                  0

Other, net

      (4,615)          (1%)           (7,149)          (2%)              (6,240)         (1 %) 
 

 

      

 

      

 

    

Income tax benefit

  $           308,279         43%       $         125,978          32%      $     159,980          26
   

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

    

A tax benefit was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 of 43%. The effective tax rate for 2012 was impacted by the Company’s settlement of U.S. Federal and foreign tax examinations during the year. Pursuant to the settlements, the Company recorded a reduction to income tax expense of approximately $60.6 million to reflect the net tax benefits of the settlements. This benefit was partially offset by additional tax recorded during 2012 related to the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the vesting of certain equity awards. Foreign income before income taxes was approximately $84.0 million for 2012.

A tax benefit was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2011 of 32%. The effective tax rate for 2011 was impacted by the Company’s settlement of U.S. Federal and state tax examinations during the year. Pursuant to the settlements, the Company recorded a reduction to income tax expense of approximately $16.3 million to reflect the net tax benefits of the settlements. This benefit was partially offset by additional tax recorded during 2011 related to the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the vesting of certain equity awards and the inability to benefit from certain tax loss carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions. Foreign income before income taxes was approximately $94.0 million for 2011.

A tax benefit was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010 of 26%. The effective tax rate for 2010 was impacted by the Company’s inability to benefit from tax losses in certain foreign jurisdictions due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize those losses in future years. In addition, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $13.6 million against deferred tax assets in foreign jurisdictions due to the uncertainty of the ability to realize those assets in future periods. Foreign income before income taxes was approximately $40.8 million for 2010.

The Company continues to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in current income tax expense. The total amount of interest accrued at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $50.5 million and $61.0 million, respectively. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $188.9 million and $236.8 million, respectively, of which $158.3 million and $212.7 million is included in “Other long-term liabilities”, and $0.5 million and $4.5 million is included in “Accrued Expenses” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, respectively. In addition, $30.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits are recorded net with the Company’s deferred tax assets for its net operating losses as opposed to being recorded in “Other long-term liabilities” at December 31, 2012. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012 and 2011 that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate is $107.0 million and $146.0 million, respectively.

 

(In thousands)       Years Ended December 31,  

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

      2012         2011  

Balance at beginning of period

  $     175,782             $     225,469             

Increases for tax position taken in the current year

      10,575                 5,373             

Increases for tax positions taken in previous years

      14,774                 12,115             

Decreases for tax position taken in previous years

      (55,113)                (37,677)            

Decreases due to settlements with tax authorities

      (7,581)                (29,443)            

Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations

      -                 (55)            
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $               138,437             $               175,782             
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the United States Federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. During 2012, the Company effectively settled certain Federal and foreign examinations and as a result reversed liabilities that had been recorded for the uncertain tax positions in those periods. The amount of liabilities reversed during 2012 was approximately $67.3 million, inclusive of interest. In addition the Company settled an examination in the United Kingdom and, as a result of the settlement, paid approximately $7.2 million in tax and interest. During 2011, the Company reached a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) related to the examination of the tax years 2003 and 2004. As a result of the settlement the Company paid approximately $22.4 million, inclusive of interest, to the IRS and reversed liabilities related to the settled tax years. In addition, the Company effectively settled several state and foreign tax examinations during 2011 that resulted in a reduction to its net tax liabilities to reflect the tax benefits of the settlements. The IRS is currently auditing the Company’s 2009 and 2010 periods and the Company is awaiting an appeals conference meeting for its 2007 and 2008 pre and post-merger periods. Substantially all material state, local, and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2005.

NOTE 10 – MEMBER’S INTEREST

CCMH has issued approximately 27.6 million shares of Class A common stock, approximately 0.6 million shares of Class B common stock and approximately 59.0 million shares of Class C common stock. Every holder of shares of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock. Every holder of shares of Class B common stock is entitled to a number of votes per share equal to the number obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the total number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of the record date for such vote and the number of shares of Class C common stock outstanding as of the record date for such vote by (b) the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of the record date for such vote. Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of outstanding shares of Class C common stock are not entitled to any votes upon any matters presented to our stockholders.

Except with respect to voting as described above, and as otherwise required by law, all shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock have the same powers, privileges, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and are identical to each other in all respects.

Dividends

The Company has not paid cash dividends since its formation and its ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions should it seek to do so in the future. Clear Channel’s debt financing arrangements include restrictions on its ability to pay dividends thereby limiting the Company’s ability to pay dividends.

Share-Based Compensation

Stock Options

The Company does not have any compensation plans under which it grants stock awards to employees. Prior to the merger, Clear Channel granted options to purchase its common stock to its employees and directors and its affiliates under its various equity incentive plans typically at no less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options were granted for a term not exceeding ten years and were forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminated his or her employment or relationship with Clear Channel or one of its affiliates. Prior to acceleration, if any, in connection with the merger, these options vested over a period of up to five years. All equity incentive plans contained anti-dilutive provisions that permitted an adjustment of the number of shares of Clear Channel’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization.

CCMH has granted options to purchase its shares of Class A common stock to certain key executives under its equity incentive plan at no less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are granted for a term not to exceed ten years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the executive terminates his or her employment or relationship with CCMH or one of its affiliates. Approximately two-thirds of the options granted vest based solely on continued service over a period of up to five years with the remainder becoming eligible to vest over a period of up to five years if certain predetermined performance targets are met. The equity incentive plan contains antidilutive provisions that permit an adjustment of the number of shares of CCMH’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization.

The Company accounts for its share-based payments using the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10. The fair value of the portion of options that vest based on continued service is estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and

 

F-62


Table of Contents

the fair value of the remaining options which contain vesting provisions subject to service, market and performance conditions is estimated on the grant date using a Monte Carlo model. Expected volatilities were based on historical volatility of peer companies’ stock, including CCMH, over the expected life of the options. The expected life of the options granted represents the period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company used historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. The Company includes estimated forfeitures in its compensation cost and updates the estimated forfeiture rate through the final vesting date of awards. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of these options:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2012      2011      2010

Expected volatility

   71% – 77%      67%      58%

Expected life in years

   6.3 – 6.5      6.3 – 6.5      5.0 – 7.0

Risk-free interest rate

   0.97% – 1.55%      1.22% – 2.37%      2.03% – 2.74%

Dividend yield

   0%      0%      0%

The following table presents a summary of CCMH’s stock options outstanding at and stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2012 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price per share):

 

(In thousands, except per share data)        Options              Price          Weighted
Average
Remaining
    Contractual    
Term
         Aggregate      
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding, January 1, 2012

     5,042           $ 22.49                 

Granted (1)

     249             10.00               

Exercised

     -             -               

Exchanged (2)

     (2,024)            10.00               

Forfeited

     (375)            16.97               

Expired

     (100)            32.66               
  

 

 

          

Outstanding, December 31, 2012 (3)

     2,792             30.82               6.5 years      -               
  

 

 

          

Exercisable

     1,204             26.95               5.7 years      -               

Expected to Vest

     968             33.14               7.9 years      -               

 

(1) The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $2.68, $2.69 and $4.79 per share, respectively.
(2) Amount represents options exchanged in connection with the voluntary stock option exchange program discussed below.
(3) Non-cash compensation expense has not been recorded with respect to 0.9 million shares as the vesting of these options is subject to performance conditions that have not yet been determined probable to meet.

A summary of CCMH’s unvested options and changes during the year ended December 31, 2012 is presented below:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)          Options            Weighted
    Average Grant    
Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested, January 1, 2012

     4,048              $ 7.10           

Granted

     249               2.68           

Vested (1)

     (501)              7.74           

Exchanged

     (1,833)              3.38           

Forfeited

     (375)              3.34           
  

 

 

    

Unvested, December 31, 2012

     1,588               11.38           
  

 

 

    

 

(1) The total fair value of the options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $3.9 million, $3.8 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards

Prior to the merger, Clear Channel granted restricted stock awards to its employees and directors and its affiliates under its various equity incentive plans. These common shares held a legend which restricted their transferability for a term of up to five years and were forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminated his or her employment or relationship with Clear Channel prior to the lapse of the restriction. Recipients of the restricted stock awards were entitled to all cash dividends as of the date the award was granted.

CCMH has granted restricted stock awards to its employees and affiliates under its equity incentive plan. The restricted stock awards are restricted in transferability for a term of up to five years. Restricted stock awards are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee terminates his or her employment or relationship with CCMH prior to the lapse of the restriction. Dividends or distributions paid in respect of unvested restricted stock awards will be held by CCMH and paid to the recipients of the restricted stock awards upon vesting of the shares.

The following table presents a summary of CCMH’s restricted stock outstanding at and restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2012 (“Price” reflects the weighted average share price at the date of grant):

 

(In thousands, except per share data)            Awards                    Price          

Outstanding, January 1, 2012

     445              $         36.00           

Granted (1)

     4,204                2.93           

Vested (restriction lapsed)

     (1,380)               8.32           

Forfeited (2)

     (662)               3.01           
  

 

 

    

Outstanding, December 31, 2012

     2,607                5.69           
  

 

 

    

 

(1) Includes 3.3 million restricted share awards granted in connection with the voluntary stock option exchange program discussed below.
(2) Includes 652 thousand restricted share awards forfeited pursuant to the tax assistance program offered through the voluntary stock option exchange program discussed below.

CCOH Share-Based Awards

CCOH Stock Options

The Company’s subsidiary, CCOH, has granted options to purchase shares of its Class A common stock to employees and directors of CCOH and its affiliates under its equity incentive plan at no less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are granted for a term not exceeding ten years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminates his or her employment or relationship with CCOH or one of its affiliates. These options vest solely on continued service over a period of up to five years. The equity incentive stock plan contains anti-dilutive provisions that permit an adjustment of the number of shares of CCOH’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization. CCOH determined that the CCOH Dividend discussed in Note 5 was considered a change in capitalization and therefore adjusted outstanding options as of March 15, 2012. No incremental compensation cost was recognized in connection with the adjustment.

The fair value of each option awarded on CCOH common stock is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of CCOH’s stock over the expected life of the options. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. CCOH uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. CCOH includes estimated forfeitures in its compensation cost and updates the estimated forfeiture rate through the final vesting date of awards. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of CCOH’s options on the date of grant:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2012    2011    2010

Expected volatility

   54% – 56%    57%    58%

Expected life in years

   6.3    6.3    5.5 – 7.0

Risk-free interest rate

   0.92% – 1.48%    1.26% – 2.75%    1.38% – 3.31%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%

 

F-64


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of CCOH’s stock options outstanding at and stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2012 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price per share):

 

(In thousands, except per share data)       Options              Price        Weighted
Average
Remaining
 Contractual 
Term
    Aggregate 
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding, January 1, 2012

     8,991        $     15.10          

Granted (1)

     2,812            6.64          

Exercised (2)

     (1,029)           4.06          

Forfeited

     (884)           7.87          

Expired

     (1,509)           12.23          
  

 

 

           

Outstanding, December 31, 2012

     8,381            9.22        6.2 years    $    8,813
  

 

 

           

Exercisable

     4,548            11.26        4.5 years    $    4,792

Expected to vest

     3,574            9.53        8.3 years    $    1,186

 

(1) The weighted average grant date fair value of CCOH options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $4.43, $8.30 and $5.65 per share, respectively.

 

(2) Cash received from option exercises during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $6.4 million, $1.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $7.9 million, $1.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

A summary of CCOH’s unvested options at and changes during the year ended December 31, 2012 is presented below:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)          Options               Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Unvested, January 1, 2012

     3,993          $     6.41           

Granted

     2,812              4.43           

Vested (1)

     (2,088)             5.48           

Forfeited

     (884)             5.80           
  

 

 

     

Unvested, December 31, 2012

     3,833              5.19           
  

 

 

     

 

(1) The total fair value of CCOH options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $11.5 million, $8.2 million and $15.9 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

CCOH has also granted both restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards to its employees and affiliates under its equity incentive plan. The restricted stock awards represent shares of Class A common stock that hold a legend which restricts their transferability for a term of up to five years. The restricted stock units represent the right to receive shares upon vesting, which is generally over a period of up to five years. Both restricted stock awards and restricted stock units are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee terminates his or her employment or relationship with CCOH prior to the lapse of the restriction.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of CCOH’s restricted stock and restricted stock units outstanding at and activity during the year ended December 31, 2012 (“Price” reflects the weighted average share price at the date of grant):

 

(In thousands, except per share data)         Awards                   Price    

Outstanding, January 1, 2012

    8   $   8.69

Granted

    1,26     6.04

Vested (restriction lapsed)

    (190     5.35

Forfeited

    (75     9.03

Outstanding, December 31, 2012

    1,08     6.26
 

 

 

     

Share-Based Compensation Cost

The share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The following table presents the amount of share-based compensation recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

(In thousands)       Years Ended December 31,  
        2012         2011         2010  

Direct operating expenses

     $     11,011               $ 10,013               $ 11,996    

Selling, general & administrative expenses

      6,378           5,359           7,109    

Corporate expenses

      11,151           5,295           15,141    
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total share based compensation expense

  $     28,540      $     20,667      $     34,246   
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

The tax benefit related to the share-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $10.8 million, $7.9 million and $13.0 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2012, there was $30.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that will vest based on service conditions. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two years. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, there was $15.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements that will vest based on market, performance and service conditions. This cost will be recognized when it becomes probable that the performance condition will be satisfied.

CCMH completed a voluntary stock option exchange program on November 19, 2012 and exchanged 2.0 million stock options granted under the Clear Channel 2008 Executive Incentive Plan for 1.8 million replacement restricted share awards with different service and performance conditions. CCMH accounted for the exchange program as a modification of the existing awards under ASC 718 and will recognize incremental compensation expense of approximately $1.7 million over the service period of the new awards. In connection with the exchange program, CCMH granted an additional 1.5 million restricted stock awards pursuant to a tax assistance program offered to employees participating in the exchange. Of the total 1.5 million restricted stock awards granted, 0.9 million were repurchased by CCMH upon expiration of the exchange program while the remaining 0.6 million awards were forfeited. CCMH recognized $2.6 million of expense related to the awards granted in connection with the tax assistance program.

Included in corporate share-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2011 is a $6.6 million reversal of expense related to the cancellation of a portion of an executive’s stock options. Additionally, CCMH completed a voluntary stock option exchange program on March 21, 2011 and exchanged 2.5 million stock options granted under the Clear Channel 2008 Executive Incentive Plan for 1.3 million replacement stock options with a lower exercise price and different service and performance conditions. CCMH accounted for the exchange program as a modification of the existing awards under ASC 718 and will recognize incremental compensation expense of approximately $1.0 million over the service period of the new awards.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, CCMH recorded additional share-based compensation expense of $6.0 million in “Corporate expenses” related to shares tendered by Mark P. Mays to CCMH on August 23, 2010 for purchase at $36.00 per share pursuant to a put option included in his amended employment agreement.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTE 11 – EMPLOYEE STOCK AND SAVINGS PLANS

Clear Channel has various 401(k) savings and other plans for the purpose of providing retirement benefits for substantially all employees. Under these plans, an employee can make pre-tax contributions and Clear Channel will match a portion of such an employee’s contribution. Employees vest in these Clear Channel matching contributions based upon their years of service to Clear Channel. Contributions of $29.5 million, $27.8 million and $29.8 million to these plans for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were expensed.

Clear Channel offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for its highly compensated executives, under which such executives were able to make an annual election to defer up to 50% of their annual salary and up to 80% of their bonus before taxes. Clear Channel suspended all salary and bonus deferrals and company matching contributions to the deferred compensation plan on January 1, 2010. Clear Channel accounts for the plan in accordance with the provisions of ASC 710-10. Matching credits on amounts deferred may be made in Clear Channel’s sole discretion and Clear Channel retains ownership of all assets until distributed. Participants in the plan have the opportunity to allocate their deferrals and any Clear Channel matching credits among different investment options, the performance of which is used to determine the amounts to be paid to participants under the plan. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 710-10, the assets and liabilities of the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are presented in “Other assets” and “Other long-term liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, respectively. The asset and liability under the deferred compensation plan at December 31, 2012 was approximately $10.6 million recorded in “Other assets” and $10.6 million recorded in “Other long-term liabilities”, respectively. The asset and liability under the deferred compensation plan at December 31, 2011 was approximately $10.5 million recorded in “Other assets” and $10.5 million recorded in “Other long-term liabilities”, respectively.

NOTE 12 — OTHER INFORMATION

The following table discloses the components of “Other income (expense)” for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively:

 

(In thousands)        Years Ended December 31,  
         2012          2011          2010  

Foreign exchange loss

  $          (3,018)       $      (234)            $      (12,783)         

Other

       3,268                 (2,935)                 (1,051)         
 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total other income (expense) — net

  $      250        $      (3,169)            $      (13,834)         
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

The following table discloses the deferred income tax (asset) liability related to each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively:

 

(In thousands)       Years Ended December 31,  
              2012                     2011                     2010        

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

  $     3,210        $     (449)        $     5,916       

Unrealized holding gain on marketable securities

      15,324            2,667             14,475       

Unrealized holding gain on cash flow derivatives

      30,074            20,157             9,067       
 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total increase in deferred tax liabilities

  $     48,608        $     22,375         $     29,458       
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

The following table discloses the components of “Other current assets” as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

 

(In thousands)       As of December 31,  
        2012         2011  

Inventory

  $     23,110        $     21,157     

Deferred tax asset

      19,249            16,573     

Deposits

      10,277            15,167     

Deferred loan costs

      44,446            53,672     

Other

      70,126            89,582     
 

 

   

 

 

Total other current assets

  $             167,208        $             196,151     
 

 

   

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

The following table discloses the components of “Other assets” as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

 

(In thousands)                     As of December 31,                
               2012                      2011        

Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates

  $           370,912        $           359,687     

Other investments

       119,196             77,766     

Notes receivable

       363             512     

Prepaid expenses

       32,382             600     

Deferred loan costs

       157,726             188,823     

Deposits

       18,420             17,790     

Prepaid rent

       71,942             79,244     

Other

       28,942             36,917     

Non-qualified plan assets

       10,593             10,539     
 

 

   

 

 

Total other assets

  $      810,476        $      771,878     
 

 

   

 

 

The following table discloses the components of “Other current liabilities” as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

 

(In thousands)       As of December 31,  
            2012                     2011          

Interest rate swap - current portion

  $     76,939        $     -   

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

      60,950         
 

 

   

 

 

Total other current liabilities

  $     137,889        $     -   
 

 

   

 

 

The following table discloses the components of “Other long-term liabilities” as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

 

(In thousands)       As of December 31,  
                2012                         2011          

Unrecognized tax benefits

  $     158,321       $     212,672    

Asset retirement obligation

      56,047           50,983    

Non-qualified plan liabilities

      10,593           10,539    

Interest rate swap - long-term portion

               159,124    

Deferred income

      12,121           15,246    

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

               57,855    

Deferred rent

      106,394           81,599    

Employee related liabilities

      24,265           40,145    

Other

      82,776           79,725    
 

 

   

 

 

Total other long-term liabilities

  $     450,517       $     707,888    
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The following table discloses the components of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss,” net of tax, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

 

(In thousands)                As of December 31,          
                  2012                                2011           

Cumulative currency translation adjustment

  $      (178,372)         $            (212,761)    

Cumulative unrealized gain (losses) on securities

       66,982               41,302     

Cumulative other adjustments

       6,286               5,708     

Cumulative unrealized gain (losses) on cash flow derivatives

       (48,180)              (100,292)    
 

 

     

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $          (153,284)         $          (266,043)    
    

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – SEGMENT DATA

The Company’s reportable segments, which it believes best reflect how the Company is currently managed, are CCME, Americas outdoor and International outdoor. Revenue and expenses earned and charged between segments are recorded at estimated fair value and eliminated in consolidation. The CCME segment provides media and entertainment services via broadcast and digital delivery and also includes the Company’s national syndication business. The Americas outdoor advertising segment consists of operations primarily in the United States and Canada. The International outdoor advertising segment primarily includes operations in Europe, Asia, Australia and Latin America. The Americas outdoor and International outdoor display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays. The Other category includes the Company’s media representation business as well as other general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to the Company’s other businesses. Corporate includes infrastructure and support, including information technology, human resources, legal, finance and administrative functions of each of the Company’s reportable segments, as well as overall executive, administrative and support functions. Share-based payments are recorded by each segment in direct operating and selling, general and administrative expenses.

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company recast its segment reporting, as discussed in Note 1. The following table presents the Company’s reportable segment results for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

(In thousands)    CCME      Americas
Outdoor
  Advertising  
       International  
Outdoor
Advertising
     Other      Corporate
and other
  reconciling  
items
       Eliminations          Consolidated    

Year Ended December 31, 2012

                    

Revenue

   $ 3,084,780        $ 1,279,257        $ 1,667,687         $ 281,879       $ -         $ (66,719)        $ 6,246,884      

Direct operating expenses

     873,165          586,666          1,024,596           25,088         -           (12,965)          2,496,550      

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     997,511          212,794          364,502           152,394         -           (53,754)          1,673,447      

Depreciation and amortization

     271,399          192,023          205,258           45,568         15,037           -           729,285      

Impairment charges

                     -           -         37,651           -           37,651      

Corporate expenses

                     -           -         288,028           -           288,028      

Other operating income - net

                     -           -         48,127           -           48,127      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 942,705        $ 287,774        $ 73,331         $ 58,829       $ (292,589)        $ -         $ 1,070,050      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues

   $       $ 1,175        $ 80         $ 65,464       $ -         $ -         $ 66,719      

Segment assets

   $ 8,201,798        $     3,835,235        $     2,256,309         $ 815,435       $     1,183,936         $ -         $     16,292,713      

Capital expenditures

   $ 65,821        $ 117,647        $ 150,129         $ 17,438       $ 39,245         $ -         $ 390,280      

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 6,985        $ 5,875        $ 4,529         $         $ 11,151         $ -         $ 28,540      

Year Ended December 31, 2011

                    

Revenue

   $     2,986,828        $ 1,252,725        $ 1,751,149         $     234,542       $ -         $     (63,892)        $ 6,161,352      

Direct operating expenses

     849,265          571,779          1,067,022           27,807         -           (11,837)          2,504,036      

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     980,960          201,124          339,748           147,481         -           (52,055)          1,617,258      

Depreciation and amortization

     268,245          211,056          219,908           49,827         14,270           -           763,306      

Impairment charges

                     -           -         7,614              7,614      

Corporate expenses

                     -           -         227,096           -           227,096      

Other operating income - net

                     -           -         12,682           -           12,682      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 888,358        $ 268,766        $ 124,471         $ 9,427       $ (236,298)        $ -         $ 1,054,724      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues

   $       $ 4,141        $ -         $ 59,751       $ -         $ -         $ 63,892      

Segment assets

   $ 8,364,246        $ 3,886,098        $ 2,166,173         $ 809,212       $ 1,316,310         $ -         $ 16,542,039      

Capital expenditures

   $ 50,198        $ 122,505        $ 166,044         $ 5,737       $ 19,490         $ -         $ 363,974      

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 4,606        $ 7,601        $ 3,165         $         $ 5,295         $ -         $ 20,667      

Year Ended December 31, 2010

                    

Revenue

   $ 2,869,499        $ 1,216,930        $ 1,581,064         $ 261,461       $ -         $ (63,269)        $ 5,865,685      

Direct operating expenses

     808,867          560,378          999,594           27,953         -           (15,145)          2,381,647      

 

F-69


Table of Contents
(In thousands)        CCME          Americas
Outdoor
  Advertising  
     International
Outdoor
  Advertising  
         Other          Corporate
and other
  reconciling  
items
       Eliminations          Consolidated    

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     963,853           199,990           294,666           159,827                 (48,124)         1,570,212     

Depreciation and amortization

     256,673           198,896           214,692           52,965         9,643                  732,869     

Impairment charges

     -           -           -           -         15,364                  15,364     

Corporate expenses

     -           -           -           -         284,042                  284,042     

Other operating expense - net

     -           -           -           -         (16,710)                 (16,710)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    $ 840,106          $ 257,666          $ 72,112          $ 20,716        $ (325,759)        $        $ 864,841     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues

    $ 275          $ 4,173          $ -          $ 58,821        $        $        $ 63,269     

Segment assets

    $     8,411,953          $     4,415,901          $     2,222,121          $     812,189        $     1,598,218         $        $   17,460,382     

Capital expenditures

    $ 27,781          $ 92,235          $ 103,038          $ 7,682        $ 10,728         $        $ 241,464     

Share-based compensation expense

    $ 7,152          $ 9,207          $ 2,746          $ -        $ 15,141         $        $ 34,246     

Revenue of $1.7 billion, $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations are included in the data above for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Revenue of $4.5 billion, $4.3 billion and $4.2 billion derived from the Company’s U.S. operations are included in the data above for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Identifiable long-lived assets of $805.2 million, $797.7 million and $802.4 million derived from the Company’s foreign operations are included in the data above for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Identifiable long-lived assets of $2.2 billion, $2.3 billion and $2.3 billion derived from the Company’s U.S. operations are included in the data above for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE 14 — QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Three Months Ended
December 31,
 
         2012              2011              2012              2011              2012              2011              2012              2011      

Revenue

    $ 1,360,723             $ 1,320,826            $ 1,602,494            $ 1,604,386            $ 1,587,331            $ 1,583,352            $ 1,696,336            $ 1,652,788       

Operating expenses:

                       

Direct operating expenses

     614,434            584,069           607,095           630,015           624,526           654,163           650,495           635,789     

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     423,628            372,710           398,123           420,436           419,855           402,160           431,841           421,952     

Corporate expenses

     69,198            52,347           71,158           56,486           70,811           54,247           76,861           64,016     

Depreciation and

     175,366            183,711           181,839           189,641           182,350           197,532           189,730           192,422     

Impairment charges

     -            -           -           -           -           -           37,651           7,614     

Other operating income (expense) - net

     3,124            16,714           1,917           3,229           42,118           (6,490)          968           (771)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     81,221            144,703           346,196           311,037           331,907           268,760           310,726           330,224     

Interest expense

     374,016            369,666           385,867           358,950           388,210           369,233           400,930           368,397     

Loss on marketable securities

     -            -           -           -           -           -           (4,580)          (4,827)    

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates

     3,555            2,975           4,696           5,271           3,663           5,210           6,643           13,502     

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt

     (15,167)           (5,721)          -           -           -           4,274           (239,556)          -     

Other income (expense) - net

     (1,106)           3,685           (1,397)          (4,517)          824           3,033           1,929           (5,370)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (305,513)           (224,024)          (36,372)          (47,159)          (51,816)          (87,956)          (325,768)          (34,868)    

Income tax benefit

     157,398            92,661           8,663           9,184           13,232           20,665           128,986           3,468     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated net loss

     (148,115)           (131,363)          (27,709)          (37,975)          (38,584)          (67,291)          (196,782)          (31,400)    

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (4,486)           469           11,316           15,204           11,977           6,765           (5,518)          11,627     
Net loss attributable to the Company     $ (143,629)              $ (131,832)            $ (39,025)              $ (53,179)              $ (50,561)              $ (74,056)              $ (191,264)             $ (43,027)         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

NOTE 15 – CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Clear Channel is a party to a management agreement with certain affiliates of Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (together, the “Sponsors”) and certain other parties pursuant to which such affiliates of the Sponsors will provide management and financial advisory services until 2018. These agreements require management fees to be paid to such affiliates of the Sponsors for such services at a rate not greater than $15.0 million per year, plus reimbursable expenses. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company recognized management fees and reimbursable expenses of $15.9 million, $15.7 million and $17.1 million, respectively.

Stock Purchases

On August 9, 2010, Clear Channel announced that its board of directors approved a stock purchase program under which Clear Channel or its subsidiaries may purchase up to an aggregate of $100.0 million of the Class A common stock of CCMH and/or the Class A common stock of CCOH. The stock purchase program does not have a fixed expiration date and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time at Clear Channel’s discretion. During 2011, CC Finco purchased 1,553,971 shares of CCOH’s Class A common stock through open market purchases for approximately $16.4 million. During 2012, CC Finco purchased 111,291 shares of CCMH’s Class A common stock for $692,887.

NOTE 16 – GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

The Company and certain of Clear Channel’s direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis certain of Clear Channel’s outstanding indebtedness. The following consolidating schedules present financial information on a combined basis in conformity with the SEC’s Regulation S-X Rule 3-10(d):

 

(In thousands)      

December 31, 2012

       

Parent
    Company    

       

  Subsidiary  

Issuer

      

Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  

       

  Non-Guarantor  

Subsidiaries

       

  Eliminations  

       

  Consolidated  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $   -       $    11      $   333,768      $    891,231           $    -         $    1,225,010      

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

    -              678,448        745,551             -           1,423,999      

Intercompany receivables (1)

    37,822         3,995,170       166,019        -             (4,199,011)          -      

Prepaid expenses

    2,397              33,190        142,003             -           177,590      

Other current assets

    -         36,446       69,518        275,974             (214,730)          167,208      
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total Current Assets

    40,219         4,031,627       1,280,943        2,054,759             (4,413,741)          2,993,807      

Property, plant and equipment, net

    -              827,623        2,209,231             -           3,036,854      

Indefinite-lived intangibles - licenses

    -              2,423,979        -             -           2,423,979      

Indefinite-lived intangibles - permits

    -                    1,070,720             -           1,070,720      

Definite-lived intangibles, net

    -              1,174,818        565,974             -           1,740,792      

Goodwill

    -              3,350,083        866,002             -           4,216,085      

Intercompany notes receivable

    -         962,000             -             (962,000)          -      

Long-term intercompany receivable

    -                    729,157             (729,157)          -      

Investment in subsidiaries

    (8,574,081)        3,848,000       552,184        -             4,173,897           -      

Other assets

    -         115,188       333,607        842,377             (480,696)          810,476      
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total Assets

   $       (8,533,862)      $    8,956,815      $   9,943,237      $    8,338,220           $    (2,411,697)        $    16,292,713      
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Accounts payable

   $   -       $        $   37,436      $    98,882           $    -         $    136,318      

Accrued expenses

    (1,732)        (103,240)      319,466        558,469             -           772,963      

Accrued interest

    -         210,874             (113)            (30,189)          180,572      

Intercompany payable (1)

    -              4,032,992        166,019             (4,199,011)          -      

Current portion of long-term debt

    -         372,321             9,407             -           381,728      

Deferred income

    -              62,901        109,771             -           172,672      

Other current liabilities

    -         76,939             60,950             -           137,889      
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total Current Liabilities

    (1,732)        556,894       4,452,795        1,003,385             (4,229,200)          1,782,142      

 

F-71


Table of Contents
(In thousands)    December 31, 2012  
     Party
  Company  
       Subsidiary  
Issuer
     Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
       Non-Guarantor  
Subsidiaries
       Elimination          Consolidated    

Long-term debt

     -            16,310,694            4,000            4,935,388               (884,713)            20,365,369     

Long-term intercompany payable

     -            729,157            -            -               (729,157)            -     

Intercompany long-term debt

     -            -            962,000            -               (962,000)            -     

Deferred income taxes

     (13,556)           (94,322)           1,089,659            705,935               2,160             1,689,876     

Other long-term liabilities

     -            28,473            182,142            239,902               -             450,517     

Total member’s interest (deficit)

     (8,518,574)               (8,574,081)           3,252,641            1,453,610               4,391,213             (7,995,191)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Member’s Equity

   $     (8,533,862)         $ 8,956,815          $     9,943,237          $     8,338,220             $     (2,411,697)          $     16,292,713     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The intercompany payable balance includes approximately $7.3 billion of designated amounts of borrowing under the senior secured credit facilities by certain Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers and primary obligors thereunder with respect to these amounts. These amounts were incurred by the Co-Borrowers at the time of the closing of the merger, but were funded and will be repaid through accounts of the Subsidiary Issuer. The intercompany receivables balance includes the amount of such borrowings, which are required to be repaid to the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities by the Guarantor Subsidiaries as Co-Borrowers and primary obligors thereunder.

 

 

(In thousands)    December 31, 2011  
     Parent
Company
     Subsidiary
Issuer
     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Eliminations      Consolidated  

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ -           $ 1           $ 461,572           $ 767,109           $ -           $ 1,228,682      

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

     -            -            694,548            704,587            -            1,399,135      

Intercompany receivables (1)

     30,270            4,824,634            -            -            (4,854,904)           -      

Prepaid expenses

     2,251            -            25,944            133,122            -            161,317      

Other current assets

     -            46,018            81,620            144,573            (76,060)           196,151      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     32,521            4,870,653            1,263,684            1,749,391            (4,930,964)           2,985,285      

Property, plant and equipment, net

     -            -            815,245            2,248,082            -            3,063,327      

Indefinite-lived intangibles - licenses

     -            -            2,411,367            -            -            2,411,367      

Indefinite-lived intangibles - permits

     -            -            -            1,105,704            -            1,105,704      

Other intangibles, net

     -            -            1,389,935            627,825            -            2,017,760      

Goodwill

     -            -            3,325,771            860,947            -            4,186,718      

Intercompany notes receivable

     -            962,000            -            -            (962,000)           -      

Long-term intercompany receivable

     -            -            -            656,040            (656,040)           -      

Investment in subsidiaries

     (8,342,987)           5,234,229            2,844,451            -            264,307            -      

Other assets

     -            167,337            254,435            907,567            (557,461)           771,878      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

    $     (8,310,466)          $ 11,234,219           $     12,304,888           $     8,155,556           $ (6,842,158)          $     16,542,039      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts payable

    $ -           $ -           $ 26,119           $ 95,456           $ -           $ 121,575      

Accrued expenses

     (641)           (61,478)           266,249            531,022            -            735,152      

Accrued interest

     -            189,144            (1)           2,277            (31,059)           160,361      

Intercompany payable (1)

     -            -            4,743,944            110,960            (4,854,904)           -      

Current portion of long-term debt

     -            243,927            905            23,806            -            268,638      

Deferred income

     -            -            50,416            92,820            -            143,236      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     (641)           371,593            5,087,632            856,341            (4,885,963)           1,428,962      

Long-term debt

     -            18,305,183            3,321            2,522,103            (892,076)           19,938,531      

Long-term intercompany payable

     -            655,930            110            -            (656,040)           -      

Intercompany long-term debt

     -            -            962,000            -            (962,000)           -      

Deferred income taxes

     (13,845)           39,173            1,055,533            858,908            (1,170)           1,938,599      

Other long-term liabilities

     -            205,327            220,546            282,015            -            707,888      

Total member’s interest (deficit)

     (8,295,980)           (8,342,987)           4,975,746            3,636,189            555,091            (7,471,941)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Member’s Equity

    $ (8,310,466)          $     11,234,219           $ 12,304,888           $ 8,155,556           $     (6,842,158)          $ 16,542,039      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents
(1) The intercompany payable balance includes approximately $7.3 billion of designated amounts of borrowing under the senior secured credit facilities by certain Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers and primary obligors thereunder with respect to these amounts. These amounts were incurred by the Co-Borrowers at the time of the closing of the merger, but were funded and will be repaid through accounts of the Subsidiary Issuer. The intercompany receivables balance includes the amount of such borrowings, which are required to be repaid to the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities by the Guarantor Subsidiaries as Co-Borrowers and primary obligors thereunder.

 

F-73


Table of Contents
(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Parent
   Company   
       Subsidiary  
      Issuer      
     Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Eliminations      Consolidated  

Revenue

    $        $        $ 3,288,779         $ 2,974,108            $ (16,003)         $ 6,246,884     

Operating expenses:

                 

Direct operating expenses

                     883,190          1,621,341             (7,981)          2,496,550     

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                     1,090,006          591,463             (8,022)          1,673,447     

Corporate expenses

     10,829                  171,771          105,428             -           288,028     

Depreciation and amortization

                     328,633          400,652             -           729,285     

Impairment charge

                             37,651             -           37,651     

Other operating income (expense) – net

                     (2,825)         50,952             -           48,127     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (10,829)                 812,354          268,525             -           1,070,050     

Interest (income) expense – net

             1,307,703          23,143          139,824             78,353           1,549,023     

Loss on marketable securities

             (1)         (2,001)         (2,578)            -           (4,580)    

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (329,817)         492,819          (174,774)         19,464             10,865           18,557     

Loss on debt extinguishment

             (33,652)                 (221,071)            -           (254,723)    

Other income (expense) – net

             (1)         3,960          5,743             (9,452)          250     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (340,646)         (848,538)         616,396          (69,741)            (76,940)          (719,469)    

Income tax benefit (expense)

     3,972          518,721          (246,380)         31,966             -           308,279     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

     (336,674)         (329,817)         370,016          (37,775)            (76,940)          (411,190)    

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                     (10,613)         23,902             -           13,289     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

    $ (336,674)        $ (329,817)        $ 380,629         $ (61,677)           $ (76,940)         $ (424,479)    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                     (399)         40,641             -           40,242     

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:

                 

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities

                     25,676          (8,151)            5,578           23,103     

Unrealized holding loss on cash flow derivatives

             52,112                  -             -           52,112     

Reclassification adjustment

             (2)                 3,180             -           3,180     

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income (loss)

     107,179          55,069          33,967          -             (196,215)          -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     (229,493)         (222,638)         439,873          (26,007)            (267,577)          (305,842)    

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

                     4,175          1,703             -           5,878     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

    $       (229,493)        $       (222,638)        $         435,698         $         (27,710)           $         (267,577)         $         (311,720)    
                 

 

F-74


Table of Contents
(In thousands)   

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 
    

Parent

  Company  

  

  Subsidiary  

Issuer

   Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
       Non-Guarantor  
Subsidiaries
       Eliminations          Consolidated    

Revenue

   $-      $-       $ 3,121,308              $ 3,059,676                  $ (19,632)               $     6,161,352     

Operating expenses:

                 

Direct operating expenses

   -      -        849,834           1,660,786               (6,584)             2,504,036     

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   -      -        1,062,726           567,580               (13,048)             1,617,258     

Corporate expenses

   10,878      -        125,964           90,254               -              227,096     

Depreciation and amortization

   -      -        327,240           436,066               -              763,306     

Impairment charges

   -      -        -           7,614               -              7,614     

Other operating income – net

   -      -        4,091           8,591               -              12,682     
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   (10,878)     -        759,635           305,967               -              1,054,724     

Interest expense – net

   13      1,360,995        2,370           27,321               75,547              1,466,246     

Loss on marketable securities

   -      -        -           (4,827)              -              (4,827)    

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

   (223,915)     629,915        54,407           26,987               (460,436)             26,958     

Loss on debt extinguishment

   -      (5,721)       (1)          -               4,275              (1,447)    

Other income (expense) – net

 

  

(1) 

 

  

1  

 

    

 

590  

 

  

 

    

 

(3,759)     

 

  

 

    

 

-     

 

  

 

    

 

(3,169) 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   (234,807)     (736,800)       812,261           297,047               (531,708)             (394,007)    

Income tax benefit (expense)

   3,985      512,885        (274,930)          (115,962)              -              125,978     
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

   (230,822)     (223,915)       537,331           181,085               (531,708)             (268,029)    

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

   -      -        13,792           20,273               -              34,065     
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

    $    (230,822)      $    (223,915)      $     523,539          $ 160,812              $     (531,708)             $ (302,094)    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   -      -        1,267           (30,914)              -              (29,647)    

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:

                 

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities

   -      -        4,610           (2,874)              (1,960)             (224)    

Unrealized holding loss on cash flow derivatives

   -      33,775        -           -               -              33,775     

Reclassification adjustment

   -      -        -           3,787               -              3,787     

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income (loss)

   5,518      (28,257)       (38,702)          -               61,441              -     
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   (225,304)     (218,397)       490,714           130,811               (472,227)             (294,403)    

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

   -      -        (4,594)          8,918               -              4,324     
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $    (225,304)     $    (218,397)      $ 495,308          $ 121,893              $ (472,227)             $ (298,727)    
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents
(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31, 2010  
     Parent
  Company  
       Subsidiary  
Issuer
     Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
       Non-Guarantor  
Subsidiaries
       Eliminations          Consolidated    

Revenue

    $ -          $ -            $   3,044,866              $   2,824,400               $ (3,581)             $   5,865,685         

Operating expenses:

                 

Direct operating expenses

     -           -             818,001               1,564,515                (869)              2,381,647         

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     -           -             1,060,262               512,662                (2,712)              1,570,212         

Corporate expenses

     12,274           28             164,144               107,596                -               284,042         

Depreciation and amortization

     -           -             317,761               415,108                -               732,869         

Impairment charges

     -           -             3,871               11,493                -               15,364         

Other operating income – net

     -           -             7,043               (23,753)               -               (16,710)        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (12,274)          (28)            687,870               189,273                -               864,841         

Interest expense – net

     17             1,415,932             379               40,198                76,815               1,533,341         

Loss on marketable securities

     -           -             -               (6,490)               -               (6,490)        
Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates      (454,779)          428,976             (80,040)              5,749                105,796               5,702         

Loss on debt extinguishment

     -           -             -               -                60,289               60,289         

Other income (expense) – net

     (1)          (1)            (2,496)              (11,336)               -               (13,834)        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (467,071)          (986,985)            604,955               136,998                89,270               (622,833)        

Income tax benefit (expense)

     4,508           532,206               (283,171)              (93,563)               -               159,980         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

     (462,563)          (454,779)            321,784               43,435                89,270               (462,853)        

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     -           -             5,130               11,106                -               16,236         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company     $   (462,563)        $ (454,779)           $ 316,654              $ 32,329               $ 89,270              $ (479,089)        
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     -           -             (903)              27,204                -               26,301         

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:

                 

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities

     -           -             24,996               (7,809)               -               17,187         

Unrealized holding loss on cash flow derivatives

     -           15,112             -               -                -               15,112         

Reclassification adjustment

     -           -             -               14,750                -               14,750         

Equity in subsidiary comprehensive income (loss)

     64,493           49,381             26,528               -                  (140,402)              -         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     (398,070)          (390,286)            367,275               66,474                (51,132)              (405,739)        

Less amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     -           -             1,240               7,617                -               8,857         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company     $ (398,070)         $ (390,286)           $ 366,035              $ 58,857               $ (51,132)             $ (414,596)        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents
(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Parent
  Company  
      Subsidiary  
Issuer
    Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
      Non-Guarantor  
Subsidiaries
      Eliminations         Consolidated    

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

Consolidated net income (loss)

    $ (336,674)        $ (329,817)         $ 370,016          $ (37,775)            $ (76,940)         $ (411,190)       

Reconciling items:

            

Impairment charges

     -          -           -           37,651              -           37,651        

Depreciation and amortization

     -          -           328,633           400,652              -           729,285        

Deferred taxes

     289          (164,738)          20,143           (160,305)             -           (304,611)       

Provision for doubtful accounts

     -          -           4,459           7,256              -           11,715        

Amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts, net

     -          196,549           (7,534)          (103,271)             78,353           164,097        

Share-based compensation

     -          -           17,951           10,589              -           28,540        

Gain (loss) on disposal of operating assets

     -          -           2,825           (50,952)             -           (48,127)       

Loss on marketable securities

     -          1           2,001           2,578              -           4,580        

Equity in (earnings) loss of nonconsolidated affiliates

         329,817          (492,819)          174,774           (19,464)             (10,865)          (18,557)       

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     -          33,652           -           221,071              -           254,723        

Other reconciling items – net

     -          -           (7,623)          25,423              -           17,800        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:             

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

     -          -           12,256           (46,494)             -           (34,238)       

Increase in accrued expenses

     -          -           9,432           25,442              -           34,874        

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other liabilities

     -          (17,783)          (25,854)          24,589              -           (19,048)       

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest

     -          21,731           -           (2,377)             869           20,223        

Increase in deferred income

     -          -           9,521           23,961              -           33,482        

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities

     (1,237)         (41,762)          20,915           10,452              (869)          (12,501)       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

     (7,805)         (794,986)          931,915           369,026              (9,452)          488,698        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

            

Proceeds from maturity of Clear Channel notes

     -          -           -           50,149              (50,149)          -        

Purchases of businesses

     -          -           (45,395)          (4,721)             -           (50,116)       

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     -          -           (114,023)          (276,257)             -           (390,280)       

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     -          -           3,223           56,442              -           59,665        

Purchases of other operating assets

     -          -           (9,107)          (5,719)             -           (14,826)       

Change in other – net

     -          1,925,661           1,918,909           (4,857)             (3,841,177)          (1,464)       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

     -          1,925,661           1,753,607           (184,963)             (3,891,326)          (397,021)       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

            

Draws on credit facilities

     -          602,500           -           2,063              -           604,563        

Payments on credit facilities

     -          (1,928,051)          -           (3,368)             -           (1,931,419)       

Intercompany funding

     10,401          903,857           (896,192)          (18,066)             -           -        

Proceeds from long-term debt

     -          -           -           4,917,643              -           4,917,643        

Payments on long-term debt

     -          (695,342)          (927)          (2,700,786)             50,149           (3,346,906)       

Dividends paid

     -          -           (1,916,207)          (2,179,849)             3,851,322           (244,734)       

Deferred financing charges

     -          (13,629)          -           (69,988)             -           (83,617)       

Change in other – net

     (2,596)         -           -           (7,590)             (693)          (10,879)       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

     7,805          (1,130,665)          (2,813,326)          (59,941)             3,900,778           (95,349)       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     -          10           (127,804)          124,122              -           (3,672)       

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     -          1           461,572           767,109              -           1,228,682        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    $ -         $ 11          $ 333,768          $ 891,231             $ -          $ 1,225,010        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-77


Table of Contents
(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31, 2011  
     Parent
  Company  
       Subsidiary  
Issuer
     Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
       Non-Guarantor  
Subsidiaries
       Eliminations          Consolidated    

Cash flows from operating activities:

                 

Consolidated net income (loss)

    $   (230,822)         $   (223,915)         $ 537,331           $ 181,085              $ (531,708)          $ (268,029)     

Reconciling items:

                 

Impairment charges

     -           -           -            7,614               -            7,614      

Depreciation and amortization

     -           -           327,240            436,066               -            763,306      

Deferred taxes

     (1,180)          (249,392)          109,795            (3,167)              -            (143,944)     

Provision for doubtful accounts

     -           -           7,604            6,119               -            13,723      

Amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts, net

     -           222,908           (6,144)           (104,277)              75,547            188,034      

Share-based compensation

     -           -           9,754            10,913               -            20,667      

Gain on disposal of operating assets

     -           -           (4,091)           (8,591)              -            (12,682)     

Loss on marketable securities

     -           -           -            4,827               -            4,827      

Equity in (earnings) loss of nonconsolidated affiliates

     223,915           (629,915)          (54,407)           (26,987)              460,436            (26,958)     

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt

     -           5,721           1            -               (4,275)           1,447      

Other reconciling items – net

     -           -           1,083            15,037               -            16,120      

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:

                 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

     -           -           (13,090)           5,255               -            (7,835)     

Decrease in accrued expenses

     -           (4,341)          (93,854)           (29,047)              -            (127,242)     

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other liabilities

     -           -           (52,995)           37,864               -            (15,131)     

Increase in accrued interest

     -           16,866           20,813            1,127               364            39,170      

Decrease in deferred income

     -           -           (427)           (10,349)              -            (10,776)     

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities

     (125)          26,946           (78,254)           (16,556)              (364)           (68,353)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

     (8,212)          (835,122)          710,359            506,933               -            373,958      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

                 

Proceeds from maturity of Clear Channel notes

     -           -           -            167,022               (167,022)           -      

Proceeds from sale of other investments

     -           -           (700)           7,594               -            6,894      

Purchases of businesses

     -           -           (207)           (46,149)              -            (46,356)     

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     -           -           (69,650)           (292,631)              -            (362,281)     

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     -           -           41,387            12,883               -            54,270      

Purchases of other operating assets

     -           -           (6,201)           (14,794)              -            (20,995)     

Investment in Clear Channel notes

     -           -           -            (55,250)              55,250            -      

Change in other – net

     -           -           69            (16,761)              17,074            382      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

     -           -           (35,302)           (238,086)              (94,698)           (368,086)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

                 

Draws on credit facilities

     -           55,000           -            -               -            55,000      

Payments on credit facilities

     -           (956,181)          -            (4,151)              -            (960,332)     

Intercompany funding

     8,518           1,486,401           (1,414,366)           (80,553)              -            -      

Proceeds from long-term debt

     -           1,724,650           1,604            5,012               -            1,731,266      

Payments on long-term debt

     -           (1,428,051)          (22,155)           (115,115)              167,022            (1,398,299)     

Repurchase of long-term debt

     -           -           -            -               (55,250)           (55,250)     

Deferred financing charges

     -           (46,697)          38            -               -            (46,659)     

Change in other – net

     (306)          -           1,032            (7,494)              (17,074)           (23,842)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

     8,212           835,122             (1,433,847)           (202,301)              94,698            (698,116)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     -           -           (758,790)           66,546               -            (692,244)     

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     -           1           1,220,362            700,563               -            1,920,926      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    $ -          $ 1          $ 461,572           $   767,109              $ -           $   1,228,682      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents
(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31, 2010  
     Parent
  Company  
       Subsidiary  
Issuer
     Guarantor
  Subsidiaries  
       Non-Guarantor  
Subsidiaries
       Eliminations          Consolidated    

Cash flows from operating activities:

                 

Consolidated net income (loss)

    $   (462,563)         $ (454,779)          $ 321,784              $ 43,435              $ 89,270           $ (462,853)     

Reconciling items:

                 

Impairment charges

     -           -           3,871               11,493               -            15,364      

Depreciation and amortization

     -           -           317,761               415,108               -            732,869      

Deferred taxes

     (1,445)          (250,630)          56,272               (15,377)              -            (211,180)     

Provision for doubtful accounts

     -           -           14,312               8,806               -            23,118      

Amortization of deferred financing charges and note discounts, net

     -           251,590           (3,908)              (109,547)              76,815            214,950      

Share-based compensation

     -           -           22,200               12,046               -            34,246      

(Gain) loss on sale of operating assets

     -           -           (7,043)              23,753               -            16,710      

Loss on marketable securities

     -           -           -               6,490               -            6,490      

Equity in (earnings) loss of nonconsolidated Affiliates

     454,779           (428,976)          80,040               (5,749)              (105,796)           (5,702)     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     -           -           -               -               (60,289)           (60,289)     

Other reconciling items - net

     -           -           (149)              26,239               -            26,090      

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:

                 

Increase in accounts receivable

     -           -           (73,082)              (46,778)              -            (119,860)     

(Increase) decrease in Federal income taxes receivable

     4,187           382,024           (304,098)              50,196               -            132,309      

Increase in accrued expenses

     -           -           71,525               45,907               -            117,432      

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other liabilities

     -           -           (11,740)              4,816               -            (6,924)     

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest

     -           131,055           -               243               (44,245)           87,053      

Increase (decrease) in deferred income

     -           -           8,024               (7,228)              -            796      

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities

     (547)          (79,835)          34,229               43,662               44,245            41,754      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

     (5,589)          (449,551)          529,998               507,515               -            582,373      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

                 

Investment in Clear Channel notes

     -           -           (125,000)              -               125,000            -      

Proceeds from maturity of Clear Channel notes

     -           -           -               10,025               (10,025)           -      

Proceeds from other investments

     -           -           -               18,700               (17,500)           1,200      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     -           -           (45,868)              (195,596)              -            (241,464)     

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     -           -           20,884               7,753               -            28,637      

Purchases of other operating assets

     -           -           (14,269)              (1,841)              -            (16,110)     

Change in other - net

     -           -           35,325               (12,335)                (35,450)           (12,460)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

     -           -           (128,928)              (173,294)              62,025            (240,197)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

                 

Draws on credit facilities

     -           194,000           -               4,670               -            198,670      

Payments on credit facilities

     -           (105,500)          -               (47,095)              -            (152,595)     

Intercompany funding

     2,975           605,939           (439,697)              (169,217)              -            -      

Proceeds from long-term debt

     -           138,795           -               6,844              -            145,639      

Payments on long-term debt

     -           (383,682)          (4)              (13,211)              27,525            (369,372)     

Repurchases of long-term debt

     -           -           -               -               (125,000)           (125,000)     

Change in other - net

     2,614           -           -               (40,650)              35,450            (2,586)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

     5,589           449,552           (439,701)              (258,659)              (62,025)           (305,244)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     -           1           (38,631)              75,562               -            36,932      

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     -           -           1,258,993               625,001               -            1,883,994      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    $ -          $ 1          $   1,220,362              $   700,563              $ -           $   1,920,926      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-79


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Exchange Offer for

$2,120,062,551 Senior Notes due 2021

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

December 31, 2013

WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR REPRESENT ANYTHING TO YOU OTHER THAN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. YOU MAY NOT RELY ON UNAUTHORIZED INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS.

THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT OFFER TO SELL OR ASK FOR OFFERS TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE IT IS UNLAWFUL, WHERE THE PERSON MAKING THE OFFER IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON WHO CAN NOT LEGALLY BE OFFERED THE SECURITIES.

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS CURRENT ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON ITS COVER, AND MAY CHANGE AFTER THAT DATE. FOR ANY TIME AFTER THE COVER DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS, WE DO NOT REPRESENT THAT OUR AFFAIRS ARE THE SAME AS DESCRIBED OR THAT THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS CORRECT, NOR DO WE IMPLY THOSE THINGS BY DELIVERING THIS PROSPECTUS OR SELLING SECURITIES TO YOU.